Dhammapada

The Dhammapada: A Translator=s Guide
K.T.S. Sarao
Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi
2009
ISBN 978-81-215-1201-5.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Many scholarly translations of the Dhammapada have already been done. But none that I am aware of
gives the original PÈli with a word-for-word meaning and grammatical explanation, thus, providing an
opportunity to the readers to learn both the sound and the meaning of each and every word. Such a
presentation would also offer an opportunity to them to appreciate and enjoy something of the original
language, which is very profound and concise. Below each verse is given its translation in readable
English which it is hoped shall further help in better understanding the verse. Transliteration in
DevanÈgarÏ is designed to show the readers how the words are pronounced, so that, if they desire, they
can appreciate the sound of the original language. In making the readable translation that appears below
each verse, an attempt has been made to stick as closely as possible to literal meanings. While doing so,
my main priority has been to provide simple clarity and now it is for the readers to judge how far I have
been successful in this attempt. In the preparations of this book, I took maximum help from my student
Dr Sanjay Kumar Singh and Dr Arvind K. Singh. My thanks are also due to Professor U.S. Vyas,
Professor Bhikshu Satyapala, Professor Mahesh Deokar, Dr Rana P.K. Singh, Dr Lalan K. Jha, and Dr
Rajesh Ranjan for the innumerable small corrections and suggestions. I am also grateful to my friends Dr
Anita Sharma, Dr Subhra B. Pavagadhi, Dr R.K. Rana, and Dr S.M. Haldhar for many acts of friendship.
Above all, I am thankful to Shri Ashok Jain of Munshiram Manoharlal for bringing out this book in the
shortest possible time. In a work as complex as this one, it is only natural for some errors to occur, for
these I seek the reader’s indulgence.
K.T.S. Sarao 15 June 2008

Delhi
CONTENTS
Acknowledgments
Contents
Abbreviations
Introduction
Translation
1. Yamakavaggo (The Pairs)
2. AppamÈdavaggo (Consciousness)
3. Cittavaggo (Mind)
4. Pupphavaggo (Flowers)
5. BÈlavaggo (The Fool)
6. Pa‡Çitavaggo (The Wiseman)
7. Arahantavaggo (The Arahant)
8. Sahassavaggo (The Thousands)
9. PÈpavaggo (Evil)
10. Da‡Çavaggo (Violence)
11. JarÈvaggo (Old Age)
12. Attavaggo (The Self)
13. Lokavaggo (The World)
14. Buddhavaggo (The Buddha)
15. Sukhavaggo (Happiness)
16. Piyavaggo (Pleasant)
17. Kodhavaggo (Anger)
18. Malavaggo (Impurity)
19. Dhamma——havaggo (The Righteous)
20. Maggavaggo (The Path)
21. Paki‡‡akavaggo (Miscellaneous)
22. Nirayavaggo (Hell)
23. NÈgavaggo (The Elephant)
24. Ta‡hÈvaggo (Craving)
25. Bhikkhuvaggo (The Monk)
26. BrÈhma‡avaggo (The BrÈhma‡a)
ABBREVIATIONS
1. 1st person pl. plural

2. 2nd person poss. possessive
3. 3rd person pot. potential
abl. ablative case pp. past participle
absol. absolutive pr. present tense
acc. accusative case pron. pronoun
act. active voice ppr. present participle
adj. adjective reflex. reflexive
adv. adverb rel. relative
aff. affirmative sfx. suffix
aor. aorist sg. singular
caus. causative voc. vocative case
comp. comparative
cpd./cpds. compound/compounds
conj. conjunction
dat. dative case
demonstr. demonstrative
denom. denominative
desid. desiderative
encl. enclitic
fem. feminine
fig. figuratively
fut. future
gen. genitive case
ger. gerund
grd. gerundive
imperat. imperative
indec. indeclinable
indef. indefinite
indic. indicative
inf. infinitive
ins. instrumental case
intens. intensificatory
interjec. interjection
intrg. interrogative
loc. locative case
masc. masculine
m.c. metri causa
med. medium (middle) voice
n. noun
neg. negative
nom. nominative case
ntr. neuter
num. numeral
part. particle
pas. passive voice
perf. perfect
pfx. prefix
INTRODUCTION
Like the GÏtÈ of the Hindus, the Dhammapada is the most popular Buddhist book. This text forms part
of the Khuddhaka NikÈya of the Sutta Pi—aka and its PÈli version consists of 423 melodious verses gathered
from different sources which are put together into 26 chapters. The Dhammapada is an anthology of
Buddhist devotion and practice, whose verses, as pointed out by S. Radhakrishnan, šembody the spirit
of the Buddha’s teaching.›
The PÈli word dhamma (Sanskrit: dharma) is one of the most difficult words to be translated
into English. It has many meanings as well as connotations and the relevant meaning can only be
understood in the context in which it is used. In general, this word may be translated as šreligion, law,
truth, virtue, justice, discipline, or morality.› The word pada, literally means šfoot› and by extension
šfootpath, path, way, track.› On the basis of this, the word dhammapada may be translated as ‘the path
of virtue.’ However, the word pada may also be translated as ša line of verse or a saying.› On the basis
of this, the word dhammapada may be translated as šthe sayings on virtue.› Though many of the well-
known scholars have preferred to leave the title of the Dhammapada untranslated, some others have
entitled or sub-entitled their translations as šThe Sayings of the Buddha› (Carter & Palihawadana, Thomas
Cleary, Thomas Byrom), šThe Path of the Eternal Law› (Swami Premananda), šVerses on the Way›
(Glenn Wallis), šA Path of Religiousness› (D.J. Kalupahana), and šThe Word of the Doctrine› (K.R.
Norman).
The Dhammapada has already been translated into English at least fifty times. Then why add
one more to such a long list? The reason for my translation is that though there already exist many
scholarly translations, none that I am aware of gives the original PÈli with a word-for-word meaning and
grammatical explanation, thus, providing an opportunity to the readers to learn both the sound and the
meaning of each and every word. Such a presentation would also offer an opportunity to them to
appreciate and enjoy something of the original language, which is very profound and concise. Below each
verse is given its translation in readable English which it is hoped shall further help in better understanding
the verse. Transliteration in DevanÈgarÏ is designed to show the readers how the words are pronounced,
so that, if they desire, they can appreciate the sound of the original language. In making the readable
translation that appears below each verse, my objective has been to stick as closely as possible to literal
meanings. And while doing so, my main priority has been to provide simple clarity.
For the PÈli portion of the Dhammapada, the 1994 edition of Pali Text Society edited by K.R.
Norman and Oskar von Hinñbar has generally been used. I have consulted many previous translations.
Among them those of F. Max Mñller (1881), C.A.F. Rhys Davids (1931), Narada Thera (1940), S.
Radhakrishnan (1950), D.J. Kalupahana (1986), J.R. Carter & M. Palihawadana (1987), and K.R.
Norman (1997) were found to be particularly useful. Besides these, translations done by Juan Mascaro
(1973), Thera Buddharakkhita (1985), Thomas Byrom (1993), Bhikkhu Thanissaro (1998), G. Fronsdal
(2005), and Glenn Wallis (2007) were also consulted.
PÈli has the following cases (kÈraka):
Nominative (kattari): used for the subject of a sentence.

Accusative (kamma): used for the direct object and in the dative sense of što.›
Instrumental (kara‡a): used in the sense of by/through/with.›
Dative (sampadÈna): used in the sense of što/for/towards.›
Ablative (apÈdÈna): used in the sense of šfrom.›
Genitive (sÈmi): used in the sense of šof.›
Locative (okÈsa): used in the sense of šin/on/at/upon/among.›
Vocative (Èlapana): used in direct address šO Lord,› etc.
It is useful to study words in order to understand the sentences, but, like roots and stems,
isolated words are in fact mere abstractions devised by grammarians for the analysis of language. Thus,
the analysis and the learning of any language should be based on the study of sentences, that is of the
language as it is actually found in use. It is the sentences which are the natural units of discourse and
which are the minimum units having precise, fully articulated meaning. For the purposes of study we have
to assign approximate meanings to words and list these in vocabularies, but these generalized meanings
of words are extremely vague, whereas sentences have exact meanings. In translation one may find close
equivalents for sentences, whilst it is often impossible to give close equivalents for words.
In PÈli, the general classification of speech is done in four parts: noun (nÈma), verb (ÈkhyÈta),
prefix (upasagga), and indeclinables (nipÈta).Pronouns and adjectives are included in the category of
nouns. Adjectives are treated as nouns because they are declined as nouns. Conjunctions, prepositions,
adverbs, and all other indeclinables are included in the category of indeclinables.
The uninflected form of a PÈli word, without an ending, is called the stem. In dictionaries and
vocabularies nouns are usually listed in their stem forms, less often in the form of the nominative singular.
Verbs, however, are usually given under the form of the third person singular of the present tense
(indicative active). The prefixes, of which there are about twenty, are regarded as a separate part of speech
in PÈli. The various verbs, consisting of prefix+root, have all to be learned separately as regards
meanings. Although the separate prefixes and roots can be assigned meanings, usually rather broad and
vague ones, the meaning of a prefix+root cannot usually be accounted for adequately as simply the
product of the two separate meanings. A good many roots are used also without prefixes, but prefixed
forms are very much more frequent in PÈli. A number of verbs have two or three prefixes to their roots.
In PÈli all the words are derived from a limited number of roots i.e., all words are analyzable
into roots plus suffixes. A root is an element, not further analyzable at the grammatical levels, having a
very vague and general meaning. A root does not exist in its pure state except in dictionaries and grammar
books. An infinite number of stems (li×ga) may be derived from any root by the addition of suffixes and
by certain changes to the root itself, for instance by lengthening the vowel, substituting a compound
vowel, inserting a nasal, reduplicating the root or contracting a semivowel+a into the vowel
corresponding in place of the semivowel. Each verb has a variety of stems for its different parts (tense,
participles etc.), all bearing the same meaning except for the grammatical distinctions of tense. After this
derivation of the word stems by the addition of suffixes (paccaya) to roots, inflectional endings (vibhatti)
are added to form actual words (pada) as they occur in sentences. Words may be classified as verbs,
nouns, prefixes, and indeclinables (nipÈta). Indeclinable words are those that do not take any inflections
(for instance, eva£).
There are three genders of nouns and adjectives: masculine, feminine, and neuter. Pronouns
are not regarded as a separate class of words but as a kind of noun, although their inflections do not
entirely coincide with those of nouns. As a rule ‘substantive’ nouns have only one gender each, whereas
‘adjectives’ and pronouns have all three genders according to the nouns with which they ‘agree’ as
attribute-words: the inflections of adjectives are the same as those of nouns of the corresponding gender,
hence they are not regarded as a separate class of words. In the vocabulary given along with each verse,
the abbreviations nom., acc., ins., dat., abl., gen., loc., and voc. are used to designate the cases described
above; and sg. and pl. are used for singular and plural. In the case of verbs, the root (dhÈtu) is given with
the preceding sign % , and 1.sg., 2.sg, 3.sg., 1.pl., 2.pl., and 3.pl. mean first person singular, second
person singular, third person singular, first person plural, second person plural, and third person plural
respectively. Various forms of the verb such as gerund, gerundive, infinitive, aorist, optative/potential,
imperative, passive, active, intensive, desiderative, causative, indicative, imperfect, perfect, future are
indicated. It may be interesting to note that only one gerundive (ajjitÈya) has been used in the entire text.
For more information on grammar and vocabulary, the readers may use A.K Warder’s
Introduction to PÈli Grammar (3rd ed, Oxford: Pali Text Society, 2001) and W. Geiger’s PÈli Grammar
(tr. into English by B. Ghosh and rev. & ed. by K.R. Norman, Oxford: Pali Text Society, 2000). I have
used PÈli-English Dictionary by T.W. Rhys Davids & W. Stede (London: PTS, 1921-25), V. Trenckner’s
Critical Dictionary of PÈli, (3 vols, Copenhagen: The Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters,
1924-1996), and A Dictionary of PÈli, vol.1, by M. Cone, (vol. 1, Oxford: Pali Text Society, 1993).
The PÈli alphabet is as follows:
v a pronounced as u in ultimate.
vk È pronounced as a in after.
b i pronounced as i in it.
bZ Ï pronounced as ee in need.
m u pronounced as u in pull.
Å Ê pronounced as u in rule.
, e pronounced as a in take.
vks o pronounced as o in hole.
d~ k pronounced as k in kill.
[k~ kh pronounced as kh in blackheath.
x~ g pronounced as g in go.
?k~ gh pronounced as gh in ghost.
³ × pronounced as n in ring.
p~ c pronounced as ch in chance.
N~ ch pronounced as ch h in witch-hazel.
t~ j pronounced as j in joke.
>~ jh pronounced as dgeh in hedgehog.
¥~ ¤ pronounced as gn in signora.
V~ — pronounced as t in hat.
B~ —h pronounced as th in anthill.
M~ Ç pronounced as d in donkey.
<~ Çh pronounced as dh in redhead.
.k~ ‡ pronounced as kn in know.
r~ t pronounced as t in the French ete.
Fk~ th pronounced as th in thistle.
n~ d pronounced as th in this.
/k~ dh pronounced as dh in adherent.
u~ n pronounced as n in nose.
Ik~ p pronounced as p in pen.
Q~ ph pronounced as ph in shepherd.
c~ b pronounced as b in ball.
Hk~ bh pronounced as bh in abhor.
e~ m pronounced as m in man.
;~ y pronounced as y in young.
j~ r pronounced as r in red.
y~ l pronounced as l in lamp.
o~ v pronounced as w in wind.
l~ s pronounced as s in sin.
g~ h pronounced as h in help.
G~ Ä pronounced as l in felt.
. £ pronounced as n in ring.
A diagonal stroke to the right at the foot of a letter (for instance e~ y~) indicates that it is a final
and is not followed by an ‘a’ and in all other situations a letter not followed by an ‘a’ is written generally
without ‘k’ and thus, c] d] e are written as C] D] E . When attached to consonants, vowel marks are written
as follows:
k È at the end of a consonant as in ok vÈ.
f i in front of a consonant as in fou; vinaya.
h Ï at the end of a consonant as in lhy sÏla.
q u at the foot of a consonant as in lqÙk sutta.
w Ê at the foot of a consonant as in nwj dÊra.
s e above a consonant as in ps ce.
ks o at the end of a consonant as in ;ks yo.
1. Y am ak avaggo ;edoXxks (The Pairs)
manopubba×gamÈ dhammÈ manose——hÈ manomayÈ,

manasÈ ce padu——hena bhÈsatÏ vÈ karoti vÈ
tato na£ dukkhamanveti cakka£ va vahato pada£ç1ç
euksiqCcÄõek /Eek eukslsêòk eukse;k]

eulk ps inqêòsu Hkklrh ok djksfr ok
rrks ua nqD[keUosfr pDda o ogrks ina2Aû2
Translation
Mental phenomena (are) preceded by mind, (have) mind as a master, (are) produced by mind.
If (one) either speaks or acts with a corrupted mind, then suffering follows him, like the wheel
(following) the foot of the bearer (i.e., ox).
Vocabulary
m anopubba×gam È: mana [ntr.]= mind. In cpds. mana becomes mano. pubba£ [adv.]= before. gama
[adj. derived from %gam (to go)]= having gone. pubba×gama [adj.]= having gone before i.e.,
preceded. mano+pubba£+gama= manopubba×gama [adj. euphonic sandhi]= mind-preceded,
preceded by mind. manopubba×gamÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= preceded by mind.
dham m È: dhamma [masc.]= mental phenomenon. The word dhamma has many meanings and here it is
used in the sense of ‘mental phenomenon.’ dhammÈ [nom. pl.]= mental phenomena.
m anose——hÈ: mana [ntr.]= mind. In cpds. mana becomes mano. se——ha [adj.]= excellent, best.
mano+se——ha= manose——ha [adj.]= (one who has) mind as the best i.e., mind as a master.
manose——hÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= (those who have) mind as a master.
m anom ayÈ: mana [ntr.]= mind. In cpds. mana becomes mano. maya [adj.]= arising in, produced by.
mano+maya= manomaya [adj.]= (which is) produced by mind. manomayÈ [masc. nom. pl.]=
(which are) produced by mind.
m anasÈ: mana [ntr.]= mind. manasÈ [ins. sg.]= by mind.
ce [encl.]= if.
padu——hena: du——ha [adj. pp. of %dus (to become bad)]= spoilt, wicked, malignant, corrupt. pa [indec.
strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action]+padu——ha= padu——ha [adj.]=
(totally) corrupted. padu——hena [ntr. ins. sg.]= with (totally) corrupted.
bhÈsatÏ: bhÈsati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %bhÈs (to speak)]= speaks. bhÈsatÏ is m.c. for bhÈsati.
vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. When repeated: vÈ... vÈ= either... or.
k aroti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= does.
tato [abl. sg. of pron. base ta (it) but used here as an indec. adv.]= thereupon, thereafter, hence, then.
na£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= him, that one.
duk k ham anveti: dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkha£ [nom. sg.]= suffering. anveti [3. sg. pr. indic. act.
derived from anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+%i (to go)]= follows. dukkha£+anveti=
dukkhamanveti.
cak k a£ : cakka [ntr.]= wheel. cakka£ [nom. sg.]= wheel.
va [indec. encl.]= like.
vahato: vahanta [adj. ppr. of %vah (to carry, lead, bring)]= bearer. vahato [masc. gen. sg.]= of bearer.
pada£ : pada [ntr.]= foot. pada£ [acc. sg.]= foot.
manopubba×gamÈ dhammÈ manose——hÈ manomayÈ,

manasÈ ce pasannena bhÈsatÏ vÈ karoti vÈ
tato na£ sukhamanveti chÈyÈ va anapÈyinÏç2ç
euksiqCcÄõek /Eek eukslsêòk eukse;k]

eulk ps ilÂsu Hkklrh ok djksfr ok
rrks ua lq[keUosfr Nk;k o vuikf;uh2ü2
Translation
Mental phenomena (are) preceded by mind, (have) mind as a master, (are) produced by mind.
If (one) either speaks or acts with a virtuous mind, then happiness follows him, like the
constantly following shadow.
Vocabulary
m anopubba×gam È: mana [ntr.]= mind. In cpds. mana becomes mano. pubba£ [adv.]= before. gama
[adj. derived from %gam (to go)]= having gone. pubba×gama [adj.]= having gone before i.e.,
preceded. mano+pubba£+gama= manopubba×gama [adj. euphonic sandhi.]= mind-preceded,
preceded by mind. manopubba×gamÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= preceded by mind.
dham m È: dhamma [masc.]= mental phenomenon. The word dhamma has many meanings and here it is
used in the sense of ‘mental phenomenon.’ dhammÈ [nom. pl.]= mental phenomena.
m anose——hÈ: mana [ntr.]= mind. In cpds. mana becomes mano. se——ha [adj.]= excellent, best.
mano+se——ha= manose——ha [adj.]= (one who has) mind as the best i.e., mind as a master.
manose——hÈ [nom. pl.]= (those who have) mind as a master.
m anom ayÈ: mana [ntr.]= mind. In cpds. mana becomes mano. maya [adj.]= arising in, produced by.
mano+maya= manomaya [adj.]= (which is) produced by mind. manomayÈ [nom. pl.]= (which are)
produced by mind.
ce [encl.]= if.
pasannena: pasanna [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+%sad (to sit)]= virtuous. pasannena [masc. ins. sg.]= with virtuous.
bhÈsatÏ: bhÈsati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %bhÈs (to speak)]= speaks. bhÈsatÏ is m.c. for bhÈsati.
vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. When repeated: vÈ... vÈ= either... or.
suk ham anveti: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [nom. sg.]= happiness. anveti [3. sg. pr. indic. act.
derived from anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+%i (to go)]= follows. sukha£+anveti=
sukhamanveti.
chÈyÈ: chÈyÈ [fem.]= shadow. chÈyÈ [nom. sg.]= shadow.
anapÈyinÏ: an [neg. part.]= no, not. apa [pfx.]= away from. apÈya [masc. derived from apa (pfx.
meaning ‘away from’, ‘off.’)+%i (to go)]= ‘going away’ i.e., a state of woe after death, hell.
an+apÈya+inÏ (poss. sfx.)= anapÈyinÏ [fem.]= never departing, constantly following. anapÈyinÏ
[nom. sg.]= never departing, constantly following.
šakkocchi ma£, avadhi ma£, ajini ma£, ahÈsi me,›

ye ta£ upanayhanti vera£ tesa£ na sammatiç3ç
švDdksfPN ea vof/ ea vftfu ea vgkfl es]›

;s ra miuÕgfUr osja rsla u lEefr2ý2
Translation
š(He) abused me, struck me, conquered me, took away mine,› who bind themselves to it their
hatred is not appeased.
Vocabulary
ak k occhi [3. sg. aor. of %kus (to abuse)]= abused.
m a£ [acc. sg. of 1. pron. aha£ (I)]= me.
avadhi [3. sg. aor. of %vadh (to strike)]= struck.
ajini [3. sg. aor. of %ji (to conquer)]= (he) conquered.
ahÈsi [3. sg. aor. of %har (to carry away, to rob)]= took away, robbed.
m e [gen. sg. of 1. pron. aha£ (I)]= mine.
ye [masc. nom. pl. of demonstr. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which.
ta£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that.
upanayhanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%nah (to bind)]= bind
themselves to.
vera£ : vera [ntr.]=hatred. vera£ [nom. sg.]= hatred.
tesa£ [masc. gen. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= their.
na [indec. part.]= no, not.
sam m ati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %sam (to be appeased)]= is appeased.
šakkocchi ma£ avadhi ma£ ajini ma£ ahÈsi me,›

ye ta£ na upanayhanti vera£ tes’Êpasammatiç4ç
švDdksfPN ea vof/ ea vftfu ea vgkfl es]›

;s ra u miuÕgfUr osja rsl~*ÅilEefr2þ2
Translation
š(He) abused me, struck me, conquered me, took away mine,› who do not bind themselves to
it their hatred is appeased.
Vocabulary
ak k occhi [3. sg. aor. of %kus (to abuse)]= abused.
m a£ [acc. sg. of 1. pron. amha (I)]= me.
avadhi [3. sg. aor. of %vadh (to strike)]= struck.
ajini [3. sg. aor. of %ji (to conquer)]= (he) conquered.
ahÈsi [3. sg. aor. of %har (to carry away, to rob)]= took away, robbed.
m e [gen. sg. of 1. pron. amha (I)]= mine.
upanayhanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%nah (to bind)]= bind
themselves to.
vera£ : vera [ntr.]=hatred. vera£ [nom. sg.] hatred.
tes’Êpsam m m ati: tesa£ [masc. gen. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= their. upasammati [3. sg. pr.
indic. act. of upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased, calmed)]= is appeased,
calmed. tesa£+upasammati= tes’Êpsammmati.
na hi verena verÈni sammant’idha kudÈcana£

averena ca sammanti esa dhammo sanantanoç5ç
u fg osjsu osjkfu lEeUr~*b/ dqnkpua

vosjsu p lEefUr ,l /Eeks luUruks2ÿ2
Translation
Here (in this world) hatreds are indeed never appeased by hatred and are appeased by
non-hatred. This is the eternal law.
Vocabulary
hi [indec. encl.]= indeed, surely.
verena: vera [ntr.]=hatred. verena [ins. sg.]= by hatred.
verÈni: vera [ntr.]=hatred. verÈni [nom. pl.]= hatreds.
sam m ant’idha: sammanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %sam (to be appeased, calmed)]= is appeased, calmed.
idha [indec. adv.]= here (in this world). sammanti+idha= sammant’idha [euphonic sandhi]= here
(in this world) are appeased.
k udÈcana£ : [indef. adv.]= at any time. na kudÈcana£= not at any time, never.
averena: vera [ntr.]=hatred. a [neg. pfx.]+vera= avera [ntr.]= non-hatred. averena [ins. sg.]= by non-
hatred.
sam m anti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %sam (to be appeased, calmed)]= is appeased, calmed.
ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
esa [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= this, that.
dham m a: dhamma [masc.]= law. dhammo [nom. sg.]= law. The word dhamma has many meanings and
here it is used in the sense of ‘law.’
sanantano: sanantana [adj.]= primeval, eternal. sanantano [masc. nom. sg.]= primeval, eternal.
pare ca na vijÈnanti šmayamettha yamÈmase,›

ye ca tattha vijÈnanti tato sammanti medhagÈç6ç
ijs p u fotkufUr še;esRFk ;ekels]›

;s p rRFk fotkufUr rrks lEefUr es/xk2ö2
Translation
And the others do not realize (that) šwe are headed to death here (in this world),› and those
who realize in this connection, thereupon (their) quarrels are appeased.
Vocabulary
pare: para [adj.]= other. pare [masc. nom. pl.]= others. Here the word is used in the sense of ‘the
others’i.e. outsiders to the faith of Buddha.
vijÈnanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of vi (indic. pfx. here used to intensify)+%(¤)¤È (to know)]=understand,
realize.
m ayam ettha: maya£ [nom. pl. of 1. pron. aha£ (I)]= we. ettha [adv.]= here (in this world).
maya£+ettha= mayamettha.
yam Èm ase: yama [masc.]= Yama, the ruler of the kingdom of the dead. In cpds. this word is often used
in general sense of ‘death, manes, peta.’ yama+Èmase [sfx. 1. pl. imperat. med.]= yamÈmase= let
us go to death.
ye [masc. nom. pl. of demonstr. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who.
tattha [indec. adv.]= there, in this connection.
vijÈnanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of vi (indic. pfx. Here used to intensify)+%(¤)¤È (to know)]=understand,
realize.
sam m anti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. %sam (to be appeased, calmed)]= are appeased, calmed.
m edhagÈ: medhaga [masc.]= quarrel. medhagÈ [nom. pl.]= quarrels.
subhÈnupassi£ viharanta£ indriyesu asa£vuta£

bhojanamhi cÈmatta¤¤u£ kusÏta£ hÏnavÏriya£
ta£ ve pasahatÏ mÈro vÈto rukkha£ va dubbala£ç7ç
lqHkkuqifLla fogjUra bfUæ;slq vlaoqra

HkkstufEg pkeÙk××kqa dqlhra ghuohfj;a
ra os ilgrh ekjks okrks #D[ka o nqCcya2÷2
Translation
Contemplating pleasant (things), living unrestrained in senses, and not knowing moderation in
food, indolent, lacking in energy, him indeed MÈra overcomes, like the wind (overcomes) a
weak tree.
Vocabulary
subhÈnupassi£ : subha [adj.]= pleasant. anupassÏ [adj. of anu (indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to,
combined with’)+%pass (to see)+Ï (poss. sfx.)]= contemplating. subha+anupassÏ= subhÈnupassÏ
[adj. euphonic sandhi]= contemplating pleasant (things). subhÈnupassi£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
contemplating pleasant (things).
viharanta£ : viharati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of vi (indec. pfx. meaning ‘away’)+%har (to carry)]= lives.
viharanta [adj. ppr. of viharati]= living. viharanta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= living.
indriyesu: indriya [ntr.]= sense organ. indriyesu [loc. pl.]= in senses.
asa£ vuta£ : vuta [pp. of %vu (to restrain)]= restrained. sa£ [adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness]+vuta= sa£vuta [adj.]=restrained. a [neg. pfx.]+sa£vuta= asa£vuta [adj.]=
unrestrained. asa£vuta£ (masc. acc. sg.]= unrestrained.
bhojanam hi: bhojana [ntr.]= food. bhojanamhi [loc. sg.]= in food.
cÈm atta¤¤u£ : ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. mattÈ [fem.]= measure. In cpds. as in this case mattÈ is
shortened to matta. ¤u [adj, derived from %¤È (to know)]= knowing. matta¤¤Ê [masc.]= knowing
the right measure i.e., knowing moderation. a [neg. pfx.]+matta¤¤Ê= amatta¤¤Ê [masc.]= not
knowing moderation. amatta¤¤u£ [masc. acc. sg.]= not knowing moderation. ca+amatta¤¤u£=
cÈmatta¤¤u£ [euphonic sandhi]= and not knowing moderation.
k usita£ : kusita [adj.]= indolent. kusita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= indolent.
hÏnavÏriya£ : hÏna [adj., pp. derived from %hÈ (to reject)]= rejected, low, inferior. viriya [ntr.]= energy.
hÏnavÏriya [adj, here vÏriya is m.c. for viriya]= lacking in energy. hÏnavÏriya£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
lacking in energy.
ta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that, him.
ve [indec. aff. part. emphasizing the preceding word]= truly, indeed.
pasahatÏ: pasahati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening prefix often used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%sah (to overcome)]= overcomes. pasahatÏ is m.c. for pasahati.
m Èro: mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. mÈro [nom. sg.]= MÈra.
vÈto: vÈta [masc.]= wind. vÈto [nom. sg.]= wind.
ruk k ha£ : rukkha [masc.]= tree. rukkha£ [acc. sg.]= tree.
dubbala£ : bala [ntr.]= strength. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’]+bala= dubbala [adj.]=
weak. dubbala£ [masc. acc. sg.]= weak.
asubhÈnupassi£ viharanta£ indriyesu susa£vuta£

bhojanamhi camatta¤¤u£ saddha£ ÈraddhavÏriya£
ta£ ve na-ppasahatÏ mÈro vÈto sela£ va pabbata£ç8ç
vlqHkkuqifLla fogjUra bfUæ;slq lqlaoqra

HkkstufEg peÙk××kqa l¼a vkj¼ohfj;a
ra os u&Iilgrh ekjks okrks lsya o iCcra2ø2
Translation
Contemplating pleasant (things), living well-restrained in senses, and knowing moderation in
food, trusting, energetic, him indeed MÈra cannot overcome, like the wind (cannot overcome)
a rocky mountain.
Vocabulary
asubhÈnupassi£ : subha [adj.]= pleasant. anupassÏ [adj. of anu (indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to,
combined with’)+%pass (to see)+Ï (poss. sfx.)]= contemplating. a [neg. pfx.]+subha+anupassÏ=
asubhÈnupassÏ [adj.]= not contemplating pleasant (things). asubhÈnupassi£ [masc. acc. sg.]= not
contemplating pleasant (things).
viharanta£ : viharati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of vi (indec. pfx. meaning ‘away’)+%har (to carry)]= lives.
viharanta [ppr. of viharati]= living. viharanta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= living.
indriyesu: indriya [ntr.]= sense organ. indriyesu [loc. pl.]= in senses.
susa£ vuta£ : vuta [pp. of %vu (to restrain)]=restrained. su [indec. pfx. meaning ‘well, thorough’]+sa£
[adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness]+vuta= susa£vuta [adj.]= well-restrained.
susa£vuta£ (masc. acc. sg.]= well-restrained.
bhojanam hi: bhojana [ntr.]= food. bhojanamhi [loc. sg.]= in food.
cam atta¤¤u£ : ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. mattÈ [fem.]= measure. In cpd. mattÈ is shortened to matta.
¤u [adj, derived from %¤È (to know)]= knowing. matta+¤u= matta¤¤Ê [masc. euphonic sandhi]=
knowing the right measure i.e., knowing moderation. matta¤¤u£ [masc. acc. sg.]= knowing
moderation. ca+matta¤¤u£= camatta¤¤u£ [euphonic sandhi]= and knowing moderation.
saddha£ : saddha [adj.]= trusting. saddha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= trusting.
ÈraddhavÏriya£ : Èraddha [adj. pp. of È (indec. pfx. denoting a close relationship to the object or the aim
of action expressed in the verb)+%rabh (to take hold of)]= firm. viriya [ntr.]= energy.
ÈraddhavÏriya [adj., here vÏriya is m.c. for viriya]= energetic. ÈraddhavÏriya£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
energetic.
ta£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that, him.
na-ppasahatÏ: na [indec. part.]= no, not. pasahati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.
often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%sah (to overcome)]= overcomes. pasahatÏ is
m.c. for pasahati. na+pasahatÏ= na-ppasahatÏ= cannot overcome.
vÈto: vÈta [masc.]= wind. vÈto [nom. sg.]= wind.
sela£ : sela [adj masc]= rocky. sela£ [acc. sg.]= rocky.
pabbata£ : pabbata [masc.]= mountain. pabbata£ [acc. sg.]= mountain.
anikkasÈvo kÈsÈva£ yo vattha£ paridahessati

apeto damasaccena na so kÈsÈvamarahati ç9ç
vfuDdlkoks dklkoa ;ks oRFka ifjngsLlfr

visrks nelPpsu u lks dklkoejgfr2ù2
Translation
Who is impure, (and) will put on a yellow robe, devoid of restraint and truth, he does not
deserve the yellow (robe).
Vocabulary
anik k asÈvo: ni [pfx., here meaning ‘down.’ The form nir is seen when a vowel follows]+kasÈva
[masc.]= defilement. nikkasÈva [adj.]= without defilement i.e., pure. a [neg. pfx.]+nikkasÈva=
anikkasÈva [adj.]= impure. anikkasÈvo [masc. nom. sg.]= impure.
k ÈsÈva£ : kÈsÈva [adj.]= yellow. kÈsÈva£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= yellow.
yo [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who.
vattha£ : vattha [ntr.]= garment, robe. vattha£ [acc. sg.]= garment, robe.
paridahessati [3. sg. fut. indic. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘around’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= will put
on.
apeto: apata [adj. pp. of apa (pfx. meaning ‘away from’)+%i (to go)]= devoid of. apeto [masc. nom.
sg.]= devoid of.
dam asaccena: dama [ntr. derived from %dam (to domesticate, to tame)]= restraint. sacca [ntr.]= truth.
dama+sacca= damasacca [ntr.]= restraint and truth. damasaccena [ins. sg.]= by restraint and
truth.
so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= he.
k ÈsÈvam arhati: kÈsÈva [adj.]= yellow. kÈsÈva£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= yellow. arahati [3. sg. pr. indic. act.
derived from %arah (to deserve)]= deserves. kÈsÈva£+arahati= kÈsÈvamarhati= deserves yellow
(robe).
yo ca vantakasÈvassa sÏlesu susamÈhito

upeto damasaccena sa ve kÈsÈvam arahatiç10ç
;ks p oUrdlkoLl lhyslq lqlekfgrks

misrks nelPpsu l os dklkoe~ vjgfr2ûú2
Translation
Whosoever would get rid of defilement, well-settled in virtues, endowed with restraint and
truth, he indeed deserves the yellow (robe).
Vocabulary
yo ca: yo [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who. Whenever ca [indef. encl.
part.] follows a demonstr. pron. it is used in the sense of ‘ever, whosoever, whatever.’
vantak asÈvassa: vanta [adj. pp. of %vam (to discard)]= vomitted, (fig.) discarded, got rid of, left behind.
kasÈva [masc.]= defilement. vanta+kassÈva= vantakasÈva [adj.]= (one who has got oneself) rid
of defilement. vantakasÈvo [masc. gen. sg.]= of (one who has got oneself) rid of defilement. assa
[3. sg. pot. act. of %as (to be)]= would be. vantakasÈvo+assa= vantakasÈvassa [euphonic sandhi]=
(one who) would get rid of defilement.
sÏlesu: sÏla [ntr.]= virtue. sÏlesu [loc. pl.]= in virtues.
susam Èhito: susamÈhita [adj. derived from su (indec. pfx. meaning ‘well, thorough’)+sa£ (indec. pfx.
implying conjunction and completeness)+È (indec. pfx. denoting a close relationship to the object
or the aim of action expressed in the verb)+pp. of %dhÈ (to put)]= well-settled. susamÈhito [masc.
nom. sg.]= well-settled.
upeto: upata [adj. made of upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+pp. of %i (to go)]= endowed. upeto
[masc. nom. sg.]= endowed.
dam asaccena: dama [ntr. derived from %dam (to domesticate, to tame)]= restraint. sacca [ntr.]= truth.
damasaccena= damasacca [ntr.]= restraint and truth. damasaccena [ins.]= by restrain and truth.
sa [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= he.
k ÈsÈvam arhati: kÈsÈva [adj.]= yellow. kÈsÈva£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= yellow. arahati [3. sg. pr. indic. act.
derived from %arah (to deserve)]= deserves. kÈsÈva£+arahati= kÈsÈvam arhati= deserves yellow
(robe).
asÈre sÈramatino sÈre cÈsÈradassino

te sÈra£ nÈdhigacchanti micchÈsa£kappagocarÈç11ç
vlkjs lkjefruks lkjs pklkjnfLluks

rs lkja ukf/xPNfUr fePNkladIixkspjk2ûû2
Translation
(Those) thinking substance in substanceless and seeing substanceless in substance, they, feeding
on wrong thoughts, do not discover the substance.
Vocabulary
asÈre: sÈra [ntr.]= substance. a [neg. pfx.]+sÈra= asÈra [ntr.]= substanceless. asÈre [loc. sg.]= in
substanceless.
sÈram atino: sÈra [ntr.]= substance. matÏ [adj. pp. of %man (to think)= having thought, i.e. thinking.
sara+matÏ= sÈramatÏ [adj.]= thinking substance. sÈramatino [masc. nom. pl.]= thinking substance.
sÈre: sÈra [ntr.]= substance. sÈre [loc. sg.]= in substance.
cÈsÈradassino: ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. sÈra [ntr.]= substance. a [neg. pfx.]+sÈra= asÈra [ntr.]=
substanceless. dassÏ [adj. derived from %disa (to see)]= seeing, perceiving. asÈra+dassÏ=
asÈradassÏ [adj.]= seeing substanceless. asÈradassino [masc. nom. pl.] ca+asÈradassino=
cÈsÈradassino [adj., euphonic sandhi]= and seeing substanceless.
te [masc. nom. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= they.
sÈra£ : sÈra [ntr.]= substance. sÈra£ [acc. sg.]= substance.
nÈdhigacchanti: na [indec. part.]= no, not. adhigacchanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from adhi (pfx.
meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= get, discover. na+adhigacchanti= nÈdhigacchanti [euphonic
sandhi]= do not discover.
m icchÈsa£ k appagocarÈ: micchÈ [adv.]= in a wrong way, wrongly. sa£kappa [masc.]= thought.
micchÈ+sa£kappa= micchÈsa£kappa [masc.]= wrong thought. go [masc.]= cow. cara [adj.
derived from %car (to walk)]= walking, going, wandering. go+cara= gocara [masc.]= ‘a cow’s
grazing’ i.e, a pasture. micchÈsa£kappa+gocara= micchÈsa£kappagocara [masc.]= having pasture
for wrong thought i.e., feeding on wrong thought. micchÈsa£kappagocarÈ [nom. pl.]= feeding on
wrong thoughts.
sÈra¤ ca sÈrato ¤atvÈ asÈra¤ ca asÈrato

te sÈra£ adhigacchanti sammÈsa£kappagocarÈç12ç
lkj×k~ p lkjrks ×kRok vlkj×k~ p vlkjrks

rs lkja vf/xPNfUr lEekladIixkspjk2ûü2
Translation
(Those) having known the substance as the substance, substanceless as substanceless, they,
feeding on right thoughts, discover the substance.
Vocabulary
sÈra¤ ca: sÈra [ntr.]= substance. sÈra£ [acc. sg.]= substance. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. sÈra£+ca=
sÈra¤ ca.
sÈrato: sÈra [ntr.]= substance. sarato [adv. derived from sÈra]= as the substance.
¤ÈtvÈ [ger. of %¤È (to know)]= having known.
asÈra¤ ca: sÈra [ntr.]= substance. a [neg. pfx.]+sÈra= asÈra [ntr.]= substanceless. ca [indef. encl.
part.]= and. asÈra£+ca= asÈra¤ ca.
asÈrato: sÈra [ntr.]= substance. a (neg. pfx.)+sÈra= asÈrato [adv.]= as the substanceless.
sÈra£ : sÈra [ntr.]= substance. sÈra£ [acc. sg.]= substance.
adhigacchanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from adhi (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= get,
discover. discover.
sam m Èsa£ k appagocarÈ: sammÈ [adv.]= in a right way, rightly. sa£kappa [masc.]= thought.
sammÈ+sa£kappa= sammÈsa£kappa [masc.]= right thought. go [masc.]= cow. cara [adj. derived
from %car (to walk)]= walking, going, wandering. go+cara= gocara [masc.]= ‘a cow’s grazing’
i.e, a pasture. sammÈsa£kappa+gocara= sammÈsa£kappagocara [masc.]= having pasture for right
thought i.e., feeding on right thought. sammÈsa£kappagocarÈ [nom. pl.]= feeding on right
thoughts.
yathÈ agÈra£ ducchanna£ vu——hi samativijjhati

eva£ abhÈvita£ citta£ rÈgo samativijjhatiç13ç
;Fkk vxkja nqPNÂa oqfêò lefrfoT>fr

,oa vHkkfora fpÙka jkxks lefrfoT>fr2ûý2
Translation
As rain penetrates a poorly thatched house, likewise passion penetrates an undeveloped mind.
Vocabulary
yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like.
agÈra£ : agÈra [ntr.]= house. agÈra£ [acc. sg.]= house.
ducchanna£ : ducchanna [adj. derived from du (antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’+pp. of %chad
(to cover)]= poorly thatched. duchanna£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= poorly thatched.
vu——hi: vu——hi [fem.]= rain. vu——hi [nom. sg.]= rain.
sam ativijjhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely’)+%vidh (to pierce)]= penetrates.
eva£ [adv.]= ‘thus, so, in this way, likewise’ either referring to what follows or what precedes.
abhÈvita£ : bhÈveti [3. sg. pr. indic. caus. of %bhÊ (to be)]=produces, cultivates, develops. bhÈvita [adj,
pp. of bhÈveti]= developed. a (neg. pfx.)+bhÈvita= abhÈvita [adj.]= undeveloped. abhÈvita£ [ntr.
acc. sg.]= undeveloped.
citta£ : citta [ntr.]= mind. citta£ [acc. sg.]= mind.
rÈgo: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. rÈgo [nom. sg.]= passion.
yathÈ agÈra£ succhanna£ vu——hi na samativijjhati

eva£ subhÈvita£ citta£ rÈgo na samativijjhatiç14ç
;Fkk vxkja lqPNÂa oqfêò u lefrfoT>fr

,oa lqHkkfora fpÙka jkxks u lerfoT>fr2ûþ2
Translation
As rain does not penetrate a well-thatched house, likewise passion does not penetrate a well-
developed mind.
Vocabulary
agÈra£ : agÈra [ntr.]= house. agÈra£ [acc. sg.]= house.
succhanna£ : succhanna [adj. derived from su indec. part. pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’)+pp. of %chad
(to cover)]= well thatched. succhanna£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= well thatched.
vu——hi: vu——hi [fem.]= rain. vu——hi [nom. sg.]= rain.
subhÈvita£ : bhÈveti [3. sg. pr. indic. caus. of %bhÊ (to be)]=produces, cultivates, develops. bhÈvita
[adj., pp. of bhÈveti]= developed. su [indec. part. pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’)+bhÈvita=
subhÈvita [adj.]= well-developed. subhÈvita£ [ntr. sg.]= well-developed.
rÈgo: rÈga [masc. derived from %raja (to colour)]= passion. rÈgo [nom. sg.]= passion.
idha socati pecca socati
pÈpakÈrÏ ubhayattha socati,
so socati so viha¤¤ati
disvÈ kammakili——hamattanoç15ç
b/ lkspfr isPp lkspfr

ikidkjh mHk;RFk lkspfr]
lks lkspfr lks fog××kfr
fnLok dEefdfyêòeÙkuks2ûÿ2
Translation
Grieves here (in this world), grieves after death; in both cases the wrongdoer grieves. He
grieves, he is vexed having seen his own evil kamma.
Vocabulary
idha [indec. adv.]= here (in this world).
socati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %suc (to grieve)]= grieves.
pecca [ger. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%i (to go)]= ‘after having gone past’ i.e., after death.
pÈpak ÈrÏ: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil. kÈra [masc. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= action. kÈra+Ï [poss.
sfx.]= kÈrÏ [adj.]= doer. pÈpa+kÈrÏ= pÈpakÈrÏ [adj.]= evildoer. pÈpakÈrÏ [masc. nom. sg.]=
evildoer.
ubhayattha [adv. derived from the adj. ubhaya meaning ‘both, twofold’]= in both cases.
viha¤¤ati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from vi [indec. pfx. used here to intensify)+%han (to strike,
vex)]= is vexed.
disvÈ [ger. of %dis (to see)]= having seen.
k am m ak ili——ham attano: kamma [ntr. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= deed, kamma. kili——ha [adj.
pp. of %kilis (to go bad)]= evil, bad. kamma+kili——ha= kammakili——ha [ntr.]= evil kamma.
kammakili——ha£ [acc. sg.]= evil kamma. attÈ [masc.]= oneself, himself. attano [gen. sg.]= one’s
own, his own. kammakilittha£+attano= kammakili——hamattano.
idha modati, pecca modati,

katapu¤¤o ubhayattha modati,
so modati so pamodati
disvÈ kammavisuddhimattanoç16ç
b/ eksnfr isPp eksnfr

driq××kks mHk;RFk eksnfr]
lks eksnfr lks ieksnfr
fnLok dEefolqf¼eÙkuks2ûö2
Translation
Rejoices here (in this world), rejoices after death; in both cases the well-doer rejoices. He
rejoices, he is happy having seen his own virtuous karma.
Vocabulary
m odati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %mud (to rejoice) ]= rejoices.
pecca [ger. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%i (to
go)]= ‘after having gone past’ i.e., after death.
k atapu¤¤o: kata [pp of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed. kata+pu¤¤a=
katapu¤¤a [adj.]= having done meritorious deed i.e., one who has done meritorious deed, well-doer.
katapu¤¤o [masc. nom. sg.]= well-doer.
ubhayattha [adv.]= in both cases.
pam odati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%mud (to rejoice)]= is happy.
k am m avisuddhim attano: kamma [ntr. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= deed, karma. suddhi [fem.
derived from %sudh (to cleanse)]= purity, purification. vi [indec. pfx. used here to
intensify]+suddhi= visuddhi [fem.]= virtue. kamma+visuddhi= kammavisuddhi [ntr.]= virtuous
deed. kammavisuddhi£ [acc. sg.]= virtuous deed. attÈ [masc.]= oneself, himself. attano [gen.
sg.]= one’s own, his own. kammavisuddhi£+attano= kammavisuddhimattano.
idha tappati pecca tappati

pÈpakÈrÏ ubhayattha tappati,
špÈpa£ me katan› ti tappati.
bhiyyo tappati duggati£ gatoç17ç
b/ rIifr isPp rIifr

ikidkjh mHk;RFk rIifr]
šikia es dru~› fr rIifrA
fHkÕ;ks rIifr nqXxfra xrks2û÷2
Translation
Is tormented here (in this world), is tormented after death: in both cases is the wrongdoer
tormented. (He) is tormented (thinking) ševil was done by me;› (he) is tormented further having
gone to a miserable afterlife.
Vocabulary
tappati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %tap (to burn)]= is tormented.
tappati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %tapa (to burn)]= is tormented.
pÈpak ÈrÏ: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil. kÈra [masc. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= action. kÈra+Ï [poss.
sfx.]= kÈrÏ [adj.]= doer. pÈpakÈrÏ [adj masc]= evildoer. pÈpakÈrÏ [nom. sg.]= evildoer.
pÈpa£ : pÈpa [ntr.]= evil. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]= evil.
m e [ins. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]= by me.
k atan ti: kata [adj, pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. kata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= done. ti/iti is a part.
used to signal the end of direct speech and is the equivalent of quotation marks in English.
kata£+ti= katan ti.
bhiyyo [adv.]= further.
duggati£ gato: gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= existence (after death), afterlife. du [antithetic
pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’]+gati= duggati [fem.]= a miserable afterlife. duggati£ [acc. sg.]=
a miserable afterlife. gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. gato [masc. nom. sg.]= gone. duggati£
gato= gone to a miserable afterlife.
idha nandati pecca nandati,

katapu¤¤o ubhayattha nandati,
špu¤¤a£ me katan› ti nandati.
bhiyyo nandati suggati£ gatoç18ç
b/ uUnfr isPp uUnfr]

driq××kks mHk;RFk uUnfr]
šiq××ka es dru~› fr uUnfrA
fHkÕ;ks uUnfr lqXxfra xrks2ûø2
Translation
Rejoices here (in this world), rejoices after death: in both cases the well-doer rejoices. (He)
rejoices (thinking) šgood was done by me;› he rejoices further having gone to a good afterlife.
Vocabulary
nandati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %nand (to rejoice)]= rejoices.
pecca [ger. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%Ï (to
k atapu¤¤o: kata [pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed. kata+pu¤¤a=
katapu¤¤a [adj.]= having done meritorious deed i.e., one who has done meritorious deed, well-doer.
katapu¤¤o [masc. nom. sg.]= well-doer.
pu¤¤a£ : pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, good. pu¤¤a£ [nom. sg.]= meritorious deed, good.
m e [ins. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]= by me.
k atan ti: kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. kata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= done. ti/iti, is a part.
used to signal the end of direct speech and is the equivalent of quotation marks in English. kata£+(i)
ti= katan ti.
bhiyyo [adv.]= further.
suggati£ gato: gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= existence (after death), afterlife. su [indec. part.
used as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’)+gati= sugati [fem.]= a good afterlife.
sugati£ [acc. sg.]= a good afterlife. suggati£ is m.c. for sugati£. gata [adj, pp of %gam (to go)]=
gone. gato [masc. nom. sg.]= gone. suggati£ gato= gone to a good afterlife.
bahu£ pi ce sahita£ bhÈsamÈno

na takkaro hoti naro pamatto
gopo va gÈvo ga‡aya£ paresa£
na bhÈgavÈ sÈma¤¤assa hotiç19ç
cgqa fi ps lfgra Hkklekuks

u rDdjks gksfr ujks ieÙkks
xksiks o xkoks x.k;a ijsla
u Hkkxok lke××kLl gksfr2ûù2
Translation
Even if reciting many scriptures, (but) not acting accordingly, the negligent man, is like a
cowherd who counts others’ cows, (he) is not a sharer of asceticism.
Vocabulary
bahu£ : bahu [adj.]= much, many. bahu£ [masc. acc. sg.]= much, many.
api/pi [indec. part.]= even, also, just so.
ce [encl.]= if.
sahita£ : sahita [adj. pp. of sa£ (indec.pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%dhÈ (to put)]=
united, keeping together. The Dhammpada Commentary explains sahita [masc.] as the name of
Tipi—aka, thus equalling Sanskrit sa£hita. Thus, it may be taken to mean ‘scriptures’ here. sahita£
[acc. sg.]= scriptures.
bhÈsam Èno: bhÈsamÈna [adj. med. ppr. of %bhÈ (to speak)]= speaking, reciting. bhÈsamÈno [masc.
nom. sg.]= speaking, reciting.
tak k aro: tat [pron. ntr.]= it. kara [masc. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= doing. tat+kara=
takkara [masc.]= ‘a doer thereof’ i.e., acting accordingly. takkaro [nom. sg.]= acting accordingly.
hoti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= is, becomes.
naro: nara [masc.]= man. naro [nom. sg.]= man.
pam atto: pamatta [adj. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+pp. of %mad (to be intoxicated)]= negligent. pamatto [masc. nom. sg.]= negligent.
gopo: gopa [masc.]= cowherd. gopo [nom. sg.]= cowherd.
gÈvo: go [masc.]= a cow, an ox. gÈvo [nom. pl.]= cows, cattle.
ga‡aya£ : ga‡ayanta [adj. act. ppr. of %ga‡ (to count)]= counting. ga‡aya£ [masc. nom. sg.]=
counting.
paresa£ : para [adj.]= other. paresa£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of others.
bhÈgavÈ: bhÈga [masc.]= share. bhÈga+vantu [poss. sfx.]= bhÈgavantu [adj.]= sharer. bhÈgavÈ [masc.
nom. sg.]= sharer.
sÈm a¤¤assa: sÈma¤¤a [ntr. asbtr. derived from masc. sama‡a (ascetic)]= asceticism. sÈma¤¤assa [gen.
sg.]= of asceticism.
appampi ce sahita£ bhÈsamÈno

dhammassa hoti anudhammacÈrÏ
rÈga¤ ca dosa¤ ca pahÈya moha£
sammÈppajÈno suvimuttacitto
anupÈdiyÈno idha vÈ hura£ vÈ
sa bhÈgavÈ sÈma¤¤assa hotiç20ç
vIifEi ps lfgra Hkklekuks

/EeLl gksfr vuq/Eepkjh
jkx×k~ p nksl×k~ p igk; eksga
lEekIitkuks lqfoeqÙkfpÙkks
vuqikfn;kuks b/ ok gqja ok
l Hkkxok lke××kLl gksfr2üú2
Translation
Even if reciting hardly any scriptures, living in truth according to the Dhamma, having
abandoned lust, ill-will, and delusion, has the right knowledge, with a well emancipated mind,
not clinging to anything, either in this world, or in the other one, he is sharer of asceticism.
Vocabulary
appam pi: appa [adj.]= hardly any, very little. appa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= hardly any, very little. api/pi
[indec. part.]= even, also, just so. apam+pi= apampi.
ce [encl.]= if.
sahita£ : sahita [adj. pp. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%dhÈ (to
put)]= connected, gathered together. The Dhammpada Commentary explains sahita [masc.] as the
name of Tipi—aka. Thus, it may be taken to mean ‘scriptures’ here. sahita£ [acc. sg.]= scriptures.
bhÈsam Èno: bhÈsamÈna [adj., med. ppr. of %bhÈs (to speak)]= speaking, reciting. bhÈsamÈno [masc.
nom. sg.]= speaking, reciting.
dham m assa: dham m a [masc.]= the Dhamma. dhammassa [gen. sg.]= of Dhamma.
anudham m acÈrÏ: dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma. anu [indec. pfx. meaning ‘according to’]+dhamma=
anudhamma [adj.]= according to the Dhamma. cÈrÏ [masc. derived from %car (to walk)+Ï (poss.
sfx.)]= living. anudhamma+cÈrÏ= anudhammacÈrÏ [masc.]= living according to the Dhamma.
anudhammacÈrÏ [nom. sg.]= living according to the Dhamma.
rÈga¤ ca: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. rÈga£ [acc. sg.]= passion. ca [indef.
encl. part.]= and. rÈga£+ca= rÈga¤ ca.
dosa¤ ca: dosa [masc.]= ill-will. dosa£ [acc. sg.]= ill-will. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. dosa£+ca=
dosa¤ ca.
pahÈya [ger. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%hÈ (to
give up)]= having abandoned.
m oha£ : moha [masc. derived from %muh (to be stupefied)]= stupidity, dullness of mind and soul,
delusion. moha£ [acc. sg.]= delusion.
sam m ÈppajÈno: sammÈ [adv.]= in a right way, rightly. pajÈna [masc. derived from pa (indec.
strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%¤È (to know)]= knowledge.
sammÈ+pajÈna= sammÈppajÈna [masc.]= having right knowledge. sammÈppajÈno [nom. sg.]=
having right knowledge.
suvim uttacitto: suvimutta [adj. derived from su (indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning
‘thorough, well’)+vi (indec. pfx. used in the intensifying sense here)+pp.%muc (to release)]=
emancipated. citta [ntr.]= mind. suvimutta+citta= suvimuttacitta [masc.]= with a well emancipated
mind. suvimuttacitto [nom. sg.]= with a well emancipated mind.
anupÈdiyÈno: anupÈdiyÈna [adj. derived from an (neg. pfx.)+upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+È
(indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]= not clinging. anupÈdiyÈno [masc. nom.
sg.]= not clinging.
idha vÈ hura£ vÈ: idha [indec. adv.]= here (in this world). vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. hura£ [adv.]= there
(in the other world). idha vÈ hura£ vÈ= in this world or the other.
bhÈgavÈ: bhÈga [masc.]= share. bhÈga+vantu [poss. sfx.]= bhÈgavantu [adj.]= sharer. bhÈgavÈ [masc.
nom. sg.]= sharer.
sÈm a¤¤assa: sÈma¤¤a [ntr.]= asceticism. sÈma¤¤assa [gen. sg.]= of asceticism.
hoti: [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= is, becomes.
2. A ppam Èdavaggo vIieknoXxks (Consciousness)
appamÈdo amatapada£ pamÈdo maccuno pada£,

appamattÈ na mÏyanti ye pamattÈ yathÈ matÈç21ç
vIieknks verina ieknks ePpquks ina]

vIieÙkk u eh;fUr ;s ieÙkk ;Fkk erk2üû2
Translation
Conscientiousness (is) the state of deathlessness, negligence (is) the state of death. The
conscientious do not die, those who (are) negligent (are) like the dead.
Vocabulary
appam Èdo: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-negligence,
conscientiousness. appamÈdo [nom. sg.]= conscientiousness.
am atapada£ : mata [adj. pp. of %mar (to die)]= dead. a [neg. pfx.]+mata= amata [ntr.]=
deathlessness. pada [ntr.]= state, place. amata+pada= amatapada [ntr.]= state of deathlessness.
amatapada£ [nom. sg.]= state of deathlessness.
pam Èdo: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. pamÈdo [nom. sg.]= negligence.
m accuno: maccu [masc.]= death. maccuno [gen. sg.]= of death.
pada£ : pada [ntr.]= state, place. pada£ [nom. sg.]= state, place.
appam attÈ: pamatta [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+pp. of %mad (to be intoxicated)]= negligent. a [neg. pfx.]+pamatta= appamatta
[adj.]=non-negligent, conscientious. appamattÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= non-negligent, conscientious.
m Ïyanti [3. pl. pr. med. indic. of %mar (to die)]= die.
pam attÈ: pamatta [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+pp. of %mad (to be intoxicated)]= negligent. pamattÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= negligent.
yathÈ [indec. adv.]= like, as, how.
m atÈ: mata [adj. pp. of %mar (to die)]= dead. matÈ [nom. pl.]= dead.
eva£ visesato ¤atvÈ appamÈdamhi pa‡ÇitÈ

appamÈde pamodanti ariyÈna£ gocare ratÈç22ç
,oa folslrks ×kRok vIieknfEg if.Mrk

vIiekns ieksnfUr vfj;kua xkspjs jrk2üü2
Translation
Thus having known distinctively about conscientiousness, wise men rejoice in conscientiousness,
delighting in the field of the noble ones.
Vocabulary
visesato: visesa [masc.]= distinction. visesato [adv. originally abl. sg.]= distinctively.
¤atvÈ [ger. of %¤È (to know)]= having known.
appam Èdam hi: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-
negligence, conscientiousness. appamÈdamhi [loc. sg.]= about conscientiousness.
pa‡ÇitÈ: pa‡Çita [masc.]= wise man. pa‡ÇitÈ [nom. pl.]= wise men.
appam Ède: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-negligence,
conscientiousness. appamÈde [loc. sg.]= in conscientiousness.
pam odanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%mud (to rejoice)]= rejoice.
ariyÈna£ : ariya [adj.]= noble, distinguished. ariyÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of the noble ones.
gocare: go [masc.]= cow. cara [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= walking, going, wandering.
go+cara= gocara [masc.]= ‘a cow’s grazing’ i.e, a pasture, field. gocare [loc. sg.]= at a pasture,
in the field.
ratÈ: rata [adj. pp. of %ram (to enjoy)]= delighting in. ratÈ [nom. pl.]= delighting in.
te jhÈyino sÈtatikÈ nicca£ daÄhaparakkamÈ

phusanti dhÏrÈ nibbÈna£ yogakkhema£ anuttara£2232
rs >kf;uks lkrfrdk fuPpa nG~gijDdek

iqQlfUr /hjk fuCckua ;ksxD[ksea vuqÙkja2Aüý2
Translation
Those meditating, persevering, always energetic, (such) wise ones touch nibbÈna, the highest
peace from bondage.
Vocabulary
jhÈyino: jhÈyÏ [adj. of %(j)jhe (to meditate)]= meditating. jhÈyino [nom. pl.]= meditating.
sÈtatik È: sÈtatika [adj. derived from satata (adj. meaning ‘continual, chronic’]= persevering. sÈtatikÈ
[nom. pl.]= persevering.
nicca£ [adv.]= perpetually, always, constantly.
daÄhaparak k am È: daÄha [adj.]= strong, firm. parakkama [masc.]= exertion, endeavour, effort.
daÄha+parakkama= daÄhaparakkama [masc.]= of strong effort, energetic. daÄhaparakkamÈ [nom.
pl.]= energetic.
phusanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %phus (to touch)]= touch.
dhÏrÈ: dhÏra [adj.]= wise, clever. dhÏrÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= wise, clever.
nibbÈna£ : nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. nibbÈna£ [acc. sg.]= nibbÈna.
yogak k hem a£ : yoga [masc.]= yoke, bond. khema [ntr.]= shelter, peace. yoga+khema= yogakkhema
[ntr.]= peace from bondage. yogakkhema£ [acc. sg.]= peace from bondage.
anuttara£ : an [neg. part.]= no, not. uttara [adj.]= higher. an+uttara= anuttara [adj.]= to which there
is no higher i.e., highest. anuttara£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= highest.
u——hÈnavato satÏmato
sucikammassa nisammakÈrino
sa¤¤atassa ca dhammajÏvino
appamattassa yaso’bhivaÇÇhati2242
mêòkuorks lrherks
lqfpdEeLl fulEedkfjuks
l××krLl p /Eethfouks
vIieÙkLl ;lks*fHkoM~<fr2üþ2
Translation
Of (a person who is) energetic, mindful, of pure deeds, acting considerately, self-controlled,
living righteously and conscientious, fame grows.
Vocabulary
u——hÈnavato: u——hÈna [ntr.]= energy. u——hÈna+vantu [poss. sfx.]= u——hÈnavantu [adj.]= energetic.
u——hÈnavato [masc. gen. sg.]= of (a person who is) energetic.
satÏm ato: sati [ntr. derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindfulness. sati+mantu [poss. sfx.]= satimantu
[adj.]= mindful. satimato [masc. gen. sg.]= of (some one who is) mindful. satÏmato is m.c.
satimato.
sucik am m assa: suci [adj.]= pure, clear. kamma [ntr.]= deed, action. suci+kamma= sucikamma [adj.]=
(a person) of pure deeds. sucikammassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of (a person who is of) pure deeds.
nisam m ak Èrino: nisamma [adv. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘out’)+%sam (to appease)]=
considerately. kÈra [masc. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= action. kÈra+Ï [poss. sfx.]= kÈrÏ
[adj.]= doer. nisamma+kÈrÏ= nisammakÈrÏ [masc.]= acting considerately. nisammakÈrino [gen.
sg.]= of (a person who is) acting considerately.
sa¤¤atassa: sa¤¤ata [n. derived from sa£ (indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness. sa¤¤E and
sa£E are often used interchangeably in PÈli.)+pp. of %yam (to become tranquil)]= restraint, self-
control. sa¤¤atassa [gen. sg.]= of (a person who is) self-controlled.
dham m ajÏvino: dhamma [masc.]= law, righteousness. jÏvÏ [adj. derived from %jÏv (to live)]= living.
dhamma+jÏvÏ (poss. suf.)= dhammajÏvÏ [adj.]= (a person who is) living righteously. dhammajÏvino
[masc. gen. sg.]= of (a person who is) living righteously.
appam attassa: appamatta [adj. derived from a (neg. pfx.)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to
emphasize the intensity of an action)+%mad (to be intoxicated)]= non-negligent, conscientious.
appamattassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of (a person who is) conscientious.
yaso’bhivaÇÇhati: yasa [ntr.]= fame. yaso [nom. sg.]= fame. abhivaÇÇhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of abhi
(intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%vaÇÇh (to grow)]= grows. yaso+abhivaÇÇhati= yaso
’bhivaÇÇhati= fame grows.
u——hÈnena’ppamÈdena sa¤¤amena damena ca

dÏpa£ kayirÈtha medhÈvÏ ya£ ogho nÈbhikÏrati2252
mêòkusu’Iieknsu l××kesu nesu p

nhia df;jkFk es/koh ;a vks?kks ukfHkdhjfr2üÿ2
Translation
Through exertion, conscientiousness, self-control, and moderation, a wise person should make
an island which a flood cannot overwhelm.
Vocabulary
u——hÈnena’ppam Èdena: u——hÈna [ntr.]= exertion, zeal, energy. u——hÈnena [ins. sg.]= through exertion.
pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-negligence,
conscientiousness. appamÈdena [ins. sg.]= through conscientiousness. u——hÈnena+appamÈdena=
u——hÈnena’ppamÈdena (euphonic sandhi)= through exertion and conscientiousness.
sa¤¤am ena: sa¤¤ama [n. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness.
sa¤¤E and sa£E are often used interchangeably in PÈli.)+pp. of %yam (to become tranquil)]=
restraint, self-control. sa¤¤amena [ins. sg.]= through self-controlled.
dam ena: dama [ntr. derived from %dam (to domesticate, to tame)]= moderation. damena [ins. sg.]=
through moderation.
dÏpa£ : dÏpa [masc.]= island. dÏpa£ [acc. sg.]= island.
k ayirÈtha: [3. sg. pot. med. of %kar (to make, to do, to make)]= should make.
m edhÈvÏ: medhÈ [fem.]=wisdom. medhÈ+vÏ [poss. sfx.]= medhÈvÏ [masc.]= wise person. medhÈvÏ
[masc. nom. sg.]= wise person.
ya£ [masc. acc. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which.
ogho: ogha [masc.]= flood. ogho [nom. sg.]= flood.
nÈbhik Ïrati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. abhikÏrati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from abhi (intens. pfx.
meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%kir (to scatter)]= overwhelms. na+abhikÏrati= nÈbhikÏrati= cannot
overwhelm.
pamÈdam anuyu¤janti
bÈlÈ dummedhino janÈ
appamÈda¤ ca medhÈvÏ
dhana£ se——ha£ va rakkhati2262
iekne~ vuq;q×tfUr
ckyk nqEesf/uks tuk
vIiekn×k~ p es/koh
/ua lsêòa o jD[kfr2üö2
Translation
The fools, the ignorant people practise negligence and the wise person protects
conscientiousness as the best wealth.
Vocabulary
pam Èdam anuyu¤janti: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. pamÈda£ [acc. sg.]= negligence. anuyu¤janti
[3. pl. pr. indic. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, to’)+%yu¤j (to join)]= practise.
pamÈda£+anuyu¤janti= pamÈdam anuyu¤janti= practise negligence.
bÈlÈ: bÈla [n. masc.]= fool. bÈlÈ [nom. pl.]= fools.
dum m edhino: medhÈ [fem.]=wisdom. medhÈ+vÏ [poss. sfx.]= medhÈvÏ [adj.]= wise. du (antithetic pfx.
meaning ‘bad, insufficient’)+medhÏ= dummedhÏ [adj.]= ignorant. dummedhino [masc. nom. pl.]=
ignorant.
janÈ: jana [masc.]= person. janÈ [nom. pl.]= persons.
appam Èda¤ ca: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-
negligence, conscientiousness. appamÈda£ [acc. sg.]= conscientiousness. ca [indef. encl. part.]=
and. appamÈda£+ca= appamÈda¤ ca.
[nom. sg.]= wise person.
dhana£ : dhana [ntr.]= wealth. dhana£ [acc. sg.]= wealth.
se——ha£s:e——ha [adj.]= best. se——ha£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= best.
va: [indec. encl.]= like.
rak k hati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %rakkh (to protect)]= protects.
mÈ pamÈdam anuyu¤jetha mÈ kÈmaratisanthava£,
appamatto hi jhÈyanto pappoti vipula£ sukha£2272
ek iekne~ vuq;q×tsFk ek dkejfrlUFkoa]

vIieÙkks fg >k;Urks iIiksfr foiqya lq[ka2ü÷2
Translation
Do not practise negligence or intimacy with sensual pleasure. Conscientious meditator surely
obtains abundant happiness.
Vocabulary
m È [indec. prohibition part.]= not, do not.
pam Èdam anuyu¤jetha: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. pamÈda£ [acc. sg.]= negligence. anuyu¤jetha
[2. pl. imperat. act. of anu (pfx meaning ‘along, to’)+%yu¤j (to join)]= (you) practise.
pamÈda£+anuyu¤jetha= pamÈdam anuyu¤jetha.
m È [indec. prohibition part.]= not, do not.
k Èm aratisanthava£ : kÈma [masc.]= pleasure. rati [fem.]= love, attachment. kÈma+rati= kÈmarati
[fem.]= sensual pleasure. santhava [ntr.]= intimacy. kÈmarati+santhava= kÈmaratisanthava
[ntr.]= intimacy with sensual pleasures. kÈmaratisanthava£ [acc. sg.]= intimacy with sensual
pleasure.
appam atto: appamatta [adj. derived from a (neg. pfx.)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize
the intensity of an action)+%mad (to be intoxicated)]= non-negligent, conscientious. appamatto
[masc. nom. sg.]= (a person who is) conscientious.
hi [encl indec.)= indeed, surely.
jhÈyanto: jhÈyanta [adj. act. ppr. of %jhÈ (to meditate)]= meditator. jhÈyanto [masc. nom. sg.]=
meditator.
pappoti: pÈpuÄÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa [indec. strengthening pfx.]+%Èp (to get)]=obtains. pappoti
is the contracted form of pÈpuÄÈti.
vipula£ : vipula [adj.]= abundant. vipula£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= abundant.
suk ha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg.]= happiness.
pamÈda£ appamÈdena yadÈ nudati pa‡Çito

pa¤¤ÈpÈsÈda£ Èruyha asoko sokini£ paja£
pabbata——ho va bhÊma——he dhÏro bÈle avekkhati2282
iekna vIieknsu ;nk uqnfr if.Mrks

i××kkiklkna vk#Õg vlksdks lksfdfua ita
iCcrêòks o Hkweêòs /hjks ckys vosD[kfr2üø2
Translation
When the wise one rejects negligence through conscientiousness, having climbed the stronghold
of wisdom, without sorrow, such a wise one (observes) the sorrowful mankind like one standing
on a mountain looks at the foolish people on the ground.
Vocabulary
pam Èda£ : pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. pamÈda£ [acc. sg.]= negligence.
appam Èdena: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc. euphonic
sandhi]= non-negligence, conscientiousness. appamÈdena [ins. sg.]= through conscientiousness.
yadÈ [adv. of time]= when, whenever.
nudati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %nud (to reject)]= rejects, drives away.
pa‡Çito: pa‡Çita [masc.]= wise man. pa‡Çito [nom. sg.]= wise man.
pa¤¤ÈpÈsÈda£ : pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pÈsÈda [masc.]= palace, stronghold. pa¤¤È+pÈsÈda=
pa¤¤ÈpÈsÈda [masc.]= stronghold of wisdom. pa¤¤ÈpÈsÈda£ [acc. sg.]= stronghold of wisdom.
Èruhya [ger. derived from È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%ruh (to spread)]= having climbed.
asok o: soka [masc.]= sorrow. a [neg. pfx.]+soka= asoka [adj.]= without sorrow. asoko [masc. nom.
sg.]= without sorrow.
sok ini£ : soka [masc.]= sorrow. soka+inÏ (fem. sfx.)=sokinÏ [adj.]= sorrowful. sokini£ [fem. acc.
sg.]= sorrowful.
paja£ : pajÈ [fem.]= mankind. paja£ [acc. sg.]= mankind.
pabbata——ho: pabbata [masc.]= mountain. pabbata+——ha [sfx. adj. of %—hÈ (to stand)]= pabbata——ha
[adj.]= standing on the mountain. pabbata——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= standing on the mountain.
bhÊm a——he: bhÊma [masc.]= ground. bhÊma+——ha [sfx, adj. of %—hÈ (to stand)]= bhÊma——ha [adj.]=
standing on the ground. bhÊma——he [masc. acc. pl.]= standing on the ground.
dhÏro: dhÏra [adj.]= wise. dhÏro [masc. nom. sg.]= wise.
bÈle: bÈla [masc.]= fool. bÈle [acc. pl.]= fools.
avek k hati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of ava (pfx meaning ‘down’)+%Ïkkh (to see)]= looks at.
appamatto pamattesu suttesu bahujÈgaro

abalassa£ va sÏghasso hitvÈ yÈti sumedhaso2292
vIieÙkks ieÙkslq lqÙkslq cgqtkxjks

vCkyLla o lh?kLlks fgRok ;kfr lqes/lks2üù2
Translation
Conscientious amongst the negligent, wide awake amongst the sleeping, the wise one proceeds
like a swift horse, having left behind a feeble one.
Vocabulary
appam atto: pamatta [adj. pp. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%mad (to be intoxicated)]= negligent. a [neg. pfx.]+pamatta= appamatta [adj.]= non-
negligent, conscientious. appamatto [masc. nom. sg.]= (a person who is) conscientious.
pam attesu: pamatta [adj. pp. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%mad (to be intoxicated)]= negligent. pamattesu [loc. pl.]= amongst the negligent.
suttesu: sutta [adj. pp. of %sup (to sleep)]= sleeping. suttesu [loc. pl.]= amongst the sleeping.
bahujÈgaro: bahu [adj.]= many, much. jÈgara [adj. derived from %jagg (to stay awake)]= awake.
bahu+jÈgara= bahujÈgara [adj.]= wide awake. bahujÈgaro [nom. sg.]= wide awake.
abalassa£ : bala [ntr.]= power, strength. a [neg. pfx.]+bala= abala [adj.]= powerless, feeble. assa
[masc.]= horse. abala+assa= abalassa [masc.]= feeble horse. abalassa£ [acc. sg.]= feeble horse.
sÏghasso: sÏgha [adj.]= swift, quick. assa [masc.]= horse. sÏgha+assa= sÏghassa [masc.]= swift horse.
sÏghasso [nom. sg.]= swift horse.
hitvÈ [ger. of %hÈ (to leave, to abandon)]= having left behind.
yÈti [[3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %yÈ (to go)]= goes, proceeds.
sum edhaso: medhasa [adj.]= intelligent. su [indec. part. pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well)+medhasa=
sumedhasa [masc.]= wise one. sumedhaso [nom. sg.]= wise one.
appamÈdena maghavÈ devÈna£ se——hata£ gato,

appamÈda£ pasa£santi pamÈdo garahito sadÈ2302
vIieknsu e?kok nsokua lsêòra xrks]

vIiekna ilalfUr ieknks xjfgrks lnk2ýú2
Translation
Through conscientiousness Indra went to supremacy of the gods. (They) praise conscientiousness,
negligence is always censured.
Vocabulary
appam Èdena: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-
negligence, conscientiousness. appamÈdena [ins. sg.]= through conscientiousness.
m aghavÈ: maghavantu [masc.]= name of the Vedic god Indra. maghavÈ [nom. sg.]= Indra.
devÈna£ : deva [masc.]= god. devÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of gods.
se——hata£ : se——hata [abstract of adj. se——ha (best)]= ‘best-ness’ i.e., supremacy. se——hata£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= supremacy.
gato: gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. gato [masc. nom. sg.]= gone.
appam Èda£ : pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-
negligence, conscientiousness. appamÈda£ [acc. sg.]= conscientiousness.
pasa£ santi [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from pa [indec. strengthening pfx.]+%sa£s (to
proclaim)]=praise.
pam Èdo: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. pamÈdo [nom. sg.]= negligence.
garahito: garahita [adj. pp. of %garah (to censure)]= censured. garahito [masc. nom. sg.]= censured.
sadÈ [adv.]= always.
appamÈdarato bhikkhu pamÈde bhayadassivÈ

sa£yojana£ a‡u£thÊla£ Çaha£ aggÏ va gacchati2312
vIieknjrks fHkD[kq iekns Hk;nfLlok

la;kstua v.kqaFkwya Mga vXxh o xPNfr2ýû2
Translation
The monk devoted to conscientiousness or seeing fear in negligence, moves like a fire, burning
the fetters, small or big.
Vocabulary
appam Èdarato: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-
negligence, conscientiousness. rata [adj. pp. of %ram (devoted to)]= devoted. appamÈda+rata=
appamÈdarata [adj.]= devoted to conscientiousness. appamÈdarato [masc. nom. sg.]= devoted to
conscientiousness.
bhik k hu: bhikkhu [masc.]= monk. bhikkhu [nom. sg.]= monk.
pam Ède: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. pamÈde [loc sg]= in negligence.
bhayadassivÈ: bhaya [ntr.]= fear. dassÏ [adj.]= seeing, perceiving. bhaya+dassÏ= bhayadassÏ [masc.]=
seeing fear. vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. bhayadassi [nom. sg.]= seeing fear.
bhayadassi+vÈ=bhayadassivÈ.
sa£ yojana£ : sa£yojana [ntr. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%yuj (to yoke)]= fetter. sa£yojana£ [acc. sg.]= fetter.
a‡u£ thÊla£ : a‡u [adj.]= atomic, small. a‡u£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= small. thÊla [adj.]= massive, big. thÊla£
[ntr. acc. sg.]= big. a‡u£+thÊla£= a‡u£thÊla£.
Çaha£ : Çahanta [adj., act. ppr. of %Çah (to burn)]= burning. Çaha£ [masc. nom. sg.]= burning.
aggÏ: aggi [ntr.]= fire. aggÏ [nom. sg.]= fire.
gacchati [3 act indic pr, derived from %gam (to go)]= goes, moves.
appamÈdarato bhikkhu pamÈde bhayadassivÈ

abhabbo parihÈnÈya nibbÈnass’eva santike2322
vIieknjrks fHkD[kq iekns Hk;nfLlok

vHkCcks ifjgkuk; fuCckuLl~*,o lfUrds2ýü2
Translation
The monk devoted to conscientiousness or seeing fear in negligence (and) unable to regress, (is)
just in the vicinity of the nibbÈna.
Vocabulary
appam Èdarato: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-
negligence, conscientiousness. rata [adj. pp. of %ram (devoted to)]= devoted. appamÈda+rata=
appamÈdarata [adj.]= devoted to conscientiousness. appamÈdarato [masc. nom. sg.]= devoted to
conscientiousness.
pam Ède: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. pamÈde [loc sg]= in negligence.
bhayadassivÈ: bhaya [ntr.]= fear. dassÏ [adj.]= seeing, perceiving. bhaya+dassÏ= bhayadassÏ [masc.]=
seeing fear. vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. bhayadassi [nom. sg.]= seeing fear.
bhayadassi+vÈ=bhayadassivÈ.
abhabbo: bhabba (adj. ger. of %bhÊ (to be, to exist]= able, capable. a [neg. pfx.]+bhabba= abhabba
[adj.]= unable, incapable. abhabbo [masc. nom. sg.]= unable, incapable.
parihÈnÈya: parihÈna [ntr. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘completely’)+%hÈ (to leave)]= decrease,
regress. parihÈnÈya [dat. sg.]= to regress.
nibbÈnass’eva: nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. nibbÈnassa [gen. sg.]= of
nibbÈna. eva [emphatic part]= so, even, just. nibbÈnassa+eva= nibbÈnass’eva.
santik e: santika [ntr.]= vicinity. santike [loc. sg.]= in vicinity.
3. Cittavaggo fpÙkoXxks (Mind)
phandana£ capala£ citta£ durakkha£ dunnivÈraya£

uju£ karoti medhÈvÏ usukÈro va tejana£2332
iQUnua piya fpÙka nqjD[ka nqfÂokj;a

mtqa djksfr es/koh mlqdkjks o rstua2Aýý2
Translation
The wise one straightens, like an arrow-maker an arrow, the wavering, fickle mind, hard to
guard, hard to restrain.
Vocabulary
phandana£ : phandana [adj. derived from %phand (to waver)]= wavering. phandana£ [ntr nom sg.]=
wavering.
capala£ : capala [adj.]= fickle. capala£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= fickle.
durak k ha£ : durakkha [adj. derived from du (antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’)+%rakkh (to
guard)]= hard to guard. durakkha£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= hard to guard.
dunnivÈraya£ : nivÈraya [adj. ger. of nivÈreti (restrains]= to be restrained. du [antithetic pfx. meaning
‘bad, insufficient’]+nivÈraya= dunnivÈraya [adj.]= hard to restrain. dunnivÈraya£ [ntr. acc. sg.]=
hard to restrain.
uju£ : uju [adj.]= straight. uju£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= straight.
m edhÈvÏ: medhÈ [fem.]=wisdom. medhÈ+vÏ [poss. sfx.]= medhÈvÏ medhÈvÏ [nom. sg.]= wise person.
usuk Èro: usu [masc.]= arrow. kÈra [adj. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= maker, doer. usu+kÈra=
usukÈra [masc.]= arrow-maker. usukÈro [masc. nom. sg.]= arrow-maker.
tejana£ : tejana [ntr.]= arrow. tejana£ [acc. sg.]= arrow.
vÈrijo va thale khitto okamokata ubbhato

pariphandat’ida£ citta£ mÈradheyya£ pahÈtave2342
okfjtks o Fkys f[kÙkks vksdeksdr mCHkrks

ifjiQUnr~*bna fpÙka ekj/sÕ;a igkros2ýþ2
Translation
Like a fish, removed from its watery home, thrown on a dry ground, this mind trembles in order
to leave MÈra’s realm.
Vocabulary
vÈrijo: vÈri [ntr.]= water. vÈri+ja [adj. sfx. derived from %jan (to be born)]= vÈrija [masc.]= šwater-
born› i.e., a fish. vÈrijo [nom. sg.]= fish.
thale: thala [ntr.]= dry ground. thale [loc. sg.]= on dry ground.
k hitto: khitta [adj. pp. derived from %khip (to throw)]= thrown. khitto [masc. nom. sg.]= thrown.
ok am ok ata: oka [ntr. According to W. Geiger, it is the contracted form of udaka (udaka> udka> utka>
ukka> okka)]= water. oka [ntr.]= home. okato [abl. sg.]= from the home. oka+okato= oka-m-
okato= okamokato [indec.]= from its home, the water i.e., from its watery home. (Also see v.91).
okamokata is m.c. for okamokato.
ubbhato: ubbhata [adj. pp. of ud (pfx. meaning ‘out, out of’)+%har (to carry)]= removed. ubbhato
[masc. nom. sg.]= taken out, removed.
pariphandat’ida£ : pariphandati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pari (pfx meaning
‘completely’)+phandati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %phand (to move, twitch)]= trembles.
ida£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this. pariphandati+ida£= pariphandat’ida£.
m Èradheyya£ : mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. dheyya [masc. derived from %dhÈ (to claim)]= realm.
mÈra+dheyya= mÈradheyya [masc.]= MÈra’s realm. mÈradheyya£ [acc. sg.]= MÈra’s realm.
pahÈtave [inf. of purpose derived from pa (indec, strengthening pfx.)+%hÈ (to go, to leave)]= in order
to leave.
dunniggahassa lahuno yatthakÈmanipÈtino

cittassa damatho sÈdhu, citta£ danta£ sukhÈvaha£2352
nqfÂXxgLl ygquks ;RFkdkefuikfruks

fpÙkLl neFkks lk/q] fpÙka nUra lq[kkoga2Aýÿ2
Translation
Good is the taming of the mind, which is hard to control, quick, falling for whatever it desires.
Controlled mind is the carrier of happiness.
Vocabulary
dunniggahassa: gaha [masc. derived from %gah (to seize)]= šseizer,› seizing, grasping, any being or
object having a hold on man. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’]+ni [pfx. meaning
‘down’]+gaha= dunniggaha [adj.]= hard to control. dunniggahassa [ntr. gen. sg.]= of... hard to
control.
lahuno: lahu [adj.]= quick. lahuno [ntr. gen. sg.]= of... quick.
yatthak Èm anipÈtino: yattha [rel. adv. of place]= where. kÈma [masc.]= pleasure, desire.
yattha+kÈma= yatthakÈma [adv. actually it should be yatthakÈma£]= where to one’s desire,
according to inclination. nipÈtÏ [adj. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%pat (to fall down)+Ï
(poss. sfx.)]= (a person who is) falling down, chancing upon. yatthakÈma+nipÈtÏ= yatthakÈmanipÈtÏ
[adj.]= falling for whatever it desires. yatthakÈmanipÈtino [ntr. gen. sg.]= of falling for whatever
it desires.
cittassa: citta [ntr.]= mind. cittassa [gen. sg.]= of mind.
dam atho: damatha [masc. derived from %dam (to domesticate, to tame)]= taming, subduing. damatho
[nom. sg.]= taming, subduing.
sÈdhu: sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous. sÈdhu [masc. nom. sg.]= good, virtuous.
danta£ : danta [adj. pp. of %dam (to control)]= controlled. danta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= controlled.
suk hÈvaha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. Èvaha [adj. derived from È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%vah (to
carry)]= carrier. sukha+Èhava= sukhÈvaha [adj.]= carrier of happiness. sukhÈvaha£ [ntr. nom.
sg.]= carrier of happiness.
sududdasa£ sunipu‡a£
yatthakÈmanipÈtina£
citta£ rakkhetha medhÈvÏ,
citta£ gutta£ sukhÈvaha£2362
lqnqíla lqfuiq.ka
;RFkdkefuikfrua
fpÙka jD[ksFk es/koh]
fpÙka xqÙka lq[kkoga2Aýö2
Translation
Let the wise person you protect his mind, which is very difficult to be understood, very clever
and falling for whatever it desires. Protected mind brings happiness.
Vocabulary
sududdasa£ : dasa [adj. derived from %dis (to see)]= seeing, to be seen, to be perceived or understood.
du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’]+dasa= duddasa [adj.]= difficult to be seen or
understood. su [indec. part. pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+duddasa= sududdasa [adj.]= very
difficult to be seen or understood. sududdasa£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= very difficult to be see or understood.
sunipu‡a£ : nipu‡a [adj.]= clever, subtle. su [indec. part. pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+nipu‡a=
sunipu‡a [adj.]= very clever. sunipu‡a£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= very clever.
yatthak Èm anipÈtina£ : yattha [rel. adv. of place]= where. kÈma [n, masc]= pleasure, desire.
yattha+kÈma= yatthakÈma [adv. actually it should be yatthakÈma£]= where to one’s desire,
according to inclination. nipÈtÏ [adj. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%pat (to fall down)+Ï
(poss. sfx.)]= (a person who is) falling down, chancing upon. yatthakÈma+nipÈtÏ= yatthakÈmanipÈtÏ
[adj.]= falling for whatever it desires. yatthakÈmanipÈtina£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= falling for whatever it
desires.
rak k hetha [3. sg. imperat. of %rakkh (to protect)]= should protect.
m edhÈvÏ: medhÈ [fem.]=wisdom. medhÈ+vÏ [poss. sfx.]= medhÈvÏ. medhÈvÏ [nom. sg.]= wise person.
gutta£ : gutta [adj, pp of %gup (to protect)]= protected. gutta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= protected.
suk hÈvaha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. Èvaha [adj. derived from È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%vah (to
carry)]= bringing, causing. sukha+Èvaha= sukhÈvaha [adj.]= (something that) brings happiness or
is conducive to ease. sukhÈvaha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= (something that) brings happiness.
dÊra×gama£ ekacara£ asarÏra£ guhÈsaya£

ye citta£ sa¤¤amessanti mokkhanti mÈrabandhanÈ2372
nwjÄõea ,dpja vljhja xqgkl;a

;s fpÙak l××kesLlfUr eksD[kfUr ekjcU/uk2ý÷2
Translation
Those who restrain the mind, which is going far, wandering alone, bodiless and living in the
cave, will be released from the MÈra’s bond.
Vocabulary
dÊra×gam a£ : dÊra [adj.]= far. dÊra£ [adv. derived from dÊra]= far. gama [adj. sfx. derived from
%gam (to go)]= going. dÊra£+gama= dÊra×gama [adj.]= going far. dÊra×gama£= [ntr. acc.
sg.]= going far.
ek acara£ : eka [adj.]= one, single, alone. cara [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= walking, going,
wandering. eka+cara= ekacara [adj.]= wandering or living alone. ekacara£ [ntr. acc. sg.]=
wandering alone.
asarÏra£ : sarÏra [ntr.]= body. a [neg. pfx.]+sarÏra= asarÏra [adj.]= bodiless. asarÏra£ [ntr. acc.]=
bodiless.
guhÈsaya£ : guhÈ [fem.]= cave. Èsaya [masc.]= living place, shelter. guhÈ+Èsaya= guhÈsaya [adj.]=
living in a cave. guhÈsaya£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= living in a cave.
ye [masc. nom. pl. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which.
sa¤¤am essanti [3. pl. fut. indic. act. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%yam (to become tranquil]= will restrain.
m ok k hanti (3. pl. fut. indic. pas. derived from %muc (to release]= will be released.
m ÈrabandhanÈ: mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. bandhana [ntr. derived from %bandh (to bind)]=
fetter, bond. mÈra+bandhana= mÈrabandhana [ntr.]= MÈra’s bond. mÈrabandhanÈ [abl. sg.]=
from MÈra’s bond.
anava——hitacittassa saddhamma£ avijÈnato

pariplavapasÈdassa pa¤¤È na paripÊrati2382
vuofêòrfpÙkLl l¼Eea vfotkurks

ifjIyoilknLl i××kk u ifjiwjfr2ýø2
Translation
(One who is) of unsteady mind, does not understand the True Dhamma, is of shaky confidence,
(his) wisdom never becomes perfect.
Vocabulary
anava——hitacittassa: —hita [adj. pp. of %—hÈ (to stand)]= stood. an [neg. part.]+ava [pfx. meaning
‘down’]+—hita= anava——hita [adj.]= unsteady. citta [ntr.]= mind. anava——hita+citta=
anava——hitacitta [masc.]= unsteady mind. anava——hitacittassa [gen. sg.]= of unsteady mind.
saddham m a£ : sata [adj. pp. of %as (to be)]= good, true. dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma. sata+dhamma=
saddhamma [masc.]= the True Dhamma. saddhamma£ [acc. sg.]= the True Dhamma.
avijÈnato: avijÈnanta [adj. derived from a (neg. pfx.)+vi (indec. pfx. used here in the intensifying
sense)+%¤È (to know)]=(someone who) does not understand. avijÈnato [gen. sg.]= of (one who)
does not understand.
pariplavapasÈdassa: pariplava [adj. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘completely’)+%plu (to float)]=
shaky. pasÈda [masc.]= confidence. pariplava+pasÈda= pariplavapasÈda [adj.]= shaky confidence.
pariplavapasÈdassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of shaky confidence.
pa¤¤È: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pa¤¤È [nom. sg.]= wisdom.
na [indec. part.]= no, not, never.
paripÊrati (3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pari (pfx meaning ‘completely’)+ %pÊr (to fill)]= becomes perfect.
anavassutacittassa ananvÈhatacetaso
pu¤¤apÈpapahÏnassa n’atthi jÈgarato bhaya£2392
vuoLlqrfpÙkLl vuUokgrpsrlks
iq××kikiighuLl u~*vfRFk tkxjrks Hk;a2ýù2
Translation
(For one whose) mind is free from lust, is not perplexed, has abandoned the idea of ‘good’ and
‘bad,’ and is watchful, there is no fear.
Vocabulary
anavassutacittassa: avassuta [adj. derived from ava (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+pp. of %su (to drip)]=
dripping, leaking, wet, sexually excited, lustful. an [neg. part.]+avassuta= anavassuta [adj.]= free
from lust. citta [ntr.]= mind. anavassuta+citta= anavassutacitta [masc.]= (one whose) mind is free
from lust. anavassutacittassa [gen. sg.]= of (one whose) mind is free from lust.
ananvÈhatacetaso: anvÈhata [adj. pp. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, to’)+È (pfx. meaning
‘towards’)+%han (to strike)]= perplexed. an (neg. pfx.)+anvÈhata= ananvÈhata [adj.]= not
perplexed. ceto [ntr.]= mind. ananvÈhata+ceto= ananvÈhataceto [masc.]= (someone whose) mind
is not perplexed. ananvÈhatacetaso [gen. sg.]= of (one whose) mind is not perplexed.
pu¤¤apÈpapahÏnassa: pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, good. pÈpa [ntr.]= evil. pahÏna [adj. pp. of %hÈ
(to leave)]= abandoned. pu¤¤apÈpapahÏna [masc.]= (one who has) abandoned the idea of ‘good’ and
‘bad.’ pu¤¤apÈpapahÏnassa [gen. sg.]= of (one who has) abandoned the idea of ‘good’ and ‘bad.’
n’atthi: na [indec. part.]= no, not. atthi [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= is. na+atthi= n’atthi
[euphonic sandhi]= is not.
jÈgarato: jÈgaranta [adj. ppr. of %jagg (to watch)]= watchful. jÈgarato [gen. sg.]= watchful.
bhaya£ : bhaya (ntr.]= fear. bhaya£ [nom. sg.]= fear.
kumbhÊpama£ kÈyam ima£ viditvÈ

nagarÊpama£ cittam ida£ —hapetvÈ
yodhetha mÈra£ pa¤¤Èvudhena
jita¤ ca rakkhe anivesano siyÈ2402
dqEHkwiea dk;e~ bea fofnRok

ux:iea fpÙke~ bna BisRok
;ks/sFk ekja i××kkoq/su
ftr×k~ p jD[ks vfuosluks fl;k2þú2
Translation
Having understood this body to be like a pot, having established this mind like a city, (you) fight
against MÈra with the weapon of wisdom, and (one) should protect the conquered without an
attachment.
Vocabulary
k um bhÊpam a£ : kumbha [masc.]= pot, pitcher. upama [adj.]= like, similar.
kumbha+upama=kumbhÊpama [adj.]= pot-like, like a pot. kumbhÊpama£ [masc. acc. sg.]= like
a pot.
k Èyam im a£ : kÈya [masc.]= body. kaya£ [acc. sg.]= body. ima£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron.
ima (this)]= this. kÈya£+ima£= kÈyam ima£= this body.
viditvÈ [ger. of %vid (to know)]= having known, having understood.
nagarÊpam a£ : nagara [ntr.]= city. upama [adj.]= like, similar. nagara+upama= nagarÊpama [adj.]=
city-like, like a city. nagarÊpama£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= like a city.
cittam ida£ : citta [ntr.]= mind. citta£ [acc. sg.]= mind. ima [demonstr. pron.]= this. ida£ [ntr. acc.
sg.]= this. citta£+ida£= cittam ida£ [euphonic sandhi]= this mind.
—hapetvÈ [ger. of %—hÈ (to establish)]= having established.
yodhetha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %yudh (to fight)]= (you) fight against.
m Èra£ : mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. mÈra£ [acc. sg.]= MÈra.
pa¤¤Èvudhena: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. Èyudha [ntr.]= weapon. pa¤¤È+Èyudha= pa¤¤Èvudha [ntr.]=
weapon of wisdom. The alteration v/y here is an eastern feature (see K.R. Norman (tr.), The Word
of the Doctrine (Dhammapada), Oxford, 1997: 70 n.40). pa¤¤Èvudhena [ins. sg.]= with weapon of
wisdom.
jita¤ ca: jita [adj. pp. of %ji (to conquer)]= conquered. jita£ [ntr. acc. sg. of jita]= conquered. ca [indef.
encl. part.]= and. jita£+ca= jita¤ ca.
rak k he [3. sg. pot. act. of %rakkh (to protect)]= (he) should protect.
anivesano: nivesana [ntr.]= attachment. a [neg. pfx.]+nivesana= anivesana [masc.]= without an
attachment. anivesano [nom. sg.]= without an attachment.
siyÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of %as (to be)]= should be.
acira£ vat’aya£ kÈyo pa—havi£ adhisessati

chuddho apetavi¤¤È‡o nirattha£ va kali×gara£2412
vfpja or~*v;a dk;ks iBfoa vf/lsLlfr

Nq¼ks visrfo××kk.kks fujRFka o dfyÄõja2þû2
Translation
Alas! This body will soon lie on the earth, rejected, without consciousness, like a worthless log.
Vocabulary
acira£ : cira [adj.]= long (time). cira£ [acc. sg.]= long (time). a [neg. pfx.]+cira£= acira£ [adv.]=
not long (time) i.e., soon.
vat’aya£ : vata [interjec.]= alas! aya£ [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this.
vata+aya£= vat’aya£.
k Èyo: kÈya [masc.]= body. kÈyo [nom. sg.]= body.
pa—havi£ : pa—havÏ [fem.]= earth. pa—havi£ [acc. sg.] = earth.
adhisessati [3. sg. fut. act. derived from adhi [pfx. meaning ‘towards’]+%si (to lie)]= will lie on.
chuddho: chuddha [adj.]= rejected. chuddho [masc. nom. sg.]= rejected.
apetavi¤¤È‡o: apeta [adj. pp. of apa (pfx. meaning ‘away from, off’)+%i (to go)]= gone away. vi¤¤È‡a
[ntr.]= consciousness. apeta+vi¤¤È‡a= apetavi¤¤È‡a [adj.]= without consciousness. apetavi¤¤È‡o
[masc. nom. sg.]= without consciousness.
nirattha£ : attha [ntr.]= meaning, worth. ni [pfx., here meaning ‘down.’ The form nir is seen when a
vowel follows]+attha= nirattha [adj.]= worthless. nirattha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= worthless.
k ali×gara£ : kali×gara [ntr.]= log. kali×gara£ [nom. sg.]= log.
diso disa£ yanta£ kayirÈ verÏ vÈ pana verina£³

micchÈpa‡ihita£ citta£ pÈpiyo na£ tato kare2422
fnlks fnla ;Ura df;jk osjh ok iu osfjua³

fePNkif.kfgra fpÙka ikfi;ks ua rrks djs2þü2
Translation
Whatever an enemy may do to an enemy, or a hater to a hater, a wrongly applied mind thereupon
can do more evil.
Vocabulary
diso: disa [masc.]= enemy. diso [nom. sg.]= enemy.
disa£ : disa [masc.]= enemy. disa£ [acc. sg.]= enemy.
yanta£ : ya£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which. ta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr.
pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that. ya£+ta£= yanta£ [indec. adv.]= whatever.
k ayirÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= may do, may make.
verÏ: verÏ [masc.]= hater. verÏ [nom. sg.]= hater.
vÈ [indec. encl.]= or.
pana [adversative and intrg. part. sometimes merely connecting and continuing the story]= but, then, on
the contrary, further, and then, moreover.
verina£ : verin [masc.]= hater. verina£ [acc. sg.]= hater.
m icchÈpa‡ihita£ : micchÈ [adv.]= wrongly. pa‡ihita [adj. pp. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+ni (pfx.
meaning ‘down’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= directed, applied. micchÈ+pa‡ihita= micchÈpa‡ihita [adj.]=
wrongly applied. micchÈpa‡ihita£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= wrongly applied.
pÈpiyo [indec. adj. comp. of ntr. n. pÈpa ( evil)]= worse, more evil.
tato [abl. sg. of pron. base ta (it) but used here as an indec. adv.]= thereupon, further, afterwards.
k are [3. sg. pot. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= can do.
na ta£ mÈtÈ pitÈ kayirÈ a¤¤e vÈpi ca ¤ÈtikÈ³

sammÈpa‡ihita£ citta£ seyyaso na£ tato kare2432
u ra ekrk firk df;jk v××ks okfi p ×kkfrdk³

lEekif.kfgra fpÙka lsÕÕklks ua rrks djs2þý2
Translation
What a mother, father or even other relatives cannot do, a rightly applied mind thereupon can
do even better than that.
Vocabulary
m ÈtÈ: mÈtÊ [fem.]= mother. mÈtÈ [nom. sg.]= mother.
pitÈ: pitu [masc.]= father. pitÈ [nom. sg.= father.
k ayirÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= should do, should make.
a¤¤e: a¤¤a [adj.]= other. a¤¤e [masc. nom. pl.]= others.
vÈpi: vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. api/pi [indec. part.]= even, also, just so. vÈ+pi= vÈpi= or even.
¤Ètik È: ¤Ètika [masc.]= relative. ¤ÈtikÈ [nom. pl.]= relatives.
sam m Èpa‡ihita£ : sammÈ [adv.]= in a right way, rightly. pa‡ihita [adj. pp. of pa (indec. strengthening
pfx.)+ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= directed, applied. sammÈ+pa‡ihita=
sammÈpa‡ihita [adj.]= rightly applied. sammÈpa‡ihita£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= rightly applied.
seyyaso: seyya [comp. formation]= better. seyyaso [abl. of seyya as an adv.]= even better, far better.
tato [abl. sg. of pron. base ta (it) but used here as an indec. adv.]= thereupon, further, afterwards.
k are [3. sg. pot. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= can do.
4. Pupphavaggo iqIiQoXxks (Flowers)
ko ima£ pa—havi£ vijessati

yamaloka£ ca ima£ sadevaka£?
ko dhammapada£ sudesita£
kusalo pupphamiva-ppacessati?2442
dks bea iBfoa fotsLlfr

;eyksda p bea lnsoda\
dks /Eeina lqnsflra
dqlyks iqIiQfeo-IipsLlfr\2þþ2
Translation
Who will conquer this earth and this Yama’s world with its gods? Which expert will pick like
a flower the well-preached stanza of the Dhamma?
Vocabulary
k o [masc. nom. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which)]= who, which.
im a£ [fem. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this.
vijessati [3. sg. fut. indic. act. of vi (indec. pfx here used in the intensifying sense)+%ji (to conquer)]=
will conquer.
yam alok a£ : yama [masc.]= Yama, the god of death. loka [masc.]= world. yama+loka= yamaloka
[masc.]= Yama’s world. yamaloka£ [acc. sg.]= Yama’s world.
sadevak a£ : deva [masc.]= god, deity, deva. deva+ka [sfx forming adj]= devaka [adj.]= belonging to
gods. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ meaning ‘with, possessed of, having, same’]+devaka= sadevaka
[adj.]= with the gods. sadevaka£ [acc. sg.]= with the gods.
dham m apada£ : dhamma [masc.]= law, Dhamma. pada [ntr.]= stanza, verse, portion. dhamma+pada=
dhammapada [ntr.]= stanza of the Dhamma. dhammapada£ [acc. sg.]= stanza of the Dhamma.
sudesita£ : desita [adj. pp. of %dis (to preach)]= preached. su [indec. part. pfx. meaning ‘ thorough,
well’]+desita= sudesita [adj.]= well preached. sudesita£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= well preached.
k usalo: kusala [adj.]= expert, clever, skilful. kusalo [masc. nom. sg.]= expert.
puppham iva-ppacessati: puppha [ntr.]= flower. puppha£ [acc. sg.]= flower. iva [indec. encl.]= as,
like. pacessati [3. sg. fut. act. pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%ci (to pick)]= will pick.
puppha£+iva+pacessati= pupphamiva-ppacessati.
sekho pa—havi£ vijessati

yamaloka£ ca ima£ sadevaka£
sekho dhammapada£ sudesita£
kusalo pupphamiva pacessati2452
ls[kks iBfoa fotsLlfr

;eyksda p bea lnsoda
ls[kks /Eeina lqnsflra
dqlyks iqIiQfeo ipsLlfr2þÿ2
Translation
A disciple will conquer the earth and this Yama’s world with its gods. A disciple will pick like
a flower the well preached stanza of the Dhamma
Vocabulary
sek ho: sekha [masc.]= disciple, pupil. sekho [nom. sg.]= disciple.
vijessati [3. sg. fut. indic. act. of vi (indec. pfx here used in the intensifying sense)+%ji (to conquer)]=
will conquer.
yam alok a£ : yama [masc.]= Yama, the god of death. loka [masc.]= world. yama+loka= yamaloka
[masc.]= Yama’s world. yamaloka£ [acc. sg.]= Yama’s world.
sadevak a£ : sa [pfx. identical with sa£]= ‘with,’ ‘possessed of,’ ‘having,’ ‘same’ etc. deva [masc.]=
god, deity, deva. deva+ka [sfx.-forming adj.]= devaka [adj.]= belonging to gods. sa+devaka=
sadevaka [adj.]= with the gods. sadevaka£ [acc. sg.]= with the gods.
sek ho: sekha [masc.]= disciple, pupil. sekho [nom. sg.]= disciple.
dham m apada£ : dhamma [masc.]= law, Dhamma. pada [ntr.]= stanza, verse, portion. dhamma+pada=
dhammapada [ntr.]= stanza of the Dhamma. dhammapada£ [acc. sg.]= stanza of the Dhamma.
sudesita£ : desita [adj., pp. of %dis (to preach)]= preached. su indec. part. pfx. meaning ‘thorough,
well’)+desita= sudesita [adj.]= well preached. sudesita£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= well preached.
k usalo: kusala [adj.]= expert, clever, skilful. kusalo [sg nom masc]= expert.
puppham iva: puppha [ntr.]= flower. puppha£ [acc. sg.]= flower. iva [indec. encl.]= as, like.
puppha£+iva= pupphamiva [adj., euphonic sandhi]= flower-like.
pacessati [3. sg. fut. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%ci (to pick)]= will pick.
phe‡Êpama£ kÈyam ima£ viditvÈ

marÏcidhamma£ abhisambudhÈno
chetvÈna mÈrassa papupphakÈni
adassana£ maccurÈjassa gacche2462
isQ.kwiea dk;e~ bea fofnRok

ejhfp/Eea vfHklEcq/kuks
NsRoku ekjLl iiqIiQdkfu
vnLlua ePpqjktLl xPNs2þö2
Translation
Having known this foam-like body, having realized (its) mirage-like nature, having cut off
MÈra’s flower-tipped (arrows), one should make himself invisible to the King of Death.
Vocabulary
phe‡Êpam a£ : phe‡a [masc.]= foam. upama [adj.]= like, similar. phe‡a+upama= phe‡Êpama [adj.]=
foam-like. phe‡Êpama£ [masc. acc. sg.]= foam-like.
k Èyam im a£ : kÈya [masc.]= body. kaya£ [acc. sg.]= body. ima£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron.
ima (this)]= this. kÈya£+ima£= kÈyam ima£.
viditvÈ [ger. of %vid (to know)]= having known.
m arÏcidham m a£ : marÏci [fem.]= mirage. dhamma [masc.]= nature. The word dhamma has many
meanings and here it is used in the sense of ‘nature.’ marÏci+dhamma= marÏcidhamma [masc.]=
mirage-like nature. marÏcidhamma£ [acc. sg.]= mirage-like nature.
abhisam budhÈno: abhisambudhÈna [ adj. derived from abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+sa£
(adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%budh (to wake up]= having realized.
abhisambudhÈno (masc. nom. sg.]= having realized.
chetvÈna [ger. of %chid (to cut off)]= having cut off.
m Èrassa: mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. mÈrassa [gen. sg.]= of MÈra.
papupphak Èni: puppha [ntr.]= flower. pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+puppha+ka (sfx. forming. adj.)=
papupphaka [adj.]= with flowers in front i.e., flower-tipped (arrows of MÈra). papupphakÈni [nom.
pl.]= flower-tipped (arrows of MÈra).
adassana£ : dassana [ntr. derived from %das (to see)]= seeing, appearance. a [neg. pfx.]+dassana=
adassana [ntr.]= not seeing, invisibility. adassana£ [acc. sg.]= invisibility.
m accurÈjassa: maccu [masc.]= death. rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. macchu+rÈjÈ= maccurÈjÈ [masc.]= king
of death. maccurÈjassa [gen. sg.]= of the King of Death (MÈra).
gacche [3. sg. pot. act. of %gam (to go)]= should go.
pupphÈni h’eva pacinanta£

vyÈsattamanasa£ nara£
sutta£ gÈma£ mahogho va
maccu ÈdÈya gacchati2472
iqIiQkfu g~*,o ifpuUra

O;klÙkeula uja
lqÙka xkea egks?kks o
ePpq vknk; xPNfr2þ÷2
Translation
The man who is only picking flowers, possessed with longing, death carries (him) away, like a
great flood (carries) a sleeping village.
Vocabulary
pupphÈni: puppha [ntr.]= flower. pupphÈni [nom. pl.]= flowers.
h’eva: hi [indec. encl.]= indeed, surely. eva [emphatic part.]= so, even, just. hi+eva= h’eva [euphonic
sandhi]= only.
pacinanta£ : pacinanta [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%ci (to pick)]= picking.
pacinanta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= picking.
vyÈsattam anasa£ : vyÈsatta [adj. derived from vi (intens. pfx.)+È (pfx meaning ‘towards’)+%sajj (to be
attached)]= attached. vi+È= vya/byÈ [euphonic sandhi]. manasa [adj. an enlarged form of mano
usually used in cpds. either as mana or mÈnasa]= having a mind, with such and such a mind.
vyÈsatta+manasa= vyÈsattamanasa [adj.]= with attached mind i.e., possessed with longing.
vyÈsattamanasa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= possessed with longing.
nara£ : nara [masc.]= man. nara£ [acc. sg.]= man.
sutta£ : sutta [adj. pp. of %sup (to sleep)]= sleeping. sutta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= sleeping.
gÈm a£ : gÈma [masc.]= village. gÈma£ [acc. sg.]= village.
m ahogho: mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes mahÈ/maha. ogha [masc.]=
flood. mahanta+ogha= mahogha [masc.]= great flood. mahogho [nom. sg.]= great flood.
m accu: maccu [masc.]= death. maccu [nom. sg.]= death.
ÈdÈya gacchati: ÈdÈya [ger. of È (pfx meaning ‘from’)+%dÈ (to give)]= having taken up, having
appropriated, having seized. gacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %gam (to go)]= goes,
moves. ÈdÈya gacchati= carries away.
pupphÈni h’eva pacinanta£ vyÈsattamanasa£ nara£

atitta£ yeva kÈmesu antako kurute vasa£2482
iqIiQkfu g~*,o ifpuUra O;klÙkeula uj2

vfrÙka ;so dkeslq vUrdks dq#rs ola2þø2
Translation
The man who is only picking flowers, possessed with longing, unsatisfied in sensual desires,
MÈra overpowers (him).
Vocabulary
pupphÈni: puppha [ntr.]= flower. pupphÈni [nom. pl.]= flowers.
h’eva: hi [indec. encl.]= indeed, surely. eva [emphatic part]= so, even, just. hi+eva= h’eva [euphonic
sandhi]= only.
pacinanta£ : pacinanta [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%ci (to pick)]= picking.
pacinanta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= picking.
vyÈsattam anasa£ : vyÈsatta [adj. derived from vi (intens. pfx.)+È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%sajj to be
attached)]= attached. vi+È= vya/byÈ [euphonic sandhi]. manasa [adj. an enlarged form of mano
usually used in cpd. either as mana or mÈnasa]= having a mind, with such and such a mind.
vyÈsatta+manasa= vyÈsattamanasa [adj.]= with attached mind i.e., possessed with longing.
vyÈsattamanasa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= possessed with longing.
atitta£ yeva: atitta [adj. a (neg. pfx.)+pp. of %tapp (to be satisfied)]= unsatisfied. atitta£ [acc. sg.]=
unsatisfied. eva [emphatic part. It sometimes appears with prothetic (sandhi-) y as yeva, after vowels
and ¤.]= so, even, just. atitta£+eva= atitta£ yeva.
k Èm esu: kÈma [masc.]= sensual desire, pleasure. kÈmesu [loc. pl.]= in sensual desires.
antak o: antaka [masc.]= šmaking an end,› a designation of the god of death i.e., MÈra. antako [nom.
sg.]= MÈra.
k urute vasa£ : kurute [3. sg. pr. indic. med. of %kar (to do, to make)]= does. vasa [masc.]= power,
control. vasa£ [acc. sg.]= power. kurute vasa£= brings into (his) power, i.e., overpowers.
yathÈpi bhamaro puppha£

va‡‡agandha£ ahe—haya£
paleti rasam ÈdÈya
eva£ gÈme munÏ care2492
;Fkkfi Hkejks iqIiaQ

o..kxU/a vgsB;a
iysfr jle~ vknk;
,oa xkes equh pjs2þù2
Translation
Just as a bee leaves the flower, not hurting the color and smell, having taken the juice, likewise
should a sage walk in a village.
Vocabulary
yathÈpi: yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like. api/pi [indec. part.]= even, also, just so. yathÈ+pi=
yathÈpi= just as.
bham aro: bhamara [masc.]= bee. bhamaro [nom. sg.]= bee.
puppha£ : puppha [ntr.]= flower. puppha£ [acc. sg.]= flower.
va‡‡agandha£ : va‡‡a [masc.]= color. gandha [masc.]= smell. va‡‡a+gandha= va‡‡agandha
[masc.]= colour and smell. va‡‡agandha£ [acc. sg.]= colour and smell.
ahe—haya£ : ahe—hayant [adj. derived from a (neg. pfx.)+%he—h (to hurt)]= not hurting. ahe—haya£ [masc.
acc. sg.]= not hurting.
paleti: palÈyati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %plÈy (to run (away)]= runs (away), leaves. paleti (contracted
form of palÈyati)= leaves.
rasam ÈdÈya: rasa [masc.]= juice. rasa£ [acc. sg.]= juice. ÈdÈya [ger. of È (pfx. meaning
‘from’)+%dÈ (to give)]= having taken up, having appropriated, having seized. rasa£+ÈdÈya= rasam
ÈdÈya= having taken the juice.
gÈm e: gÈma [masc.]= village. gÈme [loc. sg.]= in a village.
m unÏ: muni [masc.]= sage. muni [nom. sg.]= sage. munÏ is m.c. for muni.
care [3. sg. pot. act. of %car (to walk)]= should walk.
na paresa£ vilomÈni, na paresa£ katÈkata£

attano va avekkheyya katÈni akatÈni ca2502
u ijsla foyksekfu] u ijsla drkdra

vÙkuks o vosD[ksÕ; drkfu vdrkfu p2ÿú2
Translation
(One) should not look at wrong deeds of others, what the others have done or not, (but) only
what one oneself has and has not done.
Vocabulary
vilom Èni: loma [ntr.]= hair. vi (pfx. here denoting the reverse)+loma= viloma [adj. here as a ntr. n.]=
‘against the hair’ i.e., wrong deed. vilomÈni [acc. pl.]= wrong deeds.
k atÈk ata£ : kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. a [neg. pfx.]+kata= akata (adj.]= undone.
kata+akata= katÈkata [ntr.]= (what has been) done and not done. katÈkata£ [acc. sg.]= (what has
been) done and not done.
attano: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano [gen. sg.]= of oneself.
va [indec. part, contracted form of eva used after long vowels]= even, only, just (so), for sure, certainly.
avek k heyya [3. sg. pot. med. of ava (pfx meaning ‘down’)+%Ïkkh (to see)]= should look at.
k atÈni ak atÈni: kata [adj. pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. katÈni [ntr. acc. pl.]= done. a [neg.
pfx.]+kata= akata (adj.]= undone. akatÈni [ntr. acc. pl.]= not done. katÈni akatÈni= (something)
done and not done.
yathÈpi rucira£ puppha£ va‡‡avanta£ agandhaka£

eva£ subhÈsitÈ vÈcÈ aphalÈ hoti akubbato2512
;Fkkfi #fpja iqIiaQ o..koUra vxU/da

,oa lqHkkflrk okpk viQyk gksfr vdqCcrks2ÿû2
Translation
Just as a beautiful (and) colorful flower (is) without smell, likewise a well said speech of one who
does not act is fruitless.
Vocabulary
yathÈpi= just as, just like.
rucira£ : rucira [adj.]= beautiful. rucira£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= beautiful.
puppha£ : puppha [ntr.]= flower. puppha£ [nom. sg.]= flower.
va‡‡avanta£ : va‡‡a [masc.]= colour. va‡‡a+vantu [poss. sfx.]= va‡‡avantu [adj.]= colourful.
va‡‡avanta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= colourful.
agandhak a£ : gandhaka [adj.]= smelling. a [neg. pfx.]+gandhaka= agandhaka [adj.]= without smell.
agandhaka£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= without smell.
subhÈsitÈ: bhÈsita [adj. pp. of %bhÈs (to say)]= said. su [indec. part. pfx. meaning ‘thorough,
well’]+bhÈsita= subhÈsita [adj.]= well said. subhÈsitÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= well said.
vÈcÈ: vÈcÈ [fem.]= speech. vÈcÈ [nom. sg.]= speech.
aphalÈ: phala [ntr.]= fruit. a [neg. pfx.]+phala= aphala [adj.]= fruitless. aphalÈ [fem. nom. sg.]=
fruitless.
ak ubbato: kubbanta [adj. act. ppr. of %kar (to do, to act)]= one who acts. a [neg. pfx.]+kubbanta=
akubbanta [adj.]= one who does not act. akubbato [masc. gen. sg.]= of one who does not act.
yathÈpi rucira£ puppha£

va‡‡avanta£ sagandhaka£
eva£ subhÈsitÈ vÈcÈ
saphalÈ hoti sakubbato2522
;Fkkfi #fpja iqIiaQ

o..koUra lxU/da
,oa lqHkkflrk okpk
liQyk gksfr ldqCcrks2ÿü2
Translation
Just as a beautiful (and) colorful flower (is) with smell, likewise a well said speech of one who
acts accordingly is fruitful.
Vocabulary
yathÈpi= just as, just like.
rucira£ [adj.]= beautiful. rucira£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= beautiful.
puppha£ : puppha [ntr.]= flower. puppha£ [nom. sg.]= flower.
va‡‡avanta£ : va‡‡a [masc.]= colour. va‡‡a+vantu (poss sfx]= va‡‡avantu [adj.]= colourful.
va‡‡avanta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= colourful.
sagandhak a£ : gandhaka [adj.]= smelling. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ used as first part of cpds. in the
sense of ‘with, possessed of, having, same, own.’]+gandhaka= sagandhaka [adj.]= with smell.
sagandhkaa£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= with smell.
subhÈsitÈ: bhÈsita [adj. pp. of %bhÈs (to say)]= said. su [indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning
‘thorough, well’)+bhÈsita= subhÈsita [adj.]= well said. subhÈsitÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= well said.
saphalÈ: phala [ntr.]= fruit. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ used a first part of cpd. in the sense of ‘with,
possessed of, having, same, own.’]+phala= saphala [adj.]= fruitful. saphalÈ [fem. nom. sg.]=
fruitful.
sak ubbato: kubbanta [adj., act. ppr. of %kar (to do, to act)]= one who acts. sa [pfx. identical with sa£
used a first part of cpd. in the sense of ‘with, possessed of, having, same, own.’]+kubbanta=
sakubbanta [adj.]= one who acts accordingly. sakubbato [masc. gen. sg.]= of one who acts
accordingly.
yathÈpi puppharÈsimhÈ kayirÈ mÈlÈgu‡e bahÊ
eva£ jÈtena maccena kattabba£ kusala£ bahu£2532
;Fkkfi iqIiQjkflEgk df;jk ekykxq.ks cgw

,oa tkrsu ePpsu dÙkCca dqlya cgaq2Aÿý2
Translation
Just as from the heap of flowers (one) can make many bouquets, thus much meritorious work
should be done by a born mortal.
Vocabulary
yathÈpi: yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like. api/pi [indec. part.]= even, also, just so. yathÈ+pi= yathÈpi
[euphonic sandhi]= just as, just like.
puppharÈsim hÈ: puppha [ntr.]= flower. rÈsi [masc.]= heap. puppha+rÈsi= puppharÈsi [masc.]= heap
of flowers. puppharÈsimhÈ [abl. sg.]= from heap of flowers.
m ÈlÈgu‡e bahÊ: mÈlÈ [fem.]= garland. gu‡a [ntr.]= string. mÈlÈ+gu‡a= mÈlÈgu‡a [ntr.]= garland-
string, a bouquet. cluster of garlands. mÈlÈgu‡e [acc. pl.]= bouquets, cluster of garlands. bahu
[adj.]= much, many. bahÊ [ntr. acc. pl.]= much, many. mÈlÈgu‡e bahÊ [adj.]= many bouquets.
jÈtena m accena: jÈta [adj, pp. of %jan (to be born)]= born. jÈtena [masc. ins. sg.]= by a born. macca
[masc.]= mortal. maccena [ins. sg.]= by mortal. jÈtena maccena= by a born mortal.
k attabba£ : kattabba [adj., pot. of %kar (to do, to make)]= should be done. kattabba£ [ntr. nom. sg.]=
should be done.
k usala£ : kusala [adj.]= good, meritorious. Here it is used as a ntr. n. meaning ‘meritorious work.’
kusala£ [nom. sg.]= meritorious work.
bahu£ : bahu [adj.]= much, many. bahu£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= much, many.
na pupphagandho pa—ivÈtam eti
na candana£ tagaramallikÈ vÈ
sata¤ ca gandho pa—ivÈtam eti
sabbÈ disÈ sappuriso pavÈti2542
u iqIiQxU/ks ifVokre~ ,fr

u pUnua rxjefYydk ok
lr×k~ p xU/ks ifVokre~ ,fr
lCck fnlk lIiqfjlks iokfr2ÿþ2
Translation
The fragrance of flowers, sandal, tagara, or jasmine does not go against the wind. The fragrance
of the good ones goes against the wind. A good person pervades all directions.
Vocabulary
pupphagandho: puppha [ntr.]= flower. gandha [masc.]= fragrance. puppha+gandha= puppagandha
[masc.]= fragrance of a flower. pupphagandho [nom. sg.]= fragrance of a flower.
pa—ivÈtam eti: vÈta [masc.]= wind. vÈta£ [acc. sg.]= wind. pa—i [indec. directional pfx. meaning ‘back
(to), against, towards, opposite’]+vÈta£= pa—ivÈta£ [adv.]= against the wind. eti [3. sg. pr. indic.
act. %i (to go)]= goes. pa—ivÈta£+eti= pa—ivÈtam eti= goes against the wind.
candana£ : candana [ntr.]= sandal. candana£ [nom. sg.]= sandal.
tagaram allik È: tagara [ntr.]= tagara (the shrub Tabernaemontana coronaria, fragrant powder produced
from it). mallikÈ [fem.]= jasmine. tagara+mallikÈ= tagaramallikÈ [fem.]= tagara and jasmine.
tagaramallikÈ [nom. sg.]= tagara and jasmine.
sata¤ ca: santa [adj.]= good, true. sata£ [gen. pl.]= of good ones. ca [indic encl part]= and.
sata£+ca= sata¤ ca.
gandho: gandha [masc.]= fragrance. gandho [nom. sg.]= fragrance.
pa—ivÈtam eti: vÈta [masc.]= wind. vÈta£ [acc. sg.]= wind. pa—i [indec. directional pfx. meaning ‘back
(to), against, towards, opposite’]+vÈta£= pa—ivÈta£ [adv.]= against the wind. eti [3. sg. pr. indic.
act. %i (to go)]= goes. pa—ivÈta£+eti= pa—ivÈtam eti= goes against the wind.
sabbÈ: sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabbÈ [fem. acc. pl.]= all.
disÈ: disÈ [fem.]= direction. disÈ [acc. pl.]= directions.
sappuriso: santa [adj.]= good, true. purisa [masc.]= person. sat [cpd. form of santa]+purisa=
sappurisa [masc. euphonic sandhi]= a good person. sappuriso [nom. sg.]= a good person.
pavÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%vÈ (to blow)]= to pervade, permeate.
candana£ tagara£ vÈpi uppala£ atha vassikÏ

etesa£ gandhajÈtÈna£ sÏlagandho anuttaro2552
pUnua rxja okfi mIiya vFk ofLldh

,rsla xU/tkrkua lhyxU/ks vuqÙkjks2ÿÿ2
Translation
Sandal, tagara, lotus, or even jasmine, but of these kinds of fragrance, the fragrance of virtue
is highest.
Vocabulary
candana£ : candana [ntr.]= sandal. candana£ [nom. sg.]= sandal.
tagara£ : tagara [ntr.]= tagara (the shrub Tabernaemontana coronaria, fragrant powder produced from
it). tagara£ [nom. sg.]= tagara.
vÈpi: vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. api/pi [indec. part.]= even, also, just so. vÈ+pi= vÈpi= or even.
uppala£ : uppala [ntr.]= lotus. uppala£ [nom. sg.]= lotus.
atha [indec. part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then.
vassik Ï: vassikÏ [fem.]= jasmine. vassikÏ [nom. sg.]= jasmine.
etesa£ [ntr. gen. pl. of demonstr. pron eta (this, that)]= of these.
gandhajÈtÈna£ : gandha [masc.]= fragrance. jÈta [adj, pp. of %jan (to be born)]= characteristic.
gandha+jÈta= gandhajÈta [ntr.]= kind of fragrance. gandhajÈtÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of kinds of
fragrance.
sÏlagandho: sÏla [ntr.]= virtue. gandha [masc.]= fragrance. sÏla+gandha= sÏlagandha [masc.]=
fragrance of virtue. sÏlagandho [nom. sg.]= fragrance of virtue.
anuttaro: uttara [adj.]= higher. an [neg.part.]+uttara= anuttara [adj.]= to which there is no higher
i.e., highest. anuttaro [masc. nom. sg.]= highest.
appamatto aya£ gandho yÈya£ tagaracandanÏ

yo ca sÏlavata£ gandho vÈti devesu uttamo2562
vIieÙkks v;a xU/ks ;k;a rxjpUnuh

;ks p lhyora xU/ks okfr nsoslq mÙkeks2ÿö2
Translation
Very faint is this fragrance which is (of) tagara and sandal. Whosoever are virtuous (their)
fragrance is the highest; it blows amongst the gods.
Vocabulary
appam atto: appa [adj.]= little, small. matta [adj.]= measured. appa+matta= appamatta [adj.]= very
little, very faint. appamatto (masc. nom. sg.)= very little, very faint.
aya£ [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this.
gandho: gandha [masc.]= fragrance. gandho [nom. sg.]= fragrance.
yÈya£ : yÈ [fem. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which. aya£ [masc. nom. sg. of
demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this. yÈ+aya£= yÈya£ [euphonic sandhi].
tagaracandanÏ: tagara [ntr.]= tagara (the shrub Tabernaemontana coronaria, fragrant powder produced
from it). candanÏ [fem.]= sandal. tagara+candanÏ= tagaracandanÏ [fem.]= tagara and sandal.
tagaracandanÏ [nom. sg.]= tagara and sandal.
y o ca: yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who. Whenever ca [indef. encl. part.]
follows a demonstr. pron. it is used in the sense of ‘ever, whosoever, whatever.’
sÏlavata£ : sÏla [ntr.]= morality. sÏla+vantu [poss. sfx.]= sÏlavantu [adj.]= virtuous one. sÏlavata£ [gen.
pl.]= of the virtuous ones.
gandho: gandha [masc.]= fragrance.gandho [nom. sg.]= fragrance.
vÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %vÈ (to blow)]= blows.
devesu: deva [masc.]= god, deity, deva. devesu [loc. pl.]= amongst the gods.
uttam o: uttama [adj.]= best, highest. uttamo [masc. nom. sg.]= best, highest.
tesa£ sampannasÏlÈna£ appamÈdavihÈrina£
sammada¤¤ÈvimuttÈna£ mÈro magga£ na vindati2572
rsla lEiÂlhykua vIieknfogkfjua

lEen××kkfoeqÙkkua ekjks eXxa u foUnfr2ÿ÷2
Translation
Of those endowed with virtue, dwelling in conscientiousness, and emancipated by the right
knowledge, MÈra does not find their way.
Vocabulary
sam pannasÏlÈna£ : sampanna [adj., pp. of sam (pfx. meaning ‘together,’ ‘completely’)+%pad (to go
to)]= endowed with, possessed of. sÏla [ntr.]= virtue. sampanna+sÏla= sampannasÏla [masc.]=
endowed with virtue. sampannasÏlÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of (those) endowed with virtue.
appam ÈdavihÈrina£ : pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc.]= non-
negligence, conscientiousness. vihÈra [masc. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%har (to
carry)]= a dwelling, abode. vihÈra+Ï [poss. sfx.]= vihÈrÏ [adj.]= dwelling, living, being in such and
such a state or condition. appamÈda+vihÈrÏ= appamÈdavihÈrÏ [adj.]= dwelling in conscientiousness.
appamÈdavihÈrina£ [gen. pl.]= of (those) dwelling in conscientiousness.
sam m ada¤¤Èvim uttÈna£ : sammÈ [adv.]= in a right way, rightly. The form sammÈ is reduced to samma
before short vowels (with the insertion of a sandhi –d–). a¤¤È [fem.]= knowledge. sammÈ+a¤¤È=
sammada¤¤È [fem.]= right knowledge. vimutta [adj. pp. of vi (indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%muc
(to release)]= emancipated. citta [ntr.]= mind. sammada¤¤È+vimutta= sammada¤¤Èvimutta [adj.]=
emancipated by the right knowledge. sammada¤¤ÈvimuttÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of (those)
emancipated by the right knowledge.
m agga£ : magga [masc.]= way, path, road. magga£ [acc. sg.]= way, path, road.
na [indec. part.]= not.
vindati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %vid (to know, to find)]= knows, finds.
yathÈ sa£kÈradhÈnasmi£ ujjhitasmi£ mahÈpathe

paduma£ tattha jÈyetha sucigandha£ manorama£2582
;Fkk ladkj/kufLea mfT>rfLae egkiFks

inqea rRFk tk;sFk lqfpxU/a euksjea2Aÿø2
Translation
As at the rubbish heap, left beside the highway, there might grow a lotus, of pure fragrance and
delightful,
Vocabulary
sa£ k ÈradhÈnasm i£ : sa£kÈra [masc.]= rubbish. dhÈna [ntr.]= heap. sa£kÈra+dhÈna= sa£kÈradhÈna
[ntr.]= rubbish heap. sa£kÈradhÈnasmi£ [loc. sg.]= at the rubbish heap.
ujjhitasm i£ : ujjhita [adj. pp. of %ujjh (to leave)]= left. appamÈda+vihÈrin= ujjhitasmi£ [ntr. loc. sg.]=
left at, left on.
m ahÈpathe: mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta is shortened to maha/mahÈ. patha
[masc.]= road. mahanta+patha= mahÈpatha [masc.]= highway. mahÈpathe [loc. sg.]= at the
highway, beside the highway.
padum a£ : paduma [ntr.]= lotus. paduma£ [nom. sg.]= lotus.
tattha [indec. adv.]= there.
jÈyetha [3. sg. pot. med. derived from %jan (to be born)]= might be born, might grow.
sucigandha£ : suci [adj.]= pure, clean. gandha [masc.]= fragrance, smell. suci+gandha= sucigandha
[adj.]= of pure fragrance. sucigandha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= of pure fragrance.
m anoram a£ : manorama [adj.]= delightful. manorama£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= delightful.
eva£ sa£kÈrabhÊtesu andhabhÊte puthujjane

atirocati pa¤¤Èya sammÈsambuddhasÈvako2592
,oa ladkjHkwrslq vU/Hkwrs iqFkqTtus

vfrjkspfr i××kk; lEeklEcq¼lkodks2ÿù2
Translation
likewise amongst the rubbish beings, amongst ignorant ordinary people, the disciple of the truly
and completely Awakened One magnificently shines with wisdom.
Vocabulary
sa£ k ÈrabhÊtesu: sa£kÈra [masc.]= rubbish. bhÊta [masc. pp. of %bhÊ (to be)]= being.
sa£kÈra+bhÊta= sa£kÈrabhÊta [masc.]= rubbish-being. sa£kÈrabhÊtesu [loc. pl.]= amongst the
rubbish beings.
andhabhÊte: andha [adj.]= blind, blinded, blindfolded, (fig.) mentally blinded, foolish. bhÊta [adj. pp.
of %bhÊ (to be)]= being, having become. andha+bhÊta= andhabhÊta [adj.]= blinded, (fig.) ignorant
being. andhabhÊte [masc. loc. sg.]= amongst the ignorant being.
puthujjane: puthu [adj.]= many, various, most. jana [masc.]= person, human being. puthu+jana=
puthujjana [masc.]= ordinary people. puthujjane [loc. sg.]= among ordinary people, among public.
atirocati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from ati (pfx. meaning ‘extreme’)+%ruc (to shine)]= shines
magnificently.
pa¤¤Èya: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pa¤¤Èya [ins. sg.]= with wisdom.
sam m Èsam buddhasÈvak o: sammÈ [indec. adv.]= in a right way. buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to
awaken)]= Enlightened. sammÈ+sa£ [adj., indec. pfx implying conjunction and
completeness]+buddha= sammÈsambuddha [masc.]= Truly and Fully awakened One. sÈvaka
[masc.]= ‘listener’, student, disciple. sammÈsambuddha+sÈvaka= sammÈsambuddhasÈvaka
[masc.]= disciple of the Truly and Fully awakened One. sammÈsambuddhasÈvako [nom. sg.]=
disciple of the Truly and Fully Awakened One.
5. BÈlavaggo ckyoXxks (The Fool)
dÏghÈ jÈgarato rattÏ dÏigha£ santassa yojana£

dÏgho bÈlÈna£ sa£sÈro saddhamma£ avijÈnata£2602
nh?kk tkxjrks jÙkh nh?ka lUrLl ;kstua

nh?kks ckykua lalkjks l¼Eea vfotkura2Aöú2
Translation
Long is a night of the awake. Long is a yojana of the tired. Long is the Sa£sÈra of the fools (who
are) ignorant of the true Dhamma.
Vocabulary
dÏghÈ: dÏgha [adj.]= long. dÏghÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= long.
jÈgarato: jÈgaranta [adj.]= awake. jÈgarato [masc. gen. sg.]= of the awake.
rattÏ: ratti [fem.]= night. rattÏ [nom. sg.]= night.
dÏgha£ : dÏgha [adj.]= long. dÏgha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= long.
santassa: santa [adj.]= tired. santassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of the tired.
yojana£ : yojana [ntr.]= yojana (measure of length). yojana£ [nom. sg.]= yojana.
dÏgho: dÏgha [adj.]= long. dÏgho [masc. nom. sg.]= long.
bÈlÈna£ : bÈla [adj.]= fool. bÈlÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of the fools.
sa£ sÈro: sa£sÈra [masc.]= Sa£sÈra, endless transmigration. sa£sÈro [nom. sg.]= Sa£sÈra.
saddham m a£ : sata [adj. pp. of %as (to be)]= good, true. dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma. sata+dhamma=
saddhamma [masc.]= the True Dhamma. saddhamma£ [acc. sg.]= the True Dhamma.
avijÈnata£ : avijÈnant [adj.]= ignorant. avijÈnata£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of the ignorant.
cara¤ ce nÈdhigaccheyya seyya£ sadisam attano

ekacariya£ daÄha£ kayirÈ n’atthi bÈle sahÈyatÈ2612
pj×k~ ps ukf/xPNsÕ; lsÕ;a lfnle~ vÙkuks

,dpfj;a ny~ga df;jk u*fRFk ckys lgk;rk2öû2
Translation
If a wanderer should not find a companion better or similar to oneself, then he should resolutely
do the wandering alone. There is no companionship with a fool.
Vocabulary
cara¤ ce: caranta [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= wanderer. cara£ [nom. sg.]= wanderer. ce
[encl.]= if. cara£+ca= cara¤ ce= if a wanderer.
nÈdhigaccheyya: na [indec. part.]= no, not. adhigaccheyya [3. sg. pot. act. derived from adhi [pfx.
meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= should find. na+adhigaccheyya= nÈdhigaccheyya= should not
find.
seyya£ : seyya [adj.]= better. seyya£ [masc. acc. sg.]= better.
sadisam attano: sadisa [adj.]= similar. sadisa£ [masc. acc. sg.= similar. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself.
attano [gen. sg.]= of oneself. sadisa£+attano= sadisam attano= similar to oneself.
ek acariya£ : eka [num.]= one. cariyÈ [fem.]= wandering. eka+cariyÈ= ekacariyÈ [fem.]= wandering
alone. ekacariya£ [acc. sg.]= wandering alone.
daÄha£ : daÄha [adj.]= resolute. daÄha£ [fem. acc. sg.]= resolute.
bÈle: bÈla [adj.]= fool. bÈle [masc. loc. sg. but used as ins.]= with a fool.
sahÈyatÈ: sahÈyatÈ [fem. abstract from sahÈya (companion)]= companionship. sahÈyatÈ [nom. sg.]=
companionship.
šputtÈ m’atthi dhana£ m’atthi› iti bÈlo viha¤¤ati

attÈ hi attano n’atthi kuto puttÈ kuto dhana£2622
šiqÙkk e~’vfRFk /ua e~*vfRFk› bfr ckyks fog××kfr

vÙkk fg vÙkuks u~*vfRFk dqrks iqÙkk dqrks /ua2öü2
Translation
The fool is vexed: šI have sons, I have wealth.› He does not even own himself. Whence sons
and wealth?
Vocabulary
puttÈ: putta [masc.]= son. puttÈ [nom. pl.]= sons.
m ’atthi: me [gen. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]= mine. atthi [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= is.
me+atthi= m’atthi [euphonic sandhi]= I have.
dhana£ : dhana [ntr.]= wealth. dhana£ [nom. sg.]= wealth.
m ’atthi: me [gen. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]= mine. atthi [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= is.
me+atthi= m’atthi [euphonic sandhi]= I have.
iti/ti is a part. used to signal the end of direct speech and is the equivalent of quotation marks in English.
bÈlo: bÈla [adj.]= ignorant person, fool. bÈlo [nom. sg.]= ignorant person, fool.
viha¤¤ati [3. sg. pr. indic. pas. derived from vi [indec. pfx. used here to intensify)+%han (to strike,
vex)]= is vexed.
attÈ: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈ [nom. sg.]= oneself.
k uto [indec. adv.]= where from? whence?
yo bÈlo ma¤¤atÏ balya£ pa‡Çito vÈpi tena so,

bÈlo ca pa‡ÇitamÈnÏ sa ve bÈlo ti vuccati2632
;ks ckyks e××krh cY;a if.Mrks okfi rsu lks]

ckyks p if.Mrekuh l os ckyks fr oqPpfr2öý2
Translation
A fool who knows about his foolishness, by that he is just like a wise man. And a fool, who is
proud of his wisdom, he is indeed called ša fool.›
Vocabulary
yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who.
m a¤¤atÏ: ma¤¤atÏ [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %man (to think)]= to think as, to be sure, to consider. ma¤¤atÏ
is m.c. for ma¤¤ati.
balya£ : balya [masc. from bÈla]= stupidity, ignorance, foolishness, folly. balya£ [acc. sg.]= stupidity,
ignorance, foolishness, folly.
vÈpi: va [indec. encl.]= like, like as, as if. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well. va+api=
vÈpi (euphonic sandhi)= just like.
tena [ntr. ins. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= by that.
pa‡Çitam ÈnÏ: pa‡Çita [masc.]= wise man. mÈna [masc.]= pride. mÈnÏ [adj, mÈna+Ï (poss. sfx.)]=
proud of. pa‡Çita+mÈnÏ= pa‡ÇitamÈnÏ [adj.]= proud of one’s wisdom. pa‡ÇitamÈnÏ [masc. nom.
sg.]= proud of one’s wisdom.
vuccati [3. sg. pr. indic. pas. derived from %vac (to say)]= is called.
yÈvajÏvampi ce bÈlo pa‡Çita£ payirupÈsati

na so dhamma£ vijÈnÈti dabbÏ sÊparasa£ yathÈ2642
;kothofEi ps ckyks if.Mra if;#iklfr

u lks /Eea fotkukfr nCch lwijla ;Fkk2öþ2
Translation
Even if a fool worships a wise man lifelong, he cannot understand the Dhamma, like a spoon does
not (realize) the taste of soup.
Vocabulary
yÈvajÏvam pi: yÈva [rel. adv.]= as far as, as long as. jÏva [ntr.]= life. jÏva£ [nom. sg.]= life.
yÈva+jÏva£= yÈvajÏva£ [adv.]= lifelong, the length of one’s life, all one’s life. api/pi [indec.
part.]= also, even, just so, as well. yÈvajÏva£+pi= yÈvajÏvampi= even lifelong.
ce [encl.]= if.
pa‡Çita£ : pa‡Çita [masc.]= wise man. pa‡Çita£ [acc. sg.]= wise man.
payirupÈsati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘around’)+upa (pfx. meaning ‘close
by, near’)+%Ès (to sit) with metathesis payirE for pariyE]= šsits close around,› attends on, worships,
pays homage.
dham m a£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma. dhamma£ [acc. sg.]= the Dhamma.
vijÈnÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used here to intensify)+%jÈn (to know)]=
understands, realizes.
dabbÏ: dabbÏ [fem.]= spoon. dabbÏ [nom. sg.]= spoon.
sÊparasa£ : sÊpa [masc.]= soup. rasa [masc.]= taste. sÊpa+rasa= sÊparasa [masc.]= taste of soup.
sÊparasa£ [acc. sg.]= taste of soup.
muhuttam api ce vi¤¤Ê pa‡Çita£ payirupÈsati

khippa£ dhamma£ vijÈnÈti jivhÈ sÊparasa£ yathÈ2652
eqgqÙke~ vfi ps fo××kw if.Mra if;#iklfr

f[kIia /Eea fotkukfr ftOgk lwijla ;Fkk2öÿ2
Translation
Even if an intelligent person attends on a wise person for a moment, he quickly understands the
Dhamma, like a tongue (knows) the taste of soup.
Vocabulary
m uhÊttam api ce: muhutta [n msc]= moment. muhutta£ [acc. sg.]= moment. api/pi [indec. part.]= also,
even, just so, as well. muhÊtta£+api= muhÊttam api= even for a moment. ce [encl.]= if. muhÊttam
api ce= even if for a moment.
vi¤¤Ê: vi¤¤Ê [adj.]= wise person. vi¤¤Ê [masc. nom. sg.]= wise person.
payirupÈsati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pari (pfx. meaning ‘around’+upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by,
near’)+%Ès (to sit)]= šsits close around,› attends on, worships, pays homage.
k hippa£ : khippa [adj. derived from %khip (to throw)]= quick. khippa£ [ntr. acc. sg. But here used as an
adv.]= quickly.
vijÈnÈti: [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used here to intensify)+%jÈn (to know)]=
understands, realizes.
jivhÈ: jivhÈ [fem.]= tongue. jivhÈ [nom. sg.]= tongue.
sÊparasa£ : sÊpa [masc.]= soup. rasa [masc.]= taste. sÊpa+rasa= sÊparasa [masc.]= taste of soup.
sÊparasa£ [acc. sg.]= taste of soup.
caranti bÈlÈ dummedhÈ amitteneva attanÈ

karontÈ pÈpaka£ kamma£ ya£ hoti ka—ukapphala£2662
pjfUr ckyk nqEes/k vfeÙksuso vÙkuk

djksUrk ikida dEea ;a gksfr dVqdIiQya2Aöö2
Translation
The foolish ignoramuses behave just as one’s own enemy, doing wicked deed, whose fruit is
bitter.
Vocabulary
caranti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %car (to walk)]= walk. In applied sense this word means
‘behave, conduct themselves.’
bÈlÈ: bÈla [masc.]= fool, foolish. bÈlÈ [nom. pl.]= fools, foolish.
dum m edhÈ: medha [ntr. only in cpds. like dummedha]= wisdom. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad,
insufficient’)+medha= dummedha [adj.]= ignoramus. dummedhÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= ignoramuses.
am itteneva attanÈ: mitta [masc.]= friend. a [neg. pfx.]+mitta= amitta [masc.]= one who is not a friend,
i.e., an enemy. amittena [ins. sg.]= by enemy. eva [emphatic part.]= so, even, just, only.
amittena+eva= amitteneva. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attanÈ [ins. sg.]= by oneself, on one’s own
account. amitteneva attanÈ= just as one’s own enemy.
k arontÈ: karonta [masc. act. ppr. of %kar (to do)]= doing. karontÈ [masc. nom. pl.]=doing.
pÈpak a£ : pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa+ka [adj suffix]= pÈpaka [adj.]= wicked. pÈpaka£ [ntr.
acc. sg.]= wicked.
k am m a£ : kamma [ntr.]= deed. kamma£ [acc. sg.]= deed.
ya£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which.
k a—uk apphala£ : ka—uka [adj.]= bitter. phala [ntr.]= fruit. ka—uka+phala= ka—ukapphala [euphonic
sandhi, adj.]= bitter fruit. ka—ukapphala£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= bitter fruit.
na ta£ kamma£ kata£ sÈdhu ya£ katvÈ anutappati

yassa assumukho roda£ vipÈka£ pa—isevati 2672
u ra dEea dra lk/q ;a dRok vuqrIifr

;Ll vLlqeq[kks jksna foikda ifVlsofr2ö÷2
Translation
That deed is not done meritoriously, which one regrets when it is accomplished (and) whose
consequence one pursues with a tearful face and crying.
Vocabulary
ta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that.
k am m a£ : kamma [ntr.]= deed. kamma£ [nom. sg.]= deed.
k ata£ : kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. kata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= done.
sÈdhu [adv.]= well, virtuously, piously, meritoriously.
k atvÈ [ger. of %kar (to do, to make)]= having done, having made.
anutappati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, to’)+%tap (to burn)]= feels
remorse, regrets.
yassa [ntr. gen. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= whose.
assum uk ho: assu [ntr.]= tear. mukha [ntr.]= face. assu+mukha= assumukha [adj.]= with tearful face.
assumukho [masc. nom. sg.]= with tearful face.
roda£ : rodanta [adj., act. ppr. of %rud (to cry, to wail, to weep)]= crying. roda£ [masc. nom. sg.]=
crying.
vipÈk a£ : vipÈka [masc.]= result, consequence. vipÈka£ [acc. sg.]= result, consequence.
pa—isevati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘to, on to, towards, up, at.’)+%sev (to
serve)]= goes after, follows, pursues.
ta¤ ca kamma£ kata£ sÈdhu ya£ katvÈ nÈnutappati

yassa patÏto sumano vipÈka£ pa—isevati 2682
r×k~ p dEea dra lk/q ;a dRok ukuqrIifr
;Ll irhrks lqeuks foikda ifVlsofr2öø2
Translation
(And) that deed is done meritoriously, which one does not regret when it is accomplished (and)
whose consequence one pursues delighted and happy.
Vocabulary
ta¤ ca: ta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
ta£+ca= ta¤ ca [euphonic sandhi]= and that.
k ata£ : kata [adj, pp of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. kata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= done.
sÈdhu [adv.]= virtuously, piously, meritoriously.
nÈnutappati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. anutappati [3. sg. pr. indec. pas. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along,
to’)+%tap (to burn)]= feels remorse, regrets. na+anutappati= nÈnutappati [euphonic sandhi]= does
not feel remorse, does not regret.
yassa [ntr. gen. sg. of demonstr. pron. ya (that, which, who)]= whose.
patÏto: patÏta [adj.]= pleased, delighted. patÏto [sg. masc.]= pleased, delighted.
sum ano: mana [ntr.]= mind. su [indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough,’
‘well.’]+mana (mind)]= sumana [adj.] = happy. sumano [masc. nom. sg.]= happy.
vipÈk a£ : vipÈka [masc.]= result, consequence. vipÈka£ [acc. sg.]= result, consequence.
pa—isevati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘to, on to, towards, up, at.’)+%sev (to
serve)]= goes after, follows, pursues.
madhuvÈ ma¤¤atÏ bÈlo

yÈva pÈpa£ na paccati
yadÈ ca paccatÏ pÈpa£
atha bÈlo dukkha£ nigacchati 2692
e/qok e××krh ckyks

;ko ikia u iPpfr
;nk p iPprh ikia
vFk ckyks nqD[ka fuxPNfr2öù2
Translation
The fool thinks it is like honey, as long as the evil is not ripe and when the evil is ripe, then the
fool undergoes suffering.
Vocabulary
m adhuvÈ: madhu [ntr.]= honey. madhu [nom. sg.]= honey. va [indec. encl., here it is lengthened as
vÈ]= like. madhu+vÈ= madhuvÈ= like honey.
m a¤¤atÏ: ma¤¤ati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %man (to think)]= thinks. ma¤¤atÏ is m.c. for
ma¤¤ati.
bÈlo: bÈla [masc.]= fool, foolish. bÈlo [nom. sg.]= fool, foolish.
yÈva [rel. adv.]= as far as, as long as.
pÈpa£ : pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]= evil, wickedness.
paccati [3. sg. pr. indic. pas. derived from %pac (to cook)]= is cooked, i.e. ripe.
paccatÏ: paccati [3. sg. pr. indic. pas. derived from %pac (to cook)]= is cooked, i.e. ripe. paccatÏ is m.c.
for paccati.
pÈpa£ : pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]= evil, wickedness.
atha: [indec, part]= but, moreover, and also, and then.
duk k ha£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkha£ [nom. sg.]= suffering.
nigacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%gam (to go)]= undergoes.
mÈse mÈse kusaggena bÈlo bhu¤jetha bhojana£

na so sa£khÈtadhammÈna£ kala£ nÈgghati soÄasi£2702
ekls ekls dqlXxsu ckyks Hkq×tsFk Hkkstua

u lks la[kkr/Eekua dya ukX?kfr lksGfla2÷ú2
Translation
Month by month a fool may eat his food with the point of a blade of kusa grass, he is not worth
a sixteenth part of those who have understood the Dhamma.
Vocabulary
m Èse m Èse: mÈsa [masc.]= month. mÈse [loc. sg.]= in a month. mÈse mÈse= month by month.
k usaggena: kusa [masc.]= name of grass. agga [ntr.]= foremost part, topmost part, tip. kusa+agga=
kusagga [ntr.]= the point of a blade of kusa grass. kusaggena [ins. sg.]= with the point of a blade
of kusa grass.
bhu¤jetha [2. pl. pot. derived from %bhuj (to eat)]= may eat.
bhojana£ : bhojana [ntr.]= food. bhojana£ [acc. sg.]= food.
so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. of ta (it, that)]= he.
sa£ k hÈtadham m Èna£ : sa£khÈta [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %khyÈ (to calculate]= agreed on, reckoned. dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma,
Teaching of the Buddha. sa£khÈta+dhamma= sa£khÈtadhamma [masc.]= One who has understood
the Dhamma. sa£khÈtadhammÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of those who have understood the Dhamma.
k ala£ nÈgghati soÄasi£ : kalÈ [fem.]= iota, a small fraction of a whole, generally the sixteenth part.
kala£ [acc. sg.]= a fraction. na [indec. part.]= no, not. agghati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %aggh (to
be worth)]= is worth. na+agghati= nÈgghati= is not worth. soÄasi [num.]= sixteen. soÄasi£ [fem.
acc. sg.]= sixteen. kala£ nÈgghati soÄasi£ [stock phrase]= is not worth a sixteenth part.
na hi pÈpa£ kata£ kamma£

sajju khÏra£ va mucchati
Çahantam bÈlam anveti
bhasmÈcchanno va pÈvako 2712
u fg ikia dra dEea

lTtq [khja o eqPNfr
MgUre~ ckye~ vUosfr
HkLekPNÂks o ikodks2÷û2
Translation
As milk does not coagulate immediately; an evil deed when done, does not indeed bear fruit
instantly. Burning, it follows the fool like fire covered with ashes.
Vocabulary
pÈpa£ : pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]=evil, wickedness.
k ata£ : kata [adj. pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. kata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= done.
sajju [adv.]= instantly.
k hÏra£ : khÏra [ntr.]= milk. khÏra£ [nom. sg.]= milk.
va [indec. encl.]= like, like as, as if.
m ucchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %much (to coagulate)]= coagulates.
Çahanta£ bÈlam anveti: Çahanta [adj., act. ppr. of %Çah (to burn)]= burning. Çaha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]=
burning. ta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that. Çaha£+ta£= Çahanta£=
burning it. bÈla [masc.]= fool, foolish. bÈla£ [acc. sg.]= fool, foolish. anveti [3. sg. pr. indic. act.
derived from anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+%i (to go)]= follows. bÈla£+anveti= bÈlam
anveti= follows the fool. Çahanta£+ bÈlam anveti= Çahantam bÈlam anveti= burning, it follows
the fool.
bhasm Ècchanno: bhasma [ntr.]= ash. bhasmÈ [nom. pl.]= ashes. channa [adj. pp. of %chad (to cover)]=
covered. bhasamÈ+channa= bhasmÈcchana [adj.]= covered with ashes. bhasmÈcchanno [masc.
nom. sg.]= covered with ashes.
pÈvak o: pÈvaka [masc.]= fire. pÈvako [nom. sg.]= fire.
yÈvad eva anatthÈya ¤atta£ bÈlassa jÈyati

hanti bÈlassa sukka£sa£ muddham assa vipÈtaya£2722
;kon~ ,o vuRFkk; ×kÙka ckyLl tk;fr

gfUr ckyLl lqDdala eq¼e~ vLl foikr;a2÷ü2
Translation
A fool’s knowledge arises altogether for his harm. It kills the fool’s fortune, destroying his head.
Vocabulary
yÈvad eva: yÈva [rel. adv.]= as far as, as long as. In certain sandhis, yÈva is used as yÈvad. eva
[emphatic part.]= so, even, just, only. yÈvad eva [phrase]= as far as, in short, altogether, indeed.
anatthÈya: attha [masc.]= gain, profit. an [neg. part.]= no, not. an+attha= anattha [masc.]= loss,
harm. anatthÈya [dat. sg.]= for harm.
¤atta£ : ¤atta [ntr.]= knowledge. ¤atta£ [nom. sg.]= knowledge.
bÈlassa: bÈla [masc.]= fool. bÈlassa [gen. sg.]= of the fool.
jÈyati [3. sg. pr. indec. med. derived from %jan (to produce)]= is born, is produced, arises.
hanti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %han/ghan (to smite)]= strikes, kills.
suk k a£ sa£ : sukka [adj.]= white, bright, pure. a£sa [masc.]= corner, side. sukka+a£sa= sukka£sa
[masc.]= bright lot, fortune. sukka£sa£ [acc. sg.]= bright lot, fortune.
m uddham assa: muddha [masc.]= head. muddha£ [acc. sg.]= head. assa [masc. gen. sg. of demonstr.
pron. ima (this)]= his. muddha£+assa= muddham assa.
vipÈtaya£ : vipÈtayanta [adj., vi (indec. pfx. used here to intensify)+caus. ppr. of %pat (to fall)]=
destroying, ripping apart. vipÈtaya£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= destroying.
asata£ bhÈvanam iccheyya

purekkhÈra¤ ca bhikkhusu
ÈvÈsesu ca issariya£
pÊjÈ parakulesu ca2732
vlra Hkkoue~ bPNsÕ;

iqjsD[kkj×k~ p fHkD[kqlq
vkoklslq p bLlfj;a
iwtk ijdqyslq p2÷ý2
Translation
He might want undue respect, deference amongst monks, supremacy over dwellings, and
devotions in others’ families.
Vocabulary
asata£ : sata [adj., pp. of %as (to be, exist)]= being, existing, existent. a [neg. pfx.]+sata= asata
[adj.]= nonexistent. asata£ [masc. gen. sg.]= of non-existent i.e., undue.
bhÈvanam iccheya: bhÈvanÈ [fem.]= respect. bhÈvana£ [acc. sg.]= respect. iccheyya [3. sg. pot. act.
derived from %is (to want, to wish)]= might want, might long for. bhÈvana£+iccheyya= bhÈvanam
iccheya= might want respect.
purek k hÈra¤ ca: purekkhÈra [masc.]= deference. purekkhÈra£ [acc. sg.]= deference. ca [indef. encl.
part.]= and. purekkhÈra£+ca= purekkhÈra¤ ca.
bhik k husu: bhikkhu [masc.]= monk. bhikkhÊsu [loc. pl.]= among monks. bhikkhusu is m.c. for
bhikkhÊsu.
ÈvÈsesu: ÈvÈsa [masc.]= dwelling. ÈvÈsesu [loc. pl.]= over dwellings.
issariya£ : issariya [masc.]= supremacy. issariya£ [acc. sg.]= supremacy.
pÊjÈ: pÊjÈ [fem.]= devotion. pÊjÈ [acc. pl.]= devotions.
parak ulesu: para [adj.]= other. kula [masc.]= family. para+kula= parakula [masc.]= other’s family.
parakulesu [loc. pl.]= in others’ families.
šmam’eva kata ma¤¤antu gihÏ pabbajitÈ ubho,

mam’evÈtivasÈ assu kiccÈkiccesu kismici,›
iti bÈlassa sa£kappo, icchÈ mÈno ca vaÇÇhati 2742
šee~*,o dr e××kUrq fxgh iCcftrk mHkks]

ee~*,okfrolk vLlq fdPpkfdPpslq fdfLefp]›
bfr ckyLl ladIiks] bPNk ekuks p oM~<fr2÷þ2
Translation
šLet both householders and monks think (that this) was done by me only. May they be under my
control alone in whatever is to be done and not done.› Such is the fool’s thought. His desire and
pride grow.
Vocabulary
m am ’eva: mama [gen. sg. of 1. pron. amha (I)]= mine. eva [emphatic part.]= so, even, just, only.
mama+eva= mam’eva= mine only.
k ata [adj. pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done.
m a¤¤antu [3. pl. imperat. act. derived from %man (to think)]= let them think.
gihÏ: gihÏ [adj.]= householder. gihÏ [masc. nom. pl.]= householders.
pabbajitÈ: pabbajita [adj. declined from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of
an action)+pp. of %vajj (to avoid)]= monk. pabbajitÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= monks.
ubho: ubha [adj.]= both. ubho [masc. nom. It is an old remnant of a dual form in PÈli]=both.
m am ’evÈtivasÈ: mama [gen. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]= mine. eva [emphatic part]= so, even, just, only.
ati [pfx.]= meaning ‘up to,’ ‘according to’]. vasa [masc.]= will, control. ativasa [adj.]= under
control. ativasÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= under control. mama+eva+ativÈsa= mam’evÈtivasÈ [euphonic
sandhi]= under my control.
assu [3. pl. pot. act. of %as (to be)]= may (they) be.
k iccÈk iccesu: kicca [ntr. ger derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= that which ought to be done=duty. a
[neg. pfx.]+kicca= akicca [ntr.]= that which not ought to be done. kicca+akicca= kiccÈkicca
[adj.]= that which ought to be done and not done. kiccÈkiccesu [ntr. loc. pl.]= in what ought to be
done and not done.
k ism ici: ki£ [ntr. nom. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which)]= who, which. ki£+ci [indef. intrg. part.
sfx.]= ki¤ci [euphonic sandhi]= whatever, something. kismici [ntr. loc. sg.]= in whatever.
sa£ k appo: sa£kappa [masc.]= thought. sa£kappo [nom. sg.]= thought.
icchÈ: icchÈ [fem.]= desire. icchÈ [nom. sg.]= desire.
m Èno: mÈna [masc.]= pride. mÈno [nom. sg.]= pride.
vaÇÇhati [1. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %vaÇÇh (to increase)]= increases, grows.
a¤¤È hi lÈbhÊpanisÈ a¤¤È nibbÈnagÈminÏ,

evam eta£ abhi¤¤Èya bhikkhu buddhassa sÈvako
sakkÈra£ nÈbhinandeyya vivekam anubrÊhaye 2752
v××kk fg ykHkwifulk v××kk fuCckuxkfeuhA

,oe~ ,ra vfHk××kk; fHkD[kq cq¼Ll lkodks2
lDdkja ukfHkuUnsÕ; foosde~ vuqc wg;s2÷ÿ2
Translation
There is one means for getting gain, another means for going to nibbÈna. Thus having fully
known this, let the monk, the Buddha’s pupil, not rejoice in honour. Let him practise solitude.
Vocabulary
a¤¤È: a¤¤a [adj.]= other, another, different. a¤¤È [fem. nom. sg.]= other, another, different.
lÈbhÊpanisÈ: lÈbha [masc.]= gain, acquisition. upanisÈ [fem.]= means. lÈbha+upanisÈ= lÈbhÊpanisÈ
[euphonic sandhi, fem.]= means for getting gain. lÈbhÊpanisÈ [nom. sg.]= means for getting gain.
a¤¤È: a¤¤a [adj.]= other, another, different. a¤¤È [fem. nom. sg.]= other, another, different.
nibbÈnagÈm inÏ: nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. gÈmÏ [adj. derived from %gam
(to go)]= going. nibbÈna+gÈmÏ= nibbÈnagÈmÏ [adj.]= going to nibbÈna. nibbÈnagÈminÏ [fem. nom.
sg.]= going to nibbÈna.
eta£ [ntr. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= it, this.
abhi¤¤Èya [ger. derived from abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%(¤)¤È (to know)]= having
fully known.
buddhassa: buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddhassa [gen.
sg.]= of the Buddha.
sÈvak o: sÈvaka [masc.]= ‘listener,’ pupil. sÈvako [nom. sg.]= pupil.
sak k Èra£ : sakkÈra [masc.]= honour. sakkÈra£ [acc. sg.]=honour.
nÈbhinandeyya: na [indec. part.]= no, not. abhinandeyya [3. sg. pot. act. of abhi (intens. pfx. meaning
‘all over, fully’)+%nand (to be happy)]= let (him) rejoice in. na+abhinandeyya= nÈbhinandeyya=
let (him) not rejoice in.
vivek am anubrÊhaye: viveka [masc.]= solitude. viveka£ [acc. sg.]= solitude. anubrÊhaye [3. sg. pot.
act. derived from anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, to’)+%brah (to develop)]= let him practise.
viveka£+anubrÊhaye= vivekam anubrÊhaye.
6. Pa‡Çitavaggo if.MroXxks (The Wise Man)
nidhÏna£ va pavattÈra£ ya£ passe vajjadassina£

niggayhavÈdi£ medhÈvi£ tÈdisa£ pa‡Çita£ bhaje,
tÈdisa£ bhajamÈnassa seyyo hoti na pÈpiyo 2762
fu/hua o ioÙkkja ;a iLls oTtnfLlua

fuXxÕgokfna es/kfoa rkfnla if.Mra Hkts]
rkfnla HktekuLl lsÕ;ks gksfr u ikfi;ks2÷ö2
Translation
Should one see a wise man, who, like a revealer of treasures, sees faults and speaks rebukingly,
one should associate with such a wise person. Associating with such a person is better, not
worse.
Vocabulary
nidhÏna£ : nidhi [masc.]= treasure. nidhÏna£ [gen. pl.]= of treasures.
pavattÈra£ : pavattu [masc. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%vac (to speak)]= a revealer.
pavattÈra£ [acc. sg.]= a revealer.
passe [3. sg. pot. act. of %pass (to see)]= should see.
vajjadassina£ : vajja [ntr.]= a fault. dassÏ [adj. derived from %dis (to see)]= seeing. vajja+dassÏ=
vajjadassÏ [masc.]= one who sees faults. vajjadassina£ [acc. sg.]= one who sees faults.
niggayhavÈdi£ : niggayha [adj. ger. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%gah (to seize)+ya (ger. sfx.)]= what
should be rebuked. vÈdÏ [adj. derived from %vad (to say)]= speaking. niggahya+vÈdÏ=niggayhavÈdÏ
[adj.]= one who speaks rebukingly. niggayhavÈdi£ [masc. acc. sg.]= one who speaks rebukingly.
m edhÈvi£ : medhÈ [fem.]=wisdom. medhÈ+vÏ [poss. sfx.]= medhÈvÏ [masc.]= wise one. medhÈvi£ [acc.
sg.]= wise one.
tÈdisa£ : tÈdisa [adj.]= such, of such a quality. tÈdisa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= such.
bhaje [3. sg. pot. act. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= one should associate with.
bhajam Ènassa: bhajamÈna [adj. med. ppr. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= associating. bhajamÈnassa
[masc. gen. sg.]= associating with.
seyyo: seyya [adj.]= better. seyyo [masc. nom. sg.]= better.
pÈpiyo: pÈpiya [adj.]= worse. pÈpiyo [masc. nom. sg.]= worse.
ovadeyyÈnusÈseyya asabbhÈ ca nivÈraye

sata£ hi so piyo hoti asata£ hoti appiyo2772
vksonsÕ;kuqlklsÕ; vlCHkk p fuokj;sA

lra fg lks fi;ks gksfr vlra gksfr vfIi;ks2÷÷2
Translation
He would admonish, instruct, and restrain one from evil. He is indeed pleasing to the good,
displeasing to the bad.
Vocabulary
ovadeyyÈnusÈseyya: ovadeyya [3. sg. pot. act. derived from ava (pfx. meaning ‘down’ and o is its older
form)+%vad (to say)]= would admonish. anusÈseyya [3. sg. pot. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along,
to’)+%sÈs (to teach)]= would instruct. ovadeyya+anusÈseyya= ovadeyyÈnusÈseyya [euphonic
sandhi]= would admonish and instruct.
asabbhÈ: sabbha [adj.]= good. a [neg. pfx.]+sabbha= asabbha [adj.]= evil. asabbhÈ [masc. abl. sg.]=
from evil.
nivÈraye [3. sg. pot. caus. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down,’ ‘out,’ ‘from’)+%var (to obstruct)]= should
restrain.
sata£ : sata [adj., pp. of %as (to be, exist)]= good, existent. sata£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of good.
piyo: piya [adj.]=pleasing, beloved. piyo [masc. nom. sg.]=pleasing.
asata£ : sata [adj, pp. of %as (to be), exist)]= existent, good. a [neg. pfx.]+sata= asata [adj.]= non-
existent, bad. asata£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of bad.
appiyo: piya [adj.]=pleasing, beloved. a [neg. pfx.]+piya= appiya [adj.]= unpleasing. appiyo [masc.
nom. sg.]= unpleasing.
na bhaje pÈpake mitte na bhaje purisÈdhame,

bhajetha mitte kalyÈ‡e bhajetha purisuttame2782
u Hkts ikids feÙks u Hkts iqfjlk/es]

HktsFk feÙks dY;k.ks HktsFk iqfjlqÙkes2÷ø2
Translation
One should not associate with evil friends; one should not associate with vile people. You should
associate with virtuous friends; you should associate with noble people.
Vocabulary
bhaje [3. sg. pot. act. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= (one) should associate with.
pÈpak e: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa+ka [sfx. forming adj.]= pÈpaka [adj.]= evil. pÈpake
[masc. acc. pl.]= evils.
m itte: mitta [masc.]= friend. mitte [acc. pl.]= friends.
bhaje [3. sg. pot. act. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= (one) should associate with.
purisÈdham e: purisa [masc.]= person. adhama [adj.]= the vilest, lowest. purisa+adhama= purisÈdhama
[masc., euphonic sandhi]= vile person. purisÈdhame [acc. pl.]= vile persons.
bhajetha [2. pl. pot. act. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= (you) should associate with.
m itte: m itta [masc.]= friend. mitte [acc. pl.]= friends.
k alyÈ‡e: kalyÈ‡a [adj.]= virtuous. kalyÈ‡e [masc. acc. pl.]= virtuous.
bhajetha [2. pl. pot. act. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= (you) should associate with.
purisuttam e: purisa [masc.]= person. uttama [adj.]= highest, noble. purisa+uttama= purisuttama
[masc. euphonic sandhi]= noble person. purisuttame [acc. pl.]= noble persons.
dhammapÏtÏ sukha£ seti vippasannena cetasÈ,

ariyappavedite dhamme sadÈ ramati pa‡Çito2792
/Eeihrh lq[ka lsfr foIilÂsu psrlk]

vfj;Iiosfnrs /Ees lnk jefr if.Mrks2÷ù2
Translation
One who drinks the Dhamma sleeps happily, with a clear mind. The wise man always rejoices
in the Dhamma revealed by the noble ones.
Vocabulary
dham m apÏtÏ: dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. pÏta [adj., pp. of %pÈ (to drink)]=
drunk. pÏta+Ï (poss. sfx.)= pÏtÏ [adj.]= one who drinks. dhamma+pÏtÏ= dhammapÏtÏ [adj.]= one
who drinks the Dhamma. dhammapÏtÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= one who drinks the Dhamma.
suk ha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg., here used as an adv.]= happily.
seti [3. sg. pr. indic. act.. of %si (to lie)]= sleeps.
vippasannena cetasÈ: pasanna [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize
the intensity of an action)+%sad (to sit)]= clear, bright. vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+ pasanna=
vippasanna [adj.]= clear, bright. vippasannena [masc. ins. sg.]= with clear. ceto [ntr.]= mind.
cetasÈ [ins. sg.]= with a mind. vippasannena cetasÈ= with a clear mind.
ariyappavedite: ariya [adj.]= noble, distinguished. pavedeti [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening
pfx.)+%vid (to know, to find)]= revealed. ariya+pavedita= ariyappavedita [adj.]= revealed by the
noble ones. ariyappavedite [masc. loc. sg.] in... revealed by the noble ones.
dham m e: dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma, Teaching of the Buddha. dhamme [loc. sg.]= in the Dhamma.
ram ati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %ram (to rejoice in)]= rejoices.
udaka£ hi nayanti nettikÈ

usukÈrÈ namayanti tejana£
dÈru£ namayanti tacchakÈ
attÈna£ damayanti pa‡ÇitÈ2802
mnda fg u;fUr usfÙkdk

mlqdkjk ue;fUr rstua
nk#a ue;fUr rPNdk
vÙkkua ne;fUr if.Mrk2øú2
Translation
Irrigators indeed lead the water (wherever they like), fletchers bend the shaft of an arrow,
carpenters bend the wood, the wise men tame the self.
Vocabulary
udak a£ : udaka [ntr.]= water. udaka£ [acc. sg.]= water.
nayanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %nÏ (to lead)]= lead.
nettik È: nettika [masc.]= irrigator. nettikÈ [nom. pl.]= irrigators.
usuk ÈrÈ: usukÈra [masc.]= arrow-maker. usukÈrÈ [nom. pl.]= arrow-makers.
nam ayanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %nam (to bend)]= bend.
tejana£ : tejan [ntr.]= shaft of an arrow. tejana£ [acc. sg.]= shaft of an arrow.
dÈru£ : dÈru [ntr.]= wood. dÈru£ [acc. sg.]= wood.
nam ayanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %nam (to bend)]= bend.
tacchak È: tacchaka [masc.]= carpenter. tacchakÈ [pl.nom]= carpenters.
attÈna£ : attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= oneself.
dam ayanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %dam (to domesticate, to tame)]= tame.
selo yathÈ ekaghano vÈtena na samÏrati

eva£ nindÈpasa£sÈsu na sami¤janti pa‡ÇitÈ2812
lsyks ;Fkk ,d?kuks okrsu u lehjfrA

,oa fuUnkilalklq u lfe×tfUr if.Mrk2øû2
Translation
As a solid rock is not moved by the wind, so the wise men are not shaken amid blame and praise.
Vocabulary
selo: sela [masc.]= rock. selo [nom. sg.]= rock.
ek aghano: eka [num.]= one. ghana [adj.]= solid. eka+ghana= ekaghana [adj.]= solid. ekaghano [masc.
nom. sg.]= solid.
vÈtena: vÈta [masc.]= wind. vÈtena [ins. sg.]= by wind.
sam Ïrati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%Ïr (to
set in motion)]= is moved.
nindÈpasa£ sÈsu: nindÈ [fem.]= blame. pasa£sÈ [fem.]= praise. nindÈ+pasÈ£sÈ= nindÈpasa£sÈ
[fem.]= blame and praise. nindÈpasa£sÈsu [loc. pl.]= amid blame or praise.
sam i¤janti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%inj
(to shake)]= are shaken.
yathÈpi rahado gambhÏro vippasanno anÈvilo

eva£ dhammÈni sutvÈna vippasÏdanti pa‡ÇitÈ2822
;Fkkfi jgnks xEHkhjks foIilÂks vukfoyks
,oa /Eekfu lqRoku foIilhnfUr if.Mrk2øü2
Translation
The wise men, hearing the Dhammas, become calm just as a deep lake is calm and undisturbed.
Vocabulary
yathÈpi: yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like. api/pi [indec. part.]= even, also, just so. yathÈ+api=
yathÈpi [euphonic sandhi]= just as, just like.
rahado: rahada [masc.]= lake. rahado [nom. sg.]= lake.
gam bhÏro: gambhÏra [adj.]= deep. gambhÏro [masc. nom. sg.]= deep.
vippasanno: pasanna [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+%sad (to sit)]= calm, clear, bright. vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+pasanna= vippasanna
[adj.]= calm, clear, bright. vippasanno [masc. nom. sg.]= calm.
anÈvilo: Èvila [adj.]= stirred up, dirty. an [neg. pfx.]+Èvila= anÈvila [adj.]= undisturbed. anÈvilo
[masc. nom. sg.]= undisturbed.
dham m Èni: dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma. dhammÈni [acc. pl.]= the Dhammas.
sutvÈna [ger. derived from %su (to hear)]= having heard.
vippasÏdanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx.
often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%sad (to sit)]= become calm.
sabbattha ve sappurisÈ vajanti,

na kÈmakÈmÈ lapayanti santo,
sukhena phu——hÈ athavÈ dukhena
na uccÈvaca£ pa‡ÇitÈ dassayanti2832
lCcRFk os lIiqfjlk otfUr]

u dkedkek yi;fUr lUrks]
lq[ksu iqQêòk vFkok nq[ksu
u mPpkopa if.Mrk nLl;fUr2øý2
Translation
Good persons indeed do not go striving after sensual pleasure under all circumstances. They do
not prattle about striving after sensual pleasures; touched by happiness or sorrow, the wise men
show neither elated nor dejected.
Vocabulary
sabbattha [adv.]= everywhere, under all circumstances.
sappurisÈ: santa [adj.]= good, true. purisa [masc.]= person. sat [cpd. form of santa]+purisa=
sappurisa [masc. euphonic sandhi]= a good person. sappurisÈ [nom. pl.]= good persons.
vajanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %vaj (to go, to wander)]= go, proceed.
k Èm ak Èm È: kÈma [masc.]= sensual pleasure. kÈma+kÈma= kÈmakÈma [adj.]= striving after sensual
pleasure. kÈmakÈmÈ [nom. pl.]= striving after sensual pleasure.
lapayanti [3. pl. pr. act. caus. derived from %lap (to talk)]= prattle.
santo: santa [adj, pp. of %as (to be, exist)]= good, existent. santo [masc. nom. pl.]= good.
suk hena: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukhena [ins. sg.]= by happiness.
phu——hÈ: phu——hÈ [adj. pp. of %phus (to touch)]= touched. phu——hÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= touched.
athavÈ: atha [indec. part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then. vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. atha+vÈ=
athavÈ= or, nor.
duk hena: dukha [ntr,]= sorrow. dukhena [ins. sg.]= by sorrow. It is spelt as dukha [instead of dukkha]
in combination with sukha.
uccÈvaca£ : ucca [adj.]= high. avaca [adj.]= low. ucca+avaca= uccÈvaca [adj.]= high and low, elated
and dejected. uccÈvaca£ [masc. acc. sg.]= elated and dejected.
dassayanti [3. pl. pr. caus. act. derived from %dis (to see)]= show.
na attahetu na parassa hetu

na puttamicche na dhana£ na ra——ha£
na iccheyya adhammena samiddhimattano
sa sÏlavÈ pa¤¤avÈ dhammiko siyÈ2842
u vÙkgsrq u ijLl gsrq

u iqÙkfePNs u /ua u jêaò
u bPNsÕ; v/Eesu lfef¼eÙkuks
l lhyok i××kok /fEedks fl;k2øþ2
Translation
For one’s own sake, or for the sake of another, one should not long for a son, wealth or a
kingdom. He who does not long for success through immorality would be virtuous, wise, and
righteous.
Vocabulary
attahetu: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. hetu [masc.]= cause. attÈ+hetu= attahetu [masc. attÈ becomes atta
in cpds.]= for one’s own sake. attahetu [acc. sg.]= for one’s own sake.
parassa: para [adj.]= other. parassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of other.
hetu: hetu [masc.]= cause. hetu [nom. sg.]=cause.
puttam icche: putta [masc.]= son. putta£ [acc. sg.]= son. icche [3. pl. pot. act.. derived from %icch (to
wish)]= should long for. putta£+icche= puttamicche= should want a son.
ra——ha£ : ra——ha [ntr.]= kingdom. ra——ha£ [acc. sg.]= kingdom.
iccheyya [3. pl. pot. act. derived from %icch (to long for)]= should long for.
adham m ena: dhamma [masc.]= morality. a [neg. pfx.]+dhamma= adhamma [masc.]= immorality.
adhammena [ins. sg.]= through immorality.
sam iddhim attano: samiddhi [fem.]= success. samiddhi£ [acc. sg.]= success. attÈ [masc.]= self,
oneself. attano [gen. sg.]= of oneself. samiddhi£+attano= samiddhimattano= success of oneself.
sÏlavÈ: sÏla [ntr.]= morality. sÏla+vantu [poss. sfx.]= sÏlavantu [adj.]= virtuous one. sÏlavÈ [masc. nom.
sg.]= virtuous.
pa¤¤avÈ: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pa¤¤È+vantu [poss. sfx.]= pa¤¤avantu [adj.]= wise. pa¤¤avÈ [masc.
nom. sg.]= wise.
dham m ik o: dhammika [adj.]= righteous. dhammiko [masc. nom. sg.]= righteous.
siyÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= would be.
appakÈ te manussesu ye janÈ pÈragÈmino,

athÈya£ itarÈ pajÈ tÏramevÈnudhÈvati2852
vIidk rs euqLlslq ;s tuk ikjxkfeuks]

vFkk;a brjk itk rhjesokuq/kofr2øÿ2
Translation
Few among men are those persons who cross over to the further shore. But the other humankind
just runs on this shore.
Vocabulary
appak È: appaka [adj.]= few. appakÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= few.
m anussesu: manussa [masc.]= man. manussesu [loc. pl.]= among men.
pÈragÈm ino: pÈra [ntr.]= the further shore, the opposite shore. gÈmÏ [adj.]= going. pÈra+gÈmÏ=
pÈragÈmÏ [adj.]= crossing over to the further shore. pÈragÈmino [masc. nom. pl.]= crossing over
to the further shore.
athÈya£ : atha [indec. part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then. aya£ [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr.
pron. ima (this)]= this. atha+aya£= athÈya£= but this.
itarÈ: itara [adj.]= other. itarÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= other.
pajÈ: pajÈ [fem.]= humankind. pajÈ [nom. sg.]= humankind.
tÏram evÈnudhÈvati: tÏra [ntr.]= bank. tÏra£ [acc. sg.]= bank. eva [emphatic part.]= so, even, just, only.
anudhÈvati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, to’)+%dhÈv (to run)]= runs along.
tÏra£+eva+anudhÈvati= tÏramevÈnudhÈvati [euphonic sandhi]= just runs along this bank.
ye ca kho sammadakkhÈte
dhamme dhammÈnuvattino
te janÈ pÈramessanti,
maccudheyya£ suduttara£2862
;s p [kks lEenD[kkrs
/Ees /EekuqofÙkuks
rs tuk ikjesLlfUr]
ePpq/sÕ;a lqnqÙkj2øö2
Translation
And those persons who live according to the Dhamma, when the Dhamma has been well
proclaimed, will go across. The realm of death is very difficult to cross.
Vocabulary
k ho an encl. part. of affirmation and emphasis where it means: really, indeed, truly, surely, etc.
sam m adak k hÈte: sammÈ [adv.]= properly, thoroughly. akkhÈta [adj. pp. of È (pfx meaning
‘towards’)+%khyÈ (to tell)]= announced, proclaimed. sammÈ+akkhÈta= sammadakkhÈta [euphonic
sandhi, adj. The form sammÈ is reduced to samma before short vowels with the insertion of -d-]=
well proclaimed. sammadakkhÈte [loc. pl.]= in well proclaimed.
dham m e: dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma, Teaching of the Buddha. dhamme [loc. sg.]= in the Dhamma.
dham m Ènuvattino: dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma, Teaching of the Buddha. anuvattÏ [adj. derived from anu
(pfx. meaning ‘along, to’)+%vat (to act)+Ï (poss. sfx.]= following, living according to.
dhamma+anuvattÏ= dhammÈnuvattÏ [masc. euphonic sandhi]= living according to the Dhamma.
dhammÈnuvattino [nom. pl.]= following the Dhamma.
te [masc. nom. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= they, those.
pÈram essanti: pÈra [n. ntr. Here as an adv]= the other side, across. pÈra£ [acc. sg.]= across. essanti
[3. pl. fut. act. derived from %i (to go)]= will go. pÈra£+essenti= pÈramessanti [euphonic sandhi]=
will go across.
m accudheyya£ : maccu [masc.]= death. dheyya [masc.]= realm. maccu+dheyya= maccudheyya
[masc.]= the realm of death. maccudheyya£ [acc. sg.]= the realm of death.
suduttara£ : duttara [adj. derived from du (antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’)+%tar (to cross)]=
difficult to cross. su [pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+duttara= suduttara [adj.]= very difficult to
cross. suduttara£ [masc. acc. sg.]= very difficult to cross.
ka‡ha£ dhamma£ vippahÈya

sukka£ bhÈvetha pa‡Çito,
okÈ anokamÈgamma
viveke yattha dÊrama£2872
d.ga /Eea foIigk;

lqDda HkkosFk if.Mrks]
vksdk vuksdekxEe
foosds ;RFk nwjea2Aø÷2
Translation
Having abandoned the bad states, the wise man should cultivate the good states. Having come
from home to homelessness, he should enjoy the bliss in solitude, where (it is) not fit for
pleasures.
Vocabulary
k a‡ha£ : ka‡ha [adj.]= black, bad. ka‡ha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= black, bad.
dham m a£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma. dhamma£ [acc. sg.] = the Dhamma.
vippahÈya [ger. of vi [indec. pfx used to intensify]+pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%hÈ (to leave)]=
having abandoned.
suk k a£ : sukka [adj.]= white, good. sukka£ [masc. acc. sg.]= white, good.
bhÈvetha [3. sg. pot. med. derived from %bhÊ (to develop)]= should cultivate.
ok È: oka [ntr.]= home. okÈ [abl. sg.]= from home.
anok am Ègam m a: oka [ntr.]= home. an [neg. pfx.]+oka= anoka [ntr.]= homelessness. anoka£ [acc.
sg.]= homelessness. Ègamma [adj. ger. of È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%gam (to
go)]= having come. anoka£ +Ègamma= anokamÈgamma [euphonic sandhi]= having come to
homelessness.
vivek e: viveka [masc.]= solitude. viveke [loc. sg.]= in solitude.
yattha [rel. adv. of place]= where.
dÊram a£ : rama [adj.]= enjoyable. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’)+rama= dÊrama
[adj.]= not fit for pleasures. dÊrama£ [n.sg. masc.]= not fit for pleasures.
tatrÈbhiratimiccheyya, hitvÈ kÈme aki¤cano

pariyodapeyya attÈna£ cittakilesehi pa‡Çito2882
r=kkfHkjfrfePNsÕ;] fgRok dkes vfd×puks

ifj;ksnisÕ; vÙkkua fpÙkfdyslsfg if.Mrks2øø2
Translation
There he should seek enjoyment, having given up all sensual pleasures, possessing nothing. The
wise man should cleanse himself from defilements of the mind.
Vocabulary
tatrÈbhiratim iccheyya: tatra [adv.]= there. abhirati [fem. derived from of abhi (intens. pfx. meaning
‘all over, fully’)+%ram (to delight in)]= enjoyment. abhirati£ [acc. sg.]= enjoyment. tatrÈbhirati£
[acc. sg.]= enjoyment there. iccheyya [3. pl. pot. act. derived from %is (to wish, to seek)]= should
seek. tatra+abhirati£+iccheyya= tatrÈbhiratimiccheyya= should seek enjoyment there.
hitvÈ [ger of %hÈ (to leave, to abandon)]= having left behind.
k Èm e: kÈma [masc.]= sensual desire, pleasure. kÈme [acc. pl.]= sensual desires.
ak i¤cano: ki¤cana [adj.]= possessing something. a (neg. pfx.)+ki¤cana= aki¤cana [adj.]= possessing
nothing. aki¤cano [masc. nom. sg. ]= possessing nothing.
pariyodapeyya: pariyodapeti [pari (pfx meaning ‘all around’)+odÈpeti (caus. of %dÈ (to clean)]= to
cleanse. pariyodapeyya [ger. of pariyodapeti]= should cleanse.
cittak ilesehi: citta [ntr.]= mind. kilesa [masc.]= defilement. citta+kilesa= cittakilesa [masc.]=
defilement of the mind. impurity. clear, bright, calm. cittakilesehi [abl. pl.]= from defilements of the
mind.
yesa£ sambodhi-a×gesu sammÈ citta£ subhÈvita£

ÈdÈnapa—inissagge anupÈdÈya ye ratÈ
khÏ‡ÈsavÈ jutÏmanto te loke parinibbutÈ2892
;sla lEcksf/&vÄõslq lEek fpÙka lqHkkfora
vknku&ifVfuLlXxs vuqiknk; ;s jrk
[kh.kklok tqrheUrks rs yksds ifjfuCcqrk2øù2
Translation
Those whose minds are thoroughly developed in the elements of enlightenment, who delight in
the renunciation of attachment, without clinging, they with cankers destroyed, full of light, have
attained nibbÈna in the world.
Vocabulary
yesa£ [masc. gen. pl. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= whose.
sam bodhi-a×gesu: sambodhi [fem.]= fully enlightened. a×ga [ntr.]= part, limb. sambodhi+a×ga=
sambodhi-a×ga [masc. euphonic sandhi]= element of enlightenment. sambodhi-a×gesu [loc. pl.]=
elements of enlightenment.
sam m È [adv.]= properly, thoroughly.
subhÈvita£ : bhÈveti [3. sg. pr. indic. caus. of %bhÊ (to be)]=produces, cultivates, develops. bhÈvita [adj.,
pp. of bhÈveti]= developed. su (indec. part pfx meaning ‘thorough, well’)+bhÈvita= subhÈvita
[adj.]= well-developed. subhÈvita£ [ntr. sg.]= well-developed.
ÈdÈnapa—inissagge: ÈdÈna [ntr. derived from È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to
give)]= attachment. pa—inissagga [masc.]= renunciation. ÈdÈna+pa—inissagga= ÈdÈnapa—inissagga
[masc.]= renunciation of attachment. ÈdÈnapa—inissagge [loc. sg.]= in renunciation of attachment.
anupÈdÈya [ger. derived from an (neg. pfx.)+upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+È (indec. pfx meaning
‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]= not clung.
ratÈ: rata [adj. pp. of %ram (to enjoy)]= delighting in. ratÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= delighting in.
k hÏ‡ÈsavÈ: khÏ‡a [adj.]= destroyed. Èsava [masc.]= canker. khÏ‡a+Èsava= khÏ‡Èsava [adj.]= destroyed
canker. khÏ‡ÈsavÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= destroyed cankers.
jutÏm anto: juti [fem.]= light. juti+mantu (poss sfx.)= jutimantu [adj.]= full of light, bright. jutimanto
[masc. nom. pl.]= full of light. jutÏmanto is m.c. for jutimanto.
lok e: loka [masc.]= world. loke [loc. sg.]= in the world.
parinibbutÈ: parinubbuta [adj.]= completely liberated, attained nibbÈna. parinibbutÈ [masc. nom. pl.]=
attained nibbÈna.
7. A rahantovaggo vjgUroXxks (The Arahant)
gataddhino visokassa vippamuttassa sabbadhi

sabbaganthappahÏnassa pariÄÈho na vijjati2902
xrf¼uks folksdLl foIieqÙkLl lCcf/

lCcxUFkIighuLl ifjGkgks u foTtfr2ùú2
Translation
For him who has completed his journey, who is without sorrow, is emancipated in every respect,
and who has abandoned all bonds, the fever (of passion) does not exist.
Vocabulary
gataddhino: gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. addhÏ [masc.]= journey. gata+addhÏ= gataddhÏ
[adj. euphonic sandhi]= one who has completed his journey. gataddhino [masc. gen. sg.]= of one
who has completed his journey.
visok assa: soka [masc.]= sorrow. vi [indec. pfx. used to intensify]+soka= visoka [adj.]= without
sorrow. visokassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of without sorrow.
vippam uttassa: mutta [adj. derived from %muc (to release)]= released. vippamutta [adj. derived from vi
([indec. pfx. used to intensify)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+mutta]= emancipated. vippamuttassa
[masc. gen. sg.]= of emancipated.
sabbadhi [adv.]= in every respect.
sabbaganthappahÏnassa: sabba [adj.]= all. gantha [masc.]= knot, bond. pahÏna [adj. derived from pa
(indec. strengthening pfx.)+pp of %hÈ (to give up)]= abandoned. sabba+gantha+pahÏna=
sabbaganthappahÏna [adj.]= one who has abandoned all bonds. sabbaganthappahÏnassa [masc. gen.
sg.]= of one who has abandoned all bonds.
pariÄÈho: pariÄÈha [masc.]= fever (fig. fever of passion). pariÄÈho [nom. sg.]= fever.
vijjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %vid (to find, to know)]= is found, exists.
uyyu¤janti satÏmanto na nikete ramanti te

ha£sÈ va pallala£ hitvÈ okamoka£ jahanti te2912
mÕ;q×tfUr lrheUrks u fudsrs jefUr rs

galk o iYyya fgRok vksdeksda tgfUr rs2ùû2
Translation
The mindful go away. They do not rejoice in house. Like swans abandoning a pool, they abandon
home and hearth.
Vocabulary
uyyu¤janti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of ud (pfx meaning ‘up,’ ‘dis-’)+ %yuj (to connect)= go away.
satÏm anto: sati [fem. derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindfulness. sati+mantu [poss. sfx.]=
satÏmantu [adj.]= mindful. satÏmanto [masc. nom. pl.]= mindful.
nik ete: niketa [masc.]= house. nikete [loc. sg.]= in a house.
ram anti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %ram (to rejoice in)]= rejoice.
ha£ sÈ va: ha£sa [masc.]= swan. ha£sÈ [nom. pl.]= swans. iva [indec. part of comparison]= like, as.
ha£sÈ+iva= ha£sÈ va [euphonic sandhi. iva is shortened to va after long vowels]= like swans.
pallala£ : pallala [ntr.]= pool. pallala£ [acc. sg.]= pool.
hitvÈ [ger. of %hÈ (to leave, to abandon)]= having left behind.
ok am ok a£ : oka [ntr.]= home. oka£ [acc. sg.]= home. oka£+oka= okamoka [ntr. used as an idiom]=
home and hearth, all abodes. okamoka£ [acc. sg.]= home and hearth, all abodes. (Also see v.34).
jahanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act of %hÈ (to leave, abandon)]= abandon
yesa£ sannicayo na’tthi ye pari¤¤ÈtabhojanÈ

su¤¤ato animitto ca vimokkho yesa£ gocaro
ÈkÈse va sakuntÈna£ gati tesa£ durannayÈ2922
;sla lfÂp;ks u*fRFk ;s ifj××kkrHkkstuk

lq××krks vfufeÙkks p foeksD[kks ;sla xkspjks
vkdkls o ldqUrkua xfr rsla nqjÂ;k2ùü2
Translation
Those who have no accumulation (of worldly possessions), who have well understood food (i.e.
it is not to be eaten for enjoyment), who have perceived the empty and unconditioned
deliverance, their course is as hard to find as is the course of birds in the sky.
Vocabulary
sannicayo: caya (masc. derived from %ci (to pile)= piling. sannicaya [masc. derived from sa£ (indec. pfx
implying conjunction and completeness)+ni (pfx. meaning ‘down,’ ‘out,’ ‘from’)+caya]=
accumulation. sannicayo [nom. sg.]= accumulation.
na’tthi: na [indec. part.]= no, not. atthi [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= is. na+atthi= na’tthi
pari¤¤ÈtabhojanÈ: pari¤¤Èta [adj. pp. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%jÈn (to know)]=
well understood. bhojana [ntr.]= food. pari¤¤Èta+bhojana= pari¤¤Ètabhoja [adj.]= having well
understood food. pari¤¤ÈtabhojanÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= having well understood food.
su¤¤ato: su¤¤ata [adj.]= empty. su¤¤ato [masc. nom. sg.]= empty.
anim itto: nimitta (ntr.]= outward appearance, attribute. a (negating pfx.)+nimitta= animitta [adj.]= free
from attributes i.e. unconditioned. animitto [masc. nom. sg.]= unconditioned.
vim ok k ho: vimokkha [masc. from vi (indec. pfx used to intensify)+%muc (to release) ]= deliverance.
vimokkho [nom. sg.]= deliverance.
gocaro: go [masc.]= cow. cara [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= walking, going, wandering.
go+cara= gocara [masc.]= ‘a cow’s grazing’ i.e, a pasture, field, course. gocaro [nom. sg.]= a
pasture, field, course.
Èk Èse va: ÈkÈsa [masc.]= sky. ÈkÈse [loc. sg.]= in the sky. iva [indec. part of comparison]= like, as.
ÈkÈse+iva= ÈkÈse va [iva is shortened to va after long vowels]= like in the sky.
sak untÈna£ : sakunta [masc.]= bird. sakuntÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of birds.
gati: gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= direction, course. gati [nom. sg.]= course.
durannayÈ: du [antithetic pfx. du becomes dur before vowels]= bad, insufficient. annaya [adj.]=
conformity, accordance. du+annaya= durannaya [adj.]= hard to manage or find out. durannayÈ
[fem. nom. sg.]= hard to manage or find out.
yassÈsavÈ parikkhÏ‡È ÈhÈre ca anissito

su¤¤ato animitto ca vimokkho yassa gocaro
ÈkÈse va sakuntÈna£ pada£ tassa durannaya£2932
;Llklok ifjD[kh.kk vkgkjs p vfufLlrksA

lq××krks vfufeÙkks p foeksD[kks ;Ll xkspjksA
vkdkls o ldqUrkua ina rLl nqjÂ;a2Aùý2
Translation
He whose cankers are completely destroyed and is unattached to food, who has perceived the
empty and unconditioned deliverance, his course is as hard to find as is the course of birds in the
sky.
Vocabulary
yassÈsavÈ: yassa [masc. gen. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= whose. Èsava [masc.]= canker. ÈsavÈ
[masc. nom. pl.]= cankers. yassa+ÈsavÈ= yassÈsavÈ [euphonic sandhi]= whose cankers.
parik k hÏ‡È: pari [pfx]= all around. khÏ‡a [adj.]= destroyed. pari+khÏ‡a= parikkhÏ‡a [adj.]= completely
destroyed. parikkhÏ‡È [masc. nom. pl.]= completely destroyed.
ÈhÈre: ÈhÈra [ntr.]= food. ÈhÈre [loc. sg.]= in food.
anissito: nissita [adj. pp. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down,’ ‘out,’ ‘from’)+%si (cling to)]= attached to, hanging
on. a [neg. pfx.]+nissita= anissita [adj.]= unattached. anissito [nom. sg.]= unattached.
su¤¤ato: su¤¤ata [adj.]= empty. su¤¤ato [masc. nom. sg.]= empty.
anim itto: nimitta (ntr.]= outward appearance, attribute. a (negating pfx.)+nimitta= animitta [adj.]= free
from attributes i.e. unconditioned. animitto [masc. nom. sg.]= unconditioned.
vim ok k ho: vimokkha [masc. derived from vi ([indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%muc (to release) ]=
deliverance. vimokkho [nom. sg.]= deliverance.
yassa [masc. gen. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= whose.
gocaro: go [masc.]= cow. cara [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= walking, going, wandering.
go+cara= gocara [masc.]= ‘a cow’s grazing’ i.e, a pasture, field, course. gocaro [nom. sg.]= a
pasture, field, course.
Èk Èse va: ÈkÈsa [masc.]= sky. ÈkÈse [loc. sg.]= in the sky. iva [indec. part of comparison]= like, as.
ÈkÈse+iva= ÈkÈse va [euphonic sandhi. iva is shortened to va after long vowels]= like in the sky.
sak untÈna£ : sakunta [masc.]= bird. sakuntÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of birds.
pada£ : pada [ntr.]= path. pada£ [nom. sg.]= path.
tassa [masc. gen. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= of that.
durannaya£ : du [antithetic pfx. du becomes dur before vowels]= bad, insufficient. annaya [adj.]=
conformity, accordance. du+annaya= durannaya [adj.]= hard to manage or find out. durannaya£
[ntr. nom. sg.]= hard to manage or find out.
yass’indriyÈni samatha£ gatÈni

assÈ yathÈ sÈrathinÈ sudantÈ
pahÏnamÈnassa anÈsavassa
devÈpi tassa pihayanti tÈdino2942
;Ll~*bfUæ;kfu leFka xrkfu]

vLlk ;Fkk lkjfFkuk lqnUrkA
ighuekuLl vukloLl]
nsokfi rLl fig;fUr rkfnuks2ùþ2
Translation
He whose senses have become subdued, like horses well tamed by a charioteer, who has
abandoned pride and is canker-free, gods also envy such a one.
Vocabulary
yass’indriyÈni: yassa [masc. gen. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= whose. indriya [ntr.]= sense,
faculty. indriyÈni [nom. pl.]= senses. yassa+indriyÈni= yass’indriyÈni [euphonic sandhi]= whose
senses.
sam atha£ : samatha [masc.]= subdued. samatha£ [acc. sg.]= subdued.
gatÈni: gata [adj. pp. derived from %gam (to go)]= gone. gatÈni [ntr. nom. pl.]= gone.
assÈ: assa [masc.]= horse. assÈ [nom. pl.]= horses.
yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like
sÈrathinÈ: sÈrathi [masc.]= charioteer. sÈrathinÈ [ins. sg.]= by the charioteer.
sudantÈ: danta [adj. derived from %dam (to domesticate]= tamed. su [indec. part. used as a strengthening
pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+danta= sudanta [adj.]= well-tamed, restrained. sudantÈ [masc.
nom. pl.]= well tamed.
pahÏnam Ènassa: pahÏna [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+pp of %hÈ (to give up)]=
abandoned. mÈna [masc.]= pride. pahÏna+mÈna= pahÏnamÈna [adj.]= having abandoned pride.
pahÏhamÈnassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of having abandoned pride.
anÈsavassa: Èsava [masc.]= canker. an [neg. pfx.]+Èsava= anÈsava [adj.]= cankerless, canker-free.
anÈsavassa [masc. gen. sg.= of canker-free.
devÈpi: deva [masc.]= god, deity, deva. devÈ [nom. pl.]= gods. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just
so, as well. devÈ+api= devÈpi [euphonic sandhi]= gods also.
pihayanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %pih (to envy)]= long for, envy.
tÈdino: tÈdÏ [adj.]= such, of such (good) qualities. tÈdino [masc. gen. sg.]= of such.
pa—havÏsamo no virujjhati
indakhÏlÊpamo tÈdi subbato
rahado’va apetakaddamo
sa£sÈrÈ na bhavanti tÈdino2952
iBohleks uks fo#T>fr

bUn[khywieks rkfn lqCcrksA
jgnks*o visrdíeks
lalkjk u HkofUr rkfnuks2ùÿ2
Translation
He who is unobstructed like the earth, who is steadfast like Indra’s post, of good vows, and like
a lake without mud, to such a virtuous one there are no more transmigrations.
Vocabulary
pa—havÏsam o: pa—havÏ [fem.]= earth. sama [adj.]= just like, same. pa—havÏ+sama= pa—havÏsama [adj.]=
just like the earth. pa—havÏsamo [masc. nom. sg.]= just like the earth.
no [neg. and adversative indec. part. na made by adding the sfx u to make it stronger]= no, not.
virujjhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from vi ([indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%rundh/%rudh (to
restrain]= is obstructed.
indak hÏlÊpam o: inda [masc.]: the Vedic god Indra. khÏla [masc.]= stake, post. inda+khÏla= indakhÏla
[masc.]= ‘Indra’s post;’ the post, stake or column of Indra at or before the city gate. upama [adj.]=
like, similar. indakhÏla+upama= indakhÏlÊpama [adj. euphonic sandhi]= like Indra’s post.
indakhÏlÊpamo [masc. nom. sg.]= like Indra’s post.
tÈdi: tÈdÏ [adj.]= such, of such (good) qualities. tÈdi [masc. nom. sg.]= such.
subbato: vata [masc. derived from %var (to take vow)]= vow, rite, religious duty. su [indec. part. used
as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+vata=subbata [adj.]= of good vows. subbato
[masc. nom. sg.]= of good vows.
rahado ’va: rahada [masc.]= lake. rahado [nom. sg.]= lake. iva [indec. part of comparison]= like, as.
rahado+iva= rahado ’va= like the lake.
apetak addam o: apeta [adj. pp. of apeti (disappears, goes away)]= rid of, freed of. kaddama [masc.]=
mud. apeta+kaddama= apetakaddama [adj.]= free from mud, clear. apetakaddamo [masc. gen.
sg.]= free from mud.
sa£ sÈrÈ: sa£sÈra [masc.]= Sa£sÈra, endless transmigration. sa£sÈrÈ [nom. pl.]= endless
transmigrations.
bhavanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %bhÊ (to become)]= are.
santa£ tassa mana£ hoti santÈ vÈcÈ ca kamma ca

sammada¤¤Èvimuttassa upasantassa tÈdino2962
lUra rLl eua gksfr lUrk okpk p dEe p

lEen××kkfoeqÙkLl milUrLl rkfnuks2ùö2
Translation
Calm is his mind; calm are speech and deed- of such a one, released through the right knowledge
and calmed.
Vocabulary
santa£ : santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm, appeased. santa£ [ntr. nom.
sg.]= calm, appeased.
m ana£ : mana [ntr.]= mind. mana£ [nom. sg.]= mind.
santÈ: santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm, appeased. santÈ [masc. nom. pl.]=
calm.
k am m a: kamma [ntr.]= deed. kamma£ [nom. sg.]= deed. kamma is m.c. for kamma£.
sam m ada¤¤Èvim uttassa: sammÈ [adv.]= in a right way, rightly. The form sammÈ is reduced to samma
before short vowels (with the insertion a sandhi –d–). a¤¤È [fem.]= knowledge. sammÈ+a¤¤È=
sammada¤¤È [fem., euphonic sandhi]= right knowledge. vimutta [adj. pp. of vi ([indec.pfx. used to
intensify)+%muc (to release)]= released. sammada¤¤È+vimutta= sammada¤¤Èvimutta [adj.]=
released by the right knowledge. sammada¤¤Èvimuttassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of (one) released by the
right knowledge.
upasantassa: upa [pfx.]= close by, near. santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm,
appeased. upa+santa= upasanta [adj.]= calmed. upasantassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of the calmed.
assaddho akata¤¤Ê ca sandhicchedo ca yo naro

hatÈvakÈso vantÈso sa ve uttamaporiso2972
vLl¼ks vdr××kw p lfU/PNsnks p ;ks ujks

grkodklks oUrklks l os mÙkeiksfjlks2ù÷2
Translation
He who is not credulous, who knows the uncreated, who has severed the bond, who has cut of
every occasion (for good and evil) and given up all wishes, he, indeed, is the noblest person.
Vocabulary
assaddho: saddha [adj.]= believing, faithful. a [neg. pfx.]+saddha= assaddha [adj.]= not credulous.
assaddho [masc. nom. sg.]= not credulous.
ak ata¤¤Ê: kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done, created. a [neg. pfx.]+kata= akata [adj.]=
uncreated. ¤¤Ê [adj. sfx. derived from %¤È (to know)]= knowing. akata+¤¤Ê= akata¤¤Ê [adj.]=
who knows the uncreated i.e. nibbÈna. akata¤¤Ê [masc. nom. sg.]= who knows the uncreated.
sandhicchedo: sandhi [masc.]= bond, connection. cheda [masc.]= severing, breaking, dismantling.
sandhi+cheda= sandhiccheda [euphonic sandhi, adj.]= one who has severed the bond. sandhicchedo
[masc. nom. sg.]= one who has severed the bond.
hatÈvak Èso: hata [adj. pp. of derived from %han (to smite)]=struck, killed. avakÈs [ntr.]= opportunity,
occasion. hata+avakÈsa= hatÈvakÈsa [euphonic sandhi, adj.]= who has cut off every occasion (for
good and evil). hatÈvakÈso [nom. sg.]= who has cut off every occasion (for good and evil).
vantÈso: vanta [adj. pp. of %vam (to vomit)]= vomited, (but fig.) given up, renounced. ÈsÈ [fem.]= wish,
hope. Èsa [adj. masc. form of ÈsÈ]=wish, hope. vanta+Èsa= vantÈsa [euphonic sandhi, adj.]= who
has given up all wishes, an Arahant. vantÈso [masc. nom. sg.]= one who has given up all wishes.
ve [indec.aff. part. emphasizing the preceding word]= truly, indeed.
uttam aporiso: uttama [adj.]= highest, noble. porisa [masc.]= person. uttama+porisa= uttamaporisa
[masc]= noblest person. uttamaporiso [nom. sg.]= noblest person.
gÈme vÈ yadi vÈra¤¤e
ninne vÈ yadi vÈ thale
yatth’arahanto viharanti
ta£ bhÊmi£ rÈma‡eyyaka£2982
xkes ok ;fn okj××ks

fuUus ok ;fn ok Fkys
;RFk~*vjgUrks fogjfUr
ra Hkwfea jke.ksÕ;da2ùø2
Translation
Whether in a village or in a forest, whether on lowland or on a plateau, that place is delightful
where the arahants dwell.
Vocabulary
gÈm e: gÈma [n, masc]= village. gÈme [loc. sg.]= in village.
yadi [indec. conj.]= whether, if.
vÈra¤¤e: vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. ara¤¤a [ntr.]= forest. ara¤¤e [loc. sg.]= in forest. vÈ+ara¤¤e= vÈra¤¤e
[euphonic sandhi]= or in forest.
ninne: ninna [ntr.]= lowland. ninne [loc. sg.]= on lowland.
yadi [indec. conj.]= whether, if.
thale: thala [ntr.]= plateau. thale [loc. sg.]= on plateau.
yatth’arahanto: yattha [rel. adv. of place]= where. arahant [adj. act. ppr. of %arah (to deserve)]= lit.
deserving but applied by the Buddhists as a title for one who has attained the summum bonum of
religious aspiration (nibbÈna). arahanto [nom. pl.]= arahants. yattha+arahanto= yatth’arahanto
[euphonic sandhi]= where the arahants.
viharanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from vi (indec.pfx. used to intensify)+%har (to take, seize)]=live,
dwell.
bhÊm i£ : bhÊmi [ntr.]= place. bhÊmi£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= place.
rÈm a‡eyyak a£ : rÈma‡eyyaka [adj. derived from %ram (to rejoice in)]= delightful. rÈma‡eyyaka£ [nom.
sg.]= delightful.
rama‡ÏyÈni ara¤¤Èni, yattha na ramatÏ jano

vÏtarÈgÈ ramissanti, na te kÈmagavesino2992
je.kh;kfu vj××kkfu] ;RFk u jerh tuks

ohrjkxk jfeLlfUr] u rs dkexosfluks2ùù2
Translation
Delightful are the forests where the public does not delight. Those devoid of passion will find
delight in them for they are not seekers of sensual pleasure.
Vocabulary
rÈm a‡ÏyÈni: rÈma‡Ïya [adj. ger. derived from %ram (to rejoice in)]= delightful. rÈma‡ÏyÈni [nom. pl.]=
delightful.
ara¤¤Èni: ara¤¤a [ntr.]= forest. ara¤¤Èni [nom. pl.]= forests.
ram atÏ: ramati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %ram (to rejoice in)]= delights. ramatÏ is m.c. for
ramati.
jano: jana [masc.]= person. jano [nom. sg.]= person (usually collectively: public).
vÏtarÈgÈ: vÏta [adj. pp. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%i (to go)]= gone. rÈga [masc.
derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. vÏta+rÈga= vÏtarÈga [adj.]= devoid of passion. vÏtarÈgÈ
[masc. nom. pl.]= devoid of passion.
ram issanti [3. pl. fut. act. derived from %ram (to rejoice in)]= will delight.
k Èm agavesino: kÈma [masc.]= sensual desire, pleasure. gavesÏ [adj.]= seeking. kÈma+gavesÏ=
kÈmagavesÏ [adj.]= seeker of sensual pleasure. kÈmagavesino [masc. nom. pl.]=seekers of sensual
pleasure.
8. Sahassavaggo lgLloXxks (The Thousands)
sahassamapi ce vÈcÈ anatthapadasa£hitÈ

ekam atthapada£ seyyo ya£ sutvÈ upasammati21002
lgLlefi ps okpk vuRFkinlafgrk

,de~ vRFkina lsÕ;ks ;a lqRok milEefr2ûúú2
Translation
Rather than a thousand speeches without meaningful words, one meaningful word is better,
having heard which, one is calmed.
Vocabulary
sahassam api: sahasa [num.]= thousand. sahasa£ [nom. sg.]= thousand. api/pi [indec. part.]= also,
even, just so, as well, rather than. sahassa£+api= sahassamapi= rather than a thousand.
ce [encl.]= if.
vÈcÈ: vÈcÈ [fem.]= speech. vÈcÈ [nom. pl.]= speeches.
anatthapadasa£ hitÈ: attha [masc.]= meaning. pada [masc.]= word, saying. sa£hita [adj, pp. of sa£
(indec.pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%dhÈ (to put)]= connected, gathered together.
an [neg. pfx.]+attha+pada+sa£hita= anatthapadasa£hita [adj.]= without meaningful word.
anatthapadasa£hitÈ [fem. nom. pl.]= without meaningful words.
ek am atthapada£ : eka [num.]= one. eka£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= one. attha [masc.]= meaning. pada
[masc.]= word, saying. attha+pada= atthapada [adj.]= meaningful word. atthapada£ [fem. nom.
pl.]= meaningful word. eka£+atthapada£= ekam atthapada£.
sutvÈ [ger. derived from %su (to hear)]= having heard.
upasam m ati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased,
calmed)]= is appeased, calmed
sahassamapi ce gÈthÈ anatthapadasa£hitÈ

eka£ gÈthÈpada£ seyyo ya£ sutvÈ upasammati21012
lgLlefi ps xkFkk vuRFkinlafgrk

,da xkFkkina lsÕ;ks ;a lqRok milEefr2ûúû2
Translation
Rather then a thousand verses without meaningful words, one word of a verse is better, after
hearing which, one is calmed.
Vocabulary
sahassam api: sahassa [num.]= thousand. sahassa£ [nom. sg.]= thousand. api/pi [indec. part.]= also,
even, just so, as well, rather than. sahassa£+api= sahassamapi= rather than a thousand.
ce [encl.]= if.
gÈthÈ: gÈthÈ [fem.]= verse. gÈthÈ [nom. pl.]= verses.
anatthapadasa£ hitÈ: attha [masc.]= meaning. pada [masc.]= word, saying. sa£hita [adj., pp. of sa£
anatthapadasa£hitÈ [fem. nom. pl.] without meaningful words.
ek a£ : eka [num.]= one. eka£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= one.
gÈthÈpada£ : gÈthÈ [fem.]= verse. pada [masc.]= word, saying. gÈthÈ+pada= gÈthÈpada [ntr.]= verse
word, word in a verse. gÈthÈpada£ [nom. sg.]= word in a verse.
upasam m ati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased,
calmed)]= is appeased, calmed.
yo ca gÈthÈsata£ bhÈse anatthapadasa£hitÈ

eka£ dhammapada£ seyyo ya£ sutvÈ upasammati21022
;ks p xkFkklra Hkkls vuRFkinlafgrkA

,da /Eeina lsÕ;ks la lqRok milEefr2ûúü2
Translation
And should one say even a hundred verses without meaningful words, better is one word of the
Dhamma, having heard which, one is calmed.
Vocabulary
gÈthÈsata£ : gÈthÈ [fem.]= verse. gÈthÈ [nom. pl.]= verses. sata [num.]= hundred. gÈthÈ+sata=
gÈthÈsata (ntr.]= hundred verses. gÈthÈsata£ [acc. sg.]= hundred verses.
bhÈse [3. sg. pot. act. derived from %bhÈs (to speak)]= should say.
anatthapadasa£ hitÈ: attha [masc.]= meaning. pada [masc.]= word, saying. sa£hita [adj, pp. of sa£
anatthapadasa£hitÈ [fem. nom. pl.] without meaningful words.
ek a£ : eka [num.]= one. eka£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= one.
dham m apada£ : dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma, Teaching of the Buddha. pada [masc.]= word, saying.
dhamma+pada= dhammapada [ntr.]= word of the Dhamma. dhammapada£ [nom. sg.]= word of
the Dhamma.
upasam m ati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased,
calmed)]= is appeased, calmed.
yo sahassa£ sahassena sa×gÈme mÈnuse jine

eka¤ ca jeyya-m-attÈna£ sa ve sa×gÈmajuttamo21032
;ks lgLla lgLlsu lÄõkes ekuqls ftus

,d×k~ p tsÕÕk&e~&vÙkkua l os lÄõketqÙkeks2ûúý2
Translation
If one should conquer a thousand times a thousand persons in the battle, and if one should
conquer just one, himself, he indeed is the victor of the highest battle.
Vocabulary
sahassa£ sahassena: sahassa [num.]= a thousand. sahassa£ [acc. sg.]=a thousand. sahassena [ins.
sg.]= by a thousand. sahassa£ sahassena= by the thousand. A thousand times a thousand.
sa×gÈm e: sa×gÈma [masc.]= battle. sa×gÈme [loc. sg.]= in the battle.
m Ènuse: manusa [masc.]= man, person. mÈnuse [nom. pl.]= men, persons.
jine [3. sg. pot. act. derived from %ji (to conquer)]= should conquer.
ek a¤ ca: eka [numeral]= one. eka£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= one. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. eka£+ca= eka¤
ca.
jeyya-m -attÈna£ : jeyya£ [3. sg. pot. act. derived from %ji (to conquer)]= should conquer. attÈ [masc.]=
self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= oneself. jeyya£+attÈna£= jeyya-m-attÈna£.
sa×gÈm ajuttam o: sa×gÈma [masc.]= battle. ji [sfx.]= victorious. uttama [adj.]= best, highest.
sa¤gÈma+ji+uttama= sa×gÈmajuttama [euphonic sandhi, adj.]= victor in the highest battle.
sa×gÈmajuttamo [masc. nom. sg.]= victor in the highest battle.
attÈ have jita£ seyyo yÈ cÈya£ itarÈ pajÈ

attadantassa posassa nicca£ sa¤¤atacÈrino21042
vÙkk gos ftra lsÕ;ks ;k pk;a brjk itk

vÙknUrLl ikslLl fuPpa l××krpkfjuks2ûúþ2
Translation
Self-conquest is, indeed, better than to conquer other people for a person, who has tamed
himself, who always lives self-controlled.
Vocabulary
have [part.]= indeed, truly.
jita£ : jita [adj. pp. derived from %ji (to conquer)]= conquered. Here used as a ntr. (conquest). jita£ (ntr.
nom. sg.]= conquest.
yÈ [fem. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which.
cÈya£ : ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. ya£ [masc acc. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which, that)]= that, which,
who. ca+ya£= cÈya£ [euphonic sandhi]= and that.
itarÈ: itara [adj.]= other. itarÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= other.
pajÈ: pajÈ [fem.]= people, humankind. pajÈ [nom. sg.]= people, humankind.
attadantassa: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. [In compound words, attÈ becomes atta]. danta [adj. pp.
derived from %dam (to restrain)]= restrained. atta+danta= attadanta [adj.]= who tamed himself.
attadantassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of one who tamed himself.
posassa: posa [masc.]= person. posassa [gen. sg.]= of person.
sa¤¤atacÈrino: sa¤¤ata [adj. pp. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%yam (to restrain)]= self-controlled. cÈrÏ [masc. derived from %car (to walk)+Ï
(poss. sfx.)]= living. sa¤¤ata+cÈrÏ= sa¤¤atacÈrÏ [adj.]= living self-controlled. sa¤¤atacÈrino
[masc. gen. sg.]= living self-controlled.
n’eva devo na gandhabbo na mÈro saha brahmunÈ

jita£ apajita£ kayirÈ tathÈrÊpassa jantuno21052
u~’,o nsoks u xa/Ccks u ekjks lg c ãqukA

ftra viftra df;jk rFkk:iLl tUrquks2ûúÿ2
Translation
Not even a god or a gandharva, nor MÈra with BrahmÈ, can turn into victory the defeat of a
person of such a form.
Vocabulary
n’eva: na [indec. part.]= no, not. eva [emphatic part.]= so, even, just, only. na+eva= n’eva [euphonic
sandhi]= not even.
devo: deva [masc.]= god, deity, deva. devo [nom. sg.]= god.
gandhabbo: gandhabba [masc.]= gandhabba, a heavenly musician. gandhabbo [nom. sg.]= gandhabba.
saha [conj.]= with.
brahm unÈ: brahmuna [masc.]= the god BrahmÈ chief of the gods. brahmunÈ [ins. sg.]= by BrahmÈ.
jita£ : jita [adj. pp. derived from %ji (to conquer)]= conquered. Here used as a ntr. n. (conquest). jita£
(nom. sg.]= conquest.
apajita£ : apa [pfx. ]= ‘away from’, ‘off.’ jita [adj. pp. derived from %ji (to conquer)]= conquered.
apa+jita= apajita [adj.]= defeated. Here used as a ntr. (defeat). apajita£ (ntr. nom. sg.]= defeat.
tathÈrÊpassa: tathÈ [indec. part.]= thus, likewise, in that way. rÊpa [ntr.]= form, appearance.
tathÈ+rÊpa= tathÈrÊpa [adj.]= such a form. tathÈrÊpassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of such a form.
jantuno: jantu [masc.]= being, person. jantuno [gen. sg.]= of a person.
mÈse mÈse sahassena yo yajetha sata£sama£

eka¤ ca bhÈvit’attÈna£ muhuttam api pÊjaye
sÈ yeva pÊjanÈ seyyo ya¤ ce vassasata£ huta£21062
ekls ekls lgLlsu ;ks ;tsFk lralea

,d×k~ p Hkkfor~*vÙkkua eqgqÙke~ vfi iwt;s
lk ;so iwtuk lsÕ;ks ;×k~ ps oLllra gqra2ûúö2
Translation
If one should sacrifice month by month thousand times by a hundred, and if one should even for
a moment pay respects to somebody having a developed self, then such a worship is better than
hundred years of sacrifice.
Vocabulary
m Èse m Èse: mÈsa [masc.]= month. mÈse [loc. sg.] in a month. mÈse mÈse [phrase]= month by month.
sahassena: sahassa [num.]= a thousand. sahassena [ins. sg.]= by a thousand.
yajetha [3.sg. pot. med. of %yaj (to sacrifice)]= should sacrifice.
sata£ sam a£ : sata [num.]= hundred. sata£ [acc. sg.]= a hundred. sama [adj.]= just like, same. sama£
[acc. sg.]=just like, same. sata£+sama£= sata£sama£.
ek a¤ ca: eka [num.]= one. eka£ [masc. acc. sg.]= one. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. eka£+ca= eka¤
ca.
bhÈvit’attÈna£ : bhÈveti [3. sg. pr. indic. caus. of %bhÊ (to be)]=produces, cultivates, develops. bhÈvita
[adj., pp. of bhÈveti]= developed. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. bhÈvita+attÈ= bhÈvit’attÈ [euphonic
sandhi]= having developed self, bhÈvit’attÈna£ [masc. acc. sg.]= having developed self.
m uhuttam api: muhutta [masc.]= moment. muhutta£ [nom. sg.]= moment. api/pi [indec. part.]= also,
even, just so, as well, rather than. muhutta£+api= muhuttam api= even for a moment.
pÊjaye [3. sg. pot. act. of %pÊj (to worship)]= should worship.
sÈ [fem. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= this, that, she.
yeva: eva [emphatic part. It sometimes appears with prothetic (sandhi-) y as yeva, after vowels and ¤.]=
so, even, just.
pÊjanÈ: pÊjana [fem.]= worship. pÊjanÈ [nom. sg.]= worship.
ya¤ ce: ya£ [masc. acc. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which. ce [encl.]= if. ya£+ce= ya¤
ce= that if.
vassasata£ : vassa [ntr.]= year. sata [num.]= hundred. vassa+sata= vassasata [masc.]= a hundred
years. vassasata£ [nom. sg.]= a hundred years.
huta£ : huta [adj. pp. of %hu (to sacrifice)]= sacrificed. huta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= sacrifice.
yo ca vassasata£ jantu aggi£ paricare vane

eka¤ ca bhÈvit’attÈna£ muhuttam api pÊjaye
sÈ yeva pÊjanÈ seyyo ya¤ ce vassasata£ huta£21072
;ks p oLllra tUrq vfXxa ifjpjs ous

,d×k~ p Hkkfor~*vÙkkua eqgqÙke~ vfi iwt;s
lk ;so iwtuk lsÕ;ks ;×k~ ps oLllra gqra2ûú÷2
Translation
And if any person should worship fire in the forest for a hundred years, and if one should even
for a moment pay respects to somebody having a developed self, then such a worship is better
than hundred years of sacrifice.
Vocabulary
jantu: jantu [masc.]= being, person. jantu [nom. sg.]= person.
aggi£ paricare: aggi [masc.]= fire. aggi£ [acc. sg.]= fire. pari [pfx.]= all around. paricare [3. sg. pot.
act. of pari+%car (to walk)]= should walk about, look after (but when used with aggi it means
‘should worship’). aggi£ paricare= should worship fire.
vane: vana [ntr.]= forest. vane [loc. sg.]= in forest.
ek a¤ ca: eka [numeral]= one. eka£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= one. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. eka£+ca= eka¤
ca.
bhÈvit’attÈna£ : bhÈveti [3. sg. pr. indic. caus. of %bhÊ (to be)]=produces, cultivates, develops. bhÈvita
[adj, pp. of bhÈveti]= developed. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. bhÈvita+attÈ= bhÈvit’attÈ [adj.
euphonic sandhi]= having developed self. bhÈvit’attÈna£ [masc. acc. sg.]= having developed self.
m uhuttam api: muhutta [masc.]= moment. muhutta£ [nom. sg.]= moment. api/pi [indec. part.]= also,
even, just so, as well, rather than. muhutta£+api= muhuttam api= even for a moment.
pÊjaye [3. sg. pot. act. of %pÊj (to worship)]= should worship.
sÈ [fem. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= this, that, she.
yeva: eva [emphatic part. It sometimes appears with prothetic (sandhi) y as yeva, after vowels and ¤.]=
so, even, just.
pÊjanÈ: pÊjana [fem.]= worship. pÊjanÈ [nom. sg.]= worship.
ya¤ ce: ya£ [masc. acc. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which. ce [encl.]= if. ya£+ce= ya¤
ce= that if.
huta£ : huta [adj. pp. of %hu (to sacrifice)]= sacrificed. huta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= sacrifice.
ya£ ki¤ci yi——ha¤ ca huta¤ ca loke

sa£vacchara£ yajetha pu¤¤apekkho
sabbampi ta£ na catubhÈgam eti³
abhivÈdanÈ ujjugatesu seyyo21082
;a fdf×p f;êò×k~ p gqr×k~ p yksds

laoPNja ;tsFk iq××kisD[kks
lCcfEi ra u prqHkkxe~ ,fr&
vfHkoknuk mTtqxrslq lsÕ;ks2ûúø2
Translation
Whatever sacrifice or oblation in the world might someone sacrifice in a year, looking for merit,
all that is not worth a quarter. Showing respect to those of upright conduct is better.
Vocabulary
ya£ [ntr. acc. sg. of ya (that, which, who)]= that, which, who.
.k i¤ci: ki£ [ntr. nom. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, what, which)]= what. ki£+ci [indef. intrg. part.
sfx.]= ki¤ci [euphonic sandhi]= whatever, something.
yi——a¤ ca: yi——ha [adj. pp. of %yaj (to sacrifice)]= sacrificed. But as n. ntr. it means ‘sacrificial oblation.’
yi——ha£ [nom. sg.]= oblation. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. yi——ha£+ca= yi——a¤ ca.
huta¤ ca: huta [adj. pp. of %hu (to sacrifice)]= sacrificed. huta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= sacrifice. ca [indef.
encl. part.]= and. huta£+ca= hua¤ ca.
sa£ vacchara£ : vacchara [masc.]= year. sa£ (indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+vacchara= sa£vacchara [masc.]= a year. sa£vacchara£ [acc. sg.]= a year.
yajetha [3. sg. pot. med. of %yaj (to sacrifice)]= should sacrifice.
pu¤¤apek k ho: pu¤¤a [ntr.]= merit. pekkha [adj. derived from pekkhati (observes)]= intent upon, looking
out for. pu¤¤a+pekkha= pu¤¤apekkha [adj.]= desirous of merit. pu¤¤apekkho [masc. nom. sg.]=
desirous of merit.
sabbam pi: sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabba£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= all. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just
so, as well, rather than. sabba£+pi= sabbampi [euphonic sandhi]= all that.
catubhÈgam eti: catu [num.]= four. bhÈga [masc.]= share. catu+bhÈga= catubhÈga [masc.]= fourth
share i.e. a quarter. catubhÈga£ [nom. sg.]= a quarter. eti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %i (to go)]=
goes. Sometimes eti is also used in the sense of È+eti (i.e., comes) in PÈli. catubhÈga£+eti=
catubhÈgam eti= comes to a quarter.
abhivÈdanÈ: abhivÈdanÈ [fem. derived from abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%vad (to make
sound)]= respectful greeting, showing devotion or respect. abhivÈdanÈ [nom. sg.]= showing
devotion.
ujjugatesu: ujju [adj.]= upright, straight, honest. gata [adj. pp. derived from %gam (to go)]= gone.
ujju+gata= ujjugata [adj.]= walking straight i.e. of upright conduct. ujjugatesu [masc. loc. sg.]=
in upright conduct.
abhivÈdanasÏlissa
nicca£ vuÇÇhÈpacÈyino
cattÈro dhammÈ vaÇÇhanti
Èyu va‡‡o sukha£ bala£21092
vfHkoknulhfyLl
fuPpa oqM~<kipkf;uks
pÙkkjks /Eek oM~<fUr
vk;q o..kks lq[ka cya2Aûúù2
Translation
Of him who shows respect to those of virtuous character, who always honours the venerable
ones, four things grow for him: life-span, beauty, happiness, strength.
Vocabulary
abhivÈdanasÏlissa: vÈdana [ntr. derived from vÈdeti (makes sound)]= music. abhi (intens. pfx. meaning
‘all over, fully’)+vÈdana= abhivÈdana [ntr.]= showing devotion or respect, respectful greeting. sÏla
[ntr.]= virtue. sÏla+Ï [poss. sfx.]= sÏlÏ [adj.]= of virtuous character. abhivÈdana+sÏlÏ=
abhivÈdanasÏlÏ [adj.]= one who shows respect to those of virtuous character. abhivÈdanasÏlissa [masc.
gen. sg.]= of the one who shows respect to those of virtuous character.
nicca£ [ntr. adv.]= perpetually, always, constantly.
vuÇÇhÈpacÈyino: vuÇÇha [adj. pp. of %vaÇÇh (to increase)]= old (fig. venerable). apacÈya [masc.]=
honour. apacÈya+Ï [poss. sfx.]= apacÈyÏ [adj.]= honouring. vuÇÇha+apacÈyÏ= vuÇÇhÈpacÈyÏ
[adj.]= one who honours the venerable ones. vuÇÇhÈpacÈyino [masc. gen. sg.]= of the one who
honours the venerable ones.
cattÈro: catu [num.]= four. cattÈro [masc. nom. pl.]= four.
dham m È: dhamma [ntr masc]= thing. dhammÈ [nom. pl.]= things. The word dhamma has many
meanings and here it is used in the sense of ‘thing.’
vaÇÇhanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %vaÇÇh (to increase)]= increase, grow.
Èyu: Èyu [ntr.]= age. Èyu [nom. sg.]= age.
va‡‡o: va‡‡a [masc.]= colour, complexion. va‡‡o [nom. sg.]= colour, complexion of the skin, beauty.
suk ha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [nom. sg.]= happiness.
bala£ : bala [ntr.]= strength. bala£ [nom. sg.]= strength.
yo ca vassasata£ jÏve dussÏlo asamÈhito

ekÈha£ jÏvita£ seyyo sÏlavantassa jhÈyino21102
;ks p oLllra thos nqLlhyks vlekfgrks

,dkga thfora lsÕ;ks lhyoUrLl >kf;uks2ûûú2
Translation
And if someone were to live for hundred years, immoral and unconcentrated, without a firm
mind, better is the life for one day of somebody who is virtuous and meditating.
Vocabulary
jÏve [3. sg. pot. act. of %jÏv (to live)]= should live.
dussÏlo: sÏla [ntr.]= morality. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’]+sÏla= dussÏla [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= of bad morality, immoral. dussÏlo [masc. nom. sg.]= immoral.
asam Èhito: samÈhita [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+È
(indec. pfx. denoting a close relationship to the object or the aim of the action expressed in the
verb)+pp. of %dhÈ (to put)]= collected (of mind), settled. a [neg. pfx.]+samÈhita=asamÈhita
[adj.]= unconcentrated. asamÈhito [masc. nom. sg.]= unconcentrated.
ek Èha£ : eka [num.]= one. aha [ntr.]= day. eka+aha= ekÈha [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= one day. ekÈha£
[acc. sg.]= one day.
jÏvita£ : jÏvita [ntr. originally pp. of %jÏv (to live)]= (individual) life. jÏvita£ [nom. sg.]= life.
sÏlavantassa: sÏla [ntr.]= morality. sÏla+vantu [poss. sfx.]= sÏlavantu [adj.]= virtuous one. sÏlavatassa
[masc. gen. sg.]= of the virtuous one.
jhÈyino: jhÈyÏ [adj. of %jhÈ (to meditate)]= meditating. jhÈyino [masc. gen. sg.]= of the meditating.
yo ca vassasata£ jÏve duppa¤¤o asamÈhito

ekÈha£ jÏvita£ seyyo pa¤¤Èvantassa jhÈyino21112
;ks p oLllra thos nqIi××kks vlekfgrks

,dkga thfora lsÕ;ks i××kkoUrLl >kf;uks2ûûû2
Translation
And if someone were to live for hundred years, ignorant and unconcentrated, better is the life
for one day of somebody who is wise and meditating.
Vocabulary
duppa¤¤o: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pa¤¤a [the adj. form of pa¤¤È]= wise. du [antithetic pfx.]= bad,
insufficient. du+pa¤¤a= duppa¤¤a [euphonic sandhi]= unwise. dupa¤¤o [masc. nom. sg.]= unwise.
asam Èhito: samÈhita [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+È
verb)+pp. of %dhÈ (to put)]= collected (of mind), settled. a [neg. pfx.]+samÈhita=asamÈhita
[adj.]= unconcentrated. asamÈhito [masc. nom. sg.]= unconcentrated.
jÏvita£ [ntr. originally pp. of %jÏv (to live)]= (individual) life. jÏvita£ [nom. sg.]= life.
pa¤¤avantassa: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pa¤¤È+vantu [poss. sfx.]= pa¤¤avantu [adj.]= wise one.
pa¤¤avantassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of the wise one.
jhÈyino: jhÈyÏ [adj. of %jhÈ (to meditate)]= meditating. jhÈyino [masc. gen. sg.]= of the meditating.
yo ca vassasata£ jÏve kusÏto hÏnavÏriyo

ekÈha£ jÏvita£ seyyo viriyamÈrabhato daÄha£ 21122
;ks p oLllra thos dqlhrks ghuohfj;ks

,dkga thfora lsÕ;ks fofj;ekjHkrks nG~~ga2Aûûü2
Translation
And if one were to live for hundred years, indolent and lacking in energy, better is the life for
one day of one who puts forth a resolute effort.
Vocabulary
k usÏto hÏnavÏriyo: kusita [adj.]= indolent. kusito [masc. nom. sg.]= indolent. hÏna [adj, pp derived from
%hÈ (to reject)]= rejected, low, inferior. viriya [ntr.]= energy. hÏna+vÏriya= hÏnavÏriya [adj., here
vÏriya is m.c. for viriya]= lacking in energy. hÏnavÏriya£ [masc. acc. sg.]= lacking in energy. kusÏto
hÏnavÏriyo= indolent and lacking in energy.
viriyam Èrabhato: viriya [ntr.]= energy. viriya£ [acc. sg.]= energy. Èrabhant [adj. derived from È
[indec. pfx. denoting a close relationship to the object or the aim of the action expressed in the
verb]+act. ppr. of %rabh (to put forth)]= one who puts forth. Èrabhato [masc. gen. sg.]= of one who
puts forth. viriya£+Èrabhato= viriyamÈrabhato= of one who puts forth an effort.
daÄha£ : daÄha [adj.]= resolute. daÄha£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= resolute.
yo ca vassasata£ jÏve apassa£ udayavyaya£

ekÈha£ jÏvita£ seyyo passato udayavyaya£21132
;ks p oLllra thos viLla mn;O;;a2

,dkga thfora lsÕ;ks iLlrks mn;O;;a2Aûûý2
Translation
And if one were to live for hundred years, not seeing rise and fall of things, better is the life for
one day of somebody who is seeing their rise and fall.
Vocabulary
apassa£ : passanta [adj. act. ppr. of %pass (to see)]= seeing. a [neg. pfx.]+passanta= apassanta [adj.]=
not seeing. apassa£ [masc. nom. sg.]= not seeing.
udayavyaya£ : udaya [masc.]= rise, birth. vyaya [masc.]= fall, decay. udaya+vyaya= udayavyaya
[masc. also written as udayabbaya)= rise and fall, birth and decay. udayavyaya£ [acc. sg.]= rise and
fall.
passato: passant [adj. act. ppr. of %pass (to see)]= one who is seeing. passato [masc. gen. sg.]= of the
one who is seeing.
fall.
yo ca vassasata£ jÏve apassa£ amata£ pada£

ekÈha£ jÏvita£ seyyo passato amata£ pada£21142
;ks p oLllra thos viLla vera ina

,dkga thfora lsÕ;ks iLlrks vera ina2Aûûþ2
Translation
And if one were to live for hundred years, not seeing the state of deathlessness, better is the life
for one day of somebody who is seeing the state of deathlessness.
Vocabulary
apassa£ : passant [adj., act. ppr. of %pass (to see)]= seeing. a [neg. pfx.]+passant= apassant [adj.]=
am ata£ : mata [adj. pp. of %mar (to die)]= dead. a [neg. pfx.]+mata= amata [ntr.]= deathlessness.
amata£ [acc. sg.]= deathless.
passato: passant [adj., act. ppr. of %pass (to see)]= one who is seeing. passato [masc. gen. sg.]= of the
one who is seeing.
am ata£ : mata [adj. pp. of %mar (to die)]= dead. a [neg. pfx.]+mata=amata [ntr.]= deathlessness.
amata£ [acc. sg.]= deathless.
yo ca vassasata£ jÏve apassa£ dhammamuttama£

ekÈha£ jÏvita£ seyyo passato dhammamuttama£21152
;ks p oLlra thos viLla /EeeqÙkea

,dkga thfora lsÕ;ks iLlrks /EeeqÙkea2Aûûÿ2
Translation
And if one were to live for hundred years, not seeing the highest Law, better is the life for one
day of somebody who is seeing the highest Law.
Vocabulary
apassa£ : passant [adj., act. ppr. of %pass (to see)]= seeing. a [neg. pfx.]+passant= apassant [adj.]=
dham m am uttam a£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, the teaching of the Buddha. dhamma£ [acc. sg.]=
the Dhamma. uttama [adj.]= best, highest. uttama£ [masc. acc. sg.]=best, highest.
dhamma£+uttama£= dhammamuttama£= the highest Dhamma.
passato: passant [adj., act. ppr. of %pass (to see)]= one who is seeing. passato [masc. gen. sg.]= of the
one who is seeing.
dham m am uttam a£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, the teaching of the Buddha. dhamma£ [acc. sg.]=
the Dhamma. uttama [adj.]= best, highest. uttama£ [masc. acc. sg.]=best, highest.
dhamma£+uttama£= dhammamuttama£= the highest Dhamma.
9. PÈpavaggo ikioXxks (Evil)
abhittharetha kalyÈ‡e pÈpÈ citta£ nivÈraye,

dandha£ hi karoto pu¤¤a£ pÈpasmi£ ramatÏ mano21162
vfHkRFkjsFk dY;k.ks ikik fpÙka fuokj;s]

nU/a fg djksrks iq××ka ikifLea jerh euks2ûûö2
Translation
You should hurry up in doing good; one should restrain one’s mind from evil. The mind of
somebody, who is slow in doing good, delights in evil.
Vocabulary
abhittharetha [2. pl. pot. act. of abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%tar (to hurry)]= (you)
should hurry up.
k alyÈ‡e: kalyÈ‡a [adj. also n. ntr.]= good. kalyÈ‡e [loc. sg.]= in good.
pÈpÈ: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpÈ [abl. sg.]= from evil, wickedness.
nivÈraye [3. sg. caus. pot. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down,’ ‘out,’ ‘from’)+%var (to obstruct)]= (one)
should restrain.
dandha£ : dandha [adj.]= slow. dandha£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= slow.
k aroto: karont [act. ppr. of %kar (to do)]= doing. karoto [masc. gen. sg.]= of doing.
pÈpasm i£ : pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in evil.
ram atÏ: ramati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %ram (to rejoice in)]= delights. ramatÏ is m.c. for
ramati.
m ano: mana [ntr.]= mind. mano [nom. sg.]= mind.
pÈpa¤ ce puriso kayirÈ

na na£ kayirÈ punappuna£,
na tamhi chanda£ kayirÈtha,
dukkho pÈpassa uccayo21172
iki×k~ ps iqfjlks df;jk

u ua df;jk iquIiqua]
u rfEg NUna df;jkFk]
nqD[kks ikiLl mPp;ks2ûû÷2
Translation
If a person were to do evil, that one should not do it again and again. One should not delight in
it. Accumulation of evil is painful.
Vocabulary
pÈpa¤ ce: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom]= evil, wickedness. ce [encl.]= if. pÈpa£+ce=
pÈpa¤ ce.
puriso: purisa [masc.]= person. puriso [nom. sg.]= person.
k ayirÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of %kar (to do)]= should do, were to do.
k ayirÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of %kar (to do)]= should do, were to do.
punappuna£ : puna [indec.]= again. It is doubled as punappuna£ [adv.]= again and again.
tamhi [ntr. loc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= in it.
chanda£ : chanda [masc.]= delight. chanda£ [acc. sg.]= delight.
k ayirÈtha [3 sg. med. pot. of %kar (to do)]= should do, were to do.
duk k ho: dukkha [adj.]= painful. dukkho [masc. nom. sg.]= painful.
pÈpassa: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil. pÈpassa [gen. sg.]= of evil.
uccayo: uccaya [masc.]= accumulation. uccayo [nom. sg.]= accumulation.
pu¤¤a¤ ce puriso kayirÈ

kayirÈth’ena£ punappuna£,
tamhi chanda£ kayirÈtha,
sukho pu¤¤assa uccayo21182
iq××k×k~ ps iqfjlks df;jk

df;jkFk~*,ua iquIiqua]
rfEg NUna df;jkFk]
lq[kks iq××kLl mPp;ks2ûûø2
Translation
If a person does good, let him do it again and again. One should delight in it. Accumulation of
good is pleasurable.
Vocabulary
pu¤¤a¤ ce: pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, good. pu¤¤a£ [nom. sg.]= meritorious deed, good. ce
[encl.]= if. pu¤¤a£+ce= pÈpa¤ ce= if good.
k ayirÈth’ena£ : kayirÈtha [3. sg. pot. med. of %kar (to do, to make)]= can do, can make. ena£ [masc.
acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (it, that)]= it, that. kayirÈtha+ena£= kayirÈth’ena£ [euphonic
sandhi]= let him do that.
punappuna£: puna [indec.]= again. It is doubled as punappuna£ [adv.]= again and again.
tam hi [ntr. loc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= in it.
chanda£ : chanda [masc.]= delight. chanda£ [acc. sg.]= delight.
k ayirÈtha [3. sg. pot. med. of %kar (to do, to make)]= can do, can make.
suk ho: sukha [adj.]= pleasurable. sukho [masc. nom. sg.]= pleasurable.
pu¤¤assa: pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, good. pu¤¤assa [gen. sg.]= of good.
uccayo: uccaya [masc.]= accumulation. uccayo [nom. sg.]= accumulation.
pÈpo pi passatÏ bhadra£

yÈva pÈpa£ na paccati,
yadÈ ca paccatÏ pÈpa£
atha pÈpo pÈpÈni passati21192
ikiks fi iLlrh Hkæa

;ko ikia u iPpfr]
;nk p iPprh ikia
vFk ikiks ikikfu iLlfr2ûûù2
Translation
Even an evil person sees good [in his evil action] as long as the evil does not ripen. When the
evil ripens, then the evil person sees evil (results).
Vocabulary
pÈpo: pÈpa [adj. but here as a masc.]= evil person. pÈpo [nom. sg.]= evil person.
pi [indec. encl. form of api]= even, also, just so.
passatÏ: passati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %pass (to see)]= sees. passatÏ is m.c. for passati.
bhadra£ : bhadra [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= good deed. bhadra£ [acc. sg.]= good deed.
pÈpa£ : pÈpa [adj. but here as n. ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]= evil, wickedness.
paccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %pac (to cook)]= is cooked, fig. ripens.
yadÈ [adv of time]= when, whenever.
paccatÏ: paccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %pac (to cook)]= is cooked, fig. ripens. paccatÏ is m.c. for
paccati.
atha [indec, part]= but, moreover, and also, and then.
pÈpo: pÈpa [adj. but here as a masc.]= evil person. pÈpo [nom. sg.]= evil person.
pÈpÈni: pÈpa [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= evil. pÈpani [acc. pl.]= evils.
passati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %pass (to see)]= sees.
bhadro pi passatÏ pÈpa£

yÈva bhadra£ na paccati,
yadÈ ca paccatÏ bhadra£
atha bhadro bhadrÈni passati21202
Hkæks fi iLlrh ikia

;ko Hkæa u iPpfr]
;nk p iPprh Hkæa
vFk Hkæks Hkækfu iLlfr2ûüú2
Translation
Even a good person may see evil [in his good deeds] as long as the good has not ripened. When
the good ripens, then the good person sees the good (results).
Vocabulary
bhadro: bhadra [adj. but here as a masc.]= good person. bhadro [nom. sg.]= good person.
api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well.
passatÏ: passati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %pass (to see)]= sees. passatÏ is m.c. for passati.
bhadra£ : bhadra [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= good deed. bhadra£ [nom. sg.]= good deed.
paccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %pac (to cook)]= is cooked, fig. ripens.
paccatÏ: paccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %pac (to cook)]= is cooked, fig. ripens. paccatÏ is m.c. for
paccati.
bhadra£ : bhadra [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= good deed. bhadra£ [nom. sg.]= good deed.
bhadro: bhadra [adj. but here as a masc.]= good person. bhadro [nom. sg.]= good person.
bhadrÈni: bhadra [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= good deed. bhadrÈni [acc. pl.]= good deeds.
passati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %dis (to see)]= sees.
mÈvama¤¤etha pÈpassa šna manta£ Ègamissati,›

udabindunipÈtena udakumbho pi pÊrati,
bÈlo pÊrati pÈpassa thokathokampi Ècina£21212
ekoe××ksFk ikiLl šu eUra vkxfeLlfr]›

mnfcUnqfuikrsu mndqEHkks fi iwjfr]
ckyks iwjfr ikiLl FkksdFkksdfEi vkfpua2Aûüû2
Translation
Do not disregard evil, šIt will not come to me!› Even a water pitcher is filled by the falling of
water drops. The fool is filled with evil, even collecting it little by little.
Vocabulary
m Èvam a¤¤etha: mÈ [indec. prohibition part.]= not, do not. avama¤¤etha [2. pl. imperat. act. of ava (pfx
meaning ‘down,’ ‘away’)+%man (to think)]= to disregard. mÈ+avama¤¤etha= mÈvama¤¤etha
[euphonic sandhi]= do not disregard.
pÈpassa: pÈpa [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= evil. pÈpassa [gen. sg.]= of evil.
m anta£ : ma£ [acc. sg. of 1.pron. aha£ (I)]= me. ta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]=
it, that. ma£+ta£= manta£ [euphonic sandhi]= it to me.
Ègam issati: Ègamissati [3. sg. fut. act. of È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]=
will come.
udabindunipÈtena: uda [ntr.]= water. bindu [masc.]= water. nipÈta [masc.]= falling down.
ud+bindu+nipÈta= udapindunipÈta [masc.]= falling of water drops. udabindunipÈtena [ins. sg.]=
by the falling of water drops.
udak um bho: uda [ntr.]= water. kumbha [masc.]= pitcher. uda+kumbha= udakumbha [masc.]= water
pitcher. udakumbho [nom. sg.]= water pitcher.
pÊrati [3. sg. pr. indic. act.]= is filled.
pÈpassa: pÈpa [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= evil. pÈpassa [gen. sg.]= of evil.
thok athok am pi: thoka [adj.]= little. thoka£ [adv.]= a little. thokathoka£ [adv.]= little by little. api/pi
[indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well. thokathoka£+pi= thokathokampi [euphonic sandhi]=
even little by little.
Ècina£ : Ècinanta [adj. derived from È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%ci (to collect)]=
collecting. acina£ [masc. nom. sg.]= collecting.
mÈvama¤¤etha pu¤¤assa šna manta£ Ègamissati,›

udabindunipÈtena udakumbho pi pÊrati,
pÊrati dhÏro pu¤¤assa thokathokampi Ècina£21222
ekoe××ksFk iq××kLl šu eUra vkxfeLlfr]›

mnfcUnqfuikrsu mndqEHkks fi iwjfr]
iwjfr /hjks iq×k~×kLl FkksdFkksdefi vkfpua2Aûüü2
Translation
Do not disregard good, šIt will not come to me!› Even a water pitcher is filled by the falling of
water drops. The wise person is filled with good, even collecting it little by little.
Vocabulary
m Èvam a¤¤etha: mÈ [indec. prohibition part.]= not, do not. avama¤¤etha [2. pl. imperat. act. of ava (pfx
meaning ‘down,’ ‘away’)+%man (to think)]= to disregard. mÈ+avama¤¤etha= mÈvama¤¤etha
[euphonic sandhi]= do not disregard.
m anta£ : ma£ [acc. sg. of 1.pron. aha£ (I)]= me. ta£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]=
it, that. ma£+ta£= manta£ [euphonic sandhi]= it to me.
Ègam issati: Ègamissati [3. sg. fut. act. of È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]=
will come.
udabindunipÈtena: uda [ntr.]= water. bindu [masc.]= drop. nipÈta [masc.]= falling down.
ud+bindu+nipÈta= udabindunipÈta [masc.]= falling of water drops. udabindunipÈtena [ins. sg.]=
by the falling of water drops.
udak um bho: uda [ntr.]= water. kumbha [masc.]= pitcher. uda+kumbha= udakumbha [masc.]= water
pitcher. udakumbho [nom. sg.]= water pitcher.
pÊrati [3. sg. pr. indic. act.]= is filled.
dhÏro: dhÏra [adj.]= wise person. dhÏro [masc. nom. sg.]= wise person.
thok athok am pi: thoka [adj.]= tittle. thoka£ [adv.]= a little. thokathoka£ [adv.]= little by little. api/pi
[indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well. thokathoka£+pi= thokathokampi= even little by little.
Ècina£ : Ècinant [adj. derived from È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%ci (to collect)]=
collecting. acina£ [masc. nom. sg.]= collecting.
vÈ‡ijo va bhaya£ magga£ appasattho mahaddhano

visa£ jÏvitukÈmo’va pÈpÈni parivajjaye21232
okf.ktks o Hk;a eXxa vIilRFkks eg¼uks

fola thforqdkeks*o ikikfu ifjoTt;s2ûüý2
Translation
Like a merchant with a small caravan and much money would avoid a dreadful road, like
someone who wants to live would avoid poison, so should one avoid evils.
Vocabulary
vÈ‡ijo va: vÈ‡ija [masc.]= merchant. vÈ‡ijo [nom. sg.]= merchant. iva [indec. part of comparison]=
like, as. vÈ‡ijo+iva= vÈ‡ijo va [iva is shortened to va after long vowels]= like a merchant.
bhaya£ : bhaya [adj.]= dreadful. bhaya£ [acc. sg.]= dreadful.
m agga£ : magga [masc.]= road. magga£ [acc. sg.]= road.
appasattho: appa [adj.]= small, little. sattha [masc.]= caravan. appa+sattha= appasattha [adj.]= with
a small caravan. appasattho [masc. nom. sg.]= with a small caravan.
m ahaddhano: mahanta [adj. shortened to maha in cpd.]= great, extensive, much, big. dhana [ntr.]=
money. maha+dhana= mahaddhana [adj.] with much money. mahaddhano [nom. sg.]= with much
money.
visa£ : visa [ntr.]= poison. visa£ [acc. sg.]= poison.
jÏvituk Èm o’va: jÏvitu£ [inf. of %jÏv (to live)]= to live. kÈma [masc.]= wish, desire. jÏvitu (cpd.
form)+kÈma= jÏvitukÈma [adj.]= one who desires to live. jÏvitukÈmo [masc. nom. sg.]= one who
desires to live. iva [indec. part. of comparison]= like, as. jÏvitukÈmo+iva= jÏvitukÈmo’va= like one
who desires to live.
pÈpÈni: pÈpa [adj. but here as a ntr. n.]= evil. pÈpÈni [acc. pl.]= evils.
parivajjaye [3. sg. pot. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%vajj (to avoid)]= should
avoid.
pÈ‡imhi ce va‡o nÈssa hareyya pÈ‡inÈ visa£,

nÈbba‡a£ visa£ anveti, n’atthi pÈpa£ akubbato21242
ikf.kfEg ps o.kks ukLl gjsÕ; ikf.kuk fola]

ukCc.ka folaa vUosfr] u~*vfRFk ikia vdqCcrks2ûüþ2
Translation
If there were no wound on the hand, one could carry poison with one’s hand. Poison does not
affect one who is without a wound. There is no evil for one who is not doing (it).
Vocabulary
pÈ‡im hi: pÈ‡i [masc.]= hand. pÈ‡imhi [loc. sg.]= on the hand.
ce [encl.]= if.
va‡o nÈssa: va‡a [masc.]= wound. va‡o [nom. sg.]= wound. na [indec. part.]= no, not. assa [3. sg. pot.
act. of %as (to be)]= would. na+assa= nÈssa [euphonic sandhi]. va‡o nÈssa= no wound could.
hareyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %har (to carry)]= could carry.
pÈ‡inÈ: pÈ‡i [masc.]= hand. pÈ‡inÈ [ins. sg.]= with hand.
visa£ : visa [ntr.]= poison. visa£ [acc. sg.]= poison.
nÈbba‡a£ : na [indec. part.]= no, not. va‡a [masc.]= wound. a [neg. pfx.]+va‡a=abba‡a [adj.]= one
without a wound. na+abba‡a= nÈbba‡a [adj.]= not one without a wound. nÈbba‡a£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= not one without a wound.
visa£ anveti: visa [ntr.]= poison. visa£ [acc. sg.]= poison. anveti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from
anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+%i (to go)]= follows, approaches. visa£ anveti= poison
does not affect.
ak ubbato: kubbanta [adj., act. ppr. of %kar (to do, to act)]= one who acts. a [neg. pfx.]+kubbanta=
akubbanta [adj.]= one not acting. akubbato [masc. gen. sg.]= of one not acting.
yo appadu——hassa narassa dussati

saddhassa posassa ana×ga‡assa
tam eva bÈla£ pacceti pÈpa£
sukhumo rajo pa—ivÈta£ va khitto21252
;ks vIinqêòLl ujLl nqLlfr

l¼Ll ikslLl vuÄõ.kLlA
re~ ,o ckya iPpsfr ikia
lq[kqeks jtks ifVokra o f[kÙkks2ûüÿ2
Translation
Whoever offends against an uncorrupted man, a person who is trusting and free from blemish,
the evil comes back upon that very fool, like minute dust thrown against the wind.
Vocabulary
appadu——hassa: du——Ìa [adj. pp. of %dus (to become bad)]= corrupt. a [neg. pfx.]+pa [indec.
strengthening pfx.]+du——ha= appadu——ha [adj.]= uncorrupted. appadu——hassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of
uncorrupted.
narassa: nara [masc.]= man. narassa [gen. sg.]= of man.
dussati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %dus (to become bad)]= become bad, offends against.
saddhassa: saddha [adj.]= trusting, believing, faithful. saddhassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of someone trusting.
posassa: posa [masc.]= person. posassa [gen. sg.]= of person.
ana×ga‡assa: a×ga‡a [masc.]= speck or freckle (on the face). an [neg. pfx.]+a×ga‡a= ana×ga‡a
[adj.]= free from fleck or blemish, clear. ana×ga‡assa [masc. gen. sg.]= of some one free from
blemish.
tam eva: ta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that. eva [emphatic part.]= so, even,
just, only. ta£+eva= tam eva= even that, that very.
bÈla£ : bÈla [masc.]= fool, foolish. bÈla£ [acc. sg.]= fool, foolish.
pacceti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa—i [pfx. meaning ‘back (to), against, towards, opposite.’]+%i (to go)]=
comes back to, fig. falls back upon.
pÈpa£ : pÈpa [adj. but here as ntr. n.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]= evil, wickedness.
suk hum o: sukhuma [adj.]= subtle, minute. sukhumo [masc. nom. sg.]= subtle, minute.
rajo: raja [masc.]= dust. rajo [nom. sg.]= dust.
pa—ivÈta£ : vÈta [masc.]= wind. vÈta£ [nom. sg.]= wind. pa—i [pfx. meaning ‘back (to), against, towards,
opposite.’]+vÈta£= pa—ivÈta£ [adv.]= against the wind.
va [indec. part of comparison]= like, as.
k hitto: khitta [adj. pp. of %khip (to throw)]= thrown, cast. khitto [masc. nom. sg.]= thrown, cast.
gabbham eke uppajjanti niraya£ pÈpakammino,
sagga£ sugatino yanti parinibbanti anÈsavÈ21262
xCHke~ ,ds mIiTtfUr fuj;a ikidfEeuks]

lXxa lqxfruks ;fUr ifjfuCcfUr vuklok2ûüö2
Translation
Some are born in a womb; evildoers are born in hell; righteous ones go to heaven; those without
cankers are completely emancipated.
Vocabulary
gabbham ek e: gabbha [masc.]= womb. gabbha£ [acc. sg.]= womb. eka [num.]= one. eke [masc. nom.
pl.]= some. gabbha£+eke= gabbham eke.
uppajjanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from ud (pfx. meaning ‘up,’ ‘dis-’)+%pad (to come)= come into
existence, are born.
niraya£ : niraya [masc.]= hell. niraya£ [acc. sg.]= hell.
pÈpak am m ino: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. kamma [ntr.]= deed. pÈpa+kamma= pÈpakamma [ntr.]=
evil deed. pÈpakamma+Ï [poss. sfx.]= pÈpakammÏ [adj.]= evil doer. pÈpakammino [masc. nom.
pl.]= evil doers.
sagga£ : sagga [masc.]= heaven. sagga£ [acc. sg.]= heaven.
sugatino: gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= existence. su [indec. part. meaning ‘thorough,
well’]+gati= sugati [fem.]= happiness. sugati+Ï [poss. sfx.]= sugatÏ [adj.]= righteous. sugatino
[masc. nom. pl.]= righteous.
yanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %yÈ (to go)]= go.
parinibbanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+ni (pfx. meaning ‘down,’ ‘out,’
‘from’)+%yÈ (to blow)]= are completely emancipated.
anÈsavÈ: Èsava [masc.]= canker. an [neg. pfx.]+Èsava= Èsava [adj.]= without cankers. anÈsavÈ [masc.
nom. pl.]= without cankers.
na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe
na pabbatÈna£ vivara£ pavissa
na vijjatÏ so jagatippadeso
yattha——hito mu¤ceyya pÈpakammÈ21272
u vUrfyD[ks u leqíeT>s
u iCcrkua fooja ifoLl
u foTtrh lks txfrIinslks
;RFkfêòrks eq×psÕ; ikidEek2ûü÷2
Translation
Not in the sky, not in the middle of the ocean, not having entered a hole in the mountains, is
there that spot in the world where being one would be freed from the evil deed.
Vocabulary
antalik k he: antalikkha [ntr.]= sky. antalikkhe [loc. sg.]= in the sky.
sam uddam ajjhe: samudda [masc.]= ocean. majjha [adj.]= middle. samudda+majjha= samuddamajjha
[adj.]= middle of the ocean. samuddamajjhe [masc. loc. sg.]= in the middle of the ocean.
pabbatÈna£ : pabbata [masc.]= mountain. pabbatÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of mountains.
vivara£ : vivara [ntr.]= hole. vivara£ [acc. sg.]= hole.
pavissa [ger. derived from pa [indec. strengthening pfx.]+%vis (to enter)]= having entered.
vijjatÏ: vijjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %vid (to find, to know)]= is found, exists. vijjatÏ is m.c. for vijjati.
jagatippadeso: jagata [ntr.]= world. In cpd. jagatÏ [fem. Its cpd. form is jagati] is used. padesa [masc.]=
place, spot, district. jagati+padesa= jagatippadesa [euphonic sandhi, masc.]= a spot in the world.
jagatippadeso [nom. sg.]= a spot in the world.
yattha——hito: yattha [rel. adv. of place]= where. —hita [adj, pp. of %—hÈ (to stand)]= stood. yattha+—hita=
yattha——hita [adj, euphonic sandhi]= where being. yattha——hito [masc. nom. sg.]= where being.
m u¤ceyya [3. sg. pot. pas. derived from %muc (to free)]= might be freed.
pÈpak am m È: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. kamma [ntr.]= deed. pÈpa+kamma= pÈpakamma [ntr.]=
evil deed. pÈpakammÈ [abl. sg.]= from the evil deed.
na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe
na pabbatÈna£ vivara£ pavissa
na vijjatÏ so jagatippadeso
yattha——hita£ na-ppasahetha maccu21282
u vUrfyD[ks u leqíeT>s
u iCcrkua fooja ifoLl
u foTtrh lks txfrIinslks
;RFkfêòra u&IilgsRFk ePpq2ûüø2
Translation
Not in the sky, not in the middle of the ocean, not having entered a the hole in the mountains,
is there is that spot in the world where being death would not overcome one.
Vocabulary
antalik k he: antalikkha [ntr.]= sky. antalikkhe [loc. sg.]= in the sky.
sam uddam ajjhe: samudda [masc.]= ocean. majjha [adj.]= middle. samudda+majjha= samuddamajjha
[adj.]= middle of the ocean. samuddamajjhe [masc. loc. sg.]= in the middle of the ocean.
pabbatÈna£ : pabbata [masc.]= mountain. pabbatÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of mountains.
vivara£ : vivara [ntr.]= hole. vivara£ [acc. sg.]= hole.
pavissa [ger. of pa [indec. strengthening pfx]+%vis (to enter)]= having entered.
vijjatÏ: vijjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %vid (to find, to know)]= is found, exists. vijjatÏ is m.c. for vijjati.
jagatippadeso: jagata [ntr.]= world. In cpd. jagatÏ [fem. Its cpd. form is jagati] is used. padesa [masc.]=
place, spot, district. jagati+padesa= jagatippadesa [euphonic sandhi, masc.]= a spot in the world.
jagatippadeso [nom. sg.]= a spot in the world.
yattha——hita£ : yattha [rel. adv. of place]= where. —hita [adj, pp. of %—hÈ (to stand)]= stood.
yattha+—hita= yattha——hita [adj, euphonic sandhi]= where being. yattha——hito [masc. nom. sg.]=
where being.
na-ppasahetha: pasahetha [3. sg. pot. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%sah (to
overcome)]= would be overcome. na [neg. pfx.]+pasahetha= na-ppasahetha [euphonic sandhi]=
would not be overcome.
***********************
10. Da‡Çavaggo n.MoXxks (Punishment)
sabbe tasanti da‡Çassa sabbe bhÈyanti maccuno,

attÈna£ upama£ katvÈ na haneyya na ghÈtaye21292
lCcs rlfUr n.MLl lCcs Hkk;fUr ePpquks]

vÙkkua miea dRok u gusÕ; u ?kkr;s2ûüù2
Translation
All tremble at punishment; all fear death. Having made the comparison with oneself, one should
not kill or cause to kill.
Vocabulary
sabbe: sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabbe [masc. nom. pl.]= all.
tasanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act.]= tremble.
da‡Çassa: da‡Ça [masc.= punishment, stick. da‡Çassa [gen. sg.]= of punishment.
bhÈyanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %bhÏ (to be afraid)]= fear.
m accuno: maccu [masc.]= death. maccuno [gen. sg.]= of death.
upam a£ : upamÈ [fem.]= simile, example, comparison. upama£ [acc. sg.]= simile, example,
comparison.
k atvÈ [ger of %kar (to do, to make)]= having done, having made.
haneyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %han/ghan (to smite)]= should kill.
ghÈtaye [3. sg. caus. pot. act. of %han/ghan (to smite)]= should cause to kill.
sabbe tasanti da‡Çassa sabbesa£ jÏivita£ piya£,

attÈna£ upama£ katvÈ na haneyya na ghÈtaye21302
lCcs rlfUr n.MLl lCcsla thfora fi;a]

vÙkkua miea dRok u gusÕ; u ?kkr;s2ûýú2
Translation
All trembles at punishment; life is dear to all. Having made the comparison with oneself, one
should not kill, nor cause to kill.
Vocabulary
tasanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act.]= tremble.
da‡Çassa: da‡Ça [masc.= punishment, stick. da‡Çassa [gen. sg.]= of punishment.
sabbesa£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabbesa£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of all.
jÏvita£ : jÏvita [n. ntr. originally pp. of %jÏv (to live)]= (individual) life. jÏvita£ [nom. sg.]= life.
piya£ : piya [adj.]=pleasing, beloved. piya£ [ntr. nom. sg.]=pleasing.
upam a£ : upamÈ [fem.]= simile, example, comparison. upama£ [acc. sg.]= simile, example,
comparison.
k atvÈ [ger of %kar (to do, to make)]= having done, having made.
haneyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %han/ghan (to smite)]= should kill.
ghÈtaye [3. sg. pot. caus. of %han/ghan (to smite)]= should cause to kill.
sukhakÈmÈni bhÊtÈni yo da‡Çena vihi£sati

attano sukhamesÈno pecca so na labhate sukha£21312
lq[kdkekfu Hkwrkfu ;ks n.Msu fofgalfr

vÙkuks lq[keslkuks isPp lks u yHkrs lq[ka2Aûýû2
Translation
Whoever hurts with a stick beings that desire happiness, searching for happiness himself, he does
not get happiness after death.
Vocabulary
suk hak Èm Èni: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. kÈma [masc.]= wish, desire. sukha+kÈma= sukhakÈma [adj.]=
(someone) desiring happiness. sukhakÈmÈni [ntr. acc. pl.]= (someone) desiring happiness.
bhÊtÈni: bhÊta [ntr. pp. of %bhÊ (to be)]= being. bhÊtÈni [acc. pl.]= beings.
da‡Çena: da‡Ça [masc.]= punishment, stick. da‡Çena [ins. sg.]= with a stick.
vihi£ sati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from vi (indec.pfx. used to intensify)+%hi£s (to hurt)]= hurts.
suk ham esÈno: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg.]= happiness. esÏ [adj.]= wishing, desiring.
esÈno [masc. nom. sg.]= wishing, desiring. sukha£+esÈno= sukhamesÈno= desiring happiness.
pecca [ger. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%i (to
labhate [3. sg. pr. indic. med. of %labh (to get)]= gets.
sukhakÈmÈni bhÊtÈni yo da‡Çena na hi£sati

attano sukhamesÈno pecca so labhate sukha£21322
lq[kdkekfu Hkwrkfu ;ks n.Msu u fgalfr

vÙkuks lq[keslkuks isPp lks yHkrs lq[ka2Aûýü2
Translation
Whoever does not hurt with a stick beings that desire happiness, searching for happiness himself,
he gets happiness after death.
Vocabulary
suk hak Èm Èni: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. kÈma [masc.]= wish, desire. sukha+kÈma= sukhakÈma [adj.]=
(someone) desiring happiness. sukhakÈmÈni [ntr. acc. pl.]= (someone) desiring happiness.
bhÊtÈni: bhÊta [ntr. pp. of %bhÊ (to be)]= being. bhÊtÈni [acc. pl.]= beings.
da‡Çena: da‡Ça [masc.= punishment, stick. da‡Çena [ins. sg.]= with a stick.
hi£ sati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived %hi£s (to hurt)]= hurts.
suk ham esÈno: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg.]= happiness. esÏ [adj.]= wishing, desiring.
esÈno [masc. nom. sg.]= wishing, desiring. sukha£+esÈno= sukhamesÈno= desiring happiness.
pecca [ger. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%i (to
labhate [3. sg. pr. indic. med. of %labh (to get)]= gets.
mÈ’voca pharusa£ ka¤ci vuttÈ pa—ivadeyyu ta£,

dukkhÈ hi sÈrambhakathÈ pa—ida‡ÇÈ phuseyyu ta£21332
ek*oksp iQ#la df×p oqÙkk ifVonsÕ;q ra]

nqD[kk fg lkjEHkdFkk ifVn.Mk iqQlsÕ;q ra2Aûýý2
Translation
Do not say anything harsh, those spoken to might talk back to that. Haughty talk is painful,
retaliations might be attached to it.
Vocabulary
m È’voca: mÈ [indec. It is a prohibition part. which is used in the sense of prohibition, generally with the
imperat. mood, but sometimes with the aor. tense also, to denote an action of the present time]= not,
do not. avoca [2. sg. aor. act. derived from %vac (to say, to speak)]= said. mÈ+avoca= mÈ’voca
[euphonic sandhi]= do not say.
pharusa£ : pharusa [adj.]= harsh. pharusa£ [fem. acc. sg.]= harsh.
k a¤ci: ka£ [masc. acc. sg. of rel. pron. ka (what/which/who)]= who. ka£+ci [indef. intrg. part. sfx.]=
ka¤ci [euphonic sandhi]= whatever.
vuttÈ: vutta [adj. derived from %vac (to say, to speak)]= spoken. vuttÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= spoken.
pa—ivadeyyu [3. sg. pot. act. of pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘back (to), against, towards, opposite.’)+%vad (to
speak, to say)]= might talk back.
duk k hÈ: dukkha [adj.]= painful, dukkhÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= painful.
sÈram bhak athÈ: sÈrambha [masc.]= impetuosity, anger. kathÈ (fem.]= speech, talk. sÈrambha+kathÈ=
sÈrambhakathÈ [fem.]= angry or haughty talk, imperiousness. sÈrambhakathÈ [nom. sg.]= haughty
talk, imperiousness.
pa—ida‡ÇÈ: da‡Ça [masc.= punishment, stick. pa—i [pfx. meaning ‘back (to), against, towards,
opposite.’]+da‡Ça= pa—ida‡Ça [masc.]= retaliation. pa—ida‡ÇÈ [nom. pl.]= retaliations.
phuseyyu [3 .pl. pot. act. derived from %phus (to touch)]= might touch, might be attached.
ta£ [fem. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that.
sace neresi attÈna£ ka£so upahato yathÈ
esa pattosi nibbÈna£ sÈrambho te na vijjati21342
lps usjsfl vÙkkua dalks migrks ;Fkk

,l iÙkksfl fuCckua lkjEHkks rs u foTtfr2ûýþ2
Translation
If you yourself are not shaken, just like a broken gong, you have attained this nibbÈna. Anger
does not exist for you.
Vocabulary
sace [conj.]= if.
neresi: na [indec. part.]= no, not. eresi [2.sg. pr. act. caus. derived from %Ïr (to shake)]= are shaken.
na+eresi= neresi [euphonic sandhi]= are not shaken.
k a£ so: ka£sa [masc.]= a bronze gong. ka£so [nom. sg.]= a bronze gong.
upahato: upahata (adj. derived from upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by,’ ‘near’]+pp. of %han (to strike, to
break)]= spoilt, destroyed, broken. upahato [masc. nom. sg.]= spoilt, destroyed, broken.
esa [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= this, that.
pattosi: patta [adj. pp. pa (indec. strengthening pfx often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%Èp (to get)]= obtained, attained. patto [masc. nom. sg.]= obtained, attained. asi [2. sg.
pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= are. patto+asi= pattosi [euphonic sandhi]= (you) have attained.
sÈram bho: sÈrambha [masc.]= impetuosity, anger. sÈrambho [nom. sg.]= impetuosity, anger.
te [gen. sg. of 2. pron. tumha (you)]= of you.
yathÈ da‡Çena gopÈlo gÈvo pÈceti gocara£

eva£ jarÈ ca maccu ca Èyu£ pÈcenti pÈ‡ina£21352
;Fkk n.Msu xksikyks xkoks ikpsfr xkspja

,oa tjk p ePpq p vk;qa ikpsfUr ikf.kua2Aûýÿ2
Translation
Just as a cowherd drives the cattle to pasture with a stick, so old age and death drive the life-span
of living beings.
Vocabulary
da‡Çena: da‡Ça [masc.]= punishment, stick. da‡Çena [ins. sg.]= with a stick.
gopÈlo: gopÈla [masc.]= cowherd. gopÈlo [nom. sg.]= cowherd.
gÈvo: go [masc.]= a bull, an ox. gÈvo [acc. pl.]= cattle.
pÈceti [3. sg. pr. caus. act. of (pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%aj (to cast)]= drives, urges on.
gocara£ : gocara [masc.]= pasture. gocara£ [acc. sg.]= pasture.
jarÈ: jarÈ [fem.]= old age. jarÈ [nom. sg.]= old age.
Èyu£ : Èyu [ntr.]= age, life-span. Èyu£ [nom. sg.]= age, life-span.
pÈcenti [3. pl. pr. act. caus. of (pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%aj (to cast)]= drive, urge on.
pÈ‡ina£ : pÈ‡in [adj.]= having breath. Also pÈ‡in [masc.]= a living being. pÈ‡ina£ [gen. pl.]= of living
beings.
atha pÈpÈni kammÈni kara£ bÈlo na bujjhati,

sehi kammehi dummedho aggidaÇÇho va tappati21362
vFk ikikfu dEekfu dja ckyks u cqT>fr]

lsfg dEesfg nqEes/ks vfXxnM~<ks o rIifr2ûýö2
Translation
But a fool does not realize when he is doing evil deeds. The ignoramus is tormented by his own
deeds just as if burned by fire.
Vocabulary
k am m Èni: kamma [ntr.]= deed. kammÈni [acc. pl.]= deeds.
k ara£ : karanta [adj. ppr. of %kar (does)]= doing. kara£ [masc. nom. sg.]= doing.
bujjhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %budh (to realize)]= realizes.
sehi: sa [reflex. pron.]= one’s own. sehi [masc. ins. pl.]= by/through ones’/their own.
k am m ehi: kamma [ntr.]= deed. kammehi [ins. pl.]= by deeds.
dum m edho: medhÏ [adj.]= wise. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’)+medhÏ= dummedhÏ
[adj.]= ignoramus. dummedho [masc. nom. sg.]= ignoramus.
aggidaÇÇho: aggi [ntr.]= fire. daÇÇha [adj. pp. of %dah (to burn)]= burned. aggi+daÇÇha= aggidaÇÇha
[adj.]= burned by fire. aggidaÇÇho [masc. nom. sg.]= burned by fire.
yo da‡Çena ada‡Çesu
appadu——hesu dussati
dasannam a¤¤atara£ —hÈna£
khippam eva nigacchati21372
;ks n.Msu vn.Mslq

vIinqêòslq nqLlfr
nlÂe~ v××krja Bkua
f[kIie~ ,o fuxPNfr2ûý÷2
Translation
Whoever offends with a stick somebody who is uncorrupted and without violence, just goes down
quickly to one of the ten states:
Vocabulary
da‡Çena: da‡Ça [masc.= punishment, stick. da‡Çena [ins. sg.]= with a stick.
ada‡Çesu: da‡Ça [masc.= punishment, stick. a [neg. pfx.]+da‡Ça= ada‡Ça [adj.]= without a stick i.e.
non-violent. ada‡Çesu [masc. loc. pl.]= on the non-violent.
appadu——hesu: pa is an indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action. du——ha
[adj. pp. of %dus (to become bad)]= spoilt, wicked, corrupt. pa+du——ha= padu——ha [adj.]=
corrupted. a [neg. pfx.]+padu——ha= appadu——ha [adj.]= uncorrupted. appadu——hesu [masc. loc.
pl.]= on the uncorrupted.
dussati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %dus (to become bad)]= becomes wicked, offends against.
dasannam a¤¤atara£ : dasa [num.]= ten. dasanna£ [gen. pl.]= of the ten. a¤¤atara [pron. adj.]= one
of a certain number, somebody, some. a¤¤atara£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= one of a certain number,
somebody, some. dasanna£+a¤¤atara£= dasannam a¤¤atara£= one of the ten.
—hÈna£ : —hÈna [ntr.]= place, state. —hÈna£ [acc. sg.]= place, state.
k hippam eva: khippa [adj. derived from %khip (to throw)]= quick. khippa£ [ntr. acc. sg. But here used
as an adv.]= quickly. eva [adv. emphatic part.]= so, even, just, only. khippa£+eva= khippam eva=
just quickly.
nigacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%gam (to go)]= undergoes, suffers, goes
down to, incurs.
vedana£ pharusa£ jÈni£ sarÏrassa ca bhedana£

garuka£ vÈpi ÈbÈdha£ cittakkhepa£ va pÈpu‡e21382
osnua iQ#la tkfua ljhjLl p Hksnua2

x#da okfi vkck/a fpÙkD[ksia o ikiq.ks2ûýø2
Translation
He would get terrible pain, loss (of property), and bodily injury, serious affliction, or even loss
of mind.
Vocabulary
vedana£ : vedanÈ [fem.]= pain, feeling. vedana£ [acc. sg.]= pain, feeling.
pharusa£ : pharusa [adj.]= harsh, terrible, rough. pharusa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= harsh, acute.
jÈni£ : jÈni [fem.]= loss (of property), robbery. jÈni£ [acc. sg.]= loss, robbery.
sarÏrassa: sarÏra [ntr.]= body. sarÏrassa [gen. sg.]= of the body.
bhedana£ : bhedana [ntr. derived from %bhid (to break)]= breaking, injury. bhedana£ [acc. sg.]=
breaking, injury.
garuk a£ : garuka [adj.]= heavy, serious. garuka£ [masc. acc. sg.]= heavy, serious.
vÈpi: vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. pi [indec. encl. form of api]= even, also, just so. vÈ+pi= vÈpi= or even.
ÈbÈdha£ : ÈbÈdha [masc.]= affliction, disease. ÈbÈdha£ [acc. sg.]= affliction, disease.
cittak k hepa£ : chitta [ntr.]= mind. khepa [masc.]= throwing, casting. citta+khepa= cittakkhepa
[euphonic sandhi, masc.]= loss of mind. cittakkhepa£ [acc. sg.]= loss of mind.
pÈpu‡e [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%Èp (to get)]= would get.
rÈjato va upasagga£ abbhakkhÈna£ va dÈru‡a£

parikkhaya£ va ¤ÈtÏna£ bhogÈna£ va pabha×gu‡a£21392
jktrks o milXxa vCHkD[kkua o nk#.ka2

ifjD[k;a o ×kkrhua Hkksxkua o iHkÄ~xq.ka2Aûýù2
Translation
or trouble from the king, or cruel calumny, or the loss of relatives, or the destruction of wealth.
Vocabulary
rÈjato: rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. rÈjato [abl. sg.]= from king.
va: vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. va is m.c. for vÈ.
upasagga£ : upasagga [masc.]= trouble, attack. upasagga£ [acc. sg.]= trouble, attack.
abbhak k hÈna£ : abbhakkhÈna [ntr.]= calumny, slander. abbhakkhÈna£ [acc. sg.]= calumny, slander.
dÈru‡a£ : dÈru‡a [adj.]= cruel, strong, harsh. dÈru‡a£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= cruel, strong, harsh.
parik k haya£ : parikkhaya [masc.]= loss, decay. parikkhaya£ [acc. sg.]= loss, decay.
¤ÈtÏna£ : ¤Èti [masc.]= relative. ¤ÈtÏna£ [gen. pl.]= of relatives.
bhogÈna£ : bhoga [masc.]= wealth, possession. bhogÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of wealth.
pabha×gu‡a£ : pabha×gu‡a/ pabha×gura [masc. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used
to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%bha¤j (to break)]= destruction, loss.
pabha¤gu‡a£/pabha¤gura£ [acc. sg.]= destruction, loss.
athav’assa agÈrÈni aggÏ Çahati pÈvako,

kÈyassa bhedÈ duppa¤¤o niraya£ so’papajjati21402
vFko~*vLl vxkjkfu vXxh Mgfr ikodks]

dk;Ll Hksnk nqIi××kks fuj;a lks*iiTtfr2ûþú2
Translation
Or then blazing fire burns his houses. After the break-up of the body, this fool is reborn in hell.
Vocabulary
athav’assa: atha [indec. part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then. vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. assa [masc.
gen. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (it, this)]= his. atha+vÈ+assa= athav’assa [euphonic sandhi]= or
then his.
agÈrÈni: agÈra [masc.]= house, home. agÈrÈni [acc. pl.]= houses.
aggÏ: aggi [masc.]= fire. aggi [nom. sg.]=fire. aggÏ is m.c. for aggi.
Çahati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %Çah (to burn)]= burns.
pÈvak o: pÈvaka [adj.]= blazing, bright. pÈvako [masc. nom. sg.]= blazing, bright.
k Èyassa bhedÈ: kÈya [masc.]= body. kÈyassa [gen. sg.]= of the body. bheda [masc.]= breaking,
disunion. bhedÈ [abl. sg.]= from/after the breaking. kÈyassa bhedÈ= after the breaking up of the
body.
duppa¤¤o: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pa¤¤a [the adj. form of pa¤¤È]= wise. du [antithetic pfx.]= bad,
insufficient. du+pa¤¤a= duppa¤¤a [euphonic sandhi]= unwise, foolish. duppa¤¤o [masc. nom.
sg.]= unwise, foolish.
so’papajjati: so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= he. upapajjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act.
derived from upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by,’ ‘near’]+%pad (to go)]=gets to, is reborn.
so+upapajjati= so’papajjati [euphonic sandhi]= this is reborn.
na naggacariyÈ na ja—È na pa£kÈ

nÈnÈsakÈ tha‡ÇilasÈyikÈ vÈ
rajo ca jalla£ ukku—ikappadhÈna£
sodhenti macca£ aviti‡‡aka£kha£21412
u uXxpfj;k u tVk u iadk

ukukldk Fkf.Mylkf;dk ok
jtks p tYya mDdqfVdIi/kua
lks/sfUr ePpa vfofr..kda[ak2Aûþû2
Translation
Not nakedness, not matted hair, not mud on the body, not fasting, not sleeping on the bare
ground, ashes and sweat, exertion when squatting- can purify a mortal who has not overcome
doubt.
Vocabulary
naggacariyÈ: nagga [adj.]= naked. cariyÈ [fem.]= conduct, behaviour. nagga+cariyÈ= naggacariyÈ
[fem.]= nakedness. naggacariyÈ [nom. sg.]= nakedness.
ja—È: ja—È [fem.]= matter-hair. ja—È [nom. sg.]= matted-hair.
pa£ k È: pa£ka [masc.]= mud, ash. pa£kÈ [nom. pl.]= muds, ashes.
nÈnÈsak È: na [indec. part.]= no, not. nÈsakÈ [fem.]= fasting. anÈsakÈ [nom. sg.]= fasting.
na+anÈsakÈ= nÈnÈsakÈ [euphonic sandhi]= not fasting.
tha‡ÇilasÈyik È: tha‡Çila [ntr.]= bare ground. sÈyika [adj.]= sleeping. sÈyikÈ [as fem. adj.]= sleeping.
tha‡Çila+sÈyikÈ= tha‡ÇilasÈyikÈ [fem.]= the act of lying on bare ground. tha‡ÇilasÈyikÈ [nom.
sg.]= the act of lying on bare ground.
rajo: rajo [ntr.]= dust. rajo [nom. sg.]= dust.
jalla£ : jalla [.ntr.]= sweat. jalla£ [nom. sg.]= sweat.
uk k u—ik appadhÈna£ : ukku—ika [masc.]= squatting, sitting on one’s heels. padhÈna [ntr.]= effort,
exertion. ukku—ika+padhÈna= ukku—ikappadhÈna [ntr.]= practice of sitting on one’s heels, exertion
when squatting. ukku—ikappadhÈna£ [nom. sg.]= practice of sitting on one’s heels, exertion when
squatting.
sodhenti [3. sg. pr. caus. act. of sujjhati (becomes pure)]= purifies.
m acca£ : macca [masc.]= mortal. macca£ [acc. sg.]= mortal.
avita‡‡ak a£ k ha£ : viti‡‡a [adj.]= overcome. ka£khÈ [fem.]= doubt. viti‡‡a+ka£khÈ= viti‡‡aka£khÈ
[adj.]= one who has overcome doubt. a [neg. pfx.]+viti‡‡aka£khÈ= ati‡‡aka£khÈ [adj.]= one who
has not overcome doubt. avita‡‡aka£kha£ [nom. sg.]= one who has not overcome doubt.
ala£kato ce pi sama£ careyya

santo danto niyato brahmacÈrÏ
sabbesu bhÊtesu nidhÈya da‡Ça£
so brÈhma‡o so sama‡o sa bhikkhu21422
vyadrks ps fi lea pjsÕ;

lUrks nUrks fu;rks c ãpkjh
lCcslq Hkwrslq fu/k; n.Ma
lks c kã.kks lks le.kks l fHkD[kq2ûþü2
Translation
Even if one would walk around like an adorned man, calmed, controlled, restrained, and pure,
having given up punishment on all living beings, he is a brÈhma‡a, he is an ascetic, he is a
bhikkhu.
Vocabulary
ala£ k ato: ala£kata [adj.]= adorned. ala£kato [masc. nom. sg.]= adorned.
ce [encl.]= if.
sam a£ : sama [adj.]= just like, same. sama£ [acc. sg.]=just like, same.
careyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %car (to walk)]= should walk.
santo: santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm, appeased. santo [masc. nom. sg.]=
calmed, tranquil.
danto: danta [adj. pp. derived from %dam (to restrain)]= controlled, tamed, restrained. danto [masc.
nom. sg.]= restrained.
niyato: niyata [adj. pp. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%yam (to restrain)]= restrained. niyato [masc. nom.
sg.]= restrained.
brahm acÈrÏ: brahma [adj.]= holy, pious. cÈrÏ [adj. derived from %car (to walk)= follower.
brahma+cÈrÏ= brahmacÈrÏ [adj.]= follower of holy life. brahmacÈrÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= follower
of holy life, pure.
sabbesu: sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabbesu [masc. loc. pl.]= on all.
bhÊtesu: bhÊta [masc.]= living being. bhÊtesu [loc. pl.]= on living beings.
nidhÈya [ger. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= having laid aside, having given up.
da‡Ça£ : da‡Ça [masc.= punishment, stick. da‡Ça£ [masc. acc. sg.]= punishment, stick.
so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. of ta (it, that)]= this, he.
brÈhm a‡o: brÈhma‡a [masc.]= a member of the brÈhma‡a caste, a holy man. brÈhma‡o [nom. sg.]=
brÈhma‡a.
sam a‡o: sama‡a [masc.]= an ascetic, a recluse. sama‡o [nom. sg.]= an ascetic, a recluse.
sa [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= this, that, he.
bhik k hu: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhu [nom. sg.]= a Buddhist monk.
hirÏnisedho puriso koci lokasmi vijjati

yo ninda£ appabodhati asso bhadro kasÈm iva21432
fgjhfuls/ks iqfjlks dksfp yksdfLe foTtfr

;ks fuUna vIicks/fr vLlks Hkæks dlke~ bo2ûþý2
Translation
In this world, does there exist a person restrained by conscience, who avoids blame, like a good
horse does not stir up a whip?
Vocabulary
hirÏnisedho: hirÏ [fem.]= sense of shame, bashfulness. nisedha [adj.]= holding back. hirÏ+nisedha=
hirinisedha [adj.]= restrained by conscience. hirinisedho [masc. nom. sg.]= restrained by conscience.
hirÏnisedho is m.c. for hirinisedho.
k oci: ko [masc. nom. sg. of ka (who, which)]= who/which?. ko+ci [indef. intrg. part. sfx.]= koci=
whatever.
lok asm i: loka [masc.]= world. lokasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in the world. lokasmi is m.c. for lokasmi£.
ninda£ : nindÈ [fem.]= blame. ninda£ [acc. sg.]= blame.
appabodhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from a [neg. pfx.]+pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used
to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%budh (to understand)]= does not stir up, does not give rise
to.
asso: assa [masc.]= horse. asso [nom. sg.]= horse.
bhadro: bhadra [masc.]= good. bhadro [masc. nom. sg.]= good.
k asÈm iva: kasÈ [fem.]= whip. kasa£ [acc. sg.]= whip. kasÈ£ is m.c. for kasa£. iva [indec. part of
comparison]= like, as. kasÈ£+iva= kasÈm iva= like ... a whip.
asso yathÈ bhadro kasÈnivi——ho

ÈtÈpino sa£vegino bhavÈtha
saddhÈya sÏlena ca viriyena ca
samÈdhinÈ dhammavinicchayena ca
sampannavijjÈcara‡È pa—issatÈ
jahissatha dukkham ida£ anappaka£21442
vLlks ;Fkk Hkæks dlkfufoêòks

vkrkfiuks laosfxuks HkokFk
l¼k; lhysu p fofj;su p
lekf/uk /EefofuPN;su p
lEiÂfoTtkpj.kk ifVLlrk
tfgLlFk nqD[ke~ bna vuIida2ûþþ2
Translation
Be like a good horse when touched by a whip- strenuous and anxious. By faith, by virtuous
conduct, by energy, and by concentration, by objective perception of the Dhamma, having
knowledge and conduct, by being mindful abandon this big suffering.
Vocabulary
asso: assa [masc.]= horse. asso [nom. sg.]= horse.
bhadro: bhadra [masc.]= good. bhadro [masc. nom. sg.]= good.
k asÈnivi——ho: kasÈ [fem.]= whip. nivi——ha [adj. pp. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%vis (to
enter)]=settled, established. kasÈ+nivi——ha= kasÈnivi——ha [adj.]= touched by the whip, whipped.
kasÈnivi——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= touched by the whip, whipped.
ÈtÈpino: ÈtÈpa [masc.]= zeal, endeavour. ÈtÈpa+Ï [poss. sfx.]= ÈtÈpÏ [adj.]= zealous, strenuous. ÈtÈpino
[masc. nom. pl.]= zealous, strenuous.
sa£ vegino: sa£vega [masc.]= anxiety (caused by contemplation of miseries in the world). sa£vega+Ï
[poss sfx.]= sa£vegÏ [adj.]= anxious. sa£vegino [masc. nom. pl.]= anxious.
bhavÈtha [2. pl. imperat. act. derived from %bhÊ (to become)]= be.
saddhÈya: saddhÈ [fem.]= faith, trust. saddhÈya [ins. sg.]= by faith.
sÏlena: sÏla [ntr.]= virtuous conduct. sÏlena [ins. sg.]= by virtuous conduct.
viriyena: viriya [ntr.]= energy. viriyena [ins. sg.]= by energy.
sam ÈdhinÈ: samÈdhi [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+È (indec. pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= concentration.
samÈdhinÈ [ins. sg.]= by concentration.
dham m avinicchayena: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, the teaching of the Buddha. vinicchaya [masc.]=
discrimination, distinction, investigation, thorough knowledge, objective perception.
dhamma+vinicchaya= dhammavinicchaya [masc.]= objective perception of the Dhamma.
dhammavinicchayena [ins. sg.]= by objective perception of the Dhamma.
sam pannavijjÈcara‡È: sampanna [adj., pp. of sam (pfx. meaning ‘together,’ ‘completely’)+%pad (to go
to)]= endowed with, possessed of. vijjÈ [fem.]= knowledge. cara‡a [ntr. derived from %car (to
walk)]= conduct, behaviour. sampanna+vijjÈ+cara‡a= sampannavijjÈcara‡a [adj.]= having
knowledge and conduct. sampannavijjÈcara‡È [masc. nom. pl.]= having knowledge and conduct.
pa—issatÈ: pa—issata [adj.]= mindful, conscientious. pa—issatÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= mindful, conscientious.
jahissatha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %hÈ (to abandon)]= abandon.
dhuk k ham ida£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkha£ [acc. sg.]= suffering. ida£ [ntr. acc. sg. of ima
(this)]= this. dukkha£+ida£= dhukkham ida£= this suffering.
anappak a£ : appa [adj.]= little. appa+ka (sfx. forming adj.)= appaka [adj.]= little. an [neg.
pfx.]+appaka= anappaka [adj.]= not little, big. anappaka£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= big.
udaka£ hi nayanti nettikÈ

usukÈrÈ namayanti tejana£
dÈru£ namayanti tacchakÈ
attÈna£ damayanti subbatÈ21452
mnda fg u;fUr usfÙkdk

mlqdkjk ue;fUr rstua
nk#a ue;fUr rPNdk
vÙkkua ne;fUr lqCcrk2ûþÿ2
Translation
Irrigators indeed lead the water (wherever they like), fletchers bend the shaft of an arrow,
carpenters bend the wood, the virtuous ones tame the self.
Vocabulary
udak a£ : udaka [ntr.]= water. udaka£ [acc. sg.]= water.
nettik È: nettika [masc.]= irrigator. nettikÈ [nom. pl.]= irrigators.
usuk ÈrÈ: usukÈra [masc.]= arrow-maker. usukÈrÈ [nom. pl.]= arrow-makers.
nam ayanti [3. pl. indic. caus. act. of %nam (to bend)]= bend.
tejana£ : tejan [ntr.]= shaft of an arrow. tejana£ [acc. sg.]= shaft of an arrow.
dÈru£ : dÈru [ntr.]= wood. dÈru£ [acc. sg.]= wood.
nam ayanti [3. pl. indic. caus. act. of %nam (to bend)]= bend.
tacchak È: tacchaka [masc.]= carpenter. tacchakÈ [nom. pl.]= carpenters.
dam ayanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %dam (to domesticate, to tame)]= tame.
subbatÈ: vata [masc. derived from %var (to take vow)]= vow, rite, religious duty. su [indec. part. used
as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+vata= subbatÈ [adj.]= of good vows, virtuous
one. subbato [masc. nom. pl.]= of good vows, virtuous ones.
11. JarÈvaggo tjkoXxkss (Old Age)
ko nu hÈso kimÈnando nicca£ pajjalite sati,

andhakÈrena onaddhÈ padÏpa£ na gavesatha21462
dks uq gklks fdekuUnks fuPpa iTtfyrs lfr]

vU/dkjsu vksu¼k inhia u xoslFk2ûþö2
Translation
What laughter, what joy, when (everything) is perpetually at fire? Covered by darkness do you
not seek light?
Vocabulary
k o nu: ko [masc. nom. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which, what)]= who, which. nu [indec. indef.
part.]= ‘then, now.’ ko nu= what?
hÈso: hÈsa [masc.]= laughter. hÈso [nom. sg.]= laughter.
k im Ènando: ki£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ka (who, which, what)]= who, what, which. Ènanda
[masc.]= joy. Ènando [nom. sg.]= joy. ki£+Ènando= kimÈnando = what joy?
pajjalite: pajjalita [adj. pp. of pa [indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action]+jalati (burns)]= burning. pajjalite [masc. loc. sg.]= at fire.
sati: santa [adj., act. ppr. of of %as (to be, to exist)]= being, existing. sati [masc. loc (absolute). sg.]=
in existence.
andhak Èrena: andhakÈra [masc.]= darkness. andhakÈrena [ins. sg.]= by darkness.
onaddhÈ: onaddha [adj.]= bound, covered. onaddhÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= bound, covered.
padÏpa£ : padÏpa [masc.]= light, lamp. padÏpa£ [acc. sg.]= light, lamp.
gavesatha: esati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %is (to want, to wish)= seeks, searches for. gava [base of masc.
go (bull, cow)]+esati= gavesati [euphonic sandhi]= seeks, searches for. gavesatha [2. pl. pr.
indic.act.]= (you) seek, search for.
passa cittakata£ bimba£ arukÈya£ samussita£

Ètura£ bahusa£kappa£ yassa n’atthi dhuva£ —hiti21472
iLl fpÙkdra fcEca v#dk;a leqfLlra

vkrqja cgqladIia ;Ll u~*vfRFk /qoa fBfr2ûþ÷2
Translation
Look at this mind-created image, a compounded heap of sores, diseased, with many plans, which
does not have any permanence or stability.
Vocabulary
passa [2. sg. imperat. act. of %pass (to see)]= see, look at.
cittak ata£ : citta [masc.]= mind. kata [adj, pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done, created. citta+kata=
cittakata [adj.]= mind-created. cittakata£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= mind-created.
bim ba£ : bimba [ntr.]= image. bimba£ [acc. sg.]= images.
aruk Èya£ : aru [ntr.]= a wound, a sore. kÈya [masc.]= body, heap. aru+kaya= arukÈya [masc.]= a
heap of sores. arukÈya£ [acc. sg.]= a heap of sores.
sam ussita£ : sa£ [adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness]+ussita [adj.= erected,
high]= samussita [adj.]= put-together, compounded. samussita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= compounded.
Ètura£ : Ètura [adj.]= diseased, sick. Ètura£ [masc. acc. sg.]= diseased, sick.
bahusa£ k appa£ : bahu [adj.]= much, many. sa£kappa [masc.]= thought, intention, plan, thought.
bahusa£kappa [adj.]= with many plans. bahusa£kappa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= with many plans.
dhuva£ : dhuva [adj.]= permanent. Also dhuva [ntr.]= permanence. dhuva£ [nom. sg.]= permanence.
—hiti: —hiti [fem.]= stability. —hiti [nom. sg.]= stability.
pariji‡‡am ida£ rÊpa£ roganiÇÇha£ pabha×gu‡a£,

bhijjati pÊtisandeho mara‡anta£ hi jÏvita£21482
ifjft..ke~ bna :ia jksxfuM~<a iHkÄ~xq.ka]

fHkTtfr iwfrlUnsgks ej.kUra fg thfora2ûþø2
Translation
Decayed is this body, a fragile nest of diseases. This rotten body breaks up. Indeed, the life ends
in death.
Vocabulary
pariji‡‡am ida£ : pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%jÏr (to decay)]= pariji‡‡a [adj.]= decayed.
pariji‡‡a£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= decayed. ida£ [ntr. acc. sg. of ima (this)]= this. pariji‡‡a£+ida£=
pariji‡‡am ida£.
rÊpa£ : rÊpa [ntr.]= form, appearance, body. rÊpa£ [nom. sg.]= form, appearance, body.
roganiÇÇha£ : roga [masc.]= illness, disease. niÇÇha [ntr.]= nest, seat. roga+niÇÇha= roganiÇÇha
[adj.]= nest of diseases. roganiÇÇha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= nest of diseases.
pabha×gu‡a£ : pabha×gu‡a/pabha×gura [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to
emphasize the intensity of an action)+%bha¤j (to break)]= fragile, easily destroyed, brittle,
perishable. pabha×gu‡a£/pabha×gura£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= fragile, easily destroyed, brittle, perishable.
bhijjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %bhid (to split)]= breaks up.
pÊtisandeho: pÊti [adj.]= putrid, rotten. sa£ [adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness]+deha [fem.=body]= sandeha [masc.]= the human body. pÊti+sandeha=
pÊtisandeha [masc.]= rotten body. pÊtisandeho [nom. sg.]= rotten body.
m ara‡anta£ : mara‡a [ntr.]= death. anta [ntr.]= end. mara‡a+anta= mara‡anta [euphonic sandhi,
adj.]= having death in the end, ending in death. mara‡anta£ [ntr. nom.]= having death in the end,
ending in death.
yÈn’imÈni apatthÈni alÈpÊn’eva sÈrade

kÈpotakÈni a——hÏni tÈni disvÈna kÈ rati21492
;ku~*bekfu viRFkkfu vykiwu~*,o lkjns

dkiksrdkfu vêòhfu rkfu fnLoku dk jfr2ûþù2
Translation
What pleasure can there be, having seen those white bones thrown away like pumpkins in the
autumnal season?
Vocabulary
yÈn’im Èni: yÈni [ntr. nom. pl. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which. imÈni [ntr. nom. pl. of
demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= these. yÈni+imÈni= yÈn’imÈni [euphonic sandhi]= those.
apatthÈni: apattha [adj. derived from apa (pfx. meaning ‘away from’, ‘off.’)+%as (to throw)]= thrown
away. apatthÈni [ntr. nom. pl.]= thrown away.
alÈpÊn’eva: alÈpu [ntr.]= pumpkin. alÈpÊni [nom. pl.]= pumpkins. iva [indec. part of comparison]=
like, as. Here eva is used in the sense of iva. alÈpÊni+eva= alÈpÊn’eva [euphonic sandhi]= just like
pumpkins.
sÈrade: sÈrada [adj.]= autumnal. sÈrade [loc. sg.]= in the autumn season.
k Èpotak Èni: kÈpotaka [adj. derived from kapota (masc.)= pigeon]= pigeon-coloured i.e. white.
kÈpotakÈni [ntr. nom. pl.]= white.
a——hÏni: a——hi [ntr.]= bone. a——hÏni [nom. pl.]= bones.
tÈni [ntr. acc. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= those.
disvÈna [ger. of %dis (to see)]= having seen.
k È [fem. nom. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which)]= who, which.
rati: rati [fem.]= love, pleasure. rati [nom. sg.]= love, pleasure.
a——hÏna£ nagara£ kata£ ma£salohitalepana£

yattha jarÈ ca maccu ca mÈno makkho ca ohito21502
vêòhua uxja dra ealyksfgrysiua

;RFk tjk p ePpq p ekuks eD[kks p vksfgrks2ûÿú2
Translation
There is a city made of bones, plastered with flesh and blood, where there are deposited old age,
death, conceit and hypocrisy.
Vocabulary
a——hÏni: a——hi [ntr.]= bone. a——hÏni [gen. pl.]= of bones.
nagara£ : nagara [ntr.]= city. nagara£ [nom. sg.]= city.
k ata£ : kata [adj, pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. kata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= done.
m a£ salohitalepana£ : ma£sa [ntr.]= meat, flesh. lohita [ntr.]= blood. lepana [ntr.]= smearing.
ma£sa+lohita+lepana= ma£salohitalepana [adj.]= smeared with flesh and blood.
ma£salohitalepana£ [nom. sg.]= smeared with flesh and blood.
jarÈ: jarÈ [fem.]= old age. jarÈ [nom. sg.]= old age.
m Èno: mÈna [masc.]= pride, conceit. mÈno [nom. sg.]= pride, conceit.
m ak k ho: makkha [ntr.]= hypocrisy. makkho [nom. sg.]= hypocrisy.
ohito: ohita [adj. pp. of odahati (deposits)]= deposited, put down into. ohito [masc. nom. sg.]=
deposited, put down into.
jÏranti ve rÈjarathÈ sucittÈ
atho sarÏrampi jara£ upeti
sata¤ ca dhammo na jara£ upeti
santo have sabbhi pavedayanti21512
thjfUr os jktjFkk lqfpÙkk

vFkks ljhjfEi tja misfr
lr×k~ p /Eeks u tja misfr
lUrks gos lfCHk iosn;fUr2ûÿû2
Translation
King’s beautiful chariots indeed wear out. And also the body comes to old age, but the Dhamma
of the good ones does not come to old age. The good ones indeed teach it to the good ones.
Vocabulary
jÏranti [3. pl. act. caus. of %jar (to decay, to get old)]= decay, wear out.
rÈjarathÈ: rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. ratha [masc.]= chariot. rÈja [cpd. form of rÈjÈ]+ratha= rÈjaratha
[masc.]= king’s chariot. rÈjarathÈ [nom. pl.]= king’s chariots.
sucittÈ: sucitta [adj.]= beautiful, bright. sucittÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= beautiful, bright.
atho [indec. copulative & adversative part.]= and, and also, or, and then, now.
sarÏram pi: sarÏra [ntr.]= body. sarÏra£ [nom. sg.]= body. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as
well, rather than. sarÏra£+pi= sarÏrampi [euphonic sandhi]= also the body.
jara£ : jarÈ [fem.]= old age. jara£ [acc. sg.]= old age.
upeti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’]+%i (to go)]= comes to,
approaches, undergoes.
sata¤ ca: sata [adj., pp. of %as (to be, exist)]= real, good, existent. sata£ [gen. pl.]= of the good ones.
ca [indec. encl. part.]= and. sata£+ca= sata¤ ca.
dham m o: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, the teaching of the Buddha. dhammo [nom. sg.]= the
Dhamma.
jara£ : jarÈ [fem.]= old age. jara£ [acc. sg.]= old age.
upeti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by,’ ‘near’]+%i (to go)]= comes to,
santo: santa [adj., ppr. of %as (to be, exist)]= good, real, true, existent. santo [masc. nom. pl.]= good.
sabbhi: santa [adj., ppr. of %as (to be, exist)]= good, real, true, existent. sabbhi [masc. ins. pl.]= to the
good ones.
pavedayanti [3.pl. act. caus. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%vid (to find, to know)]= declare, make known, teach.
appassutÈya£ puriso balivaddo va jÏrati,

ma£sÈni tassa vaÇÇhanti pa¤¤È tassa na vaÇÇhati21522
vIiLlqrk;a iqfjlks cfyoíks o thjfr]

ealkfu rLl oM~<fUr i××kk rLl u oM~<fr2ûÿü2
Translation
This person with little knowledge grows old like an ox. His flesh increases; his wisdom does not
increase.
Vocabulary
appassutÈya£ : appa [adj.]= little, small. suta [masc.]= knowledge, learning. appa+suta= appassuta
[adj. euphonic sandhi]= with little knowledge. appassuto [masc. nom. sg.]= with little knowledge.
aya£ [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this. appassuto+aya£= [euphonic sandhi]=
appassutÈya£= this... with little knowledge.
balivaddo: balivadda [masc.]= ox. balivaddo [nom. sg.]= ox.
jÏrati [3. sg. act. caus. of %jar (to decay, to get old)]= decays, wear outs, grows old.
m a£ sÈni: ma£sa [ntr.]= meat, flesh. ma£sÈni [nom. pl.]= meat, flesh.
vaÇÇhati [3. sg. pr. Indic. act. derived from %vaÇÇh (to increase)]= increases, grows.
anekajÈtisa£sÈra£ sandhÈvissa£ anibbisa£

gahakÈraka£ gavesanto, dukkhÈ jÈti punappuna£21532
vusdtkfrlalkja lU/kfoLla vfufCcla

xgdkjda xoslUrks] nqD[kk tkfr iquIiqua2ûÿý2
Translation
Through numerous births in the Sa£sÈra have I run, looking for the house-builder, but not
finding him. Birth again and again is painful.
Vocabulary
anek ajÈtisa£ sÈra£ : aneka [adj.]= many, numerous. jÈti [fem.]= birth. sa£sÈra [masc.]= Sa£sÈra,
endless transmigration. aneka+jÈti+sa£sÈra= anekajÈtisa£sÈra [masc.]= numerous births in the
Sa£sÈra. anekajÈtisa£sÈra£ [acc. sg.]= numerous births in the Sa£sÈra.
sandhÈvissa£ [1. sg. aor. act. of sa£ [adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness]+%dhÈv (to run)]= I have run through.
anibbisa£ : nibbisati [ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+visati(enters)]= finds, enters into. a [neg.
pfx.]+nibbisati= anibbisati= does not find. anibbisant [adj., act. ppr. of anibbisati]= not finding.
anibbisa£ [masc. nom. sg.]= not finding.
gahak Èrak a£ : gaha [masc.]= house. kÈraka [masc.]= doer, maker. gaha+kÈraka= gahakÈraka
[masc.]= house-maker. gahakÈraka£ [acc. sg.]= house-builder.
gavesanto: esati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %is (to want, to wish)= seeks, searches for. gava [base of masc.
go (bull, cow)]+esati= gavesati [euphonic sandhi]= seeks, looks for. gavesanta [adj. act. ppr. of
gavesati]= seeking, looking for. gavesanto [masc. nom. sg.]= seeking, looking for.
duk k hÈ: dukkha [adj.]= painful. dukkhÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= painful.
jÈti: jÈti [fem.]= birth. jÈti [nom. sg.]= birth.
gahakÈraka! di——hosi puna geha£ na kÈhasi,

sabbÈ te phÈsukÈ bhaggÈ gahakÊ—a£ visa£khita£,
visa£khÈragata£ citta£ ta‡hÈna£ khayam ajjhagÈ21542
xgdkjd! fnêòksfl iqu xsga u dkgfl]

lCck rs iQklqdk HkXxk xgdwVa folaf[kra]
fola[kkjxra fpÙka r.gkua [k;e~ vT>xk2ûÿþ2
Translation
O house-maker, you are seen! You will not make the house again! All your ribs are broken; the
roof is destroyed. My mind is annihilated; I have attained the destruction of all cravings.
Vocabulary
gahak Èraka: gaha [masc.]= house. kÈraka [masc.]= doer, maker. gaha+kÈraka= gahakÈraka [masc.]=
house-maker. gahakÈraka [voc. sg.]= O house-maker.
di——hosi: di——ha [adj. pp. of %dis (to see)]= seen. di——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= seen. asi [2. sg. pr. indic. act.
of %as (to be)]= are. di——ho+asi= di——hosi [euphonic sandhi]= (you) are seen.
puna [indec.]= again.
geha£ : geha [ntr.]= house. geha£ [acc. sg.]= house.
k Èhasi [2. sg. fut. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= will make.
sabbÈ: sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabbÈ [fem. nom. pl.]= all.
te [gen. sg. of the 2.pron. tumha (you)]= of you, your.
phÈsuk È: phÈsukÈ [fem.]= rib. phÈsukÈ [nom. pl.]= ribs.
bhaggÈ: bhagga [adj. pp. of %bha¤j (to break]= broken. bhaggÈ [fem. nom. pl.]= broken.
gahak Ê—a£ : gaha [masc.]= house. kÊ—a [ntr.]= top, peak. gaha+kÊ—a= gahakÊ—a [ntr.]= housetop, roof.
gahakÊ—a£ [nom. sg.]= housetop, roof.
visa£ k hita£ : visa£khita [adj. derived from vi (indec.pfx. implying ‘separateness’ originally meaning
‘asunder’)+sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+%kar (to do)]=
destroyed, annihilated. visa£khita£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= destroyed.
visa£ k hÈragata£ : visa£khÈra [masc. derived from vi (indec.pfx. implying ‘separateness’ originally
meaning ‘asunder’)+sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+%kar (to
do)]= annihilation. gata [adj. pp. derived from %gam (to go)]= gone. visa£khÈra+gata=
visa£khÈragata [adj.]= annihilated. visa£khÈragata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= annihilated.
ta‡hÈna£ : ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. ta‡hÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of cravings.
k hayam ajjhagÈ: khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. khaya£ [acc. sg.]= destruction, dissolution.
ajjhagÈ [1. sg. aor. act. derived from adhi [pfx. meaning ‘towards’]+%gam (to go)]= acquired,
attained. khaya£+ajjhagÈ= khayam ajjhagÈ= attained the destruction.
acaritvÈ brahmacariya£ aladdhÈ yobbane dhana£

ji‡‡ako¤cÈ va jhÈyanti khÏ‡amacche va pallale21552
vpfjRok c ãpfj;a vy¼k ;ksCcus /ua2
ft..kdks×pk o >k;fUr [kh.kePNs o iYyys2ûÿÿ2
Translation
Those, who have not led the holy life, and have not obtained wealth in youth, ponder just like
old herons in a pool without fish.
Vocabulary
acaritvÈ: caritvÈ [ger. of %car (to act, to live)]= have lived. a [neg. pfx.]+caritvÈ= acaritvÈ= have not
lived.
brahm acariya£ : brahma [adj.]= holy, pious. cariyÈ [adj.]= living, following. brahma+cariyÈ=
brahmacariyÈ [fem.]= holy life. brahmacariya£ [acc. sg.]= holy life.
aladdhÈ: laddhÈ [ger. of %labh (to obtain, to get)]= having obtained. a+laddhÈ [ger.]= aladdhÈ= not
having obtained.
yobbane: yobbana [masc.]= youth, young age. yobbane [loc. sg.]= in youth, in young age.
ji‡‡ak o¤cÈ: ji‡‡a [adj. pp. of %jÏr (to fade, to get old)]= old, decayed, decrepit, worn out. ko×ca
[masc.]= heron. ji‡‡ako¤ca [masc.]= old heron. ji‡‡ako¤cÈ [nom. sg.]= old heron.
jhÈyanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %jhÈ (to ponder)]= ponder.
k hÏ‡am acche: khÏ‡a [adj.]= destroyed. maccha [masc.]= fish. khÏ‡a+maccha= khÏ‡amaccha [adj.]=
with the fish destroyed i.e. without fish. khÏ‡amacche [ntr. loc. sg.]= in... without fish.
pallale: pallala [ntr.]= pool. pallale [loc. sg.]= in the pool.
acaritvÈ brahmacariya£ aladdhÈ yobbane dhana£
senti cÈpÈtikhÏ‡Èva purÈ‡Èni anutthuna£21562
vpfjRok c ãpfj;a vy¼k ;ksCcus /ua

lsfUr pkikfr[kh.kko iqjk.kkfu vuqRFkqua2ûÿö2
Translation
Those, who have not led the holy life, and have not obtained wealth while young, lie just like
totally worn out bows, moaning over the past times.
Vocabulary
acaritvÈ: caritvÈ [ger. of %car (to act, to live)]= have lived. a [neg. pfx.]+caritvÈ= acaritvÈ= have not
lived.
brahm acariya£ : brahma [adj.]= holy, pious. cariyÈ [adj.]= living, following. brahma+cariyÈ=
aladdhÈ: laddhÈ [ger. of %labh (to obtain, to get)]= having obtained. a+laddhÈ [ger.]= aladdhÈ= not
having obtained.
yobbane: yobbana [masc.]= youth, young age. yobbane [loc. sg.]= in youth, in young age.
senti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %si (to lay)]= lie down.
cÈpÈtik hÏ‡Èva: cÈpa [masc.]= bow. khÏ‡a [adj.]= worn out. ati [pfx]= meaning ‘up to, according to,
totally’]+khÏ‡a= atikhÏ‡a [adj.]= totally worn out. cÈpa+atikhÏ‡a= cÈpÈtikhÏ‡a [euphonic sandhi,
adj.]= a totally worn out bow. cÈpÈtikhÏ‡È [masc. nom. pl.]= totally worn out bows. va [indec. part
of comparison]= like, as. cÈpÈtikhÏ‡È+va= cÈpÈtikhÏ‡Èva [euphonic sandhi]= like totally worn out
bows.
purÈ‡Èni: purÈ‡a [ntr.]= past, past time. purÈ‡Èni [acc. pl.]= past times.
anutthuna£ : anutthunanta [adj. derived from anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+%than (to
moan)]= wailing, moaning. anutthuna£ [masc. nom. pl.]= wailing, moaning.
12. A ttavaggo vÙkoXxks (The Self)
attÈna¤ ce piya£ ja¤¤È rakkheyya na£ surakkhita£,

ti‡‡a£ a¤¤atara£ yÈma£ pa—ijaggeyya pa‡Çito21572
vÙkku×k~ ps fi;a t××kk jD[ksÕ; ua lqjfD[kra]

fr..ka v××krja ;kea ifVtXxsÕ; if.Mrks2ûÿ÷2
Translation
If one knows the self to be dear, he should protect it well. In any of the three watches the wise
should be watchful.
Vocabulary
attÈna¤ ce: attÈ [masc.]= self. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= self. ce [encl.]= if. attÈna£+ce= attÈna¤ ce= If
self.
piya£ : piya [adj.]=pleasing, dear, beloved. piya£ [masc. acc. sg.]=pleasing, dear, beloved.
ja¤¤È [3. sg. pot. act. of %¤È (to know)]= should know.
rak k heyya [3. sg. pot. of %rakkh (to protect)]= should protect.
surak k hita£ : rakkhita [adj. pp. of %rakkh (to protect)]= protected. su [indec. part. used as a
strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+rakkhita= surakkhita [adj.]= well-protected.
surakkhita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= well-protected.
ti‡‡a£ : ti [num.]= three. ti‡‡a£ [gen. pl.]= of the three.
a¤¤atara£ : a¤¤atara [adj.]= one of a number, any. a¤¤atara£ [masc. acc. sg.]= any.
yÈm a£ : yÈma [masc.]= watch (of the night). yÈma£ [acc. sg.]= watch.
pa—ijaggeyya [3. sg. pot. act. of pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘to, on to, up to, towards, at.’)+%jagg (to watch)]=
should be watchful, should watch over.
attÈna£ eva pa—hama£ pa—irÊpe nivesaye,

ath’a¤¤am anusÈseyya, na kilisseyya pa‡Çito21582
vÙkkua ,o iBea ifV:is fuosl;s]

vFk~*v××ke~ vuqlklsÕ;] u fdfyLlsÕ; if.Mrks2ûÿø2
Translation
Firstly, let one establish oneself in (what is) proper and then instruct another. The wise should
not be impure.
Vocabulary
eva [emphatic part]= so, even, just, only.
pa—ham a£ : pa—hama [num.]= first. pa—hama£ [nom. sg. Here used as an adv.]= firstly.
patirÊpe: patirÊpa (also spelled as pa—irÊpa) [adj.]= proper, suitable. patirÊpe [ntr. loc. sg.]= in...
proper.
nivesaye [3. sg. act. caus. of nivesati (establishes, houses)]= is established in.
ath’a¤¤am anusÈseyya: atha [indec. part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then. a¤¤a [adj.]= other.
a¤¤a£ [masc. acc. sg.]= other. anusÈseyya [3. sg. pot. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following,
to’)+%sÈs (to teach)]= should teach, instruct. atha+a¤¤a£+anusÈseyya= ath’a¤¤am anusÈseyya=
and then should instruct another.
k ilisseyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %kilis (to go bad, to be impure)]= should be impure.
attÈna¤ ce tathÈ kayirÈ yath’a¤¤am anusÈsati

sudanto vata dammetha, attÈ hi kira duddamo21592
vÙkku×k~ ps rFkk df;jk ;Fk~*v××ke~ vuqlklfr

lqnUrks or nEesFk] vÙkk fg fdj nqíeks2ûÿù2
Translation
If only one should do what one advises another. One well-restrained can indeed teach another.
Self is truly hard to control, we know.
Vocabulary
attÈna¤ ce: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= oneself. ce [encl.]= if. attÈna£+ce=
attÈna¤ ce.
tathÈ [indec. part.]= thus, likewise, in that way.
yath’a¤¤am anusÈsati: yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like. a¤¤a [adj.]= other. a¤¤a£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
other. anusÈsati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+%sÈs (to teach)]=
teaches. yathÈ+a¤¤a£+anusÈsati= yath’È¤¤am anusÈsati.
sudanto: danta [adj. pp. of %dam (to tame, to restrain)]= restrained. su [indec. part. used as a
strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+danta= sudanta [adj.]= well-restrained. sudanto
[masc. nom. sg.]= well-restrained.
vata [indec. part.]= indeed, surely, certainly.
dam m etha [3. sg. pot. med. of %dam (to tame, to restrain)]= make to restrain.
k ira [part.]= we know, people say, truly, really.
duddam o: du [antithetic pfx.]= bad, insufficient difficult. dama [ntr. derived from %dam (to domesticate,
to tame)]= self-control, moderation restraint. du+dama= duddama [adj. euphonic sandhi]= hard
to control. duddamo [masc. nom. sg.]= hard to control.
attÈ hi attano nÈtho, ko hi nÈtho paro siyÈ;

attanÈ hi sudantena nÈtha£ labhati dullabha£21602
vÙkk fg vÙkuks ukFkks] dks fg ukFkks ijks fl;k(

vÙkuk fg lqnUrsu ukFka yHkfr nqYyHka2ûöú2
Translation
One is indeed one’s own lord. What other lord could there be indeed? With oneself well-
restrained, one indeed gets the lord that is so hard to get.
Vocabulary
nÈtho: nÈtha [masc.]= lord, protector, refuge. nÈtho [nom. sg.]= lord, protector, refuge.
paro: para [adj.]= other. paro [masc. nom. sg.]= other.
attanÈ: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attanÈ [ins. sg.]= by oneself, on one’s own account.
sudantena: danta [adj. pp. of %dam (to tame, to restrain)]= restrained. su [indec. part. used as a
strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+danta= sudanta [adj.]= well-restrained. sudantena
[masc. ins. sg.]= by the well-restrained.
nÈtha£ : nÈtha [masc.]= lord, protector, refuge. nÈtha£ [acc. sg.]= lord, protector, refuge.
labhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %labh (to obtain, to get)]= receives, obtains, acquires, gets.
dullabha£ : labha [adj. derived from %labh (to obtain, to get)]= getting, obtaining. du [antithetic pfx.
meaning ‘bad, insufficient, difficult]+labha= dullabha [adj. euphonic sandhi]= hard to get.
dullabha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= hard to get.
attanÈ va kata£ pÈpa£

attaja£ attasambhava£
abhimatthati dummedha£
vajira£ v’asmamaya£ ma‡i£21612
vÙkuk o dra ikia

vÙkta vÙklEHkoa
vfHkeRFkfr nqEes/a
oftja o~*vLee;a ef.ka2ûöû2
Translation
Evil is done by oneself alone, proceeding from oneself, originating from oneself. It crushes the
ignoramus like a diamond crushes a gem made of stone.
Vocabulary
attanÈ va: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attanÈ [ins. sg.]= by oneself, on one’s own account. eva [emphatic
part. It become va after long vowels.]= so, even, just, only, alone. attanÈ+eva= attanÈ va= by
oneself alone.
attaja£ : attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. In cpd. attÈ becomes atta. atta+ja [sfx. meaning ‘born, proceeding’
derived from %jan (to produce, give birth)]= attaja [adj.]= proceeding from oneself. attaja£ [ntr.
nom. sg.]= proceeding from oneself.
attasam bhava£ : attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. In cpd. attÈ becomes atta. atta+sambhava [masc.]= origin,
production. atta+sambhava= attasambhava [adj.]= originating from oneself. attasambhava£ [ntr.
nom. sg.]= originating from oneself.
abhim atthati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%math (to crush)]=
crushes.
dum m edha£ : medha [ntr. only in cpds. like dummedha]= wisdom. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad,
insufficient’)+medha= dummedha [adj.]= ignoramus. dummedha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= ignoramus.
vajira£ : vajira [ntr.]= diamond. vajira£ [nom. sg.]= diamond.
v’asm am aya£ : va [indec. part of comparison]= like, as. asthma [ntr.]= stone. maya [adj.]= made of,
arising in, produced by. asma+maya= asmamaya [adj.]= made of stone. asmaya£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= made of stone. va+asmamaya£= v’asmamaya£= like... made of stone.
m a‡i£ : ma‡i [masc.]= gem. ma‡i£ [acc. sg.]= gem.
yassa accantadussÏlya£ mÈluvÈ sÈlamivotata£

karoti so tath’attÈna£ yathÈ na£ icchatÏ diso21622
;Ll vPpUrnqLlhY;a ekyqok lkyfeoksrra

djksfr lks rFk~*vÙkkua ;Fkk ua bPNrh fnlks2ûöü2
Translation
He whose extremely bad character is (spread over him), like a creeper spread over a SÈla tree,
he does unto himself, what an enemy wishes to do unto him.
Vocabulary
accantadussÏlya£ : accanta [adj.]= extreme, absolute. dussÏlya [masc.]= bad behaviour, bad character.
accanta+dussÏlya= accantadussÏlya [ntr.]= extremely bad character. accantadussÏlya£ [nom. sg.]=
extremely bad character.
m ÈluvÈ: mÈluvÈ [fem.]= creeper. mÈluvÈ [nom. sg.]= creeper.
sÈlam ivotata£ : sÈla [masc.]= SÈla tree. sÈla£ [acc. sg.]= SÈla tree. iva [indec. part of comparison]=
like, as. otata [adj. derived from ava (pfx. meaning ‘down, away from, out, over’ and o is its older
form)+ pp. of %tan (to stretch, to extend)]= stretched over, covered, spread over with. otata£ [ntr.
nom. sg.]= stretched over, covered, spread over with. sÈla£+iva+otata£= sÈlamivotata£
[euphonic sandhi]= like... spread over a sÈla tree.
tath’attÈna£ : tathÈ [indec. part.]= thus, likewise, in that way. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc.
sg.]= oneself. tathÈ+attÈna£= tath’attÈna£= unto oneself.
yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like, unto.
icchatÏ: icchati [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %ichh (to wish)]= wishes, desires, expects. icchatÏ is
m.c. for icchati.
diso: disa [masc.]= enemy. diso [acc. sg.]= enemy.
sukarÈni asÈdhÊni attano ahitÈni ca,

ya£ ve hita¤ ca sÈdhu¤ ca ta£ ve paramadukkara£21632
lqdjkfu vlk/wfu vÙkuks vfgrkfu p]

;a os fgr×k~ p lk/q×k~ p ra os ijenqDdja2Aûöý2
Translation
Easy to do are deeds, that are wrong and harmful to oneself. What indeed is beneficial and good,
that indeed is most difficult to do.
Vocabulary
suk arÈni: kara [masc. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= doing. su [indec. part. used as a
strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+kara= sukara [adj.]= easy to do. sukarÈni [ntr. nom.
pl.]= easy to do.
asÈdhÊni: sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. a [neg. pfx.]+sÈdhu= asÈdhu [adj.]= bad, evil, wrong.
Here used as a ntr. n. asÈdhÊni [nom. pl.]= evil deeds.
ahitÈni: hita [adj.]= beneficial, good. a [neg. pfx.]+hita= ahita [adj.]= harmful, bad. ahitÈni [ntr.
nom. pl.]= harmful, bad.
hita¤ ca: hita [adj.]= beneficial, good. hita£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= beneficial, good. ca [indef. encl. part.]=
and. hita£+ca= hita¤ ca= and beneficial.
sÈdhu¤ ca: sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. Here used as n. ntr. sÈdhu£ [nom. sg.]= good, virtuous.
ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. sÈdhu£+ca= sÈdhu¤ ca= and good.
param aduk k ara£ : parama [adj.]= most, highest. du [antithetic pfx]= bad, insufficient. kara [masc.
derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= doing. du+kara= dukkara [adj. euphonic sandhi]= difficult
to do. parama+dukkara= paramadukkara [adj.]= most difficult to do. paramadukkara£ [ntr. nom.
sg.]= most difficult to do.
yo sÈsana£ arahata£ ariyÈna£ dhammajÏvina£

pa—ikkosati dummedho di——hi£ nissÈya pÈpika£
phalÈni ka——hakasseva attagha¤¤Èya phallati21642
;ks lklua vjgra vfj;kua /Eethfoua

ifVDdkslfr nqEes/ks fnfêòa fuLlk; ikfida
iQykfu dêòdLlso vÙk?k××kk; iQYyfr2ûöþ2
Translation
Who scoffs at the teaching of the arahants, the noble ones, living righteously, the fool, who
relying on wrong beliefs, like the fruits of the bamboo, bears fruit for his own destruction.
Vocabulary
sÈsana£ : sÈsana [ntr.]= teaching. sÈsana£ [acc. sg.]= teaching.
arahata£ : arahant [adj. act. ppr. of %arah (to deserve)]= lit. deserving but applied by the Buddhists as
a title for one who has attained the summum bonum of religious aspiration (nibbÈna). arahata£ [masc.
gen. pl.]= of arahants.
ariyÈna£ : ariya [adj.]= noble, distinguished. ariyÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of the noble ones.
dham m ajÏvina£ : dhamma [masc.]= law, righteousness. jÏvÏ [adj. derived from %jÏv (to live)]= living.
dhamma+jÏvÏ= dhammajÏvÏ [masc.]= living righteously. dhammajÏvina£ [gen. pl.]= of... living
righteously.
pa—ik k osati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa—i [pfx. meaning ‘back (to), against, towards, opposite.’]+%kus (to
be angry)]= scoffs at, blames.
dum m edho: medha [ntr. only in cpds. like dummedha]= wisdom. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad,
insufficient’)+medha= dummedha [adj.]= ignoramus. dummedho [masc. nom. sg.]= ignoramus.
di——hi£ : di——hi [fem.]= view, belief. di——hi£ [acc. sg.]= view, belief.
nissÈya [ger. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘on to’)+%si (cling to)]= following, leaning on.
pÈpik a£ : pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa+ika [adj. forming sfx.]= pÈpika [adj.]= evil, bad, wrong.
pÈpika£ [fem. acc. sg.] evil, bad, wrong.
phalÈni: phala [ntr.]= fruit, outcome. phalÈni [acc. pl.]= fruits, outcomes.
k a——hak asseva: ka——haka [masc.]= bamboo. ka——hakassa [gen. sg.]= of the bamboo. iva [indec. part of
comparison]= like, as. ka——hakassa+iva= ka——hakasseva [euphonic sandhi]= like... of the bamboo.
attagha¤¤Èya: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. In cpd. attÈ becomes atta. gha¤¤a [adj.]= destroying, killing.
atta+gha¤¤a= attagha¤¤a [masc.]= self-destruction. attagha¤¤Èya [dat. sg.]= for self-destruction.
phallati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %phal (to bear fruit)]= bears fruit, ripens.
attanÈ va kata£ pÈpa£ attanÈ sa£kilissati,

attanÈ akata£ pÈpa£ attanÈ va visujjhati,
suddhÏ asuddhÏ paccatta£ nÈ¤¤o a¤¤a£ visodhaye21652
vÙkuk o dra ikia vÙkuk lafdfyLlfr]

vÙkuk vdra ikia vÙkuk o folqT>fr]
lq¼h vlq¼h iPpRra uk××kks v××ka folks/;s21652
Translation
The evil is done by oneself; by oneself one becomes impure. The evil is undone by oneself; by
oneself one becomes pure. Purity and impurity depend on oneself. No one can purify another.
Vocabulary
attanÈ va: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attanÈ [ins. sg.]= by oneself, on one’s own account. eva [emphatic
part. It become va after long vowels.]= so, even, just, only, alone. attanÈ+eva= attanÈ va= by
oneself alone.
k ata£ : kata [adj, pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. kata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= done.
pÈpa£ : pÈpa [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]= evil, wickedness.
sa£ k ilissati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of sa£ (adj, indec. pfx implying conjunction and completeness)+%kilis
(to become bad, to get stained)]= becomes impure.
ak ata£ : kata [adj, pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. a [neg. pfx.]+akata= akata [adj.]= undone, not
done. akata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= undone not done.
pÈpa£ : pÈpa [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]= evil, wickedness.
attanÈ va: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attanÈ [ins. sg.]= by oneself, on one’s own account. eva
[emphatic part. It become va after long vowels.]= so, even, just, only, alone. attanÈ+eva= attanÈ
va= by oneself alone.
visujjhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of vi (adj., indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%sudh
(to be clean)]= is purified.
suddhÏ: suddhi [fem.]= purity. suddhÏ [nom. sg.]= purity.
asuddhÏ: suddhi [fem.]= purity. a [neg. pfx.]+suddhi= asuddhi [fem.]= impurity, defilement. asuddhÏ
[nom. sg.]= impurity, defilement.
paccatta£ [adv.]= by oneself, individually.
nÈ¤¤o: na [indec. part.]= no, not. a¤¤a [adj.]= other. a¤¤o [masc. nom. sg.]= other, another, different.
na+a¤¤o= nÈ¤¤o [euphonic sandhi]= not another.
a¤¤a£ : a¤¤a [adj.]= other. a¤¤a£ [masc. acc. sg.]= other.
visodhaye [3. sg. caus. pot. act. of vi (adj., indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%sudh
(to be clean)]= can purify.
attadattha£ paratthena bahunÈ pi na hÈpaye,

attadattham abhi¤¤Èya sadatthapasuto siyÈ21662
vÙknRFka ijRFksu cgquk fi u gki;s]

vÙknRFke~ vfHk××kk; lnRFkilqrks fl;k21662
Translation
Let one not neglect one’s own spiritual attainment for other’s spiritual attainment, however great.
Having fully understood one’s own spiritual attainment, let one pursue the true attainment.
Vocabulary
attadattha£ : attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. In cpd. attÈ becomes atta. attha [ntr.]= gain, profit,
attainment. atta+attha= attadattha [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= one’s own spiritual attainment.
attadattha£ [acc. sg.]= one’s own spiritual attainment.
paratthena: para [adj.]= other. attha [ntr.]= gain, profit, attainment. par+attha= parattha [ntr.]=
other’s spiritual attainment. paratthena [ins. sg.]= through the other’s spiritual attainment.
bahunÈ: bahu [adj.]= much, many. bahunÈ [ins. sg.]= by many.
api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well, rather than.
hÈpaye [3. sg. caus. pot. act. of %ha (to leave)]= should neglect.
attadattham abhi¤¤Èya: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. In cpds. attÈ becomes atta. attha [ntr.]= gain,
profit, attainment. atta+attha= attadattha [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= one’s own spiritual attainment.
attadattha£ [acc. sg.]= one’s own spiritual attainment. abhi¤¤Èya [ger. of abhi (intens.pfx. meaning
‘all over, fully’)+%¤a (to know)]= having fully understood. attadattha£+abhi¤¤Èya= attadattham
abhi¤¤Èya.
sadatthapasuto: santa [adj., ppr. of %as (to be, exist). Its cpd. form is sat]= real, good, existent. attha
[ntr.]= gain, profit, attainment. sat+attha= sadattha [masc. euphonic sandhi]= true attainment.
pasuta [adj.]= intent upon, pursuing. sadattha+pasuta= sadatthapasuta [adj.]= pursuing the true
attainment. sadatthapasuto [masc. nom. sg.]= pursuing the true attainment.
13. L ok avaggo yksdoXxks (The World)
hÏna£ dhamma£ na seveyya pamÈdena na sa£vase

micchÈdi——hi£ na seveyya na siyÈ lokavaÇÇhano21672
ghua /Eea u lsosÕ; ieknsu u laols

fePNkfnfêòa u lsosÕ; u fl;k yksd&oMôuks2ûö÷2
Translation
One should not practice low morality; one should not connect with negligence. One should
embrace wrong beliefs; one should not be attached to the world.
Vocabulary
hÏna£ : hÏna [adj, pp derived from %hÈ (to reject)]= rejected, low, inferior. hÏna£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
inferior, rejected, low.
dham m a£ : dhamma [masc.]= morality. dhamma£ [acc. sg.]= morality.
seveyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %sev (to serve)]= (one) should associate with, practice, resort to.
pam Èdena: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. pamÈdena [ins. sg.]= with negligence.
sa£ vase [3. sg. pot. act. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+%vÈs (to
live)]= one should live with, co-habit with, associate with.
m icchÈdi——hi£ : micchÈ [adv.]= in a wrong way, wrongly. di——hi [fem.]= view, belief. michhÈ+di——hi=
micchÈdi——hi [masc.]= wrong belief. micchÈdi——hi£ [acc. sg.]= wrong belief.
seveyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %sev (to serve)]= (one) should associate with, practice, resort to.
siyÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= (one) should be.
lok avaÇÇhano: loka [masc.]= world. vaÇÇhana [adj. derived from %vaÇÇh (to increase)]= indulgence,
attachment. loka+vaÇÇhana= lokavaÇÇhana [adj.]= attachment to the world. lokavaÇÇhano [masc.
nom. sg.]= attachment to the world.
utti——he na-ppamajjeyya dhamma£ sucarita£ care,

dhammacÈrÏ sukha£ seti asmi£ loke paramhi ca21682
mfÙkêòs u&IieTtsÕ; /Eea lqpfjra pjs]

/Eepkjh lq[ka lsfr vfLea yksds ijfEg p2ûöø2
Translation
Get up! Don’t be negligent! Follow the Dhamma thoroughly! Follower of the Dhamma sleeps
happily in this world and in the other.
Vocabulary
utti——he [3. sg. pot. act. of ud (pfx meaning ‘up’)+%—hÈ (to stand)]= rise! get up!
na-ppam ajjeyya: na [indec. part.]= no, not. pamajjeyya [3. sg. pot. act. of pa (pfx meaning ‘up, dis-
’)+%mad (to be intoxicated)]= be negligent! na+pamajjeyya= na-ppamajjeyya [euphonic sandhi]=
don’t be negligent!
dham m a£ : dhamma [masc.]= morality, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma£ [acc. sg.]= morality,
Dhamma.
sucarita£ : carita [adj. pp. of %car (to walk, to act)]= follower. su [indec. part. used as a strengthening
pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+carita= sucarita [adj.]= well-behaved. sucarita£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
thorough follower.
care [3. sg. pot. act. of %car (to walk, to act)]= practice! follow!
dham m acÈrÏ: dhamma [masc.]= morality, teaching of the Buddha. cÈrÏ [adj. derived from %car (to
walk)= living, acting. dhamma+cÈrÏ= dhammacÈrÏ [adj.]= follower of the Dhamma. dhammacÈrÏ
[masc. nom. sg.]= follower of the Dhamma.
suk ha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg.]= happiness. Here sukha£ is used as an adv.=
happily.
seti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %si (to lay)]= sleeps.
asm i£ [masc. loc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= in this.
param hi: para [adj.]= other. paramhi [masc. loc. sg.]= in the other.
dhamma£ care sucarita£ na ta£ duccarita£ care

dhammacÈrÏ sukha£ seti asmi£ loke paramhi ca21692
/Eea pjs lqpfjra u ra nqPpfjra pjs

/Eepkjh lq[ka lsfr vfLea yksds ijfEg p2ûöù2
Translation
Follow the Dhamma well! Don’t follow it in a bad way. Follower of the Dhamma sleeps happily
in this world and in the other.
Vocabulary
Dhamma.
sucarita£ : carita [adj. pp. of %car (to walk, to act)]= following. su [indec. part. used as a strengthening
pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+carita= sucarita [adj.]= good following, following in a good way.
sucarita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= thorough following.
duccarita£ : du [antithetic pfx.]= bad, insufficient. carita [adj. pp. of %car (to walk, to act)]= following.
du+carita= duccarita [adj.]= bad following. duccarita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= bad following, following
in a bad way.
dham m acÈrÏ: dhamma [masc.]= morality, teaching of the Buddha. cÈrÏ [adj. derived from %car (to
walk)= living, acting. dhamma+cÈrÏ= dhammacÈrÏ [adj.]= follower of the Dhamma. dhammacÈrÏ
[masc. nom. sg.]= follower of the Dhamma.
suk ha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg.]= happiness. Here sukha£ is used as an adv.=
happily.
yathÈ bubbulaka£ passe yathÈ passe marÏcika£
eva£ loka£ avekkhanta£ maccurÈjÈ na passati21702
;Fkk cqCcqyda iLls ;Fkk iLls ejhfpda

,oa yksda vosD[kUra ePpqjktk u iLlfr2û÷ú2
Translation
See it as a bubble, see it as a mirage! The King of Death does not see one who observes the
world in this way.
Vocabulary
bubbulak a£ : bubbuÄaka [masc.]= bubble. bubbulaka£ [nom. sg.]= bubble.
passe [3. sg. pot. act. of %dis (to see)]= see!
passe [3. sg. pot. act. of %dis (to see)]= see!
m arÏcik a£ : marÏcikÈ [fem.]= mirage. marÏcika£ [acc. sg.]= mirage.
lok a£ : loka [masc.]= world. loka£ [acc. sg.]= world.
avek k hanta£ : avekkhanta [adj., act. ppr. of ava (pfx meaning ‘down’)+%Ïkkh (to see)]= looking at,
observing, viewing. avekkhanta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= observing, viewing.
m accurÈjÈ: maccu [masc.]= death. rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. maccu+rÈjÈ= maccurÈjÈ [masc.]= King of
Death i.e. MÈra. maccurÈjÈ [nom. sg.]= King of Death.
etha passath’ima£ loka£ citta£ rÈjarathÊpama£

yattha bÈlÈ visÏdanti, n’atthi sa×go vijÈnata£21712
,Fk iLlFk~*bea yksda fpÙka jktjFkwiea

;RFk ckyk folhnfUr] u~*vfRFk lÄ~xks fotkura2Aû÷û2
Translation
Come, look at this world, shiny like a king’s chariot. Where the fools sink down, there is no
attachment for those who understand.
Vocabulary
etha [3. pl. act. imperat. of È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%i (to go)]= come.
passath’im a£ : passatha [3. pl. imperat. act. of %dis (to see)]= see, look at. ima [demonstr. pron.]= this.
ima£ [masc. acc. sg.]= this. passatha+ima£= passath’ima£ [euphonic sandhi]= look at this.
citta£ : citta [adj.]= shiny, bright. citta£ [acc. sg.]= shiny, bright.
rÈjarathÊpam a£ : rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. ratha [masc.]= chariot. rÈja [cpd. form of rÈjÈ]+ratha=
rÈjaratha [masc.]= king’s chariot. upama [adj.]= like, similar. rÈjaratha+upama= rÈjarathÊpama
[adj. euphonic sandhi]= like a king’s chariot. rÈjarathÊpama£ [masc. acc. sg.]= like a king’s
chariot.
bÈlÈ: bÈla [n. masc.]= fool. bÈlÈ [nom. pl.]= fools.
visÏdanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of vi (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%sad (to
sink)]= sink down, immerse in.
[euphonic sandhi]= is not, is no.
sa×go: sa×ga [masc.]= clinging, attachment. sa×go [nom. sg.]= clinging, attachment.
vijÈnÈta£ : vijÈnanta [adj., act. ppr. of vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%¤È (to know)]= understanding, knowing.
vijÈnÈta£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of (those who) understand.
yo ca pubbe pamajjitvÈ pacchÈ so na-ppamajjati

so’ma£ loka£ pabhÈseti abbhÈ mutto va candimÈ21722
;ks p iqCcs iefTtRok iPNk lks u&IieTtfr

lks*ea yksda iHkklsfr vCHkk eqÙkks o pfUnek2û÷ü2
Translation
And who having been negligent in the past, afterwards does not neglect, he illuminates this world
like the moon freed from a cloud.
Vocabulary
pubbe: pubba [adj.]= previous, former, before. pubbe [loc. sg.]= in the past, before, in earlier times.
pam ajjitvÈ [ger. of pa (pfx meaning ‘up, dis-’)+%mad (to be intoxicated)]= having been negligent.
pacchÈ [adv.]= afterwards.
na-ppam ajjati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. pamajjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of from pa (pfx meaning
‘up)+%mad (to be intoxicated)]= neglects. na+pamajjati= na-ppamajjati [euphonic sandhi]= does
not neglect.
so ’m a£ : so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= he. ima£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr.
pron. ima (this)]= this. so+ima£= so’ma£ [euphonic sandhi]= he... this.
pabhÈseti [3. sg. pr. caus. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%bhÈs (to shine)]= illuminates.
abbhÈ: abbha [ntr.]= cloud. abbhÈ [abl. sg.]= from a cloud.
m utto: mutta [adj. derived from %muc (to release)]= released. mutto [masc. nom. sg.]= released.
candim È: candimÈ [masc.]= moon. candimÈ [nom. sg.]= moon.
yassa pÈpa£ kata£ kamma£ kusalena pithÏyati

so’ma£ loka£ pabhÈseti abbhÈ mutto va candimÈ21732
;Ll ikia dra dEea dqlysu fiFkh;fr

lks’ea yksda iHkklsfr vCHkk eqÙkks o pfUnek2û÷ý2
Translation
Whose evil deed is covered with a good one, he illuminates this world like the moon freed from
a cloud.
Vocabulary
k usalena: kusala [adj.]= good, meritorious. Here it is used as a ntr n meaning ‘meritorious work.’
kusalena [ins. sg.]= with the meritorious work.
pithÏyati [3. sg. pr. indic. pas. of api/pi (pfx. meaning ‘on’)+%dhÈ (to put]= is covered.
so’m a£ : so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= he. ima£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr.
pron. ima (this)]= this. so+ima£= so’ma£ [euphonic sandhi]= he... this.
pabhÈseti [3. sg. pr. caus. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%bhÈs (to shine)]= illuminates.
andhabhÊto aya£ loko tanuk’ettha vipassati

sakunto jÈlamutto va appo saggÈya gacchati21742
vU/Hkwrks v;a yksdks ruqd~*,RFk foiLlfr

ldqUrks tkyeqÙkks o vIiks lXxk; xPNfr2û÷þ2
Translation
This world being blind, few see clearly here. A few go to heaven like a bird released from a
snare.
Vocabulary
andhabhÊto: andha [adj.]= blind, blinded, blindfolded, (fig.) mentally blinded, ignorant. bhÊta [adj. pp.
of %bhÊ (to be)]= being, having become. andha+bhÊta= andhabhÊta [adj.]= being blind, (fig.)
ignorant. andhabhÊto [nom. sg.]= being blind.
aya£ [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this.
lok o: loka [masc.]= world. loko [nom. sg.]= world.
tanuk ’ettha: tanuka [adj.]= few, little, small. tanuko [nom. sg.]= few little, small. ettha [adv.]= here,
in this place. tanuko+ettha= tanuk’ettha= few here.
vipassati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%dis (to see)]= sees clearly.
sak unto: sakunta [masc.]= bird. sakunto [nom. sg.]= bird.
jÈlam utto: jÈla [ntr.]= snare. mutta [adj. derived from %muc (to release)]= released. mutto [masc. nom.
sg.]= released. jÈla+mutta= jÈlamutta [adj.]= released from a snare. jÈlamutto [masc. nom. sg.]=
released from a snare.
appo: appa [adj.]= hardly any, very few, very little. appo [masc. nom. sg.]= hardly any, very few. very
little.
saggÈya: sagga [masc.]= heaven. saggÈya [dat. sg.]= to heaven.
gacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %gam (to go)]= goes, moves.
ha£sÈdiccapathe yanti ÈkÈse yanti iddhiyÈ

nÏyanti dhÏrÈ lokamhÈ jetvÈ mÈra£ savÈhini£21752
galkfnPpiFks ;fUr vkdkls ;fUr bf¼;k
uh;fUr /hjk yksdEgk tsRok ekja lokfgfua2û÷ÿ2
Translation
Swans go on the path of the sun. They go through the sky by supernatural power. The wise are
guided away from the world, having conquered MÈra with his army.
Vocabulary
ha£ sÈdiccapathe: ha£sa [masc.]= swan. ha£sÈ [nom. pl.]= swans. Èdicca [masc.]= sun. patha [ntr.]=
path. Èdicca+patha= Èdiccapatha [masc.]= path of the sun. Èdiccapathe [loc. sg.]= on the path of
the sun. ha£sÈ+Èdiccapathe= ha£sÈdiccapathe [euphonic sandhi]= swans on the path of the sun.
Èk Èse: ÈkÈsa [masc.]= sky. ÈkÈse [loc. sg.]= in the sky.
iddhiyÈ: iddhi [fem.]= supernatural power. iddhiyÈ [ins. sg.]= by supernatural power.
nÏyanti [3. pl. act. caus. of %nÏ (to lead)]= are led, are guided.
dhÏra: dhÏra [adj.]= wise, clever. dhÏra [masc. nom. pl.]= wise, clever.
lok am hÈ: loka [masc.]= world. lokamhÈ [abl. sg.]= from the world.
jetvÈ [ger. of %ji (to conquer)]= having conquered.
m Èra£ : mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. mÈra£ [acc. sg.]= MÈra.
savÈhini£ : vÈhinÏ [fem.]= army. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ used a first part of cpd. in the sense of ‘with,
possessed of, having, same.’]+vÈhinÏ= savÈhinÏ [fem.]= with army. savÈhini£ [acc. sg.]= with
army.
eka£ dhamma£ atÏtassa musÈvÈdissa jantuno

viti‡‡aparalokassa n’atthi pÈpa£ akÈriya£21762
,da /Eea vrhrLl eqlkokfnLl tUrquks

fofr..kijyksdLl u~*vfRFk ikia vdkfj;a2Aû÷ö2
Translation
For a person, who has transgressed the one Dhamma and is speaking falsely, and has rejected
the other world, there is no evil that cannot be done.
Vocabulary
ek a£ : eka [num.]= one. eka£ [masc. acc. sg.]= one.
Dhamma.
atÏtassa: atÏta [adj.]= overstepped, transgressed, neglected. atÏtassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of... transgressed.
m usÈvÈdissa: musÈ [adv.]= falsely, wrongly. vÈdÏ [adj. %vad (to say)]= speaking. musÈ+vÈdÏ=
musÈvÈdÏ [adj.]= speaking falsely, lying. musÈvÈdissa [masc. gen. sg.]= of... speaking falsely.
viti‡‡aparalok assa: viti‡‡a [adj.]= abandoned, rejected. para [adj.]= other. loka [masc.]= world.
para+loka= paraloka [masc.]= the other world. viti‡‡a+paraloka= viti‡‡aparaloka [adj.]= who
has rejected the other word. viti‡‡aparalokassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of... who has rejected the other
world.
ak Èriya£ : kÈriya [adj., ger. of %kar (to do, to make)]= to be done. a [neg. pfx.]+kÈriya= akÈriya
[adj.]= not to be done. akÈriya£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= not to be done.
na ve kadariyÈ devaloka£ vajanti

bÈlÈ have na-ppasa£santi dÈna£,
dhÏro ca dÈna£ anumodamÈno
ten’eva so hoti sukhÏ parattha21772
u os dnfj;k nsoyksda otfUr

ckyk gos u&IilalfUr nkua]
/hjks p nkua vuqeksnekuks
rsu~*,o lks gksfr lq[kh ijRFk2û÷÷2
Translation
The selfish ones do not go to the world of the gods. Fools indeed do not praise giving. And the
wise one enjoys giving, just because of that he is happy in the other world.
Vocabulary
k adariyÈ: kadariya [adj.]= selfish. kadariyÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= selfish.
devalok a£ : devaloka [masc.]= world of the gods. devaloka£ [nom. sg.]= world of the gods.
vajanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %vaj (to go, to wander)]= go, proceed.
bÈlÈ: bÈla [masc.]= fool, foolish. bÈlÈ [nom. pl.]= fools, foolish.
na-ppasa£ santi: na [indec. part.]= no, not. pasa£santi [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening
pfx.)+%sa£s (to proclaim)]=praise. na+pasa£santi= na-ppasa£santi [euphonic sandhi]= do not
praise.
dÈna£ : dÈna [ntr.]= giving (charity). dÈna£ [acc. sg.]= giving (charity).
dÈna£ : dÈna [ntr.]= giving (charity). dÈna£ [acc. sg.]= giving (charity).
anum odam Èno: anumodamÈna [med. ppr. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+%mud (to be
happy)]= enjoying, gladly receiving, appreciating. anumodamÈno [masc. nom. sg.]= enjoying,
gladly receiving, appreciating.
ten’eva: tena [ntr. ins. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= by that. eva [emphatic part]= so, even, just,
only, alone. tena+eva= ten’eva [euphonic sandhi]= just by that, just because of that.
suk hÏ: sukhÏ [adj.]= happy. sukhÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= happy.
parattha [adv.]= elsewhere, hereafter, in the Beyond, in the other word.
pa—havyÈ ekara¤¤ena saggassa gamanena vÈ

sabbalokÈdhipaccena sotÈpattiphala£ vara£21782
iBO;k ,dj××ksu lXxLl xeusu ok
lCcyksdkf/iPpsu lksrkifÙkiQya oja2Aû÷ø2
Translation
From sole sovereignty over the earth, or from going to heaven, from lordship over the whole
world, the fruit of entering upon the stream is the best.
Vocabulary
pa—havyÈ: pa—havÏ [fem.]= earth. pa—havyÈ [gen. sg.] = of the earth.
ek ara¤¤ena: eka [num.]= one. ra¤¤a [ntr.]= reign. eka+ra¤¤a= ekara¤¤a [ntr.]= sole sovereignty.
ekara¤¤ena [ins. sg.]= by the sole sovereignty.
saggassa: sagga [masc.]= heaven. saggassa [gen. sg.]= of heaven.
gam anena: gamana [ntr. derived from %gam (to go)]= going. gamanena [ins. sg.]= going.
sabbalok Èdhipaccena: sabba [adj.]= all, every. loka [masc.]= world. sabba+loka= sabbaloka [masc.]=
the whole world. adhipacca [ntr.]= lordship. sabbaloka+addhipacca= sabbalokÈdhipacca [ntr.
euphonic sandhi]= lordship over the whole world. sabbalokÈdhipaccena [ins. sg.]= by the lordship
over the whole world.
sotÈpattiphala£ : sota [ntr.]= stream, flood, torrent. Èpatti [fem.]= entering. sota+Èpatti= sotÈpatti
[fem. euphonic sandhi]= entering upon the stream. phala [ntr.]= fruit. sotÈpatti+phala=
sotÈpattiphala [ntr.]= the fruit of entering upon the stream. sotÈpattiphala£ [nom. sg.]= the fruit
of entering upon the stream.
vara£ : vara [adj.]= best. vara£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= best.
14. Buddhavaggo cq¼oXxks (The Buddha)
yassa jita£ nÈvajÏyati

jitam assa no yÈti koci loke,
ta£ buddhamanantagocara£
apada£ kena padena nessatha21792
;Ll ftra ukoth;fr

ftre~ vLl uks ;kfr dksfp yksds]
ra cq¼euUrxkspja
vina dsu insu usLlFk2û÷ù2
Translation
Whose conquest is not lost, his conquest does not go anywhere in the world, him awakened,
having an endless sphere, leaving on footprint, by what path will you lead him?
Vocabulary
jita£ : jita [adj. pp. derived from %ji (to conquer)]= conquered. Here used as a ntr. n. (conquest). jita£
(nom. sg.]= conquest.
nÈvajÏyati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. avajÏyati [3. sg. pr. indic. pas. of ava (pfx meaning ‘down, away
from, out, over’)+%jar (to decay, to get old)]= is diminished, is lost, is undone. na+avajÏyati=
nÈvajÏyati [euphonic sandhi]= is not lost.
jitam assa: jita [adj. pp. derived from %ji (to conquer)]= conquered. Here used as a ntr. n. (conquest).
jita£ (nom. sg.]= conquest. assa [masc. gen. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= his. jita£+assa=
jitam assa= his conquest.
no: no [neg. and adversative indec. part na made by adding the sfx u to make it stronger]= no, not.
yÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %yÈ (to go)]= goes, proceeds.
k oci: ko [masc. nom. sg. of ka (who, which)]= who/which? ko+ci [indef. intrg. part. sfx.]= koci=
whoever, whichever, whatever. But here koci appears to be used as a loc. adv. meaning ‘anywhere’
(see K.R. Norman (tr.), The Word of the Doctrine (Dhammapada), Oxford, 1997: 108).
buddham anatagocara£ : buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha.
buddha£ [acc. sg.]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. anata [adj.]= endless, infinite. go [masc.]=
cow. cara [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= walking, going, wandering. go+cara= gocara
[masc.]= ‘a cow’s grazing’ i.e, a pasture, field, course. anata+gocara= anatagocara [adj.]= having
an endless sphere. anatagocara£ [masc. acc. sg.]= having an endless sphere.
buddha£+anatagocara£= buddhamanatagocara£= an Awakened One having an endless sphere.
apada£ : pada [ntr.]= step, footstep, track. a [neg. pfx.]+pada= apada [ntr.]= trackless, leaving no
footprint. apada£ [nom. sg.]= trackless, leaving no footprint.
k ena [mas. ins. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which)]= by who, which.
padena: pada [ntr.]= path. padena [ins. sg.]= by/through/with path.
nessatha [2. pl. fur. act. caus. of %nÏ (to lead, to carry away)]= (you) will lead.
yassa jÈlinÏ visattikÈ

ta‡hÈ n’atthi kuhi¤ci netave
ta£ buddham anantagocara£
apada£ kena padena nessatha21802
;Ll tkfyuh folfRrdk
r.gk u~*vfRFk dqfgf×p usros
ra cq¼e~ vuUrxkspja
vina dsu insu usLlFk2ûøú2
Translation
Whose ensnaring, lust and craving that could carry him away does not exist anywhere, him
awakened, having an endless sphere, leaving on footprint, by what path will you lead him?
Vocabulary
jÈlinÏ: jÈlinÏ [adj.]= ensnaring. jÈlinÏ (fem. nom. sg.]= snaring.
visattik È: visatta [masc. made of vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+pp. of %sa¤j/saj (to hang on, cling)]= sticking
or clinging to. visattikÈ [fem. abstract formation]= craving, lust. visattikÈ [nom. sg.]= craving, lust.
ta‡hÈ: ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. ta‡hÈ [nom. sg.]= thirst, craving.
k uhi¤ci: kuhi£ [indec. adv.]= where (to)? kuhi£+ci [indef. intrg. part. sfx.]= kuhi¤ci [indef. adv.]=
anywhere.
netave [inf. of %nÏ (to lead)]= in order to lead, so as to carry away.
buddham anatagocara£ : buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha.
buddha£ [acc. sg.]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. anata [adj.]= endless, infinite. go [masc.]=
cow. cara [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= walking, going, wandering. go+cara= gocara
[ntr.]= ‘a cow’s grazing’ i.e, a pasture, field, course. anata+gocara= anatagocara [adj.]= having
an endless sphere. anatagocara£ [masc. acc. sg.]= having an endless sphere.
buddha£+anatagocara£= buddham anatagocara£= an Awakened One having an endless sphere.
apada£ : pada [ntr.]= step, footstep, track. a [neg. pfx.]+pada= apada [ntr.]= trackless, leaving no
footprint. apada£ [nom. sg.]= trackless, leaving no footprint.
k ena [mas. ins. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which)]= by who, which.
padena: pada [ntr.]= path. padena [ins. sg.]= by/through/with path.
nessatha [2. pl. fur. act. caus. of %nÏ (to lead, to carry away)]= (you) will lead.
ye jhÈnapasutÈ dhÏrÈ nekkhammÊpasame ratÈ

devÈpi tesa£ pihayanti sambuddhÈna£ satÏmata£21812
;s >kuilqrk /hjk usD[kEewiles jrk

nsokfi rsla fig;fUr lEcq¼kua lrhera2ûøû2
Translation
The wise ones, who are pursuing meditation, delighting in renunciation and tranquility,
completely awakened and mindful ones, even the gods envy them.
Vocabulary
jhÈnapasutÈ: jhÈna [ntr.]= meditation, concentration. pasuta [adj.]= intent upon, pursuing.
jhÈna+pasuta= jhÈnapasuta [adj.]= pursuing meditation. jhÈnapasutÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= pursuing
meditation.
dhÏrÈ: dhÏra [adj.]= wise. dhÏrÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= wise.
nek k ham m Êpasam e: nekkhamma [ntr.]= renunciation. upasama [masc. derived from upa (pfx. meaning
‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased)]= tranquility. nekkhamma+upasama= nekkhammÊpasama
[euphonic sandhi, masc.]= renunciation and tranquility. nekkhammÊpasame [loc. sg.]= in
renunciation and tranquility.
ratÈ: rata [adj. pp. of %ram (to enjoy)]= delighting in. ratÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= delighting in.
devÈpi: deva [masc.]= god, deity, deva. devÈ [nom. pl.]= gods. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just
so, as well. devÈ+api= devÈpi [euphonic sandhi]= even the gods.
tesa£ [masc. gen. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= of those, their.
pihayanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %pih (to envy)]= envy.
sa£ buddhÈna£ : buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. sa£ [adj.
indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness]+buddha= sa£buddha [adj.]= fully
awakened. sa£buddhÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of the fully awakened.
satÏm ata£ : sati [fem. derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindfulness. sati+mantu [poss. sfx.]=
satimantu [adj.]= mindful. satÏmata£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of the mindful.
kiccho manussapa—ilÈbho,
kiccha£ maccÈna jÏvita£,
kiccha£ saddhammassavana£,
kiccho buddhÈna£ uppÈdo21822
fdPNks euqLlifVykHkks]
fdPNa ePpku thfora]
fdPNa l¼EeLloua]
fdPNks cq¼kua mIiknks2ûøü2
Translation
Hard to get is the human birth; difficult is the life of mortals. Difficult is listening to the True
Dhamma; hard is the appearance of the buddhas.
Vocabulary
k iccho: kiccha [adj.]= difficult to obtain, hard. kiccho [masc. nom. sg.]= difficult to obtain, hard.
m anussapa—ilÈbho: manussa [masc.]= human, man. pa—ilÈbha [masc. derived from pa—i [directional pfx.
meaning ‘on, at’)+%labh (to obtain, to get)]= attainment, obtaining. manussa+pa—ilÈbha=
manussapa—ilÈbha [masc.]= birth as a human being, human birth. manussapa—ilÈbho [nom. sg.]=
human birth.
k iccha£ : kiccha [adj.]= difficult to obtain, hard. kiccha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= difficult to obtain, hard.
m accÈna: macca [masc.]= mortal. maccÈna [gen. pl.]= of mortals.
k iccha£ : kiccha [adj.]= difficult to obtain, hard. kiccha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= difficult to obtain, hard.
saddham m assavana£ : sata [adj. pp. of %as (to be)]= good, true. dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma.
sata+dhamma= saddhamma [masc.]= the True Dhamma. saddhamma£ [acc. sg.]= the True
Dhamma. savana [ntr.]= hearing. saddhamma+savana= saddhammassavana [masc. Euphonic
sandhi]= listening to the True Dhamma. saddhammassavana£ [nom. sg.]= listening to the true
Dhamma.
k iccho: kiccha [adj.]= difficult to obtain, hard. kiccho [masc. nom. sg.]= difficult to obtain, hard.
buddhÈna£ : buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddhÈna£
[gen. pl.]= of the buddhas.
uppÈdo: uppÈda [masc.]= coming into existence, appearance, birth. uppÈdo [nom. sg.]= coming into
existence, appearance, birth.
sabbapÈpassa akara‡a£ kusalassa upasampadÈ

sacittapariyodapana£ eta£ buddhÈna sÈsana£21832
lCcikiLl vdj.ka dqlyLl milEink

lfpRrifj;ksniua ,ra cq¼ku lklua2ûøý2
Translation
Avoidance all evil, gathering of merit, purifying one’s own mind- this is teaching of the buddhas.
Vocabulary
sabbapÈpassa: sabba [adj.]= all, every. pÈpa [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= evil. sabba+pÈpa= sabbapÈpa
[ntr.]= all evil. sabbapÈpassa [gen. sg.]= of all evil.
ak ara‡a£ : kara‡a [ntr. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= doing. a [neg. pfx.]+kara‡a= akara‡a
[ntr.]= not doing, avoiding, avoidance. akara‡a£ [nom. sg.]= avoidance.
k usalassa: kusala [adj.]= good, meritorious. Here it is used as a ntr n meaning ‘merit.’ kusalassa [gen.
sg.]= of merit.
upasam padÈ [fem. derived from upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply
conjunction and completeness)+%pad (go to, to fall)]= gathering, obtaining.
sacittapariyodapana£ : citta [ntr.]= mind. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ used a first part of cpd. in the sense
of ‘with, possessed of, having, same, own.’]+citta= sacitta [ntr.]= one’s own mind. pariyodapana
[ntr.]= purification, cleansing. sacitta+pariyodana= sacittapariyodapana [ntr.]= purifying one’s
own mind. sacittapariyodapana£ [nom. sg.]= purifying one’s own mind.
eta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (it, this)]= it, this.
buddhÈna: buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddhÈna£ [gen.
pl.]= of the buddhas.buddhÈna is m.c. for buddhÈna£.
sÈsana£ : sÈsana [ntr.]= teaching. sÈsana£ [nom. sg.]= teaching.
khantÏ parama£ tapo titikkhÈ,

nibbÈna£ parama£ vadanti buddhÈ,
na hi pabbajito parÊpaghÈtÏ
sama‡o hoti para£ vihe—hayanto21842
[kUrh ijea riks frfrD[kk]

fuCckua ijea onfUr cq¼k]
u fg iCcftrks i:i?kkrh
le.kks gksfr ija fogsB;Urks2ûøþ2
Translation
Patience (and) forgiveness are the highest austerity. The buddhas say the nibbÈna to be the
highest. One, who hurts the other, is not indeed a monk. An ascetic does not harm the other.
Vocabulary
k hantÏ: khanti [fem.]= patience. khanti [nom. sg.]= patience. khantÏ is m.c. for khanti.
param a£ : parama [adj.]= most, highest. parama£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= most, highest.
tapo: tapa [ntr.]= austerity. tapo [nom. sg.]= austerity.
titik k hÈ: titikkhÈ [fem.]= forgiveness. titikkhÈ [nom. sg.]= forgiveness.
param a£ : parama [adj.]= most, highest. parama£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= most, highest.
vadanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %vad (to say)]= say.
buddhÈ: buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddhÈ [nom. pl.]=
the buddhas.
pabbajito: pabbajita [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of
an action)+pp.%vajj (to avoid)]= monk. pabbajito [masc. nom. sg.]= monk.
parÊpaghÈtÏ: para [adj.]= other. upaghÈtÏ [adj. derived from upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%han
(to strike)]= hurting, killing. para+upaghÈtÏ= parÊpaghÈtÏ [adj., euphonic sandhi]= hurting the
other. parÊpaghÈtÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= hurting the other.
p ara£ : para [adj.]= beyond, other. para£ [masc. acc. sg.]= beyond, other.
vihe—hayanto: vihe—hayant [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%hÏÇ (to harass, to injure)]=
hurting, oppressing, harming. vihe—hayanto [masc. nom. sg.]= hurting, oppressing, harming.
anÊpavÈdo anÊpaghÈto pÈtimokkhe ca sa£varo

matta¤¤utÈ ca bhattasmi£ panta¤ ca sayanÈsana£
adhicitte ca Èyogo eta£ buddhÈna sÈsana£21852
vuwioknks vuwi?kkrks ikfreksD[ks p laojks

eÙk××kqrk p HkÙkfLea iUr×k~ p l;uklua
vf/fpÙks p vk;ksxks ,ra cq¼ku lklua2ûøÿ2
Translation
Not blaming, not hurting, restraint according to the PÈtimokkha, knowing moderation in food,
solitary dwelling, pursuing meditation , this is the teaching of the buddhas.
Vocabulary
anÊpavÈdo: upavÈda [masc.]= blaming. an [neg. pfx.]+upavÈda= anÊpavÈda [masc. with metrically
lengthened u]= not blaming. anÊpavÈdo [nom. sg.]= not blaming.
anÊpaghÈto: upaghÈta [masc.]= hurting, killing. an [neg. pfx.]+upaghÈta= anÊpaghÈta [masc. with
metrically lengthened u]= not hurting. anÊpaghÈto [nom. sg.]= not hurting.
pÈtim ok k he: pÈtimokkha [ntr.]=PÈtimokkha, a moral code consisting of 227 basic rules to be followed
by a monk. pÈtimokkhe [loc. sg.]= according to the PÈtimokkha.
sa£ varo: sa£vara [ntr.]= restraint. sa£varo [nom. sg.]= restraint.
m atta¤¤utÈ: mattÈ [fem.]= measure. In cpd. mattÈ is shortened to matta. ¤utÈ [fem. derived from %¤È
(to know)]= knowing. matta+¤utÈ= matta¤¤ÊtÈ [fem. euphonic sandhi]= knowing the right measure
i.e., knowing moderation. matta¤¤ÊtÈ [nom. sg.]= knowing moderation.
bhattasm i£ : bhatta [ntr.]= food. bhattasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in food.
panta¤ ca: panta [adj.]= distant, remote, solitary, secluded. panta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= solitary. ca [indef.
encl. part.]= and. panta£+ca= panta¤ ca= and solitary.
sayanÈsana£ : sayana [ntr.]= bed, couch. Èsana [ntr.]= sitting, sitting down, a seat. sayana+Èsana=
sayanÈsana [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= bed and seat i.e. dwelling. sayanÈsana£ [nom. sg.]= dwelling.
adhichitte: citta [ntr.]= mind adhi [pfx. meaning ‘towards’]+citta= adhicitta [ntr.]= higher mind, higher
thought, meditation. adhichitte [loc. sg.]= in meditation.
Èyogo: Èyoga [masc.]= pursuing. Èyogo [nom. sg.]= pursuing.
buddhÈna: buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddhÈna [gen.
pl.]= of the buddhas.
sÈsana£ : sÈsana [ntr.]= teaching. sÈsana£ [nom. sg.]= teaching.
na kahÈpa‡avassena titti kÈmesu vijjati,

šappassÈdÈ dukkhÈ kÈmÈ› iti vi¤¤Èya pa‡Çito21862
u dgki.koLlsu frfÙk dkeslq foTtfr]

švIiLlknk nqD[kk dkek› bfr fo××kk; if.Mrks2ûøö2
Translation
Even by rain of coins one cannot be satisfied in sensual desires. The wise man, having
understood that šsensual desires give little pleasure and are painful›
Vocabulary
k ahÈpa‡avassena: kahÈpa‡a [masc.]= coin used in ancient India. vassa [masc.]= rain.
kahÈpa‡a+vassa= kahÈpa‡avassa [masc.]= rain of coins. kahÈpa‡avassena [ins. sg.]= by rain of
coins.
titti: titti [fem.]= satisfaction. titti [loc. sg.]= satisfaction.
appassÈdÈ: appa [adj.]= hardly any, very few, very little. assÈda [masc.]= sweetness, taste, satisfaction.
appa+assÈda= appassÈda [adj. euphonic sandhi]= giving little satisfaction. appassÈdÈ [masc. nom.
pl.]= giving little satisfaction.
duk k hÈ: dukkha [adj.]= painful. dukkhÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= painful.
k Èm È: kÈma [masc.]= sensual desire, pleasure. kÈmÈ [nom. pl.]= sensual desires.
vi¤¤Èya [ger. of vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%¤È (to know)]= having understood.
api dibbesu kÈmesu rati£ so nÈdhigacchati,
ta‡hakkhayarato hoti sammÈsambuddhasÈvako21872
vfi fnCcslq dkeslq jfra lks ukf/xPNfr]

r.gD[k;jrks gksfr lEeklEcq¼lkodks2ûø÷2
Translation
he does not find liking even in divine pleasures. A disciple of the truly and completely awakened
one is devoted to the destruction of craving.
Vocabulary
dibbesu: dibba [adj.]= divine. dibbesu [masc. loc. sg.]= in divine.
rati£ : rati [fem.]= love, pleasure. rati£ [acc. sg.]= love, pleasure.
nÈdhigacchati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. adhigacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from adhi (pfx.
meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= gets, finds. na+adhigacchati= nÈdhigacchati [euphonic
sandhi]= does not find.
ta‡hak k hayarato: ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. rata [adj. pp.
of %ram (to enjoy)]= delighting in. ratÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= delighting in. ta‡hÈ+khaya+rata=
ta‡hakkhayarata [adj.]= devoted to destruction of cravings. ta‡hakkhayarato [nom. sg.]= devoted
to destruction of cravings.
sam m Èsam buddhasÈvak o: sammÈ [indec. adv.]= in a right way. buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to
awaken)]= the Awakened One, Enlightened. sammÈ+sa£ [adj., indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness]+buddha= sammÈsambuddha [masc.]= Truly and Fully awakened One. sÈvaka
[masc.]= ‘listener’, student, disciple. sammÈsambuddha+sÈvaka= sammÈsambuddhasÈvaka [masc,
noun]= disciple of the Truly and Fully awakened One. sammÈsambuddhasÈvako [nom. sg.]= disciple
of the Truly and Fully Awakened One.
bahu£ ve sara‡a£ yanti pabbatÈni vanÈni ca

ÈrÈmarukkhacetyÈni manussÈ bhayatajjitÈ2ûøø2
cgqa os lj.ka ;fUr iCcrkfu oukfu p

vkjke#D[kpsR;kfu euqLlk Hk;rfTtrk21882
Translation
Driven by fear, men indeed go for refuge to many places, mountains, forests, gardens, trees, and
shrines.
Vocabulary
bahu£ : bahu [adj.]= much, many. bahu£ [acc. sg.]= much, many.
sara‡a£ : sara‡a [ntr.]= shelter, refuge. sara‡a£ [acc. sg.]= shelter, refuge.
pabbatÈni: pabbata [ntr.]= mountain. pabbatÈni [acc. pl.]= mountains.
vanÈni: vana [ntr.]= forest. vanÈni [acc. pl.]= forests.
ÈrÈm aruk k hacetyÈni: ÈrÈma [masc.]= park, garden. rukkha [masc.]= tree. cetya [ntr.]= shrine.
ÈrÈma+rukkha+cetya= ÈrÈmarukkhacetya [ntr.]= garden, trees, and shrines. ÈrÈmarukkhacetyÈni
[acc. pl.]= garden, tress, and shrines.
m anussÈ: manussa [masc.]= man. manussÈ [nom. sg.]= men.
bhayatajjitÈ: bhaya [ntr.]= fear. tajjita [adj. derived from %taj (to drive, to frighten)]= driven, spurred.
bhaya+tajjita= bhayatajjita [adj.]= driven by fear. bhayatajjitÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= driven by fear.
n’eta£ kho sara‡a£ khema£,

n’eta£ sara‡amuttama£,
n’eta£ sara‡amÈgamma,
sabbadukkhÈ pamuccati21892
u~*,ra [kks lj.ka [ksea]
u~*,ra lj.keqÙkea]
u~’,ra lj.kekxEe]
lCcnqD[kk ieqPpfr2ûøù2
Translation
This refuge is not safe indeed; this refuge is not the best. Having come to this refuge one is not
released from all sufferings.
Vocabulary
n’eta£ : na [indec. part.]= no, not. eta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (it, this)]= it, this.
na+eta£= n’eta£ [euphonic sandhi]= not... this.
k hem a£ : khema [adj.]= safe, peaceful. khema£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= safe, peaceful.
sara‡am utta£ : sara‡a [ntr.]= shelter, refuge. sara‡a£ [acc. sg.]= shelter, refuge. uttama [adj.]= best,
highest. sara‡a£+uttama= sara‡amuttama [euphonic sandhi, adj.]= the best refuge. sara‡amutta£
[ntr. nom. sg.]= the best refuge.
sara‡am Ègam m a: sara‡a [n. ntr.]= shelter, refuge. sara‡a£ [acc. sg.]= shelter, refuge. Ègamma [adj.,
ger. of È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from, to towards’)+%gam (to go)]= having come.
sara‡a£+Ègamma= sara‡amÈgamma [euphonic sandhi]= having come to a refuge.
sabbaduk k hÈ: sabba [adj.]= all, every. dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. sabba+dukkha= sabbadukkha [ntr.]=
all suffering. sabbadukkhÈ [abl. sg.]= from all sufferings.
pam uccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%muc (to release)]= is
released, is freed.
yo ca buddha¤ ca dhamma£ ca sa£gha£ ca sarana£ gato

cattÈri ariyasaccÈni sammappa¤¤Èya passati2ûùú2
;ks p cq¼×k~ p /Eea p la?ka p lj.ka xrks

pÙkkfj vfj;lPpkfu lEeIi××kk; iLlfr21902
Translation
And whoever has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Sa£gha, sees with true
wisdom the Four Noble Truths.
Vocabulary
yo ca: yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who. Whenever ca [indef. encl. part.]
follows a demonstr. pron. it is used in the sense of ‘ever, whosoever, whatever.’
buddha¤ ca: buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddha£ [acc.
sg.]= the Buddha. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. buddha£+ca= buddha¤ ca.
dham m a£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma£ [acc. sg.]= the Dhamma.

sa£ gha£ : sa£gha [masc.]= Sa£gha, the Buddhist Order. sa£gha£ [acc. sg.]= Sa£gha.
gato: gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. gato [masc. nom. sg.]= gone.
cattÈri ariyasaccÈni: catu [num.]= four. cattÈri [ntr. acc. pl.]= four. ariya [adj.]= noble. sacca [ntr.]=
truth. ariya+sacca= ariyasacca [ntr.]= Noble Truth. ariyasaccÈni [acc. pl.]= Noble Truths. cattÈri
ariyasaccÈni= the Four Noble Truths.
sam m appa¤¤Èya: sammÈ [indec. adv.]= thoroughly, properly, rightly. sammÈ is sometimes reduced to
samma in cpd. pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. sammÈ+pa¤¤È= sammappa¤¤È [euphonic sandhi, fem.]=
true wisdom. sammappa¤¤Èya [ins. sg.]= with true wisdom.
dukkha£ dukkhasamuppÈda£
dukkhassa ca atikkama£
ariya¤ c’a——ha×gika£ magga£
dukkhÊpasamagÈmina£21912
nqD[ka nqD[kleqIikna
nqD[kLl p vfrDdea
vfj;×k~ p~*vêòfÄõda eXxa
nqD[kwilexkfeua2ûùû2
Translation
Suffering, origin of suffering, overcoming of suffering, and the noble eightfold path, leading to
appeasement of suffering.
Vocabulary
duk k ha£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkha£ [acc. sg.]= suffering.
duk k hasam uppÈda£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. samuppÈda [masc.]= origin, appearance.
dukkha+samuppÈda [masc.]= dukkhasamuppÈda [masc.]= origin of suffering. dukkhasamuppÈda£
[acc. sg.]= origin of suffering.
duk k hassa: dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkhassa [gen. sg.]= of suffering.
atik k am a£ : atikkama [masc.]= overcoming. atikkama£ [acc. sg.]= overcoming.
ariya¤ c’a——ha×gik a£ m agga£ : ariya [adj.]= noble. ariya£ [masc. acc. sg.]= noble. ca [indef. encl.
part.]= and. a——ha [num.]= eight. a×ga [ntr.]= limb, constituent, part. a×gika [adj.]= having a part,
having a constituent. a——ha+a×gika= a——ha×gika [adj.]= eight-fold. a——h×gika£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= eight-
fold. magga [masc.]= path, road. magga£ [acc. sg.]= path, road.
ariya£+ca+a——ha×gikam+magga£= ariya¤ c’a——ha×gika£ magga£= and the noble eightfold path.
duk k hÊpasam agÈm ina£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. upasama [masc. derived from upa (pfx. meaning
‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased)]= tranquility, appeasement. gÈmÏ [adj.]= going.
dukkha+upasama+gÈmÏ= dukkhÊpasamagÈmÏ [adj., euphonic sandhi]= leading to appeasement of
suffering. dukkhÊpasamagÈmina£ [masc. acc. sg.]= leading to appeasement of suffering.
eta£ kho sara‡a£ khema£ eta£ sara‡am uttama£

eta£ sara‡am Ègamma sabbadukkhÈ pamuccati21922
,ra [kks lj.ka [ksea ,ra lj.ke~ mÙkea

,ra lj.ke~ vkxEe lCcnqD[kk ieqPpfr2ûùü2
Translation
This refuge is safe indeed; this refuge is the best. Having come to this refuge one is released
from all suffering.
Vocabulary
eta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= it, this.
sara‡a£ : sara‡a [ntr.]= shelter, refuge. sara‡a£ [nom. sg.]= shelter, refuge.
k hem a£ : khema [adj.]= safe, peaceful. khema£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= safe, peaceful.
sara‡am uttam a£ : sara‡a [n. ntr.]= shelter, refuge. sara‡a£ [nom. sg.]= shelter, refuge. uttama
[adj.]= best, highest. mutta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= best, highest. sara‡a£+uttama£= sara‡am
uttama£= the best refuge.
eta£ [ntr. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron eta (this, that)]= to it, to this.
sara‡am Ègam m a: sara‡a [ntr.]= shelter, refuge. sara‡a£ [acc. sg.]= shelter, refuge. Ègamma [adj. ger.
of È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%gam (to go)]= having come. sara‡a£+Ègamma=
sara‡am Ègamma= having come to a refuge.
all suffering. sabbadukkhÈ [abl. sg.]= from all suffering.
pam uccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%muc (to release)]= is
released, is freed.
dullabho purisÈja¤¤o na so sabbattha jÈyati,

yattha so jÈyatÏ dhÏro ta£ kula£ sukham edhati21932
nqYyHkks iqfjlkt××kks u lks lCcRFk tk;fr]

;RFk lks tk;rh /hjks ra dqya lq[ke~ ,/fr2ûùý2
Translation
A noble person is hard to find. He is not born everywhere. Where such a wise one is born that
family prospers happily.
Vocabulary
dullabho: du [antithetic pfx.]= bad, insufficient difficult. labha [adj. derived from %labh (to obtain, to
get)]= getting, obtaining. du+labha= dullabha [adj. euphonic sandhi]= hard to get. dullabho [masc.
nom. sg.]= hard to get.
purisÈja¤¤o: purisa [masc.]= person. Èja¤¤a [adj.]= of good birth, noble. purisa+Èja¤¤a= purisÈja¤¤a
[euphonic sandhi, masc.]= noble person. purisÈja¤¤o [nom. sg.]= noble person.
jÈyati [3 .sg. pr. indec. med. derived from %jan (to produce)]= is born, is produced, arises.
so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. of ta (it, that)]= this, hej.Èy at Ï: jÈyati [3. sg. pr. indec. med.
d e rive d f rom % j a n ( t o
produce)]= is born, is produced,
arises. jÈyatÏ is m.c. for jÈyati.
k ula£ : kula [ntr.]= family. kula£ [nom. sg.]= family.
suk ham edhati: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg. but here used as an adv.]= happily. edhati [3.
sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %edh (to increase)= prospers. sukha£+edhati= sukham edhati
sukho buddhÈna£ uppÈdo sukhÈ saddhammadesanÈ

sukhÈ sa£ghassa sÈmaggÏ samaggÈna£ tapo sukho21942
lq[kks cq¼kua mIiknks lq[kk l¼Eensluk

lq[kk la?kLl lkeXxh leXxkua riks lq[kks2ûùþ2
Translation
Happy is birth of the awakened ones. Happy is teaching of the True Dharma. Happy is unity of
the Sa£gha. Happy is austerity of the united.
Vocabulary
suk ho: sukha [adj.]= happy, happiness. sukho [masc. nom. sg.]= happiness.
buddhÈna£ : buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddhÈna£
[gen. pl.]= of the buddhas.
uppÈdo: uppÈda [masc.]= coming into existence, appearance, birth. uppÈdo [nom. sg.]= coming into
existence, appearance, birth.
suk hÈ: sukha [adj.]= happy, happiness. sukhÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= happiness.
saddham m adesanÈ: sata [adj. pp. of %as (to be)]= good, true. dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma.
sata+dhamma= saddhamma [masc.]= the True Dhamma. saddhamma£ [acc. sg.]= the True
Dhamma. desanÈ [fem.]= teaching. saddhamma+desanÈ= saddhammadesanÈ [fem.]= teaching of
the True Dhamma. saddhammadesanÈ [nom. sg.]= teaching of the true Dhamma.
suk hÈ: sukha [adj.]= happy, happiness. sukhÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= happiness.
sa£ ghassa: sa£gha [masc.]= Sa£gha, the Buddhist Order. sa£ghassa [gen. sg.]= of the Sa£gha.
sÈm aggÏ: sÈmaggÏ [fem.]= unity, concord. sÈmaggÏ [nom. sg.]= unity, concord.
sam aggÈna£ : samagga [adj.]= united, harmonious. samaggÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of... united.
tapo: tapa [ntr.]= austerity. tapo [nom. sg.]= austerity.
suk ho: sukha [adj.]= happy, happiness. sukho [masc. nom. sg.]= happiness.
pÊjÈrahe pÊjayato buddhe yadi va sÈvake

papa¤casamatikkante ti‡‡asokapariddave21952
iwtkjgs iwt;rks cq¼s ;fn o lkods

ii×plefrDdUrs fr..klksdifjíos2ûùÿ2
Translation
Of one paying respect to those worthy of it, the buddhas or their pupils, who have gone beyond
hindrances and overcame grief and lamentation.
Vocabulary
pÊjÈrahe: pÊjÈ [fem.]= devotion. araha [adj.]= worthy, deserving. pÊjÈ+araha= pÊjÈraha [adj.]=
worthy of devotion. pÊjÈrahe [masc. acc. pl.]= worthy of devotion.
pÊjayato: pÊjayant [adj.]= paying respect, worshipping. pÊjayato [masc. gen. sg.]= of... paying respect.
buddhe: buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddhe [acc. pl.]=
to the buddhas.
yadi va: yadi [indec. conj.]= whether, if. vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. In verse, as here, sometimes vÈ is
shortened to va. yadi va= or.
sÈvak e: sÈvaka [masc.]= ‘listener,’ pupil. sÈvake [acc. pl.]= to pupils.
papa¤casam atik k ante: papa¤ca [masc.]= hindrance to spiritual growth. samatikkanta [adj. of sa£ (adj,
indec. pfx implying conjunction and completeness)+ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely.’)+%kam (to go)]=
gone beyond. papa¤ca+samatikkanta= papa¤casamatikkanta [adj.]= gone beyond hindrance to
spiritual progress. papa¤casamatikkante [masc. acc. pl.]= gone beyond hindrances to spiritual
progress.
ti‡‡asok apariddave: ti‡‡a [adj.]= overcome. soka [masc.]= sorrow. parideva [masc.]= lamentation.
pariddava is metrical substitute for parideva. ti‡‡a+soka+pariddava= ti‡‡asokapariddava [adj.]=
who has overcome sorrow and lamentation. ti‡‡asokapariddave [masc. acc. pl.]= who have overcome
grief and lamentation.
te tÈdise pÊjayato nibbute akutobhaye

na sakkÈ pu¤¤a£ sa£khÈtu£ im’ettam api kenaci21962
rs rkfnls iwt;rks fuCcqrs vdqrksHk;s

u lDdk iq××ka la[kkrqa be~*,Ùke~ vfi dsufp2ûùö2
Translation
Those who pay respects to such emancipated and fearless ones, nobody is able to calculate their
merit as such and such.
Vocabulary
te [masc. acc. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= they, those.
tÈdise: tÈdisa [adj.]= such, of such a quality. tÈdise [masc. acc. pl.]= such.
pÊjayato: pÊjayant [adj.]= paying respect, worshipping. pÊjayato [masc. gen. sg.]= of... paying respect.
nibbute: nibbuta [adj. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘off, out’)+%vÈ (to blow)]= emancipated, liberated.
nibbute [masc. acc. pl.]= emancipated ones.
ak utobhaye: kuto [indec. adv.]= where from? whence? bhaya [ntr.]= fear. a [neg. pfx.]+kuto+bhaya=
akutobhaya [adj.]= having no fear, fearless. akutobhaye [masc. acc. pl.]= fearless.
sak k È: sakka [adj.]= able. sakkÈ (adv.]= ably.
sa£ k hÈtu£ [inf. of %khyÈ (to calculate)]= to calculate.
im ’ettam api: ima£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this. etta [adv. but here used as an
adj.]= so much, this much. etta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= so much, this much. ima£+etta£= im’etta£=
so much, this much. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well. im’etta£+api= im’ettam api.
k enaci: ki£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ka (what/which/who)]= what. ki£+ci [indef. intrg. part. sfx.]=
ki¤ci [euphonic sandhi]= whatever, something. kenaci [masc. ins. sg.]= by whatever.
15. Suk havaggo lq[koXxks (Happiness)
susukha£ vata jÏvÈma verinesu averino,

verinesu manussesu viharÈma averino21972
lqlq[ka or thoke osfjuslq vosfjuks]

osfjuslq euqLlslq fogjke vosfjuks2ûù÷2
Translation
Let us live very happily indeed without hatred amongst haters. Let us dwell amongst hateful men
without hatred.
Vocabulary
susuk ha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg. but here used as an adv.]= happily. su [indec. part.
used as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+sukha= susukha£ [adv.]= very happily.
jÏvÈm a [1. pl. imperat. of %jÏv (to live)]= let us live. see K.R. Norman (tr.), The Word of the Doctrine
(Dhammapada), Oxford, 1997: 111.
verinesu: verin [adj.]= hater. verinesu [masc. loc. pl.]= among haters.
averino: verÏ [masc.]= hater. a [neg. pfx.]+verÏ= averÏ [adj.]= non-hater, without hatred. averino
[masc. nom. pl.]= without hatred.
verinesu: verÏ [adj.]= hater. verinesu [masc. loc. pl.]= among haters.
viharÈm a [1. pl. imperat. of viharati (lives)]= let us dwell. See K.R. Norman (tr.), The Word of the
Doctrine (Dhammapada), Oxford, 1997: 111.
averino: verÏ [masc.]= hater. a [neg. pfx.]+verÏ= averÏ [adj.]= non-hater, without hatred. averino
[masc. nom. pl.]= without hatred.
susukha£ vata jÏvÈma Èturesu anÈturÈ,

Èturesu manussesu viharÈma anÈturÈ 21982
lqlq[ka or thoke vkrqjslq vukrqjk]

vkrqjslq euqLlslq fogjke vukrqjk2ûùø2
Translation
Let us live very happily indeed without disease amongst the diseased. Let us dwell amongst the
diseased without disease.
Vocabulary
jÏvÈm a [1. pl. imperat. of %jÏv (to live)]= let us live. See K.R. Norman (tr.), The Word of the Doctrine
Èturesu: Ètura [adj.]= diseased. Èturesu [masc. loc. pl.]= amongst the diseased.
anÈturÈ: Ètura [adj.]= diseased. an [neg. pfx.]+Ètura= Ètura [adj.]= without disease. anÈturÈ [masc.
nom. pl.]= without disease.
Èturesu: Ètura [adj.]= diseased. Èturesu [masc. loc. pl.]= amongst the diseased.
anÈturÈ: Ètura [adj.]= diseased. an [neg. pfx.]+Ètura= Ètura [adj.]= without disease. anÈturÈ [masc.
nom. pl.]= without disease.
susukha£ vata jÏvÈma ussukesu anussukÈ,

ussukesu manussesu viharÈma anussukÈ21992
lqlq[ka or thoke mLlqdslq vuqLlqdk]

mLldslq euqLlslq fogjke vuqLlqdk2ûùù2
Translation
Let us live very happily indeed without greed amongst the greedy. Let us dwell amongst the
greedy without greed.
Vocabulary
jÏvÈm a [1.pl. imperat. of %jÏv (to live)]= let us live. see K.R. Norman (tr.), The Word of the Doctrine
ussuk esu: ussuka [adj.]= greedy. ussukesu [masc. loc. pl.]= among the greedy.
anussuk È: ussuka [adj.]= greedy. an [neg. pfx.]+ussuka= anussuka [adj.]= without greed. anussukÈ
[masc. nom. pl.]= without greed.
ussuk esu: ussuka [adj.]= greedy. ussukesu [masc. loc. pl.]= among the greedy.
anussuk È: ussuka [adj.]= greedy. an [neg. pfx.]+ussuka= anussuka [adj.]= without greed. anussukÈ
[masc. nom. pl.]= without greed.
susukha£ vata jÏvÈma yesa£ no n’atthi ki¤cana£,

pÏtibhakkhÈ bhavissÈma devÈ ÈbhassarÈ yathÈ22002
lqlq[ka or thoke ;sla uks u~*vfRFk fd×pua]

ihfrHkD[kk HkfoLlke nsok vkHkLljk ;Fkk2üúú2
Translation
let us live very happily indeed for whom there is nothing. Feeding on joy we shall be like radiant
gods.
Vocabulary
jÏvÈm a [1. pl. imperat. of %jÏv (to live)]= let (us) live. see K.R. Norman (tr.), The Word of the Doctrine
yesa£ [masc. gen. pl. of the pron. ya (which, that, what)]= whose.
no [gen. pl. of 1. pron. aha£ (I)]= us.
k i¤cana£ : ki¤cana [ntr.]= something. ki¤cana£ [nom. sg.]= something.
pÏtibhak k hÈ: pÏti [fem.]= joy. bhakkha [adj.]= eating. pÏti+bhakkha= pÏtibhakkha [adj.]= feeding on
joy. pÏtibhakkhÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= feeding on joy.
bhavissÈm a [1. pl. fut. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= will be.
devÈ: deva [masc.]= god, deity, deva. devÈ [nom. pl.]= gods.
ÈbhassarÈ: Èbhassara [adj.]= radiant. ÈbhassarÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= radiant.
jaya£ vera£ pasavati dukkha£ seti parÈjito,

upasanto sukha£ seti hitvÈ jayaparÈjaya£22012
t;a osja ilofr nqD[ka lsfr ijkftrks]

milUrks lq[ka lsfr fgRok t;ijkt;a2üúû2
Translation
Victory produces hatred. The defeated one sleeps painfully. Calmed one sleeps happily, having
abandoned both victory and defeat.
Vocabulary
jaya£ : jaya [ntr.]= victory. jaya£ [nom. sg.]= victory.
vera£ : vera [ntr.]=hatred. vera£ [acc. sg.]= hatred.
pasavati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%su (to flow)]= brings forth, produces.
duk k ha£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering, pain. dukkha£ [acc. sg. Here used as an adv.]= painfully.
parÈjito: parÈjita [adj.]= defeated. parÈjito [masc. nom. sg.]= defeated.
upasanto: upa [pfx.]= close by, near. santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm,
appeased. upa+santa= upasanta [adj.]= calmed. upasanto [masc. nom. sg.]= calmed.
suk ha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg. but here used as an adv.]= happily.
hitvÈ [ger. of %hÈ (to leave, to abandon)]= having abandoned.
jayaprÈjaya£ : jaya [ntr.]= victory. parÈjaya [ntr.]= defeat. jaya+parÈjaya= jayaprÈjaya [ntr.]=
victory and defeat. jayaprÈjaya£ [acc. sg.]= victory and defeat.
n’atthi rÈgasamo aggi,

n’atthi dosasamo kali,
n’atthi khandhÈsamÈ dukkhÈ,
n’atthi santipara£ sukha£22022
u~*vfRFk jkxleks vfXx]

u~*vfRFk nkslleks dfy]
u~*vfRFk [ka/klek nqD[kk]
u~*vfRFk lfUrija lq[ak2üúü2
Translation
There is no fire like passion. There is no evil like hatred. There is no suffering like the
constituents of existence. There is no happiness higher than tranquility.
Vocabulary
rÈgasam o: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. sama [adj.]= just like, same.
rÈga+sama= rÈgasama [adj.]= like passion. rÈgasamo [masc. nom. sg.]= like passion.
aggi: aggi [masc.]= fire. aggi [nom. sg.]=fire.
dosasam o: dosa [masc.]= ill-will, hatred. sama [adj.]= just like, same. dosa+sama= dosasama [adj.]=
like hatred. dosasamo [masc. nom. sg.]= like hatred.
k ali: kali [masc.]= evil. kali [nom. sg.]= evil.
k handhÈsam È: khandha [masc.]= aggregate or constituent of existence. sama [adj.]= just like, same.
khandha+sama= khandhasama [adj.]= like the constituent of existence. khandhasamÈ [masc. nom.
pl.]= like the constituents of existence.
duk k hÈ: dukkha [masc.]= suffering. dukkhÈ [nom. pl.]= sufferings.
santipara£ : santi [fem.]= peace, tranquility. para [adj.]= higher, beyond, above. santi+para=
santipara [adj.]= higher than tranquility. santipara£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= higher than tranquility.
jighacchÈ paramÈ rogÈ, sa£khÈrÈ paramÈ dukhÈ,

eta£ ¤atvÈ yathÈbhÊta£ nibbÈna£ parama£ sukha£22032
ft?kPNk ijek jksXkk] la[kkjk ijek nq[kkA

,ra ×kRok ;FkkHkwra fuCckua ijea lq[ak2üúý2
Translation
Hunger is the worst of diseases. Conditioned things are the worst sufferings. Having known this
as it is, nibbÈna is the best happiness.
Vocabulary
jighacchÈ: jighacchÈ [fem.]= hunger. jighacchÈ [nom. sg.]= hunger.
param È rogÈ: paramÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= most, highest. roga [masc.]= disease. rogÈ [nom.
pl.]=diseases. paramÈ rogÈ= the worst of diseases.
sa£ k hÈrÈ: sa£khÈra [masc.]= conditioned things. sa£khÈrÈ [nom. pl.]= conditioned things.
param È: parama [adj.]= most, best. paramÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= most, best.
duk hÈ: dukkha [masc.]= suffering. dukkhÈ [nom. pl.]= sufferings. dukhÈ is m.c. for dukkhÈ.
yathÈbhÊta£ : yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like. bhÊta [adj. pp. of %bhÊ (to be)]= being, having
become. yathÈ+bhÊta= yathÈbhÊta [adv.]= as it is. yathÈbhÊta£ [acc. sg.]= as it is.
nibbÈna£ : nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. nibbÈna£ [nom. sg.]= nibbÈna.
param a£ : parama [adj.]= most, best. parama£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= most, best.
ÈrogyaparamÈ lÈbhÈ santu——hiparama£ dhana£,

vissÈsaparamÈ ¤ÈtÏ, nibbÈna£ parama£ sukha£22042
vkjksX;ijek ykHkk lUrqfêòijea /ua]

foLlklijek ×kkrh] fuCckua ijea lq[ka2üúþ2
Translation
Health is the best gain. Contentment is the best wealth. Trust is the best of relatives. NibbÈna
is the best happiness.
Vocabulary
Èrogyaparam È: Èrogya [ntr.]= health. parama [adj.]= most, best. Èrogya+parama= Èrogyaparama
[adj.]= health as the best. ÈrogyaparamÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= health as the best.
lÈbhÈ: lÈbha [masc.]= gain. lÈbhÈ [nom. pl.]= gain.
santu——hiparam a£ : santu——hi [fem.]= contentment. parama [adj.]= most, best. santu——hi+parama=
santu——hiparama [adj.]= contentment as the best. santu——hiparama£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= contentment
as the best.
vissÈsaparam È: vissÈsa [masc.]= trust. parama [adj.]= most, best. vissÈsa+parama= vissÈsaparama
[adj.]= trust as the best. vissÈsaparamÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= trust as the best.
¤ÈtÏ: ¤Èti [masc.]= relative. ¤ÈtÏ [nom. pl.]= relatives.
nibbÈna£ : nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. nibbÈna£ [nom. sg.]= nibbÈna.
pavivekarasa£ pÏtvÈ rasa£ upasamassa ca

niddaro hoti nippÈpo dhammapÏtirasa£ piva£22052
ifoosdjla ihRok jla mileLl p

fuíjks gksfr fuIikiks /Eeihfrjla fioa2üúÿ2
Translation
Having drunk the nectar of solitude and the nectar of tranquility, one becomes fearless and non-
sinner, drinking the nectar of joy in the Dhamma.
Vocabulary
pavivek arasa£ : paviveka [masc.]= solitude. rasa [masc.]= nectar. paviveka+rasa= pavivekarasa
masc.]= the nectar of solitude. pavivekarasa£ [acc. sg.]= the nectar of solitude.
pÏtvÈ [ger. of %pÈ (to drink)]= having drunk.
r asa£ : rasa [masc.]= nectar. rasa£ [acc. sg.]= nectar.
upasam assa: upasama [masc. derived from upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased)]=
tranquility, appeasement. upasamassa [gen. sg.]= of tranquility.
niddaro: niddara [adj.]= fearless. niddaro [masc. nom. sg.]= fearless.
nippÈpo: nippÈpa [adj.]= non-sinner. nippÈpo [masc. nom. sg.]= non-sinner.
dham m apÏtirasa£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. pÏti [fem.]= joy. rasa
[masc.]= nectar. dhamma+pÏti+rasa= dhammapÏtirasa [masc.]= nectar of joy in the Dhamma.
dhammapÏtirasa£ [acc. sg.]= nectar of joy in the Dhamma.
piva£ : pivanta [adj., act. ppr. of %pÈ (to drink)]= drinking. piva£ [masc. nom. sg.]= drinking.
sÈdhu dassanam ariyÈna£ sannivÈso sadÈ sukho,

adassanena bÈlÈna£ niccam eva sukhÏ siyÈ2üúö2
lk/q nLlue~ vfj;kua lfÂoklks lnk lq[kks]

vnLlusu ckykua fuPpe~ ,o lq[kh fl;k22062
Translation
Good is the sight of the noble ones; association with them is always pleasant. By not seeing fools
one would always be happy.
Vocabulary
sÈdhu: sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. sÈdhu [masc. nom. sg.]= good, virtuous.
dassanam ariyÈna£ : dassana [ntr. derived from %dis (to see)]= seeing, appearance. dassana£ [nom.
sg.]= seeing, sight. ariya [adj.]= noble one. ariyÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of the noble ones.
dassana£+ariyÈna£= dassanam ariyÈna£= sight of the noble ones.
sannivÈso: sannivÈsa [masc.]= association. sannivÈso [nom. sg.]= association.
suk ho: sukha [adj.]= agreeable, pleasant. sukho [masc. nom. sg.]= agreeable, pleasant.
adassanena: dassana [ntr. derived from %dis (to see)]= seeing, appearance, sight. a [neg.
pfx.]+dassana= adassana [ntr.]= not seeing. adassanena [ins. sg.]= by not seeing.
bÈlÈna£ : bÈla [adj.]= fool. bÈlÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of the fools.
niccam eva: nicca£ [adv.]= perpetually, always, constantly. eva [emphatic part]= so, even, just, only,
alone. nicca£+eva= niccam eva= always.
suk hÏ: sukhÏ [adj.]= happy. sukhÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= happy.
bÈlasa×gatacÈrÏ hi dÏghamaddhÈna socati,

dukkho bÈlehi sa£vÈso amitteneva sabbadÈ,
dhÏro ca sukhasa£vaso ¤ÈtÏna£ va samÈgamo22072
ckylaxrpkjh fg nh?ke¼ku lkspfr]

nqD[kks ckysfg laoklks vfeÙksuso lCcnk]
/hjks p lq[klaoklks ×kkrhua o lekxeks2üú÷2
Translation
One living in association with fools will indeed suffer for a long time, association with fools is
always painful like the association with an enemy. And a wise one is pleasant to associate with
like meeting with relatives.
Vocabulary
bÈlasa×gatacÈrÏ: bÈla [adj.]= fool. sa×gata [ntr.]= association. cÈrÏ [adj. derived from %car (to walk)=
follower. bÈla+sa×gata+cÈrÏ= bÈlasa×gatacÈrÏ [adj.]= one living in association with fools.
bÈlasa×gatacÈrÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= one living in association with fools.
d Ïgham addhÈna: dÏgha [adj.]= long. dÏgha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= long. addha [ntr.]= length (of time).
addhÈna£ [acc. sg.]= length (of time). dÏgha£+addhÈna£= dÏghamaddhÈna£= a long time. The
phrase dÏghamaddhÈna is m.c. for dÏgha£addhÈna£.
duk k ho: dukkha [adj.]= painful. dukkho [masc. nom. sg.]= painful.
bÈlehi: bÈla [adj.]= fool. bÈlehi [masc. ins. pl.]= with the fools.
sa£ vÈso: sa£vÈsa [masc.]= association. sa£vÈso [nom. sg.]= association.
am itteneva: amitta [ntr.]= enemy. amittena [ins. sg.]= with the enemy. iva [indec. part of comparison]=
like, as. amittena+iva= amitteneva [euphonic sandhi]= like... with the enemy.
sabbadÈ [adv.]= always.
suk hasa£ vÈso: sukha [adj.]= agreeable, pleasant. sa£vÈsa [masc.]= association. sukha+sa£vÈsa=
sukhasa£vÈsa [adj.]= pleasant to associate with. sukhasa£vÈso [masc. nom. sg.]= pleasant to
associate with.
¤ÈtÏna£ : ¤Èti [masc.]= relative. ¤ÈtÏna£ [gen. pl.]= of relatives.
sam Ègam o: samÈgama [masc.]= coming together, meeting. samÈgamo [nom. sg.]= meeting.
tasmÈ hi dhÏra£ ca pa¤¤a¤ ca bahussuta¤ ca

dhorayhasÏla£ vatavantam Èriya£
ta£ tÈdisa£ sappurisa£ sumedha£
bhajetha nakkhattapatha£ va candimÈ22082
rLek fg /hja p i××k×k~ p cgqLlqr×k~ p

/ksjÕglhya oroUre~ vkfj;a
ra rkfnla lIiqfjla lqes/a
HktsFk uD[kÙkiFka o pfUnek2üúø2
Translation
Therefore, firm, and wise, and learned, patient, devout, and noble, associate with such a good
and intelligent person just as the moon follows the path of the constellations.
Vocabulary
tasm È [masc. abl. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= from that, therefore.
dhÏra¤ ca: dhÏra [adj.]= wise, firm, steadfast. dhÏra£ [masc. acc. sg.]= wise, firm, steadfast. ca [indef.
encl. part.]= and. dhÏra£+ca= dhÏra¤ ca.
pa¤¤a¤ ca: pa¤¤a [adj.]= wise. pa¤¤a£ [acc. sg. masc.]= wise. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
pa¤¤a£+ca= pa¤¤a¤ ca.
bahussuta¤ ca: bahu [adj.]= much, many. suta [masc.]= knowledge, learning. bahu+suta= bahussuta
[adj. euphonic sandhi]= learned. bahusuto [masc. acc. sg.]= learned. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
bahussuta£+ca= bahussuta¤ ca.
dhorayhasÏla£ : dhorayha [masc.]= ‘carrying a yoke,’ i.e. a beast of burden. sÏla [fem.]= virtue.
dhorayha+sÏla= dhorayhasÏla [adj.]= ‘accustomed to the yoke of virtue,’ i.e. enduring, patient.
dhorayhasÏla£ [masc. acc. sg.]= enduring, patient.
vatavantam Èriya£ : vatavantu [adj.]= observant of religious duties, devout. vatavanta£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= devout. Èriya [adj.]= noble. Èriya£ [masc. acc. sg.]= noble. vatavanta£+Èriya£=
vatavantam Èriya£ [euphonic sandhi]= devout and noble.
sappurisa£ : santa [adj.]= good, true. purisa [masc.]= person. sat [cpd. form of santa]+purisa=
sappurisa [masc. euphonic sandhi]= a good person. sappurisa£ [acc. sg.]= a good person.
sum edha£ : sumedha [adj.]= intelligent, wise. sumedha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= intelligent, wise.
bhajetha [2. pl. pot. act. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= should associate with.
nak k hattapatha£ : nakkhatta [ntr.]= constellation. patha [ntr.]= path. nakkhatta+patha=
nakkhattapatha [masc.]= path of the constellations. nakkhattapatha£ [acc. sg.]= path of the
constellations.
16. Piyavaggo fi;oXxks (Pleasant)
ayoge yu¤ja£ attÈna£ yogasmi¤ ca ayojana£

attha£ hitvÈ piyaggÈhÏ pihet’attÈnuyogina£22092
v;ksxs ;q×ta vÙkkua ;ksxfLe×k~ p v;kstua

vRFka fgRok fi;Xxkgh figsr~*vÙkkuq;ksfxua2üúù2
Translation
Engaging oneself in distraction and not engaging in concentration, having abandoned gain and
one grasping after the pleasant envies one who is self-concentrated.
Vocabulary
ayoge: yoga [masc.]= concentration. a [neg. pfx.]+yoga= ayoga [masc.]= distraction. ayoge [loc. sg.]=
in distraction.
yu¤ja£ : yuja¤ta [adj. derived from %yuj (to yoke)]= engaging. yu¤ja£ [masc. nom. sg.]= engaging.
y ogasm i¤ ca: yoga [masc.]= concentration. yogasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in concentration. ca [indef. encl.
part.]= and. yogasmi£+ca= yogasmi¤ ca= and in concentration.
ayojana£ : ayojana [masc.]= undertaking. ayojana£ [nom. sg.]= undertaking.
attha£ : attha [ntr.]= gain, profit. attha£ [acc. sg.]= (spiritual) gain, profit.
piyaggÈhÏ: piya [adj.]=pleasing, pleasant, dear, beloved. gÈhÏ [adj.]= grasping. piya+gÈhÏ= piyaggÈhÏ
[adj. euphonic sandhi]= grasping after the pleasant. piyaggÈhÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= grasping after the
pleasant.
pihet’attÈnuyogina£ : piheti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %pih (to envy)]= envies. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself.
The cpd form of attÈ is atta. anuyogin [adj.]= devoted to. atta+anuyogin= attÈnuyogin [adj.]= self-
concentrated. attÈnuyogina£ [masc. acc. sg.]= self-concentrated. piheti+attÈnuyogina£=
pihet’attÈnuyogina£ [euphonic sandhi]= envies... self-concentrated.
mÈ piyehi samÈga¤chi
appiyehi kudÈcana£,
piyÈna£ adassana£ dukkha£
appiyÈna¤ ca dassana£22102
ek fi;sfg lekxf×N
vfIi;sfg dqnkpua]
fi;kua vnLlua nqD[ka
vfIi;ku×k~ p nLlua2üûú2
Translation
Don’t associate at any time with the pleasing or the unpleasing. Not seeing the pleasing is
suffering and (also) seeing the unpleasing.
Vocabulary
m È [indec. prohibition part. which is used in the sense of prohibition, generally with the imperat. mood,
but sometimes with the aor. tense also, to denote an action of the present time]= not, don’t.
piyehi: piya [adj.]= pleasing, dear, beloved. piyehi [masc. ins. pl.]= with the pleasing.
sam Èga¤chi: samÈga¤chi [2. sg. aor. act. of sa£ (pfx. meaning ‘together, completely’)+È (indec. pfx.
meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%gam (to go)]= associated with. But with mÈ it is used here to denote
action of the present time. Thus, mÈ samÈga¤chi= don’t associate with.
appiyehi: piya [adj.]= pleasing, dear, beloved. a [neg. pfx.]+piya= appiya [adj. euphonic sandhi]=
unpleasing. appiyehi [masc. ins. pl.]= with the unpleasing.
k udÈcana£ [adv.]= at any time.
piyÈna£ : piya [adj.]=pleasing, dear, beloved. piyÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= pleasing, dear.
adassana£ : adassana [ntr.]= not seeing. adassana£ [nom. sg.]= not seeing.
appiyÈna¤ ca: piya [adj.]= pleasing, dear, beloved. a [neg. pfx.]+piya= appiya [adj. euphonic sandhi]=
unpleasing, unloved. appiyÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of the unpleasing. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
appiyÈna£+ca= appiyÈna¤ ca [euphonic sandhi]= and of the unpleasing.
dassana£ : dassana [ntr. derived from %dis (to see)]= seeing, appearance. dassana£ [nom. sg.]= seeing.
tasmÈ piya£ na kayirÈtha piyapÈyo hi pÈpako,

ganthÈ tesa£ na vijjanti yesa£ n’atthi piyÈppiya£22112
rLek fi;a u df;jkFk fi;ik;ks fg ikidks]

xUFkk rsla u foTtfUr ;sla u~*vfRFk fi;kfIi;a2üûû2
Translation
Therefore, do not hold anything pleasant; separation from the pleasant is bad. There are no bonds
for those, for whom there is no pleasant or unpleasant.
Vocabulary
piya£ : piya [adj.]= pleasant, pleasing, dear, beloved. piya£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= pleasant.
n a [indec. part.]= no, not.
k ayirÈtha [3 .sg. pot. med. of %kar (to do, to make)]= should do, should make.
piyapÈyo: piya [adj.]= pleasing, dear, beloved. apÈya [masc. derived from apa (pfx. meaning ‘away
from, ‘off.’)+%i (to go)]= ‘going away’ i.e., separation, loss. piya+apÈya= piyapÈyo [masc.]=
separation from the pleasant. piyapÈyo [nom. sg.]= separation from the pleasant.
pÈpak o: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness, bad. pÈpa+ka [adj., sfx.]= pÈpaka [adj.]= bad. pÈpako [masc.
nom. sg.]= bad.
ganthÈ: gantha [masc.]= knot, bond. ganthÈ [nom. pl.]= knots, bonds.
tesa£ [masc. gen. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= of those, their.
vijjanti [3. pl. pr. indic. pas. of %vid (to find, to know)]= are found, exist.
piyÈppiya£ : piya [adj.]= pleasant, dear, beloved. a [neg. pfx.]+piya= appiya [adj. euphonic sandhi]=
unpleasant, unloved. piya+apiya= piyÈppiya [adj.]= pleasing and unpleasing. piyÈppiya£ [ntr. nom.
sg.]= pleasant and unpleasant.
piyato jÈyatÏ soko piyato jÈyatÏ bhaya£,

piyato vippamuttassa n’atthi soko kuto bhaya£22122
fi;rks tk;rh lksdks fi;rks tk;rh Hk;a]
fi;rks foIieqÙkLl u~*vfRFk lksdks dqrks Hk;a2üûü2
Translation
From the pleasant is born sorrow, from the pleasant is born fear. One emancipated from the
pleasant has no sorrow, whence fear?
Vocabulary
piyato: piya [ntr.]= pleasant. piyato [abl. sg.]= from the pleasant.
jÈyatÏ: jÈyati [3. sg. pr. indic. med. derived from %jan (to produce)]= is born, is produced, arises. jÈyatÏ
is m.c. for jÈyati.
sok o: soka [masc.]= sorrow. soko [nom. sg.]= sorrow.
j ÈyatÏ: jÈyati [3. sg. pr. indic. med. derived from %jan (to produce)]= is born, is produced, arises. jÈyatÏ
bhaya£ : bhaya [ntr.]= fear. bhaya£ [acc. sg.]= fear.
pemato jÈyatÏ soko pemato jÈyatÏ bhaya£,

pemato vippamuttassa n’atthi soko kuto bhaya£22132
iserks tk;rh lksdks iserks tk;rh Hk;a]

iserks foIieqÙkLl u~*vfRFk lksdks dqrks Hk;a22132
Translation
From love is born sorrow, from love is born fear. One emancipated from love has no sorrow,
whence fear?
Vocabulary
pem ato: pema [ntr.]= love. pemato [abl. sg.]= from love.
sok o: soka [masc.]= sorrow. soko [sg. masc.]= sorrow.
ratiyÈ jÈyatÏ soko ratiyÈ jÈyatÏ bhaya£,

ratiyÈ vippamuttassa n’atthi soko kuto bhaya£22142
jfr;k tk;rh lksdks jfr;k tk;rhs Hk;a]

jfr;k foIieqÙkLl u~*vfRFk lksdks dqrks Hk;a2üûþ2
Translation
From attachment is born sorrow, from attachment is born fear. One emancipated from
attachment has no sorrow, whence fear?
Vocabulary
ratiyÈ: rati [fem.]= attachment. ratiyÈ [abl. sg.]= from attachment.
kÈmato jÈyatÏ soko kÈmato jÈyatÏ bhaya£,

kÈmato vippamuttassa n’atthi soko kuto bhaya£22152
dkerks tk;rh lksdks dkerks tk;rh Hk;a

dkerks foIieqÙkLl u~*vfRFk lksdks dqrks Hk;a2üûÿ2
Translation
From sensual pleasure is born sorrow, from sensual pleasure is born fear. One emancipated from
sensual pleasure has no sorrow, whence fear?
Vocabulary
k Èm ato: kÈma [masc.]= sensual pleasure. kÈmato [abl. sg.]= from sensual pleasure.
ta‡hÈya jÈyatÏ soko ta‡hÈya jÈyatÏ bhaya£,

ta‡hÈya vippamuttassa n’atthi soko kuto bhaya£ 22162
r.gk; tk;rh lksdks r.gk; tk;rh Hk;a

r.gk; foIieqÙkLl u~*vfRFk lksdks dqrks Hk;a2üûö2
Translation
From craving is born sorrow, from craving is born fear. One emancipated from craving has no
sorrow, whence fear?
Vocabulary
ta‡hÈya: ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. ta‡hÈya [abl. sg.]= from craving.
([indec. pfx. used to intensify)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+ mutta]= emancipated. vippamuttassa
sÏladassanasampanna£ dhamma——ha£ saccavÈdina£

attano kammakubbÈna£ ta£ jano kurute piya£22172
lhynLlulaiUua /Eeêaò lPpokfnua

vÙkuks dEedqCckua ra tuks dq#rs fi;a2üû÷2
Translation
Public holds him dear, who is endowed with virtue and sight, is established in the Dhamma,
speaking the truth, and doing his own task.
Vocabulary
sÏladassanasam panna£ : sÏla [ntr.]= virtue. dassana [ntr. derived from %dis (to see)]= seeing,
appearance, sight. sampanna [adj. derived from sam (pfx. meaning ‘together, completely’)+pp. of
%pad (to go to)]= endowed with, possessed of. sÏla+dassana+sampanna= sÏladassanasampanna
[adj.]= endowed with virtue and sight. sÏladassanasampanna£ [masc. acc. sg.]= endowed with
virtue and sight.
dham m a——ha£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma+a——ha [adj. sfx.
meaning ‘standing’ from %—hÈ (to stand)]= dhamma——ha [adj.]= established in the Dhamma.
dhamma——ha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= established in the Dhamma.
saccavÈdina£ : sacca [ntr.]= truth. vÈdÏ [adj. %vad (to say)]= speaking. sacca+vÈdÏ= saccavÈdÏ [adj.]=
speaking the truth. saccavÈdina£ [masc. acc. sg.]= speaking the truth.
k am m ak ubbÈna£ : kamma [ntr.]= deed, task. kubbÈna [adj.]= doing, acting. kamma+kubbÈna=
kammakubbÈna [adj.]= doing task. kammakubbÈna£ [masc. acc. sg.]= doing task.
k urute [3. sg. pr. indic. med. of %kar (to do)]= does.
piya£ : piya [adj.]= dear, beloved. piya£ [masc. acc. sg.]= dear.
chandajÈto anakkhÈte manasÈ ca phu—o siyÈ

kÈmesu ca appa—ibaddhacitto uddha£soto ti vuccati22182
NUntkrks vuD[kkrs eulk p iqQVks fl;k

dkeslq p vIifVc¼fpÙkks m¼alksrks fr oqPpfr2üûø2
Translation
One should be intent upon the unproclaimed, have an expanded mind, and should have one’s
mind not bound to sensual pleasures, (such a person) is called šgoing against the current.›
Vocabulary
chandajÈto: chanda [ntr.]= intention, wish, desire. jÈta [adj, pp. of %jan (to be born)]= born.
chanda+jÈta= chandajÈta [adj.]= intent upon. chandajÈto [masc. nom. sg.]= intent upon.
anak k hÈte: an [neg. pfx.]+akkhÈti [adj. pp. of akkhÈti (declares, announces)]= unproclaimed. anakkhÈte
[masc. loc. sg.]= on the unproclaimed.
p hu—o: phu—a [adj.]= expanded, spread out. phu—o [masc. nom. sg.]= expanded, spread out.
appa—ibaddhacitto: pa—ibaddha [adj. made of pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘back (to), against, towards,
opposite.’)+pp. of %badh (to bind)]= bound. citta [ntr.]= mind. pa—ibaddha+citta= pa—ibaddhacitta
[adj.]= with a bound mind. a [neg. pfx.]+pa—ibaddhacitta= appa—ibaddhacitta [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= without a bound mind. appa—ibaddhacitto [masc. nom. sg.]= without a bound mind.
uddha£ soto: udha£ [adv.]= upwards. sota [ntr.]= stream. uddha£+sota= uddha£sota [adj.]= going
upwards in the stream i.e. going against the current. uddha£soto [masc. nom. sg.]= going against
the stream.
ti/iti is a part. used to signal the end of direct speech and is the equivalent of quotation marks in English.
vuccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %vac (to say)]= is called.
cirappavÈsi£ purisa£ dÊrato sotthim Ègata£

¤ÈtimittÈ suhajjÈ ca abhinandanti Ègata£22192
fpjIiokfla iqfjla nwjrks lksfRFke~ vkxra

×kkfrfeÙkk lqgTtk p vfHkuUnfUr vkxra2üûù2
Translation
A person, away from home for a long time, returns safely from afar, his relatives, companions,
and friends rejoice when he has returned.
Vocabulary
cirappavÈsi£ : cira [adj.]= long (time). pavÈsÏ [adj.]= living away from home. cira+pavÈsÏ cirappavÈsÏ
[adj. euphonic sandhi]= away from home for a long time. cirappavÈsi£ [masc. acc. sg.]= away from
home for a long time.
purisa£ : purisa [masc.]= person. purisa£ [acc. sg.]= person.
d Êrato: dÊra [adj.]= far, distant. dÊrato [abl. sg.]= from afar. Here it is used as an adv.
sotthim Ègata£ : sotthi [fem.]= safety. sotthi£ [acc. sg. But here used as an adv.]= safely. gata [adj. pp.
of %gam (to go)]= gone. È [indec. pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’]+gata= Ègata [adj.]= come,
return. Ègata£[masc. acc. sg.]= come, return. sotthi£+Ègata£= sotthim Ègata£= return safely.
¤Ètim ittÈ: ¤Èti [masc.]= relative. mitta [masc.]= companion. ¤Èti+mitta= ¤Ètimitta [masc.]= relatives
and companions. ¤ÈtimittÈ [nom. pl.]= relatives and companions.
suhajjÈ: suhajja (masc.]= friend. suhajjÈ [nom. pl.]= friends.
abhinandanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%nand (to be happy)]=
rejoice in.
Ègata£ : gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. È [indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’]+gata= Ègata
[adj.]= come, return. Ègata£ [masc. acc. sg.]= come, returned.
tath’eva katapu¤¤am pi asmÈ lokÈ para£ gata£

pu¤¤Èni pa—iga‡hanti piya£ ¤ÈtÏva Ègata£22202
rFk~*,o driq××ke~ fi vLek yksdk ija xra

iq××kkfu ifVx.gfUr fi;a ×kkrho vkxra2üüú2
Translation
Thus, the meritorious deeds also receive the do-gooder, gone from this world to the other one,
as relatives receive a dear one who has returned.
Vocabulary
tath’eva: tathÈ [indec. part.]= thus, likewise, in that way. eva [emphatic part.]= so, even, just, only,
alone. tathÈ+eva= tath’eva= thus, in the same way.
k atapu¤¤am pi: kata [adj. pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, good.
kata+pu¤¤a= katapu¤¤a [masc.]= do-gooder. katapu¤¤a£ [acc. sg.]= do-gooder. api/pi [indec.
part.]= also, even, just so, as well. katapu¤¤a£+pi= katapu¤¤am pi.
asm È [masc. abl. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= from this.
lok È: loka [masc.]= world. lokÈ [abl. sg.]= from the world.
p ara£ : para [adj.]= beyond, other. para£ [masc. acc. sg.]= beyond, other.
gata£ : gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. gata£ [masc. acc. sg.]= gone.
pu¤¤Èni: pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, good. pu¤¤a£ [nom. sg.]= meritorious deed, good. pu¤¤Èni
[nom. pl.]= meritorious deeds.
pa—iga‡hanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘towards.’)+%ga‡h (to hold)]= receive.
piya£ : piya [adj.]= dear, beloved. piya£ [masc. acc. sg.]= dear.
¤ÈtÏva: ¤Èti [masc.]= relative. ¤ÈtÏ [nom. pl.]= relatives. va [indec. part of comparison]= like, as.
¤ÈtÏ+va= ¤ÈtÏva= as relatives.
Ègata£ : gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. È [indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’]+gata= Ègata
[adj.]= come, return. Ègata£ [masc. acc. sg.]= come, returned.
17. K odhavaggo dks/oXxks (Anger)
kodha£ jahe vippajaheyya mÈna£

sa£yojana£ sabbamatikkameyya
ta£ nÈmarÊpasmi£ asajjamÈna£
aki¤cana£ nÈnupatanti dukkhÈ22212
dks/a tgs foIitgsÕ; ekua

la;kstua lCcefrDdesÕ;
ra uke:ifLea vlTtekua
vfd×pua ukuqirfUr nqD[kk2üüû2
Translation
Abandon anger, forsake pride, go beyond all fetters! That, not clinging to name-and-form and
possessing nothing, is not followed by sufferings.
Vocabulary
k odha£ : kodha [masc.]= anger. kodha£ [acc. sg.]= anger.
jahe [3. sg. pot. act. of %hÈ (to abandon)]= abandon!
v ippajaheyya [3. sg. pot. act. of vi (indec. strengthening pfx.)+pa (indec. strengthening. pfx.)+%hÈ (to
abandon)]= forsake!
m Èna£ : mÈna [masc.]= pride. mÈna£ [acc. sg.]= pride.
sa£ yojana£ : yojana [ntr. derived from %yuj (to yoke)]=the yoke of a carriage. sa£ [adj. indec. pfx.
implying conjunction and completeness]+yojana= sa£yojana [ntr.]= fetter. sa£yojana£ [acc. sg.]=
fetter.
sabbam atik k am eyya: sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabba£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= all. atikkameyya [3. sg. pot. act.
of ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely, beyond.’)+%kam (to go)]= should go beyond.
sabba£+atikkammeya= sabbamatikkameyya= go beyond all.
nÈm arÊpasm i£ : nÈma [ntr.]= name, mind, immaterial factors of an individual. rÊpa [ntr.]= form,
appearance, body, material factors of an individual. nÈma+rÊpa= nÈmarÊpa [ntr.]= name-and-form.
nÈmarÊpasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in name-and-form.
asajjam Èna£ : asajjamÈna [adj. derived from a (neg pfx.)+pas. ppr. of %sa¤j (to cling to)]= not clinging.
asajjamÈna£ [masc. acc. sg.]= not clinging.
ak i¤cana£ : ki¤cana [adj.]= possessing something. a (neg. pfx.)+ki¤cana= aki¤cana [adj.]= possessing
nothing. aki¤cana£ [masc. acc. sg.]= possessing nothing.
nÈnupatanti: na [indec. part.]= no, not. anupatanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along,
following, to’)+%pat (to fall down)]= follow. na+anupatanti=nÈnupatanti [euphonic sandhi]= not
follow.
duk k hÈ: dukkha [masc.]= suffering. dukkhÈ [nom. pl.]= sufferings.
yo ve uppatita£ kodha£ ratha£ bhanta£ va dhÈraye

tamaha£ sÈrathi£ brÊmi, rasmiggÈho itaro jano22222
;ks os mIifrra dks/a jFka HkUra o /kj;s

rega lkjfFka c wfe] jfLeXxkgks brjks tuks2üüü2
Translation
Whoever indeed would restrain rising anger like a swaying chariot, that I call a charioteer. Other
people are just rein-holders.
Vocabulary
uppatita£ : uppatita [adj. pp. of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+ %pat (to fall]= arisen. uppatita£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= arisen.
r atha£ : ratha [masc.]= chariot. ratha£ [acc. sg.]= chariot.
bhanta£ : bhanta [adj. of %bham (to stagger, to sway)]= swaying. bhanta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= swaying.
va [indec. part. of comparison]= like, as.
dhÈraye [3. sg. caus. pot. act. of dharati (holds)]= should restrain.
tam aha£ : ta£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that. aha£ [nom. sg. of 1.pron. amha
(I)]= I. ta£+aha£= tamaha£.
sÈrathi£ : sÈrathi£ [masc.]= charioteer. sÈrathi£ [acc. sg.]= charioteer.
brÊm i [1. sg. pr. indic. act. of %brÊ (to proclaim)]= proclaim.
rasm iggÈho: rasamiggÈho [masc.]= rein. gÈha [adj.]= holding, grasping. rasmi+gaha= rasmiggÈha
[adj. euphonic sandhi]= holding the reins. rasmiggÈho [masc. nom. sg.]= holding the reins.
itaro: itaro [adj.]= other. itaro [masc. nom. sg.]= other.
akkodhena jine kodha£ asÈdhu£ sÈdhunÈ jine,

jine kadariya£ dÈnena saccenÈlikavÈdina£22232
vDdks/su ftus dks/a vlk/qa lk/quk ftus]

ftus dnfj;a nkusu lPpsukfydokfnua2üüý2
Translation
One should conquer anger by non-anger; one should conquer evil by good; one should conquer
miserliness by giving; one should conquer a liar by truth.
Vocabulary
ak k odhena: kodha [masc.]= anger. a [neg. pfx.]+kodha= akkodha [euphonic sandhi, masc.]= non-
anger, meekness. akkodhena [ins. sg.]= by no-anger.
jine [3. sg. pot. act. of %ji (to conquer)]= should conquer.
asÈdhu£ : sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. a [neg. pfx.]+sÈdhu= asÈdhu [adj.]= bad, evil, wrong.
asÈdhu£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= evil.
sÈdhunÈ: sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. sÈdhunÈ [ntr. ins. sg.]= by good.
jine [3. sg. pot. act. of %ji (to conquer)]= should conquer.
k adariya£ : kadariya [adj.]= miserly. Here it is used as a ntr. meaning ‘miserliness.’ kadariya£ ]acc.
sg.]= miserliness.
dÈnena: dÈna [ntr.]= giving (charity). dÈnena [ins. sg.]= by giving (charity).
saccenÈlik avÈdina£ : sacca [ntr.]= truth. saccena [ins. sg.]= by truth. alika [adj.]= false, untrue. vÈdÏ
[adj. derived from %vad (to say)]= speaking, speaker. alika+vÈdÏ= alikavÈdÏ [adj.]= liar.
alikavÈdina£ [masc. acc. sg.]= liar. saccena+alikavÈdina£= saccenÈlikavÈdina£ [euphonic
sandhi]= a liar... by truth.
sacca£ bha‡e na kujjheyya dajjÈ appampi yÈcito

etehi tÏhi —hÈnehi gacche devÈna santike22242
lPpa Hk.ks u dqT>sÕ; nTtk vIifEi ;kfprks

,rsfg rhfg Bkusfg xPNs nsoku lfUrds2üüþ2
Translation
One should speak truth; one should not get angry; when asked one should give, even very little.
By these three means one would go in the presence of the gods.
Vocabulary
sacca£ : sacca [ntr.]= truth. sacca£ [acc. sg.]= truth.
bha‡e [3. sg. pot. act. of %bha‡ (to speak)]= should speak.
k ujjheyya [3. sg. pot. act. of kujjhati (becomes angry)]= should be angry.
dajjÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of dadÈti (gives)]= should give.
appam pi: appa [adj.]= hardly any, very few, very little. appa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= hardly any, very few.
very little. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well. appa£+pi= appampi [euphonic
sandhi]= even very little.
yÈcito: yÈcita [adj. pp. of yÈcati (begs, asks for)]= begged, asked (for). yÈcito [masc. nom. sg.]= begged,
asked (for).
etehi [ntr. ins. pl. of demonstr. pron eta (this, that)]= by these.
tÏhi: ti [num.]= three. tÏhi [ins. pl.]= by three.
—hÈnehi: —hÈna [ntr.]= state, condition, behaviour. —hÈnehi [ins. pl.]= by means.
gacche [3. sg. pot. act. of %gam (to go)]= should go.
devÈna: deva [masc.]= god. devÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of gods. devÈna is m.c. for devÈna£.
santik e: santika [ntr.]= presence. santike [loc. sg.]= in presence.
ahi£sakÈ ye munayo nicca£ kÈyena sa£vutÈ

te yanti accuta£ —hÈna£ yattha gantvÈ na socare22252
vfgaldk ;s equ;ks fuPpa dk;su laoqrk

rs ;fUr vPpqra Bkua ;RFk xURok u lkspjs2üüÿ2
Translation
Sages who are harmless, always restrained with body, go to the eternal place where, having
gone, they do not grieve.
Vocabulary
ahi£ sak È: ahi£saka [adj.]= harmless. ahi£sakÈ [nom. pl.]= harmless.
m unayo: muni [masc.]= sage. munayo [nom. pl.]= sages.
n icca£ [ntr.adv.]= perpetually, always, constantly.
k Èyena: kÈya [masc.]= body, heap. kÈyena [ins. sg.]= with body.
sa£ vutÈ: sa£vuta [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %vu
(to obstruct)]= restrained, guarded. sa£vutÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= restrained.
accuta£ : accuta [adj.]= eternal. accuta£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= eternal.
—hÈna£ : —hÈna [ntr.]= place. —hÈna£ [acc. sg.]= place.
gantvÈ [ger. of %gam (to go)]= having gone.
socare [3. pl. pr. indic. med. of %suc (to grieve)]= grieve.
sadÈ jÈgaramÈnÈna£ ahorattÈnusikkhina£

nibbÈna£ adhimuttÈna£ attha£ gacchanti ÈsavÈ22262
lnk tkxjekukua vgksjÙkkuqflfD[kua

fuCckua vf/eqÙkkua vRFka xPNfUr vklok2üüö2
Translation
Of those who are always watchful, learning by day and night, intent upon nibbÈna, the cankers
disappear.
Vocabulary
jÈgaram ÈnÈna£ : jÈgaramÈna [adj. med. ppr. of %jagg (to watch)]= watchful. jÈgaramÈnÈna£ [masc.
gen. pl.]= of... watchful.
ahorattÈnusik k hina£ : aho [ntr.]= day. ratta [ntr.]= night. anusikkhÏ [adj. derived from anu (pfx.
meaning ‘along, following, to’)+sikkhati (learns)]= learning. aho+ratta+anusikkhÏ=
ahorattÈnusikkhÏ [adj. euphonic sandhi]= learning by day and night. ahorattÈnusikkhina£ [masc. gen.
pl.]= of... learning by day and night.
n ibbÈna£ : nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. nibbÈna£ [nom. sg.]= nibbÈna.
adhim uttÈna£ : adhimutta [adj.]= intent upon. adhimuttÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of... intent upon.
attha£ gacchanti: attha [ntr.]= home, primarily as place of rest and shelter, but in PÈli phraseology
abstracted from the šgoing home,› i.e. setting of the sun, as disappearance, going out of existence,
extinction [PED.24). attha£ [acc. sg.]= extinction. gacchanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from
%gam (to go)]= go. attha£ gacchanti= disappear.
ÈsavÈ: Èsava [masc.]= canker. ÈsavÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= cankers.
porÈ‡am eta£ atula n’eta£ ajjatanÈm iva:

nindanti tu‡hÏmÈsÏna£ nindanti bahubhÈ‡ina£
mitabhÈ‡im pi nindanti, n’atthi loke anindito22272
iksjk.ke~ ,ra vrqy u~*,ra vTtruke~ bo

fuUnfUr rq.gheklhua fuUnfUr cgqHkkf.kua
ferHkkf.kue~ fi fuUnfUr] u~*vfRFk yksds vfufUnrks2üü÷2
Translation
Atula! this is an old thing, this is not just today. They blame one sitting silently, they blame one
speaking much, they even blame one speaking moderately. There is nobody blameless in the
world.
Vocabulary
porÈ‡am eta£ : porÈ‡a [adj.]= ancient, old. porÈ‡a£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= ancient, old. eta£ [demonstr pron
ntr. acc. sg. of eta (it, this)]= it, this. porÈ‡a£+eta£= purÈ‡am eta£= this... old.
atula: atula [proper n.]= Atula. atula [voc. sg.]= Atula!
n’eta£ : na [indec. part.]= no, not. eta£ [demonstr pron ntr. acc. sg. of eta (it, this)]= it, this.
na+eta£= n’eta£= not... this.
ajjatanÈm iva: ajjatana [adj.]= today, present. ajjatana£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= today, present. ajjatanÈ£ is
m.c. for ajjatana£. iva [indec. part of comparison]= like, as. ajjatanÈ£+iva= ajjatanÈm iva= as
today. Here iva is used in the sense of eva [emphatic part.] meaning ‘even, just, only’ (see K.R.
Norman (tr.), The Word of the Doctrine (Dhammapada), Oxford, 1997: 117 n.227).
nindanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %nid (to blame)]= blame.
tu‡hÏm ÈsÏna£ : tu‡hÏ£ [indec. adv.]= silently. ÈsÏna [adj. pp. of %Ès (to sit)]= sitting. Èsina£ [masc.
gen. pl.]= sitting. tu‡hÏ£+ÈsÏna£= tu‡hÏmÈsÏna£= sitting silently.
bahubhÈ‡ina£ : bahu [adj.]= much, many. bhÈ‡Ï [adj. derived from %bha‡ (to speak)+Ï (poss.
sfx.)]=speaking. bahu+bhÈ‡Ï= bahubhÈ‡Ï [adj.]= speaking much. bahubha‡ina£ [masc. gen. pl.]=
speaking much.
m itabhÈ‡inam pi: mita [adj.]= moderate. bhÈ‡Ï [adj. derived from %bha‡ (to speak)+Ï (poss.
sfx.)]=speaking. mita+bhÈ‡Ï= mitabhÈ‡Ï [adj.]= speaking moderately. mitabha‡ina£ [masc. gen.
pl.]= speaking moderately. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well. mitabhÈ‡ina£+pi=
mitabhÈ‡inam pi= even... speaking moderately.
anindito: anindita [adj.]= blameless. anindito [masc. nom. sg.]= blameless.
na cÈhu na ca bhavissati na c’etarahi vijjati

ekanta£ nindito poso ekanta£ vÈ pasa£sito22282
u pkgq u p HkfoLlfr u p~*,rjfg foTtfr

,dUra fufUnrks ikslks ,dUra ok ilaflrks2üüø2
Translation
There was not, there will not be, and does not exist at present, a person who is wholly blamed
or wholly praised.
Vocabulary
cÈhu: ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. ahu [3. sg. aor. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= was. ca+ahu= cÈhu [euphonic
sandhi]= and was.
bhavissati [3. pl. fut. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= will be.
c’etarahi: ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. etarahi [indec. adv.]= now, at present. ca+etarahi= c’etarahi=
and at present.
ek anta£ : eka [num.]= one. anta [masc.]= having an end, last, extreme. eka+anta= ekanta [adj.]= one-
sided, extreme, whole. ekanta£ [acc. sg. Here as an adv.]= utterly, wholly.
nindito: nindita [adj.]= blamed. nindito [masc. nom. sg.]= blamed.
poso: posa [masc.]= person. poso [nom. sg.]= person.
ek anta£ : eka [num.]= one. anta [masc.]= having an end, last, extreme. eka+anta= ekanta [adj.]= one-
sided, extreme, whole. ekanta£ [acc. sg. Here as an adv.]= utterly, wholly.
pasa£ sito: pasa£asita [adj. pp. of pasa£sati (praises)]= praised. pasa£sito [masc. nom. sg.]= praised.
ya¤ ce vi¤¤Ê pasa£santi anuvicca suve suve

acchiddavutti£ medhÈvi£ pa¤¤ÈsÏlasamÈhita£22292
;×k~ ps fo××kw ilalfUr vuqfoPp lqos lqos

vfPNíoqfÙak es/kfoa i××kklhylekfgra2üüù2
Translation
Whom the wise people praise, having examined him thoroughly day after day, one having
faultless conduct, intelligent, endowed with wisdom, and virtue,
Vocabulary
ya¤ ce: ya£ [masc. acc. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which. ce [encl.]= if. Usually ya£ and
ce together are used in the sense of ‘whom.’
vi¤¤Ê: vi¤¤Ê [masc.]= wise person. vi¤¤Ê [nom. pl.]= wise people.
pasa£ santi [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening. pfx.)+%sa£s (to proclaim)]= praise.
anuvicca [ger. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+%vid (to know)]= having known well.
suve suve: suve [adv of time, indec.]= tomorrow. When doubled suve suve= day after day.
acchiddavutti£ : chidda [adj.]= faulty, defective. vutti [fem.]= conduct. a [neg. pfx.]+chidda+vutti=
acchiddavutti [adj.]= having faultless conduct. acchiddavutti£ [masc. acc. sg.]= having faultless
conduct.
m edhÈvi£ : medhÈ [fem.]=wisdom. medhÈ+vÏ [poss. sfx.]= medhÈvÏ [adj.]= having wisdom. medhÈvi£
[masc. acc. sg.]= having wisdom.
pa¤¤ÈsÏlasam Èhita£ : pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. sÏla [ntr.]= virtue. samÈhita [adj. derived from sa£ (adj.
indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+È (indec. pfx. denoting a close relationship to
the object or the aim of the action expressed in the verb)+pp. of %dhÈ (to put)]= collected (of mind),
settled. pa¤¤È+sÏla+samÈhita= pa¤¤ÈsÏlasamÈhita [adj.]= endowed with wisdom and virtue.
pa¤¤ÈsÏlasamÈhita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= endowed with wisdom and virtue.
nekkha£ jambonadasseva ko ta£ ninditum arahati,

devÈpi na£ pasa£santi, brahmunÈ pi pasa£sito22302
usD[ka tEcksunLlso dks ra fufUnrqe~ vjgfr]

nsokfi ua ilalfUr] c ãqukfi ilaflrks2üýú2
Translation
who ought to blame him, like a gold coin of (the region of) Jambu river? Even the gods praise
him. He is praised even by BrahmÈ.
Vocabulary
nik k ha£ /nek k ha£ : nikkha/nekkha [masc.]= a gold coin. nikkha£/nekkha£ [acc. sg.]= a gold coin.
jam bonadasseva: jambonada [masc.]= belonging to or coming from (the region of) Jambu river, a special
sort of gold (in its unwelded state). jambonadassa [gen. sg.]= of (the region of) Jambu river. iva
[indec. part of comparison]= like, as. jambonadassa+iva= jambonadasseva [euphonic sandhi]=
like... of (the region of) Jambu river.
ninditum arhati: ninditu£ [inf. of %nid (to blame)]= to blame. arahati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived
from %arah (to deserve)]= deserves. ninditu£+arahati= ninditum arhati = deserves to blame.
pasa£ santi [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%sa£s (to proclaim)]= praise.
brahm unÈ: brahmuna [masc.]= the god BrahmÈ chief of the gods. brahmunÈ [ins. sg.]= by BrahmÈ.
pasa£ sito: pasa£asita [adj. pp. of pasa£sati (praises)]= praised. pasa£sito [masc. nom. sg.]= praised.
kÈyappakopa£ rakkheyya kÈyena sa£vuto siyÈ,

kÈyaduccarita£ hitvÈ kÈyena sucarita£ care22312
dk;Iidksia jD[ksÕ; dk;su laoqrks fl;k]

dk;nqPpfjra fgRok dk;su lqpfjra pjs2üýû2
Translation
One should guard against bodily anger, one should be restrained with body. Having abandoned
bad bodily conduct, one should practice the right conduct with body.
Vocabulary
k Èyappak opa£ : kÈya [masc.]= body. pakopa [masc.]= anger. kÈya+pakopa= kÈyappakopa [euphonic
sandhi, masc.]= bodily anger. kÈyappakopa£ [acc. sg.]= bodily anger.
rak k heyya [3. sg. pot. of %rakkh (to protect)]= should protect, should guard.
k Èyena: kÈya [masc.]= body. kÈyena [ins. sg.]= with body.
sa£ vuto: sa£vuta [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %vu
(to obstruct)]= restrained, guarded. sa£vuto [masc. nom. sg.]= restrained.
siyÈ [3. sg. pot. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= should be.
k Èyaduccarita£ : kÈya [masc.]= body. du [antithetic pfx.]= bad, insufficient, difficult. carita [adj. pp.
of %car (to walk, to act)]= conduct. du+carita= duccarita [adj. euphonic sandhi]= bad conduct.
duccarita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= bad conduct. kÈya+duccarita£= kÈyaduccarita£= bad bodily
conduct.
sucarita£ : carita [ntr. derived from %car (to walk, to act)]= conduct. su [indec. part. used as a
strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+carita= sucarita [adj.]= right conduct. sucarita£
[masc. acc. sg.]= right conduct.
care [3. sg. pot. act. of %car (to walk, to act, to practice)]= should follow, should practice.
vacÏppakopa£ rakkheyya vÈcÈya sa£vuto siyÈ,

vacÏduccarita£ hitvÈ vÈcÈya sucarita£ care22322
ophIidksia jD[ksÕ; okpk; laoqrks fl;k]
ophnqPpfjra fgRok okpk; lqpfjra pjs2üýü2
Translation
One should guard against anger in speech, be restrained with speech. Having abandoned bad
conduct of speech, one should practice the right conduct with speech.
Vocabulary
vacÏppak opa£ : vaco [ntr.]= speech, words. vacÏ is its cpd. form. pakopa [masc.]= anger.
vacÏ+pakopa= vacÏppakopa [euphonic sandhi, masc.]= anger in speech. vacÏppakopa£ [acc. sg.]=
anger in speech.
rak k heyya [3.sg. pot. of %rakkh (to protect)]= should protect, should guard.
vÈcÈya: vÈcÈ [fem.]= speech. vÈcÈya [ins. sg.]= with speech.
vacÏduccarita£ : vaco [ntr.]= speech, words. vacÏ is its cpd. form. du [antithetic pfx.]= bad, insufficient,
difficult. carita [adj. pp. of %car (to walk, to act)]= conduct. du+carita= duccarita [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= bad conduct. duccarita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= bad conduct. vacÏ+duccarita£=
vacÏduccarita£= bad conduct of speech.
manoppakopa£ rakkheyya manasÈ sa£vuto siyÈ,

manoduccarita£ hitvÈ manasÈ sucarita£ care22332
euksIidksia jD[ksÕ; eulk laoqrks fl;k]

euksnqPpfjra fgRok eulk lqpfjra pjs2üýý2
Translation
One should guard against anger in mind, be restrained with mind. Having abandoned bad conduct
of mind, one should practice the right conduct with mind.
Vocabulary
m anoppak opa£ : mana [ntr.]= mind. In cpd it becomes mano. mano+pakopa= manoppakopa [euphonic
sandhi, masc.]= anger in mind. manoppakopa£ [acc. sg.]= anger in mind.
rak k heyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %rakkh (to protect)]= should protect, should guard.
m anoduccarita£ : mana [ntr.]= mind. mano [nom. sg.]= mind. du [antithetic pfx.]= bad, insufficient,
difficult. carita [adj. pp. of %car (to walk, to act)]= conduct. du+carita= duccarita [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= bad conduct. duccarita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= bad conduct. mano+duccarita£=
manoduccarita£= bad conduct of mind.
kÈyena sa£vutÈ dhÏrÈ atho vÈcÈya sa£vutÈ

manasÈ sa£vutÈ dhÏrÈ te ve suparisa£vutÈ22342
dk;su laoqrk /hjk vFkks okpk; laoqrk

eulk laoqrk /hjk rs os lqifjlaoqrk2üýþ2
Translation
The wise are restrained with body and restrained with speech. The wise are restrained with mind,
they are indeed well and thoroughly restrained.
Vocabulary
suparisa£ vutÈ: sa£vuta [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+pp.
of %vu (to obstruct)]= restrained, guarded. su [indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning
‘thorough, well’]+pari [pfx. meaning ‘all around, thoroughly’]+sa£vuta= suparisa£vuta [adj.]=
well and thoroughly restrained. suparisa£vutÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= well and thoroughly restrained.
18. M alavaggo eyoXxks (Impurity)
pa‡ÇupalÈso va dÈnisi
yamapurisÈ pi ca te upa——hitÈ,
uyyogamukhe ca ti——hasi
pÈtheyyam pi ca te na vijjati22352
i.Mqiyklks o nkfufl
;eiqfjlk fi p rs mifêòrk]
mÕ;ksxeq[ks p frêòfl
ikFksÕ;e~ fi p rs u foTtfr2üýÿ2
Translation
You are now like a withered leaf and Yama’s men have also arrived for you. You are standing
in the mouth of death and you have not even found provisions for the journey.
Vocabulary
pa‡ÇupalÈso: pa‡Çu [adj.]= pale-red or yellow. palÈsa [masc.]= leaf. pa‡Çu+palÈsa= pa‡ÇupalÈsa
[masc.]= a withered leaf. pa‡ÇupalÈso [nom. sg.]= a withered leaf.
dÈnisi: dÈni [indec. adv. of time. It is shortened form of idÈni]= now. asi [2. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to
be)]= are. dÈni+asi= dÈnisi [euphonic sandhi]= (you) are now.
yam apurisÈ: yama [masc.]= Yama, the god of death. purisa [masc.]= man. yama+purisa= yamapurisa
[masc.]= Yama’s man. yamapurisÈ [nom. pl.]= Yama’s men.
te [gen. sg. of the 2.pron. tumha (you)]= for you.
upa——hitÈ: upa——hita [adj. pp. of upa——hahati (standing near, appears, present)= present, arrived,
appeared. upa——hitÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= arrived.
uyyogam uk he: uyyoga [masc.]= death, departure. mukha [ntr.]= mouth. uyyoga+mukha= uyyogamukha
[ntr.]= mouth of death. uyyogamukhe [loc. sg.]= in the mouth of death.
ti——hasi [2. sg. pr. indic. act. of %—hÈ (to stand)]=stand.
pÈtheyyam pi: pÈtheyya [ ntr. ger. derived from patha (road)]= šwhat is necessary for the road› i’e’
provisions for a journey. pÈtheyya£ [nom. sg.]= provisions for the journey. api/pi [indec. part.]=
also, even, just so, as well. pÈtheyya£+pi= pÈtheyyam pi= even provisions for the journey.
so karohi dÏpamattano
khippa£ vÈyama pa‡Çito bhava,
niddhantamalo ana×ga‡o
dibba£ ariyabhÊmim ehisi22362
lks djksfg nhieÙkuks

f[kIia ok;e if.Mrks Hko]
fu¼Ureyks vuÄx.kks
fnCca vfj;Hkwfee~ ,fgfl2üýö2
Translation
Make an island of yourself, strive quickly, be wise! Without impurity, without blemish, you will
approach the heavenly land of the noble ones.
Vocabulary
.k arohi [2. sg. imperat. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= make.
dÏpam attano: dÏpa [masc.]= island. dÏpa£ [acc. sg.]= island. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano [gen.
sg.]= of oneself. dÏpa£+attano= dÏpamattano= island of oneself.
k hippa£ : khippa [adj. derived from %khip (to throw)]= quick. khippa£ [ntr. nom. sg. But here used as
an adv.]= quickly.
vÈyam a [2. sg. imperat. act. of vi (indec. strengthening pfx.)+È (indec. pfx. denoting a close relationship
to the object or the aim of the action expressed in the verb)+%yam (to restrain)]= (you) strive.
bhava [2. sg. imperat. act. derived from %bhÊ (to become)]= (you) be.
niddhantam alo: ni (pfx. meaning ‘out, away’)+dhamati (blows)= niddhamati [adj. euphonic
sandhi]=removes, blows away. niddhanta [adj. pp. of niddhamati]= removed, blown away. mala
[ntr.]= impurity. niddhanta+mala= niddhantamala [adj.]= without impurity. niddhantamalo [masc.
nom. sg.]= without impurity.
ana×ga‡o: a×ga‡a [masc.]= freckle. an [neg. pfx.]+a×ga‡a= ana×ga‡a [adj.]= without blemish.
ana×ga‡o [masc. nom. sg.]= without blemish.
dibba£ : dibba [adj.]= divine, heavenly. dibba£ [fem. acc. sg.]= divine, heavenly.
ariyabhÊm im ehisi: ariya [adj.]= noble. bhÊmi [ntr./fem.]= place, land. bhÊmi£ [fem. nom. sg.]=
place, land. ariya+bhÊmi= ariyabhÊmi [fem.]= land of the noble ones. ariyabhÊmi£ [acc. sg.]=
land of the noble ones. ehisi [2. sg. fut. act. of %i (to go)]= (you) will approach.
ariyabhÊmi£+ehisi= ariyabhÊmim ehisi= (you) will approach the land of the noble ones.
upanÏtavayo ca dÈnisi
sampayÈtosi yamassa santike,
vÈsopi ca te n’atthi antarÈ
pÈtheyyam pi ca te na vijjati22372
miuhro;ks p nkfufl
lEi;krksfl ;eLl lfUrds]
oklksfi p rs u~*vfRFk vUrjk
ikFksÕ;e~ fi p rs u foTtfr2üý÷2
Translation
And you have proceeded now to the end of your life. You have proceeded in the presence of
Yama. And midway there is not even a resting place for you and you have not even found
provisions for the journey.
Vocabulary
upanÏtavayo: neti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %nÏ (to lead)]= leads. upanÏta [adj. pp. of upa (pfx. meaning
‘close by, near.’)+neti]= brought to an end. vaya [ntr.]= life, age. upanÏta+vaya= upanÏtavaya
[adj.]= at the end of life. upanÏtavayo [nom. sg.]= at the end of life.
dÈnisi: dÈni [indec. adv. of time. It is shortened form of idÈni]= now. asi [2. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to
go)]= (you) are. dÈni+asi= dÈnisi [euphonic sandhi]= (you) are now.
sam payÈtosi: sampayÈta [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+pp. of %yÈ (to go)]= proceeded. sampayÈto [masc.
nom. sg.]= proceeded. asi [2. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= (you) are. sampayÈto+asi=
sampayÈtosi [euphonic sandhi]= (you) have proceeded.
yam assa: yama [masc.]= Yama, the god of death. yamassa [gen. sg.]= of Yama.
santik e: santika [ntr.]= presence. santike [loc. sg.]= in the presence.
vÈso: vÈsa [masc.]= dwelling, resting place. vÈso [nom. sg.]= dwelling, resting place.
antarÈ [indec. adv. formation from the adj. antara (in between)]= midway, meanwhile.
pÈtheyyam pi: pÈtheyya [ger. from the ntr. n. patha (road)]= šwhat is necessary for the road› i’e’
provisions for a journey. pÈtheyya£ [nom. sg.]= provisions for the journey. api/pi [indec. part.]=
also, even, just so, as well. pÈtheyya£+pi= pÈtheyyam pi.
so karohi dÏpamattano
khippa£ vÈyama pa‡Çito bhava,
niddhantamalo ana×ga‡o
na puna£ jÈtijara£ upehisi22382
lks djksfg nhieÙkuks

f[kIia ok;e if.Mrks Hko]
fu¼Ureyks vuÄõ.kks
u iqua tkfrtja misfgfl2üýø2
Translation
Make an island of yourself, strive quickly, be wise! Without impurity, without blemish, you will
not again reach birth and old age.
Vocabulary
.k arohi [2. sg. imperat. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= make.
dÏpam attano: dÏpa [masc.]= island. dÏpa£ [acc. sg.]= island. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano [gen.
sg.]= of oneself. dÏpa£+attano= dÏpamattano= island of oneself.
k hippa£ : khippa [adj. derived from %khip (to throw)]= quick. khippa£ [ntr. nom. sg. But here used as
an adv.]= quickly.
vÈyam a [2. sg. imperat. act. of vi (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%yam (to restrain)]= (you) strive.
bhava [2. sg. imperat. act. derived from %bhÊ (to become)]= (you) be.
niddhantam alo: ni (pfx. meaning ‘out, away’)+dhamati (blows)= niddhamati [adj. euphonic
sandhi]=removes, blows away. niddhanta [adj. pp. of niddhamati]= removed, blown away. mala
[ntr.]= impurity. niddhanta+mala= niddhantamala [adj.]= without impurity. niddhantamalo [masc.
nom. sg.]= without impurity.
ana×ga‡o: a×ga‡a [masc. probably a variant of a¤jana (ointment)]= a speck or freckle (on face). an [neg.
pfx.]+a×ga‡a= ana×ga‡a [adj.]= free from blemish, without blemish. ana×ga‡o [masc. nom. sg.]=
without blemish.
puna£ [indec. adv.]= again.
jÈtijara£ : jÈti [fem.]= birth. jarÈ (fem.)= old age. jÈti+jarÈ= jÈtijarÈ [fem.]= birth and old age.
jÈtijara£ [acc. sg.]= birth and old age.
upehisi [2. sg. fut. act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near.’)+%i (to go)]= (you) will approach, will
reach.
anupubbena medhÈvÏ thokathoka£ kha‡e kha‡e

kammÈro rajatasseva niddhame malam attano22392
vuqiqCcsu es/koh FkksdFkksda [k.ks [k.ks

dEekjks jtrLlso fu¼es eye~ vÙkuks2üýù2
Translation
A wise man would remove impurity of himself, gradually, little by little, moment by moment,
like a smith does of silver.
Vocabulary
anupubbena: pubba [adj.]= previous, former, before. anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, following, to’)+pubba=
anupubba [adj.]= following in one’s turn, successive, gradual. anupubbena [ins. sg. but here as an
adv.]= by and by, in course of time, gradually.
thok athok a£ : thoka [adj.]= tittle. thoka£ [adv.]= a little. thokathoka£ [adv.]= little by little.
k ha‡e k ha‡e: kha‡a [masc.]= moment. kha‡e [loc. sg.]= in a moment. kha‡e kha‡e= moment by
moment.
k am m Èro: kammÈra [masc.]= smith. kammÈro [nom. sg.]= smith.
rajatasseva: rajata [ntr.]= silver. rajatassa [gen. sg.]= of silver. iva [indec. part of comparison]= like,
as. rajatassa+iva= rajatasseva [euphonic sandhi]= like... of silver.
niddham e [3. sg. pot. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘out, away’)+%dham (to blow)]= would remove.
m alam attano: mala [ntr.]= impurity. mala£ [acc. sg.]= impurity. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano
[gen. sg.]= of oneself. mala£+attano= malam attano= impurity of oneself.
ayasÈ va mala£ samu——hita£

tadu——hÈya tam eva khÈdati
eva£ atidhonacÈrina£
sakakammÈni nayanti duggati£22402
v;lk o eya leqfêòra

rnqêòk; re~ ,o [kknfr
,oa vfr/ksupkfjua
lddEekfu u;fUr nqXxfra2üþú2
Translation
As impurity arisen from iron, eats it having arisen from it, likewise his own deeds lead one
indulging too much in the four requisites of a monk to a miserable afterlife.
Vocabulary
ayasÈ: ayo [ntr.]= iron. ayasÈ [abl. sg.]= from iron.
m ala£ : mala [ntr.]= impurity. mala£ [nom. sg.]= impurity.
sam u——hita£ : u——hati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of ud (pfx meaning ‘up’)+%—hÈ (to stand)]= stands up. sa£
(adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+u——hati= samu——hati= rises up,
originates. samu——hita [adj. pp. of samu——hati]= arisen, occurred. samu——hita£ [ntr. nom. sg.]=
arisen.
tadu——hÈya: tat [pron. ntr.]= it.+u——hÈya [ger. of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%—hÈ (to stand)]= having
arisen. tat+u——hÈya= tadu——hÈya= having arisen from it.
tam eva: ta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that. eva [emphatic part.]= even, just,
only. ta£+eva= tam eva= even that.
k hÈdati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of khÈda (ntr.=eating)]= eats.
atidhonacÈrina£ : dhona [ntr.]= the four requisites of a monk (robes, almsfood, shelter, and medicine).
cÈrÏ [adj. derived from %car (to walk)+Ï (poss. sfx.)]= living, acting. ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely,
beyond.’)+dhona+cÈrÏ= atidhonacÈrÏ [adj.]= indulging too much in the four requisites of a monk.
atidhonacÈrina£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of indulging too much in the four requisites of a monk.
sak ak am m Èni: sa [adj.]= own. sa+ka [poss. sfx.]= saka [adj.]= own. kamma [ntr.]= deed. kammÈni
[nom. pl.]= deeds. saka+kammÈni= sakakammÈni= own deeds.
duggati£ : gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= existence (after death), afterlife. du [antithetic pfx.
meaning ‘bad, insufficient’]+gati= duggati [fem.]= a miserable afterlife. duggati£ [acc. sg.]= a
miserable afterlife.
asajjhÈyamalÈ mantÈ, anu——hÈnamalÈ gharÈ,

mala£ va‡‡assa kosajja£, pamÈdo rakkhato mala£22412
vlT>k;eyk eUrk] vuqêòkueyk ?kjk]

eya o..kLl dkslTta] ieknks jD[krks eya2üþû2
Translation
Texts have non-study as an impurity, houses have neglect as an impurity; beauty has idleness as
an impurity; and a guard has negligence as an impurity.
Vocabulary
asajjhÈyam alÈ: sajjhÈya [masc. derived from sa (pfx. reflex. pron. meaning ‘own’)+adhi (pfx. meaning
‘towards’)+%i (to go)]= repetition, rehearsal, study. a [neg. pfx.]+sajjhÈya= asajjhÈya [masc.]=
non-study. mala [ntr.]= impurity. asajjhÈya+mala= asajjhÈyamala [adj.]= having non-study as an
impurity. asajjhÈyamalÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= having non-study as an impurity.
m antÈ: manta [masc.]= sacred text. mantÈ [nom. pl.]= sacred texts.
anu——hÈnam alÈ: u——hÈna [ntr. derived from ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%—hÈ (to stand)]= exertion. an [neg.
pfx.]+u——hÈna= anu——hÈna [ntr.]= non-exertion, neglect. anu——hÈna+mala= anu——hÈnamala [adj.]=
having neglect as an impurity. anu——hÈnamalÈ [nom. pl.]= having neglect as an impurity.
gharÈ: ghara [ntr.]= house. gharÈ [nom. pl.]= houses.
va‡‡assa: va‡‡a [masc.]= colour, complexion, beauty. va‡‡assa [gen. sg.]= of beauty.
k osajja£ : kosajja [ntr.]= idleness, sloth. kosajja£ [nom. sg.]= idleness, sloth.
pam Èdo: pamÈda [n. masc.]= negligence. pamÈdo [nom. sg.]= negligence.
rak k hato: rakkhanta [adj. derived from %rakkh (to protect)]= guard. rakkhato [masc. gen. sg.]= of a
guard.
mal’itthiyÈ duccarita£, macchera£ dadato mala£,

malÈ ve pÈpakÈ dhammÈ asmi£ loke paramhi ca22422
ey~*bfRFk;k nqPpfjra] ePNsja nnrks eya]

eyk os ikidk /Eek vfLae yksds ijfEg p2üþü2
Translation
Wrong conduct is the impurity of a woman. Stinginess is the impurity of a donor. Evil things are
impurities in this world and the other.
Vocabulary
m al’itthiyÈ: mala [ntr.]= impurity. itthi [fem.]= woman. mala+itthi= mal’itthi [fem.]= impurity of a
woman. mal’itthiyÈ [gen. sg.]= impurity of a woman.
duccarita£ : carita [adj. pp. of %car (to walk, to act)]= conduct. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad,
insufficient’]+carita= duccarita [adj. euphonic sandhi]= bad conduct. duccarita£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
bad conduct.
m acchera£ : macchera [ntr.]= stinginess. macchera£ [nom. sg.]= stinginess.
dadato: dadata [masc.]= donor. dadato [gen. sg.]= of donor.
m alÈ: mala [ntr.]= impurity. malÈ [nom. pl.]= impurities.
pÈpak È: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness, bad. pÈpa+ka [adj suffix]= pÈpaka [adj.]= evil, bad. pÈpakÈ
[masc. nom. pl.]= evil, bad.
dham m È: dhamma [ntr. masc.]= thing. dhammÈ [nom. pl.]= things. The word dhamma has many
meanings and here it is used in the sense of ‘thing.’
tato malÈ malatara£ avijjÈ parama£ mala£,

eta£ mala£ pahatvÈna nimmalÈ hotha bhikkhavo22432
rrks eyk eyrja vfoTtk ijea eya]

,ra eya igRoku fuEeyk gksFk fHkD[koks2üþý2
Translation
Then there is a greater impurity among impurities, this is ignorance, the greatest impurity.
Having abandoned this impurity, be pure, monks!
Vocabulary
m alÈ: mala [ntr.]= impurity. malÈ [nom. pl.]= impurities.
m alatara£ : mala [ntr.]= impurity. mala+tara [sfx. of comparison]= malatara [adj.]= more impure.
malatara£ [nom. sg.]= more impure.
avijjÈ: vijjÈ [fem. derived from %vid (to know)]= knowledge. a [neg. pfx.]+vijjÈ= avijjÈ [fem.]=
ignorance. vijjÈ [nom. sg.]= ignorance.
pahatvÈna [ger. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%hÈ (to leave, to abandon)]= having
abandoned.
nim m alÈ: mala [ntr.]= impurity. ni (pfx. meaning ‘out, away’)+mala= nimmal [adj. euphonic sandhi]=
without impurity, pure. malatara£ [nom. sg.]= more impure. nimmalÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= pure.
hotha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= be.
bhik k havo: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhavo [voc. pl.]= monks!
sujÏva£ ahirÏkena kÈkasÊrena dha£sinÈ

pakkhandinÈ pagabbhena sa£kili——hena jÏvita£22442
lqthoa vfgjhdsu dkdlwjsu /afluk

iD[kfUnuk ixCHksu lafdfyêòsu thfora2üþþ2
Translation
Life by the shameless, unconscientious, offensive, braggart, reckless, (and) impure is easy to
live.
Vocabulary
sujÏva£ : sujÏva (adj. derived from su [indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough,
well’)+%jÏv (to live)]= easy to live. sujÏva£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= easy to live.
ahirÏk ena: hirÏ [fem.]= sense of shame. a [neg. pfx.]+hirÏ+ka [sfx. forming adj.]= ahirÏka [adj.]=
shameless. ahirÏkena [masc. ins. sg.]= by the shameless.
k Èk asÊrena: kÈka [masc.]= crow. sÊra [masc.]= hero. kÈka+sÊra= kÈkasÊra [masc.]= a crow hero i.e.
an unconscientious person. kÈkasÊrena [ins. sg.]= by the unconscientious.
dha£ sinÈ: dha£sin [adj. obtrusive, offensive. dha£sinÈ [masc. ins. sg.]= by the obtrusive.
pak k handinÈ: pakkhandÏ [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%khand (to jump)+Ï (poss.
sfx.)]= jumping on or forth i.e. a braggart. pakkhandinÈ [masc. ins. sg.]= by the braggart.
pagabbhena: pagabbha [adj.]= reckless. pagabbhena [masc. ins. sg.]= by the reckless.
sa£ k ili——hena: sa£kili——ha [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %kilis (to go bad, to be impure)]= impure. sa£kili——hena [masc. ins. sg.]= by
the impure.
jÏvita£ : jÏvita [ ntr. pp. of %jÏv (to live)]= life. jÏvita£ [nom. sg.]= life.
hirÏmatÈ ca dujjÏva£ nicca£ sucigavesinÈ

alÏnen’appagabbhena suddhÈjÏvena passatÈ22452
fgjherk p nqTthoa fuPpa lqfpxosfluk
vyhusu~*vIixCHksu lqn~/kthosu iLlrk2üþÿ2
Translation
And life by the modest is always difficult, striving to be pure, sincere and cautious, of clean
livelihood, and reflective,
Vocabulary
hirÏm atÈ: hirÏ [fem.]= sense of shame. harÏ+mantu [poss. sfx.]= hirÏmantu [adj.]= modest. hirÏmatÈ
[masc. ins. sg.]= by the modest.
dujjÏva£ : jÏva [adj. derived from %jÏv (to live)]= life. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad,
insufficient’]+jÏva= dujjÏva [adj. euphonic sandhi]= difficult life. dujjiva£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= difficult
life.
sucigavesinÈ: suci [adj.]= pure, clean. gavesÏ [adj.]= seeking, looking for. suci+gavesÏn= sucigavesÏ
[adj.]= striving to be pure. sucigavesinÈ [masc. ins. sg.]= by those striving to be pure.
alÏnen’appagabbhena: lÏna [adj. derived from %lÏ (to stick to)]= clinging, sticking, slow, sluggish, dull.
a (neg. pfx.)+lina= alÏna [adj.]= sincere, open. alinena [masc. ins. sg.]= by sincere. pagabbha
[adj.]= reckless. a (neg. pfx.)+pagabbha= appagabbha [adj. euphonic sandhi]= careful, cautious.
appagabbhena [masc. ins. sg.]= by the cautious. alÏnena+appagabbhena= alÏnen’appagabbhena=
by the sincere and cautious.
suddhÈjÏvena: suddha [adj. pp. of %sudh (to clean)]= pure. jÏva [adj. derived from %jÏv (to live)]= life.
È [indec. pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’]+jÏva=ÈjÏva [masc.]= livelihood. suddha+ÈjÏva=
suddhÈjÏva [adj. euphonic sandhi]= of clean livelihood. suddhÈjÏvena [masc. ins. sg.]= by those of
clean livelihood.
passatÈ: passant [adj. act. ppr. of %dis (to see)]= seeing, reflective. passatÈ [nom. sg.]= by the seeing,
by the reflective.
yo pÈ‡a£ atipÈteti musÈvÈda¤ ca bhÈsati

loke adinna£ Èdiyati paradÈra¤ ca gacchati22462
;ks ik.ka vfrikrsfr eqlkokn×k~ p Hkklfr

yksds vfnUua vkfn;fr ijnkj×k~ p xPNfr2üþö2
Translation
Who slays a living being, speaks falsely, takes whatever in the world is not given, and goes to
another's wife,
Vocabulary
pÈ‡a£ : pÈ‡a [masc.]= living being, life. pÈ‡a£ [acc. sg.]= living being.
atipÈteti [3. sg. pr. caus. of ati (pfx. meaning ‘on to, up to, towards.’)+%pat (to fall)]= ‘falls on to’ i.e.
attacks, slays.
m usÈvÈda¤ ca: musÈ [adv.]= falsely, wrongly. vÈda [masc.]= speaking. musÈ+vÈda= musÈvÈda
[masc.]= speak falsely, lie. musÈvÈda£ [acc. sg.]= lie. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
musÈvÈda£+ca= musÈvÈda¤ ca.
bhÈsati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %bhÈ (to speak)]= speaks.
adinna£ : dinna [adj. pp. of %dÈ (to give)]= given. a (neg. pfx.)+dinna= adinna [adj.]= what is not
given. adinna£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= what is not given.
Èdiyati [3. sg. pr. med. indic. of È [indec. pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’]+%dÈ (to give)]= grasps,
seizes, takes.
paradÈra¤ ca: para [adj.]= other. dÈra (fem.]= wife. para+dÈra= paradÈra [fem.]= the wife of
another. paradÈra£ [nom. sg.]= the wife of another. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. paradÈra£+ca=
paradÈra¤ ca.
gacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %gam (to go)]= goes, moves.
surÈmerayapÈna¤ ca yo naro anuyu¤jati

idh’eva-m-eso lokasmi£ mÊla£ khanati attano22472
lqjkesj;iku×k~ p ;ks ujks vuq;q×tfr

b/~*,o&e~&,lks yksdfLae ewya [kufr vÙkuks2üþ÷2
Translation
And whichever man enjoys drinking alcoholic beverages, he digs out his own roots just here in
this world.
Vocabulary
surÈm erayapÈna¤ ca: surÈ [fem.]= spirituous (intoxicating) liquor. meraya [ntr.]= a sort of intoxicating
liquor. pÈna [masc. from %pÈ (to drink)]= drinking. surÈ+meraya+pÈna= surÈmerayapÈna
[masc.]= drinking alcoholic beverages. surÈmerayapÈna£ [acc. sg.]= drinking alcoholic beverages.
ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. sÊramerayapÈna£+ca= surÈmerayapÈna¤ ca.
anuyu¤jati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along, to’)+ %yu¤j (to join)]= practises.
idh’eva-m -eso: idha [indec. adv.]= here (in this world). eva [emphatic part.]= even, just, only. eso
[masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= this, that. idha+eva+eso= idh’eva-m-eso
[euphonic sandhi]= just here... this.
lok asm i£ : loka [masc.]= world. lokasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in the world.
m Êla£ : mÊla [ntr.]= root. mÊla£ [acc. sg.]= root.
k hanati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %khan/kha‡ (to dig)]= digs.
eva£ bho purisa jÈnÈhi

pÈpadhammÈ asa¤¤atÈ,
mÈ ta£ lobho adhammo ca
cira£ dukkhÈya randhayu£22482
,oa Hkks iqfjl tkukfg

iki/Eek vl××krk]
ek ra yksHkks v/Eeks p
fpja nqD[kk; jU/;aq2üþø2
Translation
My dear man, know this: evil things are difficult to restrain. Let not greed and immorality
subject you to suffering for a long time.
Vocabulary
bho [indec.]= sir, friend.
purisa: purisa [masc.]= man. purisa [voc. sg.]= man!
jÈnÈhi [2. sg. imperat. act. derived from %¤È (to know)]= know.
pÈpadham m È: pÈpa [adj.]= evil. dhamma [masc.]= thing. The word dhamma has many meanings and
here it is used in the sense of ‘thing.’ pÈpa+dhamma= pÈpadhamma [masc.]= evil thing.
pÈpadhammÈ [nom. pl.]= evil things.
asa¤¤atÈ: sa¤¤ata [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %yam (to restrain)]= restrained. a [neg. pfx.]+sa¤¤ata= asa¤¤ata [adj.]=
unrestrained. asa¤¤atÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= unrestrained.
m È [indec. prohibition part. used in the sense of prohibition, generally with the imperat. mood, but
sometimes with the aor. tense also, to denote an action of the present time]= not, do not.
lobho: lobha [masc.]= greed. lobho [nom. sg.]= greed.
adham m o: dhamma [n. masc]= morality. a [neg. pfx.]+dhamma= adhamma [masc.]= immorality.
adhammo [nom. sg.]= immorality.
cira£ : cira [adj.]= long (time). cira£ [acc. sg.]= long (time).
duk k hÈya: dukkha [masc.]= suffering. dukkhÈya [dat. sg.]= for suffering. Dat. case can sometimes be
used in the sense of acc. and loc.
randhayu£ : randhayu£ [3. pl. aor. act. of %radh/randh (to make or be subject to)]= subjected to. But
with mÈ it is used here in the imperat. mood. Thus, mÈ randhayu£= let not subject to.
dadati ve yathÈsaddha£ yathÈpasÈdana£ jano,

tattha yo ca ma×ku bhavati paresa£ pÈnabhojane
na so divÈ vÈ ratti£ vÈ samÈdhi£ adhigacchati22492
nnfr os ;Fkkl¼a ;Fkkilknua tuks]

rRFk ;ks p eadq Hkofr ijsla ikuHkkstus
u lks fnok ok jfÙak ok lekfèak vf/xPNfr2üþù2
Translation
Public gives indeed according to its faith and inclination. In this regard, whoever is discontented
at food and drink of others, he does not find concentration by day or by night.
Vocabulary
dadati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %dÈ (to give)]= gives.
yathÈsaddha£ : yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like. saddhÈ [fem.]= faith, trust. saddha£ [acc. sg.]=
faith, trust. yathÈ+saddha£= yathÈsaddha£ [adv.]= according to one’s faith.
yathÈpasÈdana£ : yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like. pasÈdana [ntr.]= granting graces, gratification.
pasÈdana£ [acc. sg.]= granting graces, gratification. yathÈ+pasÈdana£= yathÈpasÈdana£ [adv.]=
according to one’s gratification, according to a clear state of mind, according to inclination.
tattha [indec. adv.]= there, in that/this regard.
m a×k u: ma×ku [adj.]= troubled, discontented. ma×ku [masc. nom. sg.]= troubled, discontented.
bhavati [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= is.
pÈnabhojane: pÈna [masc. from %pÈ (to drink)]= drinking. bhojana [ntr.]= food. pÈna+bhojana=
pÈnabhojana [ntr.]= drink and food. pÈnabhojane [loc. sg.]= at drink and food.
.d ivÈ: diva [ntr.]= day. divÈ [acc. sg. But here as an adv.]= by day.
ratti£ : ratti [fem.]= night. ratti£ [acc. sg. But here as an adv.]= by night.
sam Èdhi£ : samÈdhi [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= concentration. samÈdhi£
[acc. sg.]= concentration.
adhigacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from adhi (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= gets,
finds, discovers.
yassa c’eta£ samucchinna£

mÊlaghacca£ samÊhata£
sa ve divÈ vÈ ratti£ vÈ
samÈdhi£ adhigacchati22502
;Ll p~*,ra leqfPNÂa

ewy?kPpa lewgra
l os fnok ok jfÙak ok
lekfèak vf/xPNfr2üÿú2
Translation
And who has cut off, removed and destroyed at the root such thinking, he indeed finds
concentration by day or by night.
Vocabulary
c’eta£ : ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. eta£ [demonstr. pron. ntr. nom. sg. of eta (it, this)]= it, this.
ca+eta£= c’eta£ [euphonic sandhi]= and this.
sam ucchinna£ : samucchinna [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+ud (pfx meaning ‘up’)+pp. of %chid (to cut off)]= cut off. samucchinna£ [ntr. nom.
sg.]= cut off.
m Êlaghacca£ : mÊla [ntr.]= root. ghacca [fem. derived from %ghan (to kill)]= destruction.
mÊla+ghacca= mÊlaghacca [adv.]= destroyed at the root. mÊlaghacca£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= destroyed
at the root.
sam Êhata£ : samÊhata [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+ud (pfx meaning ‘up’)+%han (to strike)]= removed. samÊhata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]=
removed.
divÈ: diva [ntr.]= day. divÈ [acc. sg. But here as an adv.]= by day.
completeness)+ È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= concentration.
samÈdhi£ [acc. sg.]= concentration.
adhigacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from adhi (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= gets,
finds, discovers.
n’atthi rÈgasamo aggi n’atthi dosasamo gaho

n’atthi mohasama£ jÈla£ n’atthi ta‡hÈsamÈ nadÏ22512
u~*vfRFk jkxleks vfXx u~*vfRFk nkslleks xgks

u~*vfRFk eksglea tkya u~*vfRFk r.gklek unh2üÿû2
Translation
There is no fire like passion; there is no seizing like hatred; there is no net like delusion; there
is no river like craving.
Vocabulary
rÈgasam o: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. sama [adj.]= just like, same.
rÈga+sama= rÈgasama [adj.]= like passion. rÈgasamo [masc. nom. sg.]= like passion.
aggi: aggi [masc.]= fire. aggi [nom. sg.]=fire.
dosasam o: dosa [masc.]= ill-will, hatred. sama [adj.]= just like, same. dosa+sama= dosasama [adj.]=
like hatred. dosasamo [masc. nom. sg.]= like hatred.
gaho: gaha [masc. derived from %gah (to seize)]= ‘seizure,’ seizing, grasping. gaho [nom. sg.]= seizing.
m ohasam a£ : moha [masc. derived from %muh (to be stupefied)]= stupidity, dullness of mind and soul,
delusion. sama [adj.]= just like, same. moha+sama= mohasama [adj.]= like delusion. mohasama£
[ntr. nom. sg.]= like delusion.
jÈla£ : jÈla [ntr.]= net, snare. jÈla£ [nom. sg.]= snare, net.
ta‡hÈsam È: ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. sama [adj.]= just like, same. sama£ [acc. sg.]=just like,
same. ta‡hÈ+sama= ta‡hÈsama[adj.]= like thirst. ta‡hÈsamÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= like craving.
nadÏ: nadÏ [fem.]= river. nadÏ [nom. sg.]= river.
sudassa£ vajjam a¤¤esa£ attano pana duddasa£,

paresa£ hi so vajjÈni opunÈti yathÈ bhusa£,
attano pana chÈdeti kali£ va kitavÈ sa—ho22522
lqnLla oTte~ v××ksla vÙkuks iu nqíla]

ijsla fg lks oTtkfu vksiqukfr ;Fkk Hkqla]
vÙkuks iu Nknsfr dfYak o fdrok lBks2üÿü2
Translation
Easy to see a fault of others but one’s own faults are difficult to see. One exposes the faults of
others indeed like chaff but conceals one’s own like a fraudulent dice player an unlucky throw
of dice.
Vocabulary
sudassa£ : sudassa [adj. derived from su indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough,
well’)+%dis (to see)]= easy to see. sudassa£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= easy to see.
vajjam a¤¤esa£ : vajja [ntr.]= a fault. vajja£ [nom. sg.]= a fault. a¤¤a [adj.]= other. a¤¤esa£ [masc.
gen. pl.]= of others. vajja£+a¤¤esa£= vajjam a¤¤esa£.
duddassa£ : du [antithetic pfx.]= bad, insufficient, difficult. duddassa [adj. derived from du+%dis (to
see)]= difficult to see. duddassa£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= difficult to see.
vajjÈni: vajja [ntr.]= a fault. vajjÈni [acc. pl.]= faults.
opunÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of ava (pfx meaning ‘down, away from, out, over’ and o is its older
form)+%pÊ (to cleanse)]= lays bare, exposes.
bhusa£ : bhusa [ntr.]= chaff, husk. bhusa£ [acc. sg.]= chaff, husk.
pana [adversative and intrg.part. sometimes merely connecting and continuing the story]= but, then, on
chÈdeti [3. sg. pr. caus.. of +%chad (to cover)]= covers, conceals.
k ali£ : kali [masc.]= an unlucky throw at dice. kali£ [acc. sg.]= an unlucky throw at dice.
k itavÈ: kitavÈ [adj.]= one who plays false, a cheat. kitavÈ [masc. nom. sg.]= a cheat.
sa—ho: sa—ha [adj.]= crafty, treacherous, fraudulent. sa—ho [masc. nom. sg.]= fraudulent.
paravajjanupassissa nicca£ ujjhÈnasa¤¤ino

ÈsavÈ tassa vaÇÇhanti ÈrÈ so ÈsavakkhayÈ22532
ijoTtuqifLlLl fuPpa mT>kulf××kuks

vklok rLl oM~<afr vkjk lks vkloD[k;k2üÿý2
Translation
Of one who finds fault in another, always irritable, his cankers grow. He is far away from the
destruction of cankers.
Vocabulary
paravajjanupassissa: para [adj.]= other. vajja [ntr.]= a fault. anupassÏ [adj. of anu (indec.pfx. meaning
‘along, at, to, combined with’)+%pass (to see)+Ï (poss. sfx.]= contemplating.
para+vajja+anupassÏ= paravajjanupassÏ [adj.]= finding fault in another. paravajjanupassissa
[masc. gen. sg.]= of one finding fault in another.
nicca£ [ntr.adv.]= perpetually, always, constantly.
ujjhÈnasa¤¤ino: ujjhÈna [ntr.]= taking offence. sa¤¤È [fem.]= perception. sa¤¤È+Ï [poss. pfx.]= sa¤¤Ï
[adj.]= conscious. ujjhÈna+sa¤¤Ï=ujjhÈnasa¤¤Ï [adj.]= irritable. ujjhÈnasa¤¤ino [masc. gen. sg.]=
of irritable.
ÈrÈ [indec. part.]= away, far from.
.Èsavak k hayÈ: Èsava [masc.]= canker. khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. Èsava+khaya=
Èsavakkhaya [masc. euphonic sandhi]= destruction of cankers. ÈsavakkhayÈ [abl. sg.]= from the
destruction of cankers.
ÈkÈse ca pada£ n’atthi sama‡o n’atthi bÈhiro,

papa¤cÈbhiratÈ pajÈ nippapa¤cÈ tathÈgatÈ22542
vkdkls p ina u~*vfRFk le.kks u~*vfRFk ckfgjks]

ii×pkfHkjrk itk fuIii×pk rFkkxrk2üÿþ2
Translation
But there is no track in the sky. There is not a true monk outside of this teaching. Mankind
delights in hindrance to spiritual growth. The tathÈgatas are free from hindrances to spiritual
growth.
Vocabulary
ca [encl. part. Here used in the disjunctive sense]= but.
bÈhiro: bÈhira [adj.]= external, outside. bÈhiro [nom. sg.]= outside (the Buddhist order).
papa¤cabhiratÈ: papa¤ca [masc.]= hindrance to spiritual growth. abhirata [adj. derived from of abhi
(intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%ram (to delight in)]= fond of, indulging in, finding delight
in. papa¤ca+abhirata= papa¤cabhirata [adj.]= delighting in hindrance to spiritual growth.
papa¤cabhiratÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= delighting in hindrance to spiritual growth.
nippapa¤cÈ: papa¤ca [masc.]= hindrance to spiritual growth. ni (pfx. meaning ‘out, away’)+papa¤ca=
nippapa¤ca [adj. euphonic sandhi]= free from hindrance to spiritual growth. nippapa¤cÈ [masc. nom.
pl.]= free from hindrances to spiritual growth.
tathÈgatÈ: tathÈ [indec. part.]= thus, likewise, in that way. gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone.
tathÈ+gata= tathÈgata [masc.]= ‘thus gone,’ an epithet of the Buddha. tathÈgatÈ [nom. pl.]=
tathÈgatas.
ÈkÈse ca pada£ n’atthi

sama‡o n’atthi bÈhiro
sa£khÈrÈ sassatÈ n’atthi
n’atthi buddhÈnami¤jita£22552
vkdkls p ina u~*vfRFk

le.kks u~*vfRFk ckfgjks
la[kkjk lLlrk u~*vfRFk
u~*vfRFk cq¼kufef×tra2üÿÿ2
Translation
But there is no track in the sky, there is no ascetic outside (the Buddhist order), conditioned
things are not eternal, there is no movement in the buddhas.
Vocabulary
bÈhiro: bÈhira [adj.]= external, outside. bÈhiro [nom. sg.]= outside (the Buddhist order).
sassatÈ: sassata [adj.]= eternal. sassatÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= eternal.
n’atthi: na [indec. part.]= no, not. atthi [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be). Often used for 3. pl. (=
santi)]= are. na+atthi= n’atthi [euphonic sandhi]= are not.
buddhÈnam i¤jita£ : buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha.
buddhÈna£ [nom. pl.]= the buddhas. i¤jita [adj. pp. of %i¤j (to shake)]= shaken. But here i¤jita is
used as a ntr. n. i¤jita£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= shaking. movement. buddhÈna£+i¤jita£=
buddhÈnami¤jita£ [euphonic sandhi]= movement in the buddhas.
19. Dham m a——havaggo /Eeê oXxks (The Righteous)
na tena hoti dhamma——ho yen’attha£ sahasÈ naye,

yo ca attha£ anattha¤ ca ubho niccheyya pa‡Çito22562
u rs gksfr /Eeêòks ;su~*vRFka lglk u;s]

;ks p vRFka vuRFk×k~ p mHkks fuPNsÕ; if.Mrks2üÿö2
Translation
One is not called righteous because one hastily judges what is good. But the wise person who has
investigated both right and wrong,
Vocabulary
dham m a——ho: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma+a——ha [adj. sfx. meaning
‘standing’ from %—hÈ (to stand)]= dhamma——ha [adj.]= established in the Dhamma i.e. righteous.
dhamma——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= righteous.
yen’attha£ : yena [ntr. ins. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= by which, because. attha [ntr.]=
(spiritual) good, gain, profit. attha£ [acc. sg.]= (spiritual) gain, profit. yena+attha£= yen’attha£.
sahasÈ [adv. ins. of sahas (force)]= forcibly, hastily, arbitrarily.
naye [3. sg. pot. act. of %nÏ (to lead)]= to ‘lead’, to judge.
yo ca: yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who. ca [encl. part. Here used in the
disjunctive sense]= but. yo ca= but who.
attha£ : attha [ntr.]= right, good. attha£ [acc. sg.]= right, good.
anattha¤ ca: attha [ntr.]= right, good. an [neg. pfx.]+attha= anattha [ntr.]= wrong, bad. anattha£
[acc. sg.]= wrong, bad. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. anattha£+ca= anattha¤ ca.
ubho: ubha [adj.]= both. ubho [masc nom, it is an old remnant of a dual form in PÈli]=both.
niccheyya [3. sg. pot. act. derived from nis (base pfx. Used to complete an action)+%ci (to collect)]= to
investigate, to analyze.
asÈhasena dhammena samena nayatÏ pare

dhammassa gutto medhÈvÏ dhamma——ho ti pavuccati22572
vlkglsu /Eesu lesu u;rh ijs

/EeLl xqÙkks es/koh /Eeêòks fr ioqPpfr2üÿ÷2
Translation
judging others without haste, justly and impartially, such a wise person, guardian of the Dhamma
is called šrighteous.›
Vocabulary
asÈhasena: sÈhasa [ntr. derived from sahas (force)]= arbitrary action, hastiness. a [neg. pfx.]+sÈhasa=
asÈhasa [ntr.]= nonarbitrary action, unhasty action. asÈhsena [ins. sg. Here as an adv.]=
unarbitrarily, without haste.
dham m ena: dhamma [n. masc]= morality. dhammena [ins. sg. but here as an adv.]= morally, justly.
sam ena: sama [adj.]= same. samena [ins. sg. but here as an adv.]= equally, impartially, with justice.
nayatÏ: nayati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %nÏ (to lead)]= ‘leads’, judges. nayatÏ is m.c. for nayati.
pare: para [adj.]= other. pare [masc. acc. pl.]= others.
dham m assa: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, the teaching of the Buddha. dhammassa [gen. sg.]= of the
Dhamma.
gutto: gutta [adj, pp of %gup (to protect) in the med. pas. sense]= one who guards or observes, a guardian.
gutto [masc. nom. sg.]= a guardian.
dham m a——ho: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma+a——ha [adj. sfx. meaning
‘standing’ from %—hÈ (to stand)]= dhamma——ha [adj.]= established in the Dhamma i.e. righteous.
dhamma——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= righteous.
pavuccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%vac (to say, to speak)]=
is called.
na tena pa‡Çito hoti yÈvatÈ bahu bhÈsati,

khemÏ averÏ abhayo pa‡Çito ti pavuccati22582
u rsu if.Mrks gksfr ;kork cgq Hkklfr]

[kseh vosjh vHk;ks if.Mrks fr ioqPpfr2üÿø2
Translation
One is a wise man because one speaks a lot. One who is calm, without hatred, fearless is called
ša wise man.›
Vocabulary
yÈvatÈ: [indec. rel. adv. made from abl. of yÈvanta (rel. pron. meaning ‘as many’)]= as far as, like as,
in comparison with, because.
bahu [adj. but here used as an adv.]= a lot, much.
bhÈsati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %bhÈs (to speak)]= speaks.
k hem Ï: khema [ntr.]= calmness, peace. khema+Ï [poss. pfx.]= khemÏ [adj.]= calm, peaceful. khemÏ
[masc. nom. sg.]= calm, peaceful.
averÏ: verÏ [adj.]= hater. a [neg. pfx.]+verÏ= averÏ [masc.]= non-hater, without hatred. averÏ [masc.
nom. sg.]= non-hater.
abhayo: bhaya [ntr.]= fear. a [neg. pfx.]+bhaya= abhaya [adj.]= having no fear, fearless. abhayo
[masc. nom. sg.]= fearless.
is called.
na tÈvatÈ dhammadharo yÈvatÈ bahu bhÈsati,

yo ca appampi sutvÈna dhamma£ kÈyena passati
sa ve dhammadharo hoti yo dhamma£ na-ppamajjati22592
u rkork /Ee/jks ;kork cgq Hkklfr]

;ks p vIifEi lqRoku /Eea dk;su iLlfr
l os /Ee/jks gksfr ;ks /Eea u&IieTtfr2üÿù2
Translation
One does not know the Dhamma only because one speaks a lot. But who practices it with his
body after having heard even very little of it, and who does not neglect the Dhamma, such a one
does understand it.
Vocabulary
tÈvatÈ [adv. derived from adv. tÈva (so much, so long)]= on that account, thus.
dham m adharo: dhara [adj. derived from %dha (to hold)]=bearing, keeping, holding in mind, knowing.
dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma+dhara= dhammadhara [adj.]=
knowing the Dhamma. dhammadharo [masc. nom. sg.]= knowing the Dhamma.
yÈvatÈ [indec. rel. adv. made from abl. of yÈvanta (rel. pron. meaning ‘as many’)]= as far as, like as,
bahu [adj. but here used as an adv.]= a lot, much.
bhÈsati: [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %bhÈs (to speak)]= speaks.
appam pi: appa [adj.]= hardly any, very few, very little. appa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= hardly any, very few.
very little. api/pi [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well. appa£+pi= appampi.
sutvÈna [ger. derived from %su (to hear)]= having heard.
dham m adharo: dhara [adj. derived from %dha (to hold)]=bearing, keeping, holding mind, knowing.
dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma+dhara= dhammadhara [adj.]=
knowing the Dhamma. dhammadharo [masc. nom. sg.]= knowing the Dhamma.
na-ppam ajjati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. pamajjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of from pa (pfx. meaning ‘up,
dis-’)+%mad (to be intoxicated)]= neglects. na+pamajjati= na-ppamajjati [euphonic sandhi]= does
not neglect.
na tena thero hoti yen’assa palita£ siro,

paripakko vayo tassa moghaji‡‡o ti vuccati22602
u rsu Fksjks gksfr ;su~*vLl ifyra fljks]

ifjiDdks o;ks rLl eks?kft..kks fr oqPpfr2üöú2
Translation
One does not become an elder just because his head is gray. Such a person is of mature age and
is called šgrown old in vain.›
Vocabulary
thero: thera [masc.]= an elder, a senior Buddhist monk. thero [nom. sg.]= an elder.
yen’assa: yena [ntr. ins. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= by which, because. assa [masc. gen. sg. of
demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= his. yena+assa= yen’assa= just because his.
palita£ : palita [adj.]= gray. palita£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= gray.
siro: sira [ntr.]= head. siro [nom. sg.]= head.
paripak k o: pari [pfx.]= all around, thoroughly. pakka [adj. pp. of %pac (to cook)]= ripe. pari+pakka=
paripakka [adj.]= ripened, mature. paripakko [masc. nom. sg.]= ripe, mature.
vayo: vaya [ntr.]= life, age. vayo [nom. sg.]= life, age.
tassa [masc. gen. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= of that, his.
m oghaji‡‡o: mogha [adj. derived from %muh (to be stupefied)]= empty, useless, vain. ji‡‡a [adj. pp. of
%jÏr (to fade, to get old)]= old, decayed, decrepit, worn out. mogha+ji‡‡a= moghaji‡‡a [adj.]=
grown old in vain. moghaji‡‡o [masc. nom. sg.]= grown old in vain.
ti/iti, is a part., used to signal the end of direct speech and is the equivalent of quotation marks in English.
vuccati [3. sg. pr. indic. pas. derived from %vac (to say, to speak)]= is called.
yamhi sacca¤ ca dhammo ca ahi£sÈ sa¤¤amo damo

sa ve vantamalo dhÏro thero ti pavuccati22612
;fEg lPp×k~ p /Eeks p vfgalk l××keks neks

l os oUreyks /hjks Fksjks fr ioqPpfr2üöû2
Translation
In whom there is truth and righteousness, non-violence, restraint, and moderation, he indeed who
has discarded impurity and wise is called šan elder.›
Vocabulary
yam hi [masc. loc. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= in whom.
sacca¤ ca: sacca [ntr.]= truth. sacca£ [acc. sg.]= truth. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. sacca£+ca=
sacca¤ ca.
dham m o: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, the teaching of the Buddha, righteousness. dhammo [nom.
sg.]= righteousness.
ahi£ sÈ: ahi£sÈ [fem. derived %hi£s (to hurt)]= non-violence, non-injury. ahi£sÈ [nom. sg.]= non-
violence, non-injury.
sa¤¤am o: sa¤¤ama [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%yam (to become tranquil)]= restraint, self-control. sa¤¤amo [masc. nom. sg.]=
restraint, self-control.
dam o: dama [n. ntr. derived from %dam (to domesticate, to tame)]= self-control, moderation, restraint.
damo [nom. sg.]= self-control, moderation, restraint.
vantam alo: vanta [adj. pp. of %vam (to vomit)]= vomited, (but fig.) given up, renounced. mala [ntr.]=
impurity. vanta+mala= vantamala [adj.]= who has discarded impurity. vantamalo [masc. nom.
sg.]= who has discarded impurity.
thero: thera [masc.]= an elder, a senior Buddhist monk. thero [nom. sg.]= an elder.
is called.
na vÈkkara‡amattena va‡‡apokkharatÈya vÈ
sÈdhurÊpo naro hoti issukÏ maccharÏ sa—ho22622
u okDdj.keÙksu o..kiksD[kjrk; ok
lk/q:iks ujks gksfr bLlqdh ePNjh lBks2üöü2
Translation
Not by mere act of speech or by beauty of complexion does a man become respectable, if he is
envious, greedy, and fraudulent.
Vocabulary
vÈk k ara‡am attena: vÈka [fem.]= speech. kara‡a [ntr. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= doing.
mattÈ [fem.]= measure, mere, just only. vÈka+kara‡a+mattÈ= vÈkkara‡amattÈ [adj.]= mere act
of speech. vÈkkara‡amattena [ntr. ins. sg.]= by mere act of speech.
va‡‡apok k haratÈya: va‡‡a [masc.]= colour, complexion, beauty. pokkharatÈ [fem. derived from
pokkhara (ntr.=lotus)]= splendidness, ‘flower-likeness.’ va‡‡a+pokkharatÈ= va‡‡apokkharatÈ
[fem.]= beauty of complexion. va‡‡apokkharatÈya [ins. sg.]= by the beauty of complexion.
sÈdhurÊpo: sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. rÊpa [ntr.]= form, appearance, body. sÈdhu+rÊpa=
sÈdhurÊpa [adj.]= having good appearance, respectable. sÈdhurÊpo [masc. nom. sg.]= having good
appearance, respectable.
issuk Ï: issukÏ [adj. derived from %iss (envy)]= envious, jealous. issukÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= envious,
jealous.
m accharÏ: maccharÏ [adj. derived from macchariya/macchera (ntr. n. meaning ‘avarice, stinginess’)]=
selfish, greedy. maccharÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= selfish, greedy.
sa—ho: sa—ha [adj.]= crafty, treacherous, fraudulent. sa—ho [masc. nom. sg.]= fraudulent.
yassa c’eta£ samucchinna£

mÊlaghacca£ samÊhata£
sa vantadoso medhÈvÏ
sÈdhurÊpo ti vuccati22632
;Ll p~*,ra leqfPNÂa

ewy?kPpa lewgra
l oUrnkslks es/kkoh
lk/q:iks fr oqPpfr2üöý2
Translation
And who has cut off, destroyed at the root, and removed such thinking, he, the wise person who
has discarded hatred is called šrespectable.›
Vocabulary
c’eta£ : ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. eta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= it, this.
ca+eta£= c’eta£.
sam ucchinna£ : samucchinna [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+ud (pfx meaning ‘up’)+pp. of %chid (to cut off)]= cut off. samucchinna£ [ntr. nom.
sg.]= cut off.
m Êlaghacca£ : mÊla [ntr.]= root. ghacca [masc. derived from %ghan (to kill)]= destruction.
mÊla+ghacca= mÊlaghacca [adv.]= destroyed at the root. mÊlaghacca£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= destroyed
at the root.
sam Êhata£ : samÊhata [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+ud (pfx meaning ‘up’)+%han (to strike)]= removed. samÊhata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]=
removed.
vantadoso: vanta [adj. pp. of %vam (to vomit)]= vomited, (but fig.) given up, renounced. dosa [masc.]=
ill-will, hatred. vanta+dosa= vantadosa [adj.]= who has discarded hatred. vantadoso [masc. nom.
sg.]= who has discarded hatred.
sÈdhurÊpo: sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. rÊpa [ntr.]= form, appearance, body. sÈdhu+rÊpa=
sÈdhurÊpa [adj.]= having good appearance, respectable. sÈdhurÊpo [masc. nom. sg.]= having good
appearance, respectable.
ti/iti is a part., used to signal the end of direct speech and is the equivalent of quotation marks in English.
vuccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of derived from %vac (to say, to speak)]= is called.
na mu‡Çakena sama‡o abbato alika£ bha‡a£

icchÈlobhasamÈpanno sama‡o ki£ bhavissati22642
u eq.Mdsu le.kks vCcrks vfyda Hk.ka

bPNkyksHklekiÂks le.kks foaQ HkfoLlfr2üöþ2
Translation
One with a shaven-head is not an ascetic if immoral and speaking lies. How will one who has
desire and greed become an ascetic?
Vocabulary
m u‡Çak ena: mu‡Çaka [adj.]= shaven-headed, bald. mu‡Çakena [masc. ins. sg.]= with shaven-head.
abbato: vata [masc.]= religious duty. a [neg. pfx.]+vata= abbata [adj.]= one who offends against the
moral obligation, immoral. abbato [masc. nom. sg.]= immoral.
alik a£ : alika [ntr.]= falsehood, lie. alika£ [acc. sg.]= falsehood, lie.
bha‡a£ : bha‡anta: [adj. act. ppr. of %bha‡ (to speak)]= speaking. bha‡am [masc. nom. sg.]= speaking.
icchÈlobhasam Èpanno: icchÈ [fem.]= desire. lobha [masc.]= greed. samÈpanna [adj. derived from sa£
(adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to,
towards’)+pp. of %pad (to go to)]= having attained, possessed of. icchÈ+lobha+samÈpanna=
icchÈlobhasamÈpanna [adj.]= having desire and greed. icchÈlobhasamÈpanno [masc. nom. sg.]=
having desire and greed.
k i£ [ntr. nom. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which)]= who, what, which?
bhavissati [3. pl. fut. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= will be.
yo ca sameti pÈpÈni a‡u£thÊlÈni sabbaso

samitattÈ hi pÈpÈna£ sama‡o ti pavuccati22652
;ks p lesfr ikikfu v.kqaFkwykfu lCclks

lferÙkk fg ikikua le.kks fr ioqPpfr2üöÿ2
Translation
But who quietens evils, small or big, thoroughly, one is indeed called šan ascetic› because of
quieting of evils.
Vocabulary
sam eti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+%i (to
go)]= meets, knows, considers, quietens.
pÈpÈni: pÈpa [adj. but here as a n. ntr.]= evil. pÈpÈni [acc. pl.]= evils.
a‡u£ thÊlÈni: a‡u [adj.]= atomic, small. a‡u£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= small. thÊlÈni: thÊla [adj.]= massive,
big. thÊlÈni [ntr. acc. pl.]= big. a‡u£+thÊlÈni= a‡u£thÊlÈni.
sabbaso [adv. derived from sabba£ [adj.= all.]= altogether, thoroughly.
sam itattÈ: samitattÈ [ntr.]= state of being quieted, appeased. samitattÈ [abl. sg.]= from state of being
quieted, appeased.
pÈpÈna£ : pÈpa [adj. but here as a ntr. n.]= evil. pÈpÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of evils.
is called.
na tena bhikkhÊ hoti yÈvatÈ bhikkhate pare,

vissa£ dhamma£ samÈdÈya bhikkhÊ hoti na tÈvatÈ22662
u rsu fHkD[kw gksfr ;kork fHkD[krs ijs]

foLla /Eea leknk; fHkD[kw gksfr u rkork2üöö2
Translation
One is not a monk because one begs (almsfood) from others. Having undertaken the domestic
way of life, one is not a monk on that account.
Vocabulary
bhik k hÊ: bhikkhu [masc.]= monk. bhikkhu [nom. sg.]= monk. bhikkhÊ is m.c. for bhikkhu.
yÈvatÈ [indec. rel. adv. made from abl. of yÈvanta (rel. pron. meaning ‘as many’)]= as far as, like as,
bhik k ate [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %bhikkh (to beg)]= begs.
pare: para [adj.]= other. pare [masc. acc. pl.]= others.
vissa£ dham m a£ : vissa [ntr. It is an antiquated word and the meaning is not clear.]= house. vissa£ [acc.
sg.]= house. dhamma [masc.]= teaching of the Buddha, morality. (here it is used in the sense of
‘way of life’). dhamma£ [acc. sg.]= way of life. vissa£ dhamma£= domestic way of life (see K.R.
Norman (tr), The Word of the Doctrine (Dhammapada), translated with introduction and notes,
Oxford: Pali Text Society, 1997: 125-26 n266).
sam ÈdÈya [ger. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+È (indec. pfx.
meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]= having undertaken.
tÈvatÈ [adv. derived from tÈva (so much, so long)]= on that account, thus.
yo’dha pu¤¤a¤ ca pÈpa¤ ca bÈhetva brahmacariyavÈ

sa£khÈya loke carati sa ve bhikkhÊ ti vuccati22672
;ks’/ iq××k×k~ p iki×k~ p ckgsRok c ãpfj;ok

la[kk; yksds pjfr l os fHkD[kw fr oqPpfr2üö÷2
Translation
Who having transcended both good and evil here, a pursuer of the holy life, wanders through the
world having understood it, he indeed is called ša monk.›
Vocabulary
yo ’dha: yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who. idha [indec. adv.]= here (in
this world). yo+idha= yo ’dha.
pu¤¤a¤ ca: pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, good. pu¤¤a£ [acc. sg.]= meritorious deed, good. ca [indef.
encl. part.]= and. pu¤¤a+ca= pu¤¤a¤ ca.
pÈpa¤ ca: pÈpa [adj. but here as n. ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [acc. sg.]= evil, wickedness. ca
[indef. encl. part.]= and. pÈpa£+ca= pÈpa¤ ca.
bÈhetvÈ [ger. of adv. bahi (outside)]= having warded off, having transcended.
brahm acariyavÈ: brahma [adj.]= holy, pious. cariya [adj.]= living, following. brahma+cariya=
brahmacariya [ntr.]= holy life. brahmacariya+vantu [poss. sfx.]= brahmacariyavantu [adj.]=
pursuer of the holy life. brahmacariyavÈ [masc. nom. sg.]= pursuer of the holy life.
sa£ k hÈya: sa£khÈya [ger. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+%khyÈ
(to calculate]= having considered, having understood.
carati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %car (to walk)]= walks, wanders.
na monena munÏ hoti mÊÄharÊpo aviddasu,

yo ca tula£ va paggayha varam ÈdÈya pa‡Çito22682
u eksusu equh gksfr ewG~g:iks vfoílq]

;ks p rqya o iXxÕg oje~ vknk; iafMrks2üöø2
Translation
One who is deluded and foolish does not become a sage by silence. But who having taken only
the best, as if holding a weighing scale, is a wise man
Vocabulary
m onena: mona [ntr.]= silence. monena [ins. sg.]= by silence.
m ÊÄharÊpo: mÊÄha [adj. pp. of %muh (to be stupefied)]=deluded, foolish. rÊpa [ntr.]= form, appearance,
body. mÊÄha+rÊpa= mÊÄharÊpa [adj.]= deluded.
aviddasu: viddasu [adj. derived from %vid (to know)]= skilled, wise. a [neg. pfx.]+viddasu= aviddasu
[adj.]= foolish. aviddasu [masc. nom. sg.]= foolish.
tula£ : tulÈ [fem.]= weighing scale. tula£ [acc. sg.]= weighing scale.
paggayha: paggayha [ger. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%gah (to seize)]= having grasped,
having seized.
varam ÈdÈya: vara [adj.]= best. vara£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= best. ÈdÈya [ger. of a (neg. pfx.)+%dÈ (to
give)]= having taken. vara£+ÈdÈya= varam ÈdÈya: having taken the best.
pÈpÈni parivajjeti sa munÏ tena so muni,

yo munÈti ubho loke munÏ tena pavuccati22692
ikikfu ifjoTtsfr l equh rsu lks eqfu]

;ks equkfr mHkks yksds equh rsu ioqPpfr2üöù2
Translation
avoids evils, he is a sage. Because of that he is a sage. One, who understands both worlds, is
called a sage because of that.
Vocabulary
pÈpÈni: pÈpa [adj. but here as n. ntr.]= evil. pÈpÈni [acc. pl.]= evils.
parivajjeti [3. sg. pr. caus. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%vajj (to avoid)]= avoids.
tena [ntr. ins. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= by that, because of that.
m uni: muni [masc.]= sage. muni [nom. sg.]= sage. munÏ is m.c. for muni.
yo [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ya (which, who, whoever)]= which, who, whoever.
m unÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %mÊ (to know)]= knows, understands.
ubho: ubha [adj.]= both. ubho [masc. nom.]. It is an old remnant of a dual form in PÈli]=both.
m unÏ: muni [masc.]= sage. munÏ/ muni [nom. sg.]= sage.
is called.
na tena ariyo hoti yena pÈ‡Èni hi£sati,

ahi£sÈ sabbapÈ‡Èna£ ariyo ti pavuccati22702
u rsu vfj;ks gksfr ;su ik.kkfu fgalfr]

vfgalk lCcik.kkua vfj;ks fr ioqPpfr2ü÷ú2
Translation
One does not become noble if one hurts living beings. Because of the non-injury of all living
beings one is called noble.
Vocabulary
tena [ntr. ins. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= by that.
ariyo: ariya [adj.]= noble. ariyo [masc. nom. sg.]= noble.
yena [ntr. ins. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= by which, because.
pÈ‡Èni: pÈ‡a [masc.]= living being, life. pÈ‡Èni [acc. pl.]= living beings.
hi£ sati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived %hi£s (to hurt)]= hurts.
ahi£ sÈ: ahi£sÈ [fem.derived %hi£s (to hurt)]= non-violence, non-injury. ahi£sÈ [nom. sg.]= non-
violence, non-injury.
sabbapÈ‡Èna£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. pÈ‡a [masc.]= living being, life. sabba+pÈ‡a= sabbapÈ‡a
[masc.]= every living being. sabbapÈ‡Èna£ [gen. pl.]= of all living beings.
ariyo: ariya [adj.]= noble. ariyo [masc. nom. sg.]= noble.
is called.
na sÏlabbatamattena bÈhusaccena vÈ puna

atha vÈ samÈdhilÈbhena vivittasayanena vÈ22712
u lhyCcreÙksu ckgqlPpsu ok iqu

vFk ok lekf/ykHksu fofoÙkl;usu ok2ü÷û2
Translation
Not by mere virtuous conduct and ritual nor, again, by great learning, nor by possessing
concentration, or by seclusion,
Vocabulary
sÏlabbatam attena: sÏla [ntr.]= virtue, virtuous conduct. vata [masc.]= religious duty, ritual. mattÈ
[fem.]= measure, just only, mere. In cpd. mattÈ is shortened to matta. sÏla+vata+matta=
sÏlabbatamatta [adj. euphonic sandhi]= mere virtuous conduct and ritual. sÏlabbatamattena [ntr. ins.
sg.]= by mere virtuous conduct and ritual.
bÈhusaccena: bahu [adj.]= much, many. sacca [adj. here it corresponds to suta and bÈhusacca being abst.
of bahussuta]= heard. bahu+sacca= bÈhusacca [ntr.]= great learning, profound knowledge.
bÈhusaccena [ins. sg.]= by great learning.
puna [indec. adv. Its encl. form is pana]= again.
sam ÈdhilÈbhena: samÈdhi [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= concentration. lÈbha
[masc.]= gain, possession. samÈdhi+lÈbha= samÈdhilÈbha (masc.]= possessing concentration.
samÈdhilÈbhena [ins. sg.]= by possessing concentration.
vivittasayanena: vivitta [adj. made of vi (indec. pfx. implying ‘separateness’)+pp. of %vic (to
separate)]=separate, solitary. sayana [ntr.]= bed, couch. vivitta+sayana= vivittasayana [ntr.]=
solitary bed i.e. seclusion. vivittasayanena [ins. sg.]= by seclusion.
phusÈmi nekkhammasukha£ aputhujjanasevita£;

bhikkhu vissÈsamÈpÈdi appatto Èsavakkhaya£22722
iqQlkfe usD[kEelq[ka viqFkqTtulsfora(

fHkD[kq foLlklekikfn vIiÙkks vkloD[k;a2ü÷ü2
Translation
(nor by thinking) šI touch (i.e. experience) the pleasure of renunciation, not practiced by
ordinary people,› O monk, do not get contentment without having attained destruction of
cankers.
Vocabulary
phusÈm i [1. sg. pr. indic. act. of %phus (to touch)]= (I) touch.
nek k ham m asuk ha£ : nekkhamma [ntr.]= renunciation. sukha [ntr.]= pleasure. nekkhamma+sukha=
nekkhammasukha [ntr. euphonic sandhi.]= pleasure of renunciation. nekkhammasukha£ [acc. sg.]=
pleasure of renunciation.
aputhujjanasevita£ : puthu [adj.]= many, various, most. jana [masc.]= person, human being.
puthu+jana= puthujjana [masc. euphonic sandhi]= ordinary people. sevita [adj. pp. of %sev (to
serve, to practice)]= practised, followed. a (neg. pfx.)+puthujjana+sevita= aputhujjanasevita
[adj.]= not practised by ordinary people. aputhujjanasevita£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= not practised by
ordinary people.
bhik k hu: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhu [voc. sg.]= O monk!
vissÈsam ÈpÈdi: vissÈsa [masc.]= trust, contentment. vissÈsa£ [acc. sg.]= trust, contentment. mÈ [indec.
prohibition part. used in the sense of prohibition, generally with the imperat. mood, but sometimes
with the aor. tense also, to denote an action of the present time]= not, do not. ÈpÈdi [2. sg. aor. act.
of È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%pad (to attain)]= get into, meet, produce.
vissÈsa£+mÈ+ÈpÈdi= vissÈsamÈpÈdi [euphonic sandhi]= (you) do not get contentment.
appatto: appatta [adj. derived from a (neg. pfx.]+pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+pp. of %ap (to get)]=
not attained, without having attained. appatto [masc. nom. sg.]= not attained, without having
attained.
Èsavak k haya£ : Èsava [masc.]= canker. khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. Èsava+khaya=
Èsavakkhaya [masc. euphonic sandhi]= destruction of cankers. Èsavakkhaya£ [acc. sg.]= destruction
of cankers.
20. M aggavaggo eXxoXxkss (The Path)
maggÈn’a——ha×giko se——ho saccÈnÈ£ caturo padÈ,

virÈgo se——ho dhammÈna£ dvipadÈna¤ ca cakkhumÈ22732
eXxku~*vêòfÄõdks lsêòks lPpkua prqjks ink]

fojkxks lsêòks /Eekua f}inku×k~ p pD[kqek2ü÷ý2
Translation
The eightfold is the best of paths; of truths the four sayings; of mental states absence of passion;
and of two-footed the one with eyes.
Vocabulary
m aggÈn’a——ha×gik o: magga [masc.]= path, road. maggÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of paths. a——ha [num.]= eight.
a×ga [ntr.]= limb, constituent, part. a×gika [adj.]= having a part, having a constituent.
a——ha+a×gika= a——ha×gika [adj.]= eight-fold. a——h×giko [masc. nom. sg.]= eight-fold.
maggÈna£+a——ha×giko= maggÈn’a——ha×giko.
se——ho: se——ha [adj.]= best. se——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= best.
saccÈna£ : sacca [ntr.]= truth. saccÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of truths.
caturo: catur [num.]= four. caturo [masc. nom. pl.]= four.
padÈ: pada [masc.]= word, saying. padÈ [nom. pl.]= words, sayings.
virÈgo: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. virÈga [masc. derived from vi (indec. pfx.
meaning ‘without’)+rÈga= absence of passion. virÈgo [nom. sg.]= absence of passion.
dham m Èna£ : dhamma [ntr./masc.]= mental phenomenon. dhammÈna£ [gen. pl.]= mental phenomena.
dvipadÈna¤ ca: dvi [num]= two. pada [masc.]= foot. dvi+pada= dvipadÈ [masc.]= biped. dvipadÈna£
[gen. pl.]= of bipeds. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. dvipadÈna£+ca= dvipadÈna¤ ca= and of two-
footed.
cak k hum È: cakkhu [ntr.]= eye. cakkhu+mantu [poss. sfx.]= cakkhumantu [adj.]= with eyes. cakkhumÈ
[masc. nom. sg.]= with eyes.
es’eva maggo n’atth’a¤¤o

dassanassa visuddhiyÈ,
eta£ hi tumhe pa—ipajjatha,
mÈrass’eta£ pamohana£22742
,l~*,o eXxks u~*vRFk~*v××kks

nLluLl folqf¼;k]
,ra fg rqEgs ifViTtFk]
ekjLl~*,ra ieksgua2ü÷þ2
Translation
This only is the path; there is no other indeed for the purification of insight. You follow this!
This is the deception of MÈra.
Vocabulary
es’eva: eso [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= this, that. eva [emphatic part.]= even,
just, only. eso+eva= es’eva= this only.
m aggo: magga [masc.]= path, road. maggo [nom. sg.]= path.
n’atth’a¤¤o: na [indec. part.]= no, not. atthi [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= is. a¤¤a [adj.]=
other. a¤¤o [masc. nom. sg.]= other. na+ atthi+a¤¤o= n’atth’a¤¤o= there is no other.
dassanassa: dassana [ntr. n. derived from %dis (to see)]= seeing, insight. dassanassa [gen. sg.]= of
insight.
visuddhiyÈ: vi [indec. pfx.] is used in different ways. In the present context it is used to intensify. suddhi
[fem. derived from %sudh (to cleanse)]= purity, purification. vi+suddhi= visuddhi [fem.]= virtue,
purification. visuddhiyÈ [dat. sg.]= for purification.
eta£ [demonstr. pron. masc. acc. sg. of eta (it, this)]= it, this.
tum he [voc. pl. of the 2.pron. tumha (you)]= you!
pa—ipajjatha [2. pl. imperat. act. of pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘towards.’)+%pad (to go)]= (you) follow.
m Èrass’eta£ : mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. mÈrassa [gen. sg.]= of MÈra. eta£ [masc. acc. sg.
of demonstr. pron. eta (it, this)]= it, this. mÈrassa+eta£= mÈrass’eta£= this... of MÈra.
pam ohana£ : pamohana [ntr. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%muh (to be stupefied)]=
delusion, deception. pamohana£ [nom. sg.]= delusion, deception.
eta£ hi tumhe pa—ipannÈ

dukkhass’anta£ karissatha,
akkhÈto vo mayÈ maggo
a¤¤Èya sallasanthana£22752
,ra fg rqEgs ifViÂk

nqD[kLl~*vUra dfjLlFk]
vD[kkrks oks e;k eXxks
v××kk; lYylUFkua2üöÿ2
Translation
Having followed it up you will indeed make an end of suffering. This path was proclaimed to you
by me, having known the removal of the sting.
Vocabulary
tum he [voc. pl. of the 2. pron. tumha (you)]= you!
pa—ipannÈ: pa—ipanna [adj. derived from pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘towards.’)+%pad (to go)]= (having) followed
or following up. pa—ipannÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= (having) followed up.
duk k hass’anta£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkhassa [gen. sg.]= of suffering. anta [ntr.]= end. anta£
[acc. sg.]= end. dukkhassa+anta£= dukkhass’anta£.
k arissatha [2. pl. fut. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= (you) will make.
ak k hÈto: akkhÈta [adj. pp. of È (pfx meaning ‘towards’)+%khyÈ (to tell)]= announced, proclaimed.
akkhÈto [nom. sg.]= proclaimed.
vo [acc. pl. of the 2. pron. tumha (you)]= you.
m ayÈ [ins. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]= by me.
a¤¤Èya: a¤¤Èya [ger. derived from È (pfx meaning ‘towards’)+%¤È (to know)]= having known, having
found.
sallasanthana£ : salla [ntr.]= arrow. santhana [ntr. derived from %sam (to appease)]= appeasing.
salla+santhana= sallasanthana [ntr.]= removal of the arrow. sallasanthana£ [acc. sg.]= removal
of the sting.
tumhehi kicca£ Ètappa£, akkhÈtÈro tathÈgatÈ,

pa—ipannÈ pamokkhanti jhÈyino mÈrabandhanÈ22762
rqEgsfg fdPpa vkrIia] vD[kkrkjks rFkkxrk]

ifViÂk ieksD[kfUr >kf;uks ekjcU/uk2ü÷ö2
Translation
An effort must be made by you. The TathÈgatas are (only) proclaimers. Those, having entered
(this path), meditating, will be released from the bond of MÈra.
Vocabulary
tum hehi: tumhehi [ins. pl. of the 2. pron. tumha (you)]= by you.
k icca£ : kicca [adj. ger. of %kar (to do, to make)]= must be done. kicca£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= must be made.
Ètappa£ : Ètappa [ntr.]= exertion, effort. Ètappa£ [nom. sg.]= exertion, effort.
ak k hÈtÈro: akkhÈta [masc. derived from È (pfx meaning ‘towards’)+%khyÈ (to tell)]= proclaimer,
announcer. akkhÈtÈro [nom. pl.]= proclaimers, announcers.
tathÈgatÈ: tathÈ [indec. part.]= thus, likewise, in that way. gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone.
tathÈ+gata= tathÈgata [masc.]= ‘thus gone,’ an epithet of the Buddha. tathÈgatÈ [nom. pl.]=
tathÈgatas.
pa—ipannÈ: pa—ipanna [adj. derived from pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘towards.’)+%pad (to go)]= (having) followed
or following up. pa—ipannÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= (having) followed up.
pam ok k hanti: pamokkhanti [3. pl. fut. pas. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%muc (to release)]= will
be released.
jhÈyino: jhÈyÏ [adj. of %jhÈ (to meditate)]= meditating. jhÈyino [nom. pl.]= meditating.
m ÈrabandhanÈ: mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. bandhana [ntr. n. derived from %bandh (to bind)]=
fetter, bond. mÈra+bandhana= mÈrabandhana [ntr.]= MÈra’s bond. mÈrabandhanÈ [abl. sg.]=
from MÈra’s bond.
šsabbe sa£khÈrÈ aniccÈ› ti yadÈ pa¤¤Èya passati

atha nibbindatÏ dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyÈ22772
šlCcs la[kkjk vfuPpk› fr ;nk i××kk; iLlfr

vFk fufCcUnrh nqD[ks] ,l eXxks folqf¼;k2ü÷÷2
Translation
šAll conditioned things are impermanent.› When one sees this with wisdom, then one gets
wearied of suffering. This is the path of purification.
Vocabulary
aniccÈ: nicca [adj-formation from ni meaning ‘downward’= onward, on and on]= permanent, constant.
a [neg. pfx.]+nicca= anicca [adj.]= impermanent, unstable. aniccÈ [nom. pl.]= impermanent.
atha [indec, part]= but, moreover, and also, and then, then.
nibbindatÏ: nibbindati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘out, away’)+%vind (to know)]= gets
wearied of. nibbindatÏ is m.c. for nibbindati.
duk k he: dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkhe [loc. sg.]= from suffering.
esa [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this.)]= this.
purification. visuddhiyÈ [gen. sg.]= of purification.
šsabbe sa£khÈrÈ dukkhÈ› ti yadÈ pa¤¤Èya passati

atha nibbindatÏ dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyÈ22782
šlCcs la[kkjk nqD[kk› fr ;nk i××kk; iLlfr

vFk fufCcUnrh nqD[ks ,l eXxks folqf¼;k2ü÷ø2
Translation
šAll conditioned things are suffering.› When one sees this with wisdom, then one gets wearied
of suffering. This is the path of purification.
Vocabulary
duk k hÈ: dukkha [masc.]= suffering. dukkhÈ [nom. pl.]= suffering.
atha [indec. part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then, then.
m aggo: m agga [masc.]= path, road. maggo [nom. sg.]= path.
šsabbe dhammÈ anattÈ› ti yadÈ pa¤¤Èya passati

atha nibbindatÏ dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyÈ22792
¶lCcs /Eek vuÙkk¸ fr ;nk i××kk; iLlfr

vFk fufCcUnrh nqD[ks ,leXxks folqf¼;k2ü÷ù2
Translation
šAll phenomena are non-self.› When one sees this with wisdom, then one gets wearied of
suffering. This is the path of purification.
Vocabulary
dham m È: dhamma [masc.]= phenomenon. dhammÈ [nom. pl.]= phenomena. The word dhamma has
many meanings and here it is used in the sense of ‘phenomenon.’
anattÈ: attÈ [masc.]= soul. atta is the cpd. form of attÈ. an [neg. pfx.]+attÈ= anatta [adj.]=without self,
non-self. anattÈ [nom. pl.]= non-self.
atha [indec, part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then, then.
u——hÈnakÈlamhi anu——hahÈno
yuvÈ balÏ Èlasiya£ upeto
sa£sannasa£kappamano kusÏto
pa¤¤Èya magga£ alaso na vindati22802
mêòkudkyfEg vuqêògkuks
;qok cyh vkyfl;a misrks
lalÂladIieuks dqlhrks
i××kk; eXxa vylks u foUnfr2üøú2
Translation
The lazy one, who is not exerting himself during the time for exertion, who is young and strong
but lazy, indolent, and with a mind full of depressed thoughts, such a one finds not the path of
wisdom.
Vocabulary
u——hÈnak Èlam hi: u——hÈna [ntr. n. derived from ud (pfx meaning ‘up’)+%—hÈ (to stand)]= exertion, zeal.
kÈla [masc.]= time. u——hÈna+kÈla= u——hÈnakÈla [masc.]= a time for exertion. u——hÈnakÈlami [loc.
sg.]= during the time of exertion.
anu——hahÈno: anu——hahÈna [adj. made of an [neg. pfx.]+ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%—hÈ (to stand)]= one
who does not rouse himself, not getting up, inactive, lazy. anu——hahÈno [masc. nom. sg.]= lazy.
yuvÈ: yuvÈ [masc.]= young, youth. yuvÈ [nom. sg.]= young, youth.
balÏ: bala [ntr.]= strength, power. bala+Ï [poss. sfx.]= balÏ [adj.]= strong. balÏ [masc. nom. sg.]=
strong.
Èlasiya£ : alasa [adj. derived from a [neg. pfx.]+%las (to desire, long for)]= idle, lazy. Èlasiya [n. ntr.
derived from alasa]= laziness, sloth. Èlasiya£ [acc. sg.]= laziness.
upeto: upata [adj. made of upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+pp. of %i (to go)]= endowed. upeto
[masc. nom. sg.]= endowed.
sa£ sannasa£ k appam ano: sa£sanna [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %syand (to flow)]= depressed, exhausted. sa£kappa [masc.]= thought. mana
[ntr.]= mind. At the end of cpd. it becomes mana. sa£sanna+sa£kappa+mana=
sa£sannasa£kappamana [adj.]= with a mind full of depressed thoughts. sa£sanasa£kappamano
[masc. nom. sg.]= with a mind full of depressed thoughts.
k usÏto: kusita [adj.]= indolent. kusito [masc. nom. sg.]= indolent.
pa¤¤Èya: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pa¤¤Èya [ins. sg.]= of wisdom.
m agga£ : magga [masc.]= path, road. magga£ [gen. sg.]= path, road.
alaso: alasa [adj. derived from a [neg. pfx.]+%las (to desire, long for)]= idle, lazy. alaso [masc. nom.
sg.]= idle, lazy.
vindati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %vid (to know, to find)]= knows, finds.
vÈcÈnurakkhÏ manasÈ susa£vuto

kÈyena ca akusala£ na kayirÈ
ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye,
ÈrÈdhaye magga£ isippavedita£22812
okpkuqjD[kh eulk lqlaoqrks

dk;su p vdqlya u df;jk
,rs r;ks dEeiFks folks/;s]
vkjk/;s eXxa bflIiosfnra2üøû2
Translation
One should guard one’s speech and restrain one’s mind. One should not do any evil bodily deed.
One should purify these three ways of acting. One should attain the path declared by the sages.
Vocabulary
vÈcÈnurak k hÏ: vÈcÈ [fem.]= speech. anurakkhÏ [adj. of anu (indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to,
combined with’)+%rakkh (to protect)+Ï (poss. sfx.)]= guarding, protecting. vÈcÈ+anurakkhÏ=
vÈcÈnurakkhÏ [adj. euphonic sandhi]= protector of one’s speech. vÈcÈnurakkhÏ [masc. nom. sg.]=
protector of one’s speech.
susa£ vuto: susa£vuta [adj. made of su indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx.)+sa£ (adj. indec. pfx.
used to imply conjunction and completeness)+%vu (to obstruct]= restrained, guarded. susa£vuto
[masc. nom. sg.]= restrained, guarded.
ak usala£ : kusala [adj.]= good, meritorious. Here it is used as a ntr. n. meaning ‘meritorious work.’
a+kusala= akusala [ntr.]= evil deed. akusala£ [acc. sg.]= evil deed.
ete [masc. acc. pl. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= these.
tayo: ti [num.]= three. tayo [masc. acc. pl.]= three.
k am m apathe: kamma [ntr.]= deed. patha [masc.]= road, path. kamma+patha= kammapatha [masc.]=
the way of acting. kammapathe [acc. pl.]= the ways of acting.
visodhaye [3. sg. pot. act. of vi (indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%sudh (to be
clean)]= should purify.
ÈrÈdhaye [3. sg. pot. act. of È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%rÈdh (to succeed)]= should accomplish, should
attain.
m agga£ : magga [masc.]= path, road. magga£ [acc. sg.]= path, road.
isippavedita£ : isi [masc.]= seer. pavedeti [caus. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%vid (to know, to
find)]= makes known. pavedita [adj. pp. of pavedeti]= revealed. isi+pavedita= isippavedita [adj.
euphonic sandhi]= declared by the sages. isippavedita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= declared by the sages.
yogÈ ve jÈyati bhÊri ayogÈ bhÊrisa£khayo

eta£ dvedhÈpatha£ ¤atvÈ bhavÈya vibhavÈya ca
tath’attÈna£ niveseyya yathÈ bhÊri pavaÇÇhati22822
;ksxk os tk;fr Hkwfj v;ksxk Hkwfjla[k;ks

,ra }s/kiFka ×kRok Hkok; foHkok; p
rFk~*vÙkkua fuoslsÕ; ;Fkk Hkwfj ioM~<fr2üøü2
Translation
Wisdom arises from concentration indeed, loss of wisdom from non-concentration. Having
understood this two-fold path for existence and non-existence, one should so conduct oneself that
one’s wisdom grows.
Vocabulary
yogÈ: yoga [masc.]= concentration. yogÈ [abl. sg.]= from concentration.
jÈyati [3 .sg. pr. indic. med. derived from %jan (to produce)]= is born, is produced, arises.
bhÊri: bhÊri [fem.]= knowledge, wisdom. bhÊri [nom. sg.]= knowledge, wisdom.
ayogÈ: yoga [masc.]= concentration. a [neg. pfx.]+yoga= ayoga [masc.]= non-concentration. ayogÈ
[abl. sg.]= from non-concentration.
bhÊrisa£ k hayo: bhÊri [fem.]= knowledge, wisdom. khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. sa£ (adj.
indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+khaya= sa£khaya [masc.]= loss,
destruction. bhÊri+sa£khaya= bhÊrisa£khaya [masc.]= loss of wisdom. bhÊrisa£khayo [nom.
sg.]= loss of wisdom.
dvedhÈpatha£ : dvedhÈ [adj.]= twofold. patha [masc.]= road, path. dvedhÈ+patha= dvedhÈpatha
[masc.]= twofold path. dvedhÈpatha£ [acc. sg.]= twofold path.
bhavÈya: bhava [masc. derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= becoming, existence. bhavÈya [dat. sg.]= for
existence.
vibhavÈya: bhava [masc. derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= becoming, existence. vi (indec. pfx. meaning
‘without’)+bhava=vibhava [masc.]= non-existence. vibhavÈya [dat. sg.]= for non-existence.
tath’attÈna£ : tathÈ [indec. part.]= thus, likewise, in that way. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc.
sg.]= oneself. tathÈ+attÈna£= tath’attÈna£.
niveseyya [3. sg. caus. pot. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘on to’)+%vis (to enter)]= should establish oneself.
bhÊri: bhÊri [fem.]= knowledge. bhÊri [nom. sg.]= knowledge.
pavaÇÇhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%vaÇÇh (to increase)]= increases,
grows.
vana£ chindatha, mÈ rukkha£,

vanato jÈyatÏ bhaya£,
chetvÈ vana£ vanatha¤ ca
nibbanÈ hotha bhikkhave22832
oua fNUnFk] ek #D[ka]

ourks tk;rh Hk;a]
NsÙok oua ouFk×k~ p
fuCcuk gksFk fHkD[kos2üøý2
Translation
Cut off the forest (of passion), not the tree; fear arises from the forest. Having cut off the forest
and the undergrowth, be without the forests, o monks.
Vocabulary
vana£ : vana [ntr.]= forest. vana£ [acc. sg.]= forest.
chindatha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %chid (to cut off)]= cut off.
ruk k ha£ : rukkha [masc.]= tree. rukkha£ [acc. sg.]= tree.
vanato: vana [ntr.]= forest. vanato [abl. sg.]= from the forest.
chetvÈ [ger. of %chid (to cut off)]= having cut off.
vanatha¤ ca: vanatha [masc.]= undergrowth, underbrush. forest. vanatha£ [acc. sg.]= undergrowth,
underbrush. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. vanatha£+ca= vanatha¤ ca= and the undergrowth.
nibbanÈ: vana [ntr.]= forest. ni (pfx. meaning ‘without’)+vana= nibbana [adj.]= without forest.
nibbanÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= without forests.
hotha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= be.
bhik k have: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhave [voc. pl.]= O monks.
yÈva£ hi vanatho na chijjati

anumatto pi narassa nÈrisu
pa—ibaddhamano va tÈva so
vaccho khÏrapako va mÈtari22842
;koa fg ouFkks u fNTtfr

vuqeÙkks fi ujLl ukfjlq
ifVc¼euks o rko lks
oPNks [khjidks o ekrfj2üøþ2
Translation
As long as the undergrowth (of passion) of a man in women, even a minuscule one, is not cut
off, so long he has a bound mind, just like a calf drinking milk is in the mother.
Vocabulary
yÈva£ : yÈva [rel. adv.]= as far as, as long as. £ is a euphonic insertion.
vanatho: vanatha [masc.]= undergrowth, underbrush. forest. vanatho [nom. sg.]= undergrowth,
underbrush.
chijjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %chid (to cut off)]= is cut off.
anum atto: anu [adj.]= small, atomic. mattÈ [fem.]= measure, just only, mere. In cpd. mattÈ is shortened
to matta. anu+matta= anumatta [adj.]= minuscule. anumatto [masc. nom. sg.]= minuscule.
pi/api [indec. part.]= also, even, just so, as well.
narassa: nara [masc.]= man. narassa [gen. sg.]= of man.
nÈrisu: nÈri [fem.]= woman. nÈrisu [loc. pl.]= in women.
pa—ibaddham ano: pa—ibaddha [adj. made of pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘towards.’)+pp. of %badh (to bind)]=
bound. mana [ntr.]= mind. In cpd it becomes mano. pa—ibaddha+mano= pa—ibaddhamano [adj.]=
with a bound mind. pa—ibaddhamano [masc. nom. sg.]= with a bound mind.
tÈva [adv.]= so much, so long.
vaccho: vaccha [masc.]= calf. vaccho [nom. sg.]= calf.
k hÏrapak o: khÏra [ntr.]= milk. paka [adj. of pa (adj.-base of pÈ meaning to ‘to drink’)+ka (adj. forming
sfx.)]= drinking. khÏra+paka= khÏrapaka [adj.]= drinking milk. khÏrapako [masc. nom. sg.]=
drinking milk.
m Ètari: mÈtu [fem.]= mother. mÈtari [loc. sg.]= in mother.
ucchinda sineha£ attano

kumuda£ sÈradika£ va pÈ‡inÈ,
santimagga£ eva brÊhaya
nibbÈna£ sugatena desita£22852
mfPNUn flusga vÙkuks

dqeqna lkjfnda o ikf.kuk]
lfUreXxa ,o c wg;
fuCckua lqxrsu nsflra2üøÿ2
Translation
Cut off love of self, as an autumnal white lotus with the hand. Practice the path to tranquility,
the nibbÈna preached by the well-gone.
Vocabulary
ucchinda [2. sg. imperat. act. of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%chid (to cut off)]= (thou) cut off.
sineha£ attano: sineha [masc.]= affection, love. sineha£ [acc. sg.]= affection. attÈ [masc.]= self,
oneself. attano [gen. sg.]= of self. sineha£ attano= love of self.
k um uda£ : kumuda [ntr.]= white lotus. kumuda£ [acc. sg.]= white lotus.
sÈradik a£ : sarada [ntr.]= autumn. sarada+ka [adj. forming sfx.]= saradika [adj.]= autumnal.
saradika£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= autumnal.
pÈ‡inÈ: pÈ‡i [masc.]= hand. pÈ‡inÈ [ins. sg.]= with hand.
santim agga£ : santi [fem.]= peace, tranquility. magga [masc.]= path, road. santi+magga= santimagga
[masc.]= path to tranquility. santimagga£ [acc. sg.]= path to tranquility.
brÊhaya [2. sg. imperat. act. of %brah (to develop)]= (thou) develop, practice.
sugatena: sugata [adj. made of su indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’)+pp.
of %gam (to go)]= well gone. an epithet of the Buddha. sugatena [ins. sg.]= by the well-gone.
desita£ : desita [adj. pp. of %dis (to preach)]= preached. desita£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= preached.
idha vassa£ vasissÈmi idha hemantagimhisu

iti bÈlo vicinteti antarÈya£ na bujjhati22862
b/ oLla oflLlkfe b/ gseUrfxfEglq

bfr ckyks fofpUrsfr vUrjk;a u cqT>fr2üøö2
Translation
šHere shall I spend the rainy season, here the winters and summers,› thinks the fool. He does
not understand the hindrance.
Vocabulary
vassa£ : vassa [masc.]= rain, rainy season. vassa£ [acc. sg.]= rainy season.
vasissÈm i [1. sg. fut. act. of %vas (to stay, abide)]= shall stay.
hem antagim hisu: hemanta [masc.]= winter. gimha [masc.]= heat, summer. hemanta+gimha=
hemantagimha [masc.]= winter and summer. hemantagimhisu [loc. pl.]= winters and summers.
vicinteti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of vi [indec.pfx. used to intensify)+%cint (to think)]= thinks.
antarÈya£ : antarÈ [indec. adv. formation from antara (in between)]= midway, meanwhile. antarÈ+aya
[from %i (to go)]= antarÈya [masc.]= ‘coming in between’ i.e. a hindrance. antarÈya£ [acc. sg.]=
hindrance.
bujjhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %budh (to realize)]= realizes, understands.
ta£ puttapasusammatta£ byÈsattamanasa£ nara£

sutta£ gÈma£ mahogho va maccu ÈdÈya gacchati22872
ra iqÙkilqlEeÙka C;klÙkeula uja

lqÙka xkea egks?kks o ePpq vknk; xPNfr2üø÷2
Translation
That man who is intoxicated by sons and cattle, with an attached mind, death having seized goes
like a great flood, a sleeping village.
Vocabulary
puttapasusam m atta£ : putta [masc.]= son. pasu [masc.]= cattle. sammatta [adj. formed by sa£ (adj.
indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %mad (to be intoxicated)]=
intoxicated. putta+pasu+sammatta= puttapasusammatta [adj.]= intoxicated by sons and cattle.
puttapasusammatta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= intoxicated by sons and cattle.
byÈsattam anasa£ : byÈsatta [adj. of vi [indec. pfx. used to intensify)+È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+pp.
of %sa¤j (to be attached)]= attached to, clinging to. manasa [adj. cpd. form of mano, an enlarged
form for which usually either mana or mÈnas are used]= having a mind. byÈsatta+manasa=
byÈsattamanasa [adj.]= with an attached mind. byÈsattamanasa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= with an attached
mind.
sutta£ : sutta [adj. pp. of %sup (to sleep)]= sleeping. sutta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= sleeping.
gÈm a£ : gÈma [masc.]= village. gÈma£ [acc. sg.]= village.
m ahogho: mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes mahÈ/maha. ogha [masc.]=
flood. mahanta+ogha= mahogha [n masc, euphonic sandhi]= great flood. mahogho [nom. sg.]=
great flood.
ÈdÈya [ger. of È (pfx meaning ‘from’)+%dÈ (to give)]= having taken up, having appropriated, having
seized, having carried.
gacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %gam (to go)]= goes.
na santi puttÈ tÈ‡Èya na pitÈ na pi bandhavÈ

antakenÈdhipannassa n’atthi ¤ÈtÏsu tÈ‡atÈ22882
u lfUr iqÙkk rk.kk; u firk u fi cU/ok

vUrdsukf/iÂLl u~*vfRFk ×kkrhlq rk.krk2üøø2
Translation
Sons are not for protection, neither father, nor even relatives. Of one seized by death, there is
no protection among kinsmen.
Vocabulary
na [indec. part.]= no, not, nor.
santi [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)= are.
tÈ‡Èya: ta‡a [ntr.]= protection, shelter. tÈ‡Èya [sg. dat.]= for protection.
pitÈ: pitu [masc.]= father. pitÈ [nom. sg.]= father.
bandhavÈ: bandhu [masc.]= relative. bandhavÈ [nom. pl.]= relatives.
antak enÈdhipannassa: anta [ntr.]= end. anta+ka [poss. sfx.]= antaka [masc.]= being at the end,
making an end i.e. death. antakena [ins. sg.]= by death. adhipanna [adj. made of adhi [pfx. meaning
‘towards’]+%pad (to go into, to fall)]= gone into, affected with, seized by. adhipannassa [masc. gen.
sg.]= of... seized by. antakena+adhipannassa= antakenÈdhipannassa [euphonic sandhi]= of...
seized by death.
¤ÈtÏsu: ¤Èti [masc.]= relative, kinsman. ¤ÈtÏsu [loc. pl.]= among kinsmen.
tÈ‡atÈ: tÈ‡atÈ [fem. derived from ntr. n. tÈ‡a (protection)]= protection. tÈ‡ÈtÈ [nom. sg.]= protection.
eta£ atthavasa£ ¤ÈtvÈ pa‡Çito sÏlasa£vuto

nibbÈnagamana£ magga£ khippam eva visodhaye22892
,ra vRFkola ×kkRok if.Mrks lhylaoqrks
fuCckuxeua eXxa f[kIie~ ,o folks/;s2üøù2
Translation
The wise man, restrained by virtuous conduct, knowing this reason, should quickly clear the path
leading to nibbÈna.
Vocabulary
eta£ atthavasa£ : eta£ [ntr. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= it, this. attha [masc.=
meaning. vasa [masc.]= control. attha+vasa= atthavasa [masc.]= cause, reason. atthavasa£ [acc.
sg.]= cause, reason. eta£ atthavasa£= this reason.
sÏlasa£ vuto: sÏla [ntr.]= virtue, virtuous conduct. sa£vuta [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying
conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %vu (to obstruct)]= restrained, guarded. sÏla+sa£vuta=
sÏlasa£vuta [adj.]= restrained by virtuous conduct. sÏlasa£vuto [masc. nom. sg.]= restrained by
virtuous conduct.
nibbÈnagam ana£ : nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. gamana [ntr. derived from
%gam (to go)]= going. nibbÈnagamana= nibbÈnagamana [adj.]= leading to nibbÈna.
nibbÈnagamana£ [masc. acc. sg.]= leading to nibbÈna.
m agga£ : magga [masc.]= path, road. magga£ [acc. sg.]= path, road.
k hippam eva: khippa [adj. derived from %khip (to throw)]= quick. khippa£ [ntr. acc. sg. But here used
as an adv.]= quickly. eva [adv. emphatic part.]= so, even, just, only. khippa£+eva= khippam eva.
visodhaye [3. sg. pot. act. of vi (indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%sudh (to be
clean)]= should clear, should purify.
21. Pak i‡‡ak avaggo ifd..kdoXxks (Miscellaneous)
mattÈsukhapariccÈgÈ
passe ce vipula£ sukha£
caje mattÈsukha£ dhÏro
sampassa£ vipula£ sukha£22902
eÙkklq[kifjPpkxk
iLls ps foiqya lq[ak
pts eÙkklq[ka /hjks
lEiLla foiqya lq[ak2üùú2
Translation
Seeing that abandoning the small happiness one could obtain abundant happiness, the wise, seeing
the abundant happiness should abandon the small happiness.
Vocabulary
m attÈsuk hapariccÈgÈ: mattÈ [fem.]= (small) measure, just only, mere, little. sukha [ntr.]= pleasure,
happiness. pariccÈga [masc. made of pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%caj (to let loose)]= giving
up, abandonment, sacrifice, renunciation. mattÈ+sukha+pariccÈga= mattÈsukhapariccÈga [masc.]=
abandonment of small happiness. mattÈsukhapariccÈga [abl. sg.]= abandonment of small happiness.
passe [3. sg. pot. act. of %pass (to see)]= should see.
ce [encl.]= if.
caje [3. sg. pot. act. of %caj (to let loose)]= abandon, give up.
m attÈsuk ha£ : mattÈ [fem.]= (small) measure, just only, mere, little. sukha [ntr.]= pleasure, happiness.
mattÈ+sukha= mattÈsukha [ntr.]= small happiness. mattÈsukha£ [acc. sg.]= small happiness.
sam passa£ : sampassant [adj. made of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%pass (to see)]= seeing. sampassa£ [masc. nom. sg.]= seeing.
paradukkhÊpadhÈnena yo attano sukhamicchati

verasa£saggasa£sa——ho verÈ so na parimuccati22912
ijnqD[kwi/kusu ;ks vÙkuks lq[kfePNfr

osjlalXxlalêòks osjk lks u ifjeqPpfr2üùû2
Translation
Whoever wants his own happiness by imposing suffering on others, full of hatred, he is not
released from hatred.
Vocabulary
paraduk k hÊpadhÈnena: para [adj.]= other. dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. upadhÈna [n. ntr. made of upa
(pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= imposing, giving. para+dukha+upadhÈna=
paradukkhÊpadhÈna [ntr.]= imposing suffering on others. paradukkhÊpadhÈnena [ins. sg.]= by
imposing suffering on others.
suk ham icchati: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [nom. sg.]= happiness. icchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act.
of %is (to wish)]= wishes, desires, asks for. sukha£+icchati= sukhamicchati [euphonic sandhi]=
desires happiness.
verasa£ saggasa£ sa——ho: vera [ntr.]=hatred. sa£sagga [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx.
implying conjunction and completeness)+%sajj (to acquire)]= contact, association. sa£sa——ha [adj.
derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %sajj (to
acquire)]= mixed with, associating with. vera+sa£sagga+sa£sa——ha= verasa£saggasa£sa——ha
[adj.]= full of hatred. verasa£saggasa£sa——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= full of hatred.
verÈ: vera [ntr.]=hatred. verÈ [abl. sg.]= from hatred.
parim uccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%muc (to release)]= is released,
is freed.
ya£ hi kicca£ apaviddha£ akicca£ pana kayirati

unnaÄÈna£ pamattÈna£ tesa£ vaÇÇhanti ÈsavÈ22922
;a fg fdPpa vifo¼a vfdPpa iu df;jfr

mÂGkua ieÙkkua rsla oM~<fUr vklok2üùü2
Translation
(If) what indeed should be done is rejected, but what should not be done is being done; the
cankers of those, who are insolent and negligent, grow.
Vocabulary
k icca£ : kicca [adj. ger. of %kar (to do, to make)]= what should be done. kicca£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= what
should be done.
apaviddha£ : apaviddha [adj. of apa (pfx. meaning ‘away from’, ‘off.’)+pp. of %vidh (to pierce)]=
discarded, rejected. apaviddha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= discarded, rejected.
ak icca£ : akicca [adj. a (neg. pfx.)+ger. of %kar (to do, to make)]= what should not be done. akicca£
[ntr. nom. sg.]= what should not be done.
k ayirati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= is being done.
unnaÄÈna£ : u‡‡ata [adj. formed of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%nar (to raise)]= haughty. unnaÄa/unnala
[adj. it is perhaps dialectical form of u‡‡ata]= showing off, insolent, haughty. unnalÈna£ [masc.
gen. pl.]= of... insolent.
pam attÈna£ : pamatta [adj. made of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+ pp. of %mad (to be intoxicated)]= negligent. pamattÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of... negligent.
yesa¤ ca susamÈraddhÈ, nicca£ kÈyagatÈ sati

akicca£ te na sevanti kicce sÈtaccakÈrino,
satÈna£ sampajÈnÈna£ attha£ gacchanti ÈsavÈ22932
;sl×k~ p lqlekj¼k] fuPpa dk;xrk lfr

vfdPpa rs u lsofUr fdPps lkrPpdkfjuks]
lrkua lEitkukua vRFka xPNfUr vklok2üùý2
Translation
But those who have very firm and constant bodily mindfulness, they do not practise what should
not be done, persevering in what should be done. The cankers of those who are mindful and
thoughtful disappear.
Vocabulary
yesa¤ ca: yesa£ [masc. gen. pl. of demonstr. pron. ya (which, that, what)]= those. ca [encl. part. Here
used in the disjunctive sense]= but. yesa£+ca= yesa¤ ca= but those.
susam ÈraddhÈ: susamÈraddha [adj. made of su indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning
‘thorough, well’)+sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+È (pfx. meaning
‘towards)+pp. of %rabh (to grasp)]= very firm. susamÈraddhÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= very firm.
k ÈyagatÈ: kÈya [masc.]= body. gata [adj. derived from %gam (to go)]= gone. kÈya+gata= kÈyagata
[adj.]= gone in body i.e. bodily. kÈyagatÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= bodily.
sati [fem. derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindfulness. sati [nom. sg.]= mindfulness.
ak icca£ : kicca (adj. ger.derived from %kar (to do)]= what should be done. a (neg. pfx.)+kicca= akicca
[adj.]= what should not be done. akicca£ [masc. acc. sg.]= what should not be done.
te [masc. nom. pl. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= they, those, them.
sevanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %sev (to serve, to practise)]= practise, embrace.
k icce: kicca [adj. ger. of %kar (to do)]= should be done. kicce [masc. acc. pl.]= should be done.
sÈtaccak Èrino: sÈtacca [ntr.]= perseverance. kÈrÏ [derived from %kar (to do, to make)= doer.
sÈtacca+kÈrÏ= sÈtaccakÈrÏ [adj.]= persevering. sÈtaccakÈrino [masc. nom. sg.]= persevering.
satÈna£ : sata [adj. derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindful. satÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of mindful.
sam pajÈnÈna£ : sampajÈna [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%¤È (to
know)]= thoughtful. attentive. sampajÈnÈna£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of thoughtful.
extinction [T.W. Rhys & W.Stede’s PÈli-English Dictionary, p.24). attha£ [acc. sg.]=
extinction. gacchanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %gam (to go)]= go. attha£ gacchanti=
disappear.
mÈtara£ pitara£ hantvÈ rÈjÈno dve ca khattiye

ra——ha£ sÈnucara£ hantvÈ anÏgho yÈti brÈhma‡o22942
ekrja firja gURok jktkuks }s p [kfÙk;s

jêòa lkuqpja gURok vuh?kks ;kfr c kã.kks2üùþ2
Translation
Having killed mother, father, and two khattiya kings, having killed a country together with the
followers, undisturbed goes a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
m Ètara£ : mÈtÈ [fem.]= mother. mÈtara£ [acc. sg.]= mother.
pitara£ : pitÈ [masc.]= father. pitara£ [acc. sg.]= father.
hantvÈ [ger. of %han (to strike)]= having killed.
rÈjÈno: rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. rÈjÈno [acc. pl.]= kings.
dve: dvi [num.]= two. dve [masc. acc. pl.]= two.
k hattiye: khattiya [masc.]= khattiya, member of the khattiya caste. khattiye [acc. pl.]= khattiyas.
sÈnucara£ : anucara [adj. derived from anu (indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to, combined with’)+%car
(to walk)]= follower. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ used a first part of cpd. in the sense of ‘with,
possessed of, having, same, own.’]+anucara= sÈnucara [adj.]= together with followers. sÈnucara£
[ntr. acc. sg.]= together with followers.
anÏgho: anÏgha [adj. derived from an (neg. pfx.)+%igh (to tremble)]= undisturbed, calm. anÏgho [masc.
nom. sg.]= undisturbed, calm.
brÈhma‡a.
mÈtara£ pitara£ hantvÈ rÈjÈno dve ca sotthiye

veyyagghapa¤cama£ hantvÈ anÏgho yÈti brÈhma‡o22952
ekrja firja gURok jktkuks }s p lksfRFk;s

osÕ;X?ki×pea gURok vuh?kks ;kfr c kã.kks2üùÿ2
Translation
Having killed mother, father and two learned kings, having killed the tiger as fifth, undisturbed
goes a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
m Ètara£ : mÈtÈ [fem.]= mother. mÈtara£ [acc. sg.]= mother.
pitara£ : pitÈ [masc.]= father. pitara£ [acc. sg.]= father.
rÈjÈno: rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. rÈjÈno [acc. pl.]= kings.
dve: dvi [num.]= two. dve [masc. acc. pl.]= two.
sotthiye: sotthiya [masc.]= a learned man. sotthiye [acc. pl.]= learned men.
veyyagghapa¤cam a£ : veyyaggha [masc.]= tiger. pa¤cama [adj. derived from num. pa¤cama [five)]=
fifth. veyyaggha+pa¤cama= veyyagghapa¤cama [adj.]= with a tiger as the fifth.
veyyagghapa¤cama£ [masc. acc. sg.]= with a tiger as the fifth.
anÏgho: anÏgha [adj. derived from an (neg. pfx.)+%igh (to tremble)]= undisturbed, calm. anÏgho [masc.
nom. sg.]= undisturbed, calm.
brÈhma‡a.
suppabuddha£ pabujjhanti sadÈ gotamasÈvakÈ

yesa£ divÈ ca ratto ca nicca£ buddhagatÈ sati22962
lqIicq¼a icqT>fUr lnk xksrelkodk

;sla fnok p jÙkks p fuPpa cq¼xrk lfr2üùö2
Translation
Always well awakened are disciples of Gautama whose mindfulness by day and night is
constantly directed to the Buddha.
Vocabulary
suppabuddha£ : suppabuddha [adj. derived from su (indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning
‘thorough, well’)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+pp.
of %budh (to awaken)]= well awakened, suppabuddha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= well-awakened.
pabujjhanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%budh (to awake)]= awake.
gotam asÈvak È: gotama [masc.]= Gotama, the Buddha’s clan name. sÈvaka [masc.]= ‘listener,’ pupil.
gotama+sÈvaka= gotamasÈvaka [masc.]= disciple of Gotama, gotamasÈvakÈ [nom. pl.]= disciples
of Gotama.
ratto: ratti [fem.]= night. ratto [loc. sg. But here as an adv.]= by night.
buddhagatÈ: buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. gata [adj. pp.
of %gam (to go)]= gone. buddha+gata= buddhagata [adj.]= ‘gone to the Buddha,’ directed to the
Buddha. buddhagatÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= directed to the Buddha.
sati: sati [fem. derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindfulness. sati [nom. sg.]= mindfulness.

yesa£ divÈ ca ratto ca nicca£ dhammagatÈ sati22972

;sla fnok p jÙkks p fuPpa /Eexrk lfr2üù÷2
Translation
constantly directed to the Dhamma.
Vocabulary
suppabuddha£ : suppabuddha [adj. derived from su indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning
pabujjhanti: pabujjhanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%budh (to awake)]= awake.
of Gotama.
dham m agatÈ: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]=
gone. dhamma+gata= dhammagata [adj.]= ‘gone to the Dhamma,’ directed to the Dhamma.
dhammagatÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= directed to the Dhamma.

yesa£ divÈ ca ratto ca nicca£ sa£ghagatÈ sati22982

;sla fnok p jÙkks p fuPpa la?kxrk lfr2üùù2
Translation
constantly directed to the Sa£gha.
Vocabulary
of Gotama.
sa£ ghagatÈ: sa£gha [masc.]= the Order, the Sa£gha. gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone.
sa£gha+gata= sa£ghagata [adj.]= ‘gone to the Sa£gha,’ directed to the Sa£gha.
sati: sati [fem.derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindfulness. sati [nom. sg.]= mindfulness.

yesa£ divÈ ca ratto ca nicca£ kÈyagatÈ sati22992
;sla fnok p jÙkks p fuPpa dk;xrk lfr2üùù2
Translation
constantly directed to the body.
Vocabulary
suppabuddha£ : suppabuddha [adj. derived from the indec. part. su used as a strengthening pfx. meaning
of Gotama.
yesa£ [masc. gen. pl. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= whose..
k ÈyagatÈ: kÈya [masc.]= the body. gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. kÈya+gata= kÈyagata
[adj.]= ‘gone to the body,’ directed to the body.

yesa£ divÈ ca ratto ca ahi£sÈya rato mano23002

;sla fnok p jÙkks p vfgalk; jrks euks2ýúú2
Translation
Always well awakened are disciples of Gautama whose mind by day and night is delighted in
non-violence.
Vocabulary
of Gotama.
ahi£ sÈya: ahi£sÈ [fem. derived from a [neg. pfx.]+%hi£s (to hurt)]= non-violence. ahi£sÈya [loc.
sg.]= in non-violence.
rato: rata [adj. pp. of %ram (to delight in)]= delighted in. rato [masc. nom. sg.]= delighted in.

yesa£ divÈ ca ratto ca bhÈvanÈya rato mano23012

;sla fnok p jÙkks p Hkkouk; jrks euks2ýúû2
Translation
Always well awakened are disciples of Gautama whose mind by day and night is devoted to
meditation.
Vocabulary
of Gotama.
bhÈvanÈya: bhÈvanÈ [fem. derived from %bhÊ (to develop through mind-work)]= meditation. bhÈvanÈya
[dat. sg.]= to meditation.
rato: rata [adj. pp. of %ram (to delight in)]= devoted. rato [masc. nom. sg.]= devoted.
duppabbajja£ durabhirama£ durÈvÈsÈ gharÈ dukkhÈ

dukkho’samÈnasa£vÈso, dukkhÈnupatitaddhagÊ
tasmÈ na c’addhagÊ siyÈ na ca dukkhÈnupatito siyÈ23022
nqIiCcTta nqjfHkjea nqjkoklk ?kjk nq[kk

nqD[kks*lekulaoklks] nqD[kkuqifrr¼xw
rLek u p~*v¼xw fl;k u p nqD[kkuqifrrks fl;k2ýúü2
Translation
Difficult is going forth; difficult is to enjoy it; unpleasant and difficult is to live in houses;
painful is association with unequal; a wandered is beset with suffering. Therefore one should not
be a wanderer and one should not be beset by suffering.
Vocabulary
duppabbajja£ : pabbajjÈ [fem. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+%vajj (to avoid)]= leaving the world to adopt life of homelessness, going forth. du
[antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient, difficult’]+pabbajjÈ= duppabbajjÈ [adj.]= difficult...
going forth. duppabbajja£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= difficult... going forth.
durabhiram a£ : du [antithetic pfx. du becomes dur before vowels]= bad, insufficient, difficult.
durabhirama [adj. derived from du+abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%ram (to delight
in)]= difficult to enjoy. durabhirama£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= difficult to enjoy.
durÈvÈsÈ: du [antithetic pfx. du becomes dur before vowels]= bad, insufficient, difficult. durÈvÈsa [adj.
derived from du+È (pfx meaning ‘at, in’)+%vÈs (to live)]= difficult to live in. durÈvÈsÈ [masc. nom.
pl.]= difficult to live in.
gharÈ: ghara [masc.]= house. gharÈ [nom. pl.]= houses.
duk k hÈ: dukkha [adj.]= painful. dukkhÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= painful.
duk k ho’sam Ènasa£ vÈso: dukkha [adj.]= painful. dukkho [masc. nom. sg.]= painful. samÈna [adj.]=
equal. a [neg. pfx.]+samÈna= asamÈna [adj.]= unequal. sa£vÈsa [masc.]= association.
asamÈna+sa£vÈsa= asamÈnasa£vÈsa [masc.]= association with unequal. asamÈnasa£vÈso [nom.
sg.]= association with unequal. dukkho+asamÈnasa£vÈso= dukkho’samÈnasa£vÈso= association
with unequal is painful.
duk k hÈnupatit’addhagÊ: dukkha [masc.]= suffering. anupatita [adj. derived from anu (indec. pfx.
meaning ‘along, at, to, combined with’)+pp. of %pat (to fall)]= befallen, affected by, beset.
dukkha+anupatita= dukkhÈnupatita [adj.]= beset by suffering, affected by suffering. addha
[masc.]= road, journey. gÊ [sfx. derived from %gam (to go)]=going, having gone, being skilled in.
addha+gÊ= addhagÊ [masc.]= wayfarer, wanderer. dukkhÈnupatita+addhagÊ=
dukkhÈnupatit’addhagÊ [adj.]= wanderer beset by suffering. dukkhÈnupatit’addhagÊ [masc. nom.
sg.]= wanderer beset by suffering.
c’addhagÊ: ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. addha [masc.]= road, journey. gÊ [sfx. derived from %gam (to
go)]=going, having gone, being skilled in. addha+gÊ= addhagÊ [masc.]= wayfarer, wanderer.
addhagÊ [nom. sg.]= wayfarer, wanderer. ca+addhagÊ= c’addhagÊ= and... wanderer.
duk k hÈnupatito: dukkha [masc.]= suffering. anupatita [adj. derived from anu (indec. pfx. meaning
‘along, at, to, combined with’)+pp. of %pat (to fall)]= beset, affected by. dukkha+anupatita=
dukkhÈnupatita [adj.]= beset by suffering, affected by suffering. dukkhÈnupatito [masc. nom. sg.]=
beset by suffering.
saddho sÏlena sampanno yasobhogasamappito

ya£ ya£ padesa£ bhajati tattha tatth’eva pÊjito23032
l¼ks lhysu lEiÂks ;lksHkksxlefIirks

;a ;a insla Hktfr rRFk rRFk~*,o iwftrks2ýúý2
Translation
Trusting, endowed with virtue, possessing fame and wealth, whatever region is he associated
with, he is respected just everywhere.
Vocabulary
saddho: saddha [adj.]= trusting. saddho [masc. nom. sg.]= trusting.
sÏlena: sÏla [ntr.]= virtue. sÏlena [ins. sg.]= with virtue.
sam panno: sampanna [adj. derived from sam (pfx. meaning ‘together, completely’)+pp. of %pad (to go
to)]= endowed with. sampanno [masc. nom. sg.]= endowed with.
yasobhogasam appito: yaso [ntr.]= fame. bhoga [masc.]= wealth, possession. samappita [adj. derived
from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %ap (to approach)]=
possessing. yaso+bhoga+samappita= yasobhogasamappita [adj.]= possessing fame and wealth.
yasobhogasamappito [masc. nom. sg.]= possessing fame and wealth.
ya£ ya£ : ya£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which. ya£ ya£ [as a phrase]=
whomsoever, whatever.
padesa£ : padesa [masc.]= place, district, region. padesa£ [acc. sg.]= place, district, region.
bhajati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= is associated with.
tattha tatth’eva: tattha [indec. adv.]= there. tattha tattha [a phrase]= everywhere. eva [adv. emphatic
part.]= so, even, just, only. tattha tattha+eva= tattha tatth’eva.
pÊjito: pÊjita [adj. pp. of %pÊj (to worship)]= respected, worshipped. pÊjito [masc. nom. sg.]= respected,
worshipped.
dÊre santo pakÈsenti himavanto va pabbato,

asant’ettha na dissanti ratti£ khittÈ yathÈ sarÈ23042
nwjs lUrks idklsfUr fgeoUrks o iCcrks

vlUr~*,RFk u fnLlfUr jfÙka f[kÙkk ;Fkk ljk2ýúþ2
Translation
The good shine from afar, like a snowy mountain. The bad are not seen here, like arrows shot
at night.
Vocabulary
dÊre: dÊra [adj.]= afar, distant. dÊre [loc. sg.]= from afar.
santo: santa [adj., ppr. of %as (to be, exist)]= good, real, true, existent. santo [masc. nom. pl.]= good.
pak Èsenti: pakÈsenti [3. pl. pr. act. caus. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+pp. of %kÈs (to shine)]= show up, illustrate, explain, shine.
him avanto: hima [ntr.]= snow. hima+vantu (poss. sfx.)= himavantu [adj.]= snowy. himavanto [masc.
nom. sg.]= snowy.
pabbato: pabbata [ntr.]= mountain. pabbato [nom. sg.]= mountain.
asant’ettha: santa [adj., ppr. of %as (to be, exist)]= good. santo [masc. nom. pl.]= good. a [neg.
pfx.]+santa= asant [adj.]= bad. asanto [masc. nom. pl.]= bad. ettha [adv.]= here, in this place.
asanto+ettha= asant’ettha.
dissanti [3. pl. pr. indic. pas. of %dis (to see)]= are seen, appear.
k hittÈ: khitta [adj. pp. of %khip (to throw)]= thrown, cast. khittÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= thrown, cast.
sarÈ: sara [masc.]= arrow. sarÈ [nom. pl.]= arrows.
ekÈsana£ ekaseyya£ eko cara£ atandito
eko damayam attÈna£ vanante ramito siyÈ23052
,dklua ,dlsÕ;a ,dks pja vrfUnrks

,dks ne;e~ vÙkkua ouUrs jferks fl;k2ýúÿ2
Translation
Sitting alone, sleeping alone, wandering alone and active, alone taming oneself, such a one would
take delight in the forest.
Vocabulary
ek Èsana£ : eka [num.]= one. Èsana [ntr.]= seat, chair. eka+Èsana= ekÈsana [adj.]= sitting alone.
ekÈsana£ [acc. sg. Used here as an adv.]= sitting alone.
ek aseyya£ : eka [num.]= one. seyyÈ [fem.]= bed. eka+seyyÈ= ekasayyÈ [adj.]= sleeping alone.
ekasayya£ [acc. sg. Used here as an adv.]= sleeping alone.
ek o cara£ atandito: eka [num. used as an object]= alone. eko [masc. nom. sg.]= alone. caranta [adj.
act. ppr. of %car (to walk)]= wanderer. cara£ [masc. nom. sg.]= wanderer. tandita [adj.]= lazy.
a [neg. pfx.]+tandita= atandita [adj.]= industrious, active. atandito [masc. nom. sg.]= active. eko
cara£ atandito= wandering alone and active.
ek o: eka [num. Used here as an adv.]= alone. eko [masc. nom. sg.]= alone.
dam ayam attÈna£ : damayanta [adj. act. ppr. of %dam (to tame)]= taming, subduing. damaya£ [masc.
nom. sg.]= taming, subduing. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= oneself.
damaya£+attÈna£= yamayam attÈna£= taming oneself.
vanante: vana [ntr.]= forest. anta [ntr.]= end. vana+anta= vananta [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= the
bordering of the forest, i.e. where the forest begins. vanante [loc. sg.]= in the forest.
ram ito: ramita [adj. pp. of %ram (to delight in)]= taking delight in. ramito [masc. nom. sg.]= taking
delight in.
22. Nirayavaggo fuj;oXxks (Hell)
abhÊtavÈdÏ niraya£ upeti

yo vÈpi katvÈ na karomi c’Èha
ubho pi te pecca samÈ bhavanti
nihÏnakammÈ manujÈ parattha23062
vHkwroknh fuj;a misfr

;ks okfi dRok u djksfe p~*vkg
mHkks fi rs isPp lek HkofUr
fughudEek euqtk ijRFk2ýúö2
Translation
A speaker of what is not (real) goes to hell; or even the one who having done a deed, says, šI
did not.› Both these people of low deeds become equal, in the other world, after they die.
Vocabulary
abhÊtavÈdÏ: bhÊta [adj. pp. of %bhÊ (to be)]= being, having become. a [neg. pfx.]+bhÊta= abhÊta
[adj.]= what is not. vÈdÏ [adj. derived from %vad (to say)]= speaker. abhÊta+vÈdÏ= abhÊtavÈdÏ
[adj.]= speaker of what is not. abhÊtavÈdiÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= speaker of what is not.
upeti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by,’ ‘near’]+%i (to go)]= comes to,
vÈpi: vÈ [indec. encl.]= or. pi [indec. encl. form of api]= even, also, just so. vÈ+pi= vÈpi= or even.
k arom i [1. sg. pr. indic. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= (I) do.
c’Èha: ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. Èha [3.sg.perf. act. of %ah (to say) in meaning of pr. and preterite]=
says, said. ca+Èha= c’Èha.
sam È: sama [adj.]= same, equal. samÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= same, equal.
bhavanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %bhÊ (to become)]= are, become.
nihÏnak am m È: nihÏna [adj. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+pp. of %hÈ (to reject)]=low. kamma
[ntr.]= deed. nihÏna+kamma= nihÏnakamma [adj.]= of low deeds. nihÏnakammÈ [masc. nom. pl.]=
of low deeds.
m anujÈ: manuja [masc.]= man. manujÈ [nom. pl.]= men.
parattha [adv.]= elsewhere, hereafter, in the Beyond, in the other word.
kÈsÈvaka‡—hÈ bahavo pÈpadhammÈ asa¤¤atÈ,

pÈpÈ pÈpehi kammehi niraya£ te upapajjare23072
dklkod.Bk cgoks iki/Eek vl××krk]

ikik ikisfg dEesfg fuj;a rs mIkiTtjs2ýú÷2
Translation
(There are) many with yellow around the neck, of evil nature, unrestrained. The evil-doers by
their evil deeds go to hell.
Vocabulary
k ÈsÈvak a‡—hÈ: kÈsÈva [adj.]= yellow. kÈsÈva£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= yellow. ka‡—ha [masc.]= neck, throat.
kÈsÈva+ka‡—ha= kÈsÈvaka‡—ha [euphonic sandhi]= with yellow around the neck i.e. wearing a
monk’s robe. kÈsÈvaka‡—hÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= with yellow around the neck.
bahavo: bahu [adj.]= much, many. bahavo [masc. nom. pl.]= much, many.
pÈpadham m È: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil. dhamma [masc.]= nature. The word dhamma has many meanings and
here it is used in the sense of ‘nature.’ pÈpa+dhamma= pÈpadhamma [masc.]= evil nature.
pÈpadhammÈ [nom. pl.]= evil nature.
asa¤¤atÈ: a [neg. pfx.]+sa¤¤ata [derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %yam (to restrain)]= unrestrained. asa¤¤atÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= unrestrained.
pÈpÈ: pÈpa [adj.]= evil-doer. pÈpÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= evil-doers.
pÈpehi k am m ehi: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil. pÈpehi [ntr. ins. pl.]= by evil. kamma [ntr.]= deed. kammehi [ins.
pl.]= by deeds. pÈpehi kammehi= by evil deeds.
upapajjare [3. pl. pr. indic. med. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%pad (to go)]= go to, get to.
seyyo ayoguÄo bhutto tatto aggisikhÊpamo

ya¤ ce bhu¤jeyya dussÏlo ra——hapi‡Ça£ asa¤¤ato23082
lsÕ;ks v;ksxqGks HkqÙkks rÙkks vfXxfl[kwieks

;×k~ ps Hkq×tsÕ; nqLlhyks jêòfi.Ma vl××krks2ýúø2
Translation
(It is) better to eat an iron ball heated like the flame of fire than to a country’s alms food be eaten
by the immoral and unrestrained.
Vocabulary
seyyo: seyya [adj.]= better. seyyo [ntr. nom. sg.]= better.
ayoguÄo: ayo [ntr.]= iron. guÄa [masc.]= ball. ayo+guÄa= ayoguÄa [masc.]= iron ball. ayoguÄo [nom.
sg.]= iron ball.
bhutto: bhutta [adj. pp. of %bhuj (to eat)]= eaten. bhutto [masc. nom. sg.]= eaten.
tatto: tatta [adj. pp. of %tap (to be hot)]= heated, glowing. tatto [masc. nom. sg.]= heated, glowing.
aggisik hÊpam o: aggi [masc.]= fire. sikhÈ [fem.]= crest, edge. aggi+sikhÈ= aggisikhÈ [fem.]= the crest
of the fire, flame. upama [adj.]= like, similar. aggisikhÈ+upama= aggisikhÊpama [adj.]= like the
flame of fire. aggisikhÊpamo [masc. nom. sg.]= like the flame of fire.
ya¤ ce: ya£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= who, which. ce [encl.]= if. ya£+ce= ya¤
ce. When ya¤ ce is followed by pot., it means ‘than that.’
bhu¤jeyya [3. sg. pot. act. derived from %bhuj (to eat)]= may eat.
dussÏlo: du [antithetic pfx.]= bad, insufficient. sÏla [ntr.]= morality. du+sÏla= dussÏla [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= of bad morality, immoral. dussÏlo [masc. nom. sg.]= immoral.
ra——hapi‡Ça£ : ra——ha [ntr.]= kingdom, country. pi‡Ça [masc.]= alms, alms food. ra——ha+pi‡Ça=
ra——hapi‡Ça [masc.]= country’s alms food. ra——hapi‡Ça£ [acc. sg.]= country’s alms food.
asa¤¤ato: asa¤¤ata [adj. derived from a [neg. pfx.]+sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %yam (to restrain)]= unrestrained. asa¤¤ato [masc. nom. sg.]= unrestrained.
cattÈri —hÈnÈni naro pamatto

ÈpajjatÏ paradÈrÊpasevÏ
apu¤¤alÈbha£ na nikÈmaseyya£
ninda£ tatÏya£ niraya£ catuttha£23092
pÙkkfj Bkukfu ujks ieÙkks

vkiTtrh ijnk:ilsoh
viq××kykHka u fudkelsÕ;a
fuUna rrh;a fuj;a prqRFka2ýúù2
Translation
The negligent man who chases after another’s wife falls into these four states: accumulation of
demerit, uncomfortable bed, third blame, fourth hell.
Vocabulary
cattÈri: catu [num.]= four. cattÈri [ntr. acc. pl.]= four.
—hÈnÈni: —hÈna [ntr.]= place. —hÈnÈni [acc. pl.]= places.
ÈpajjatÏ: Èpajjati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%pad (to go, to go to, to come to
fall)]= gets into, falls into. ÈpajjatÏ is m.c. for Èpajjati.
paradÈrÊpasevÏ: para [adj.]= other. dÈra (fem.]= wife. para+dÈra= paradÈra [fem.]= the wife of
another. upsevÏ [adj. upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%sev (to associate with)+Ï (poss. sfx.)=
chasing, pursuing. paradÈra+upasevÏ= paradÈrÊpasevÏ [adj. euphonic sandhi]= who chases after
another’s wife. paradÈrÊpasevÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= who chases after another’s wife.
apu¤¤alÈbha£ : pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, merit, good. a [neg. pfx.]+pu¤¤a= apu¤¤a [ntr.]=
unmeritorious deed, demerit, evil. lÈbha [masc.]= gain, accumulation, possession. apu¤¤a+lÈbha=
apu¤¤alÈbha (masc.]= accumulation of demerit. apu¤¤alÈbha£ [acc. sg.]= accumulation of demerit.
na nik Èm aseyya£ : na [indec. part.]= no, not. kÈma [masc.]= sensual desire, pleasure. ni (pfx. meaning
‘on to’)+kÈma= nikÈma [masc.]= desire, pleasure, longing. seyyÈ [fem.]= bed. nikÈma+seyyÈ=
nikÈmaseyyÈ [fem.]= comfortable bed. nikÈmaseyya£ [acc. sg.]= comfortable bed. na
nikÈmaseyya£= uncomfortable bed.
ninda£ : nindÈ [fem.]= blame. ninda£ [acc. sg.]= blame.
tatÏya£ : tatiya [num.]= third. tatiya£ [fem. acc. sg.]= third. tatÏya£ is m.c. for tatiya£.
catuttha£ : catuttha [num.]= fourth. catuttha£ [masc. acc. sg.]- fourth.
apu¤¤alÈbho ca gatÏ ca pÈpikÈ

bhÏtassa bhÏtÈya ratÏ ca thokikÈ
rÈjÈ ca da‡Ça£ garuka£ pa‡eti,
tasmÈ naro paradÈra£ na seve23102
viq××kykHkks p xrh p ikfidk

HkhrLl Hkhrk; jrh p Fkksfddk
jktk p n.Ma x#da i.ksfr]
rLek ujks ijnkja u lsos2ýûú2
Translation
Accumulation of demerit and a bad afterlife, and brief is the pleasure of a frightened man and
a frightened woman, and the king decrees a heavy punishment. Therefore a man should not chase
after another’s wife.
Vocabulary
apu¤¤alÈbho: pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, merit, good. a [neg. pfx.+pu¤¤a= apu¤¤a [ntr.]=
unmeritorious deed, demerit, evil. lÈbha [masc.]= gain, accumulation, possession. apu¤¤a+lÈbha=
apu¤¤alÈbha (masc.]= accumulation of demerit. apu¤¤alÈbho [nom. sg.]= accumulation of demerit.
gatÏ: gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= existence (after death), afterlife. gati [nom. sg.]= afterlife.
gatÏ is m.c. for gati.
pÈpik È: pÈpa [ntr.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa+ka [sfx. forming adj.]= pÈpaka [adj.]= evil, bad, wrong.
pÈpikÈ [fem. nom. sg.] evil, bad, wrong.
bhÏtassa: bhÏta [adj. pp. of %bhÏ (to be afraid)]= frightened, terrified, afraid. bhÏtassa [masc. gen. sg.]=
of a frightened (man).
bhÏtÈya: bhÏta [adj. pp. of %bhÏ (to be afraid)]= frightened, terrified, afraid. bhÏtÈya [fem. gen. sg.]= of
a frightened (woman).
ratÏ: rati [fem.]= pleasure, attachment, love. rati [nom. sg.]= pleasure, attachment, love. ratÏ is m.c. for
rati.
thok ik È: thokika [adj.]= tittle, small. thokikÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= little, small.
rÈjÈ: rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. rÈjÈ [nom. sg.]= king.
da‡Ça£ : da‡Ça [masc.]= punishment, stick. da‡Ça£ [masc. acc. sg.]= punishment, stick.
garuk a£ : garu [adj.]= heavy. garu+ka [adj. sfx.]= garuka [adj.]= heavy, grave, serious. garÊka£
[masc. acc. sg.]= heavy, gave, serious.
pa‡eti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%nÏ (to lead)]= leads on to, applies, decrees.
paradÈra£ : para [adj.]= other. dÈra (fem.]= wife. para+dÈra= paradÈra [fem.]= the wife of another.
paradÈra£ [acc. sg.]= another’s wife.
seve [3. sg. pot. act. of %sev (to serve)]= associate with, practice, resort to.
kuso yathÈ duggahÏto hattha£ evÈnukantati

sÈma¤¤a£ dupparÈma——ha£ nirayÈy’upakaÇÇhati23112
dqlks ;Fkk nqXxghrks gRFka ,okuqdUrfr

lke××ka nqIijkeêòa fuj;k;~*midM~<fr2ýûû2
Translation
Just as a wrongly seized kusa grass cuts the hand, wrongly taken up asceticism drags (one) to
hell.
Vocabulary
k uso: kusa [masc.]= name of grass. kuso [nom. sg.]= kusa grass.
duggahÏto: gahÏta [adj. pp. of %gah (to seize)]= seized. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient,
wrong’]+gahÏta= duggahÏta [adj. euphonic sandhi]= wrongly seized. duggahÏto [masc. nom. sg.]=
wrongly seized.
hattha£ evÈnuk antati: hattha [masc.]= hand. hattha£ [acc. sg.]= hand. eva [adv. emphatic part.]= so,
even, just as, only. anukantati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of anu (indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to,
combined with’)+%kat (to cut)]= cuts. hattha£+eva+anukantati= hattha£ evÈnukantati [euphonic
sandhi]= just as... cuts the hand.
sÈm a¤¤a£ : sÈma¤¤a [ntr.]= asceticism. sÈma¤¤a£ [nom. sg.]= asceticism.
dupparÈm a——ha£ : parÈma——ha [adj. derived from parÈ [pfx. meaning ‘on to, over’]+%mas (to touch)]=
touched, grasped, acquired, taken up. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient,
wrong’]+parÈma——ha= dupparÈma——ha [adj. euphonic sandhi]= wrongly taken up. dupparÈma——ha£
[ntr. nom. sg.]= wrongly taken up.
nirayÈy’upak aÇÇhati: niraya [masc.]= hell. nirayÈya [dat. sg.]= to hell. upakaÇÇhati [3. sg. pr. indic.
act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘up to’)+%kaddh (to drag)]= drags on to. nirayÈya+upakaÇÇhai=
nirayÈy’upakaÇÇhati.
ya£ ki¤ci sa—hila£ kamma£

sa£kili——ha¤ ca ya£ vata£
sa£kassara£ brahmacariya£
na ta£ hoti mahapphala£23122
;a fdf×p lfBya dEea

lafdfyêò×k~ p ;a ora
ladLlja c ãpfj;a
u ra gksfr egIiQya2ýûü2
Translation
Whatever deed is inattentive, and whatever vow is impure, (and) doubtful holy life, that is not
very fruitful.
Vocabulary
k i¤ci: ki£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ka (what/which/who)]= what. ki£+ci [indef. intrg. part. sfx.]=
ki¤ci [euphonic sandhi]= whatever, something.
sa—hila£ : sa—hila [adj.]= inattentive. sa—hila£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= inattentive.
sa£ k ili——ha¤ ca: sa£kili——ha [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %kilis (to go bad, to be impure)]= impure. sa£kili——ha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]=
impure. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. sa£kili——ha£+ca= sa£kili——ha¤ ca.
vata£ : vata [ntr. derived from %var (to take vow)]= a religious duty, observance, rite, vow. vata£ [nom.
sg.]= vow.
sa£ k assara£ : sa£kassara [adj.]= doubtful, wicked. sa£kassara£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= doubtful, wicked.
brahm acariya£ : brahma [adj.]= holy, pious. cariya [adj.]= living, following. brahma+cariyÈ=
m ahapphala£ : mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes maha. phala [ntr.]=
fruit. mahÈ+phala= mahapphala [adj. euphonic sandhi]= very fruitful. mahapphala£ [ntr. nom.
sg.]= very fruitful.
kayirÈ ce kayirÈth’ena£ daÄha£ eta£ parakkame,

sa—hilo hi paribbÈjo bhiyyo Èkirate raja£23132
df;jk ps df;jkFk~’,ua nG~ga ,ra ijDdes]

lfByks fg ifjCcktks fHkÕ;ks vkfdjrs jta2ýûý2
Translation
If something is to be done one should do it, undertake it resolutely. An inattentive wanderer
scatters more dust indeed.
Vocabulary
ce: [encl.]= if.
k ayirÈth’ena£ : kayirÈtha [3. sg. pot. med. of %kar (to do, to make)]= can do, can make. ena£ [demo
pron; masc. acc. sg. of ta (that)]= that. kayirÈtha+ena£= kayirÈth’ena£.
daÄha£ : daÄha [adj.]= resolute. daÄha£ [ntr. acc. sg. But here as an adv.]= resolutely.
eta£ [demonstr. pron. masc. acc. sg. of eta (it, this)]= it, this.
parak k am e [3. sg. pot. act. of para (adv. pfx. meaning ‘over, beyond)+%kam (to walk, to travel)]=
should go forward, should undertake.
sa—hilo: sa—hila [adj.]= inattentive. sa—hilo [masc. nom. sg.]= inattentive.
paribbÈjo: paribbÈja [masc. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%vaj (to go)]= a wanderer.
paribbÈjo [nom. sg.]= a wanderer.
bhiyyo [adv. comp. form derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= further.
Èk irate [3. sg. pr. indic. med. of È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%kÏr (to scatter)]= scatters.
raja£ : rajo [masc.]= dust. raja£ [acc. sg.]= dust.
akata£ dukkata£ seyyo pacchÈ tapati dukkata£,

kata¤ ca sukata£ seyyo ya£ katvÈ nÈnutappati23142
vdra nqDdra lsÕ;ks iPNk rifr nqDdra]

dr×k~ Pk lqdra lsÕ;ks ;a dRok ukuqrIifr2ýûþ2
Translation
A bad deed is better not done. Afterwards one is tormented by a bad deed. And good deed done
is better which one does not regret having done.
Vocabulary
ak ata£ : kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. a [neg. pfx.]+kata= akata [adj.]= undone, not
done. akata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= undone, not done.
duk k ata£ : kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient,
wrong’]+kata= dukkata [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= bad deed. dukkata£ [nom. sg.]= bad deed.
tapati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %tap (to burn)]= is tormented.
duk k ata£ : kata [adj, pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient,
k ata¤ ca: kata£: kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. kata£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= done. ca
[indef. encl. part.]= and. kata£+ca= kata¤ ca.
suk ata£ : kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. su [indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx.
meaning ‘thorough, well’]+kata= sukata [ntr.]= good deed. sukata£ [nom. sg.]= good deed.
ya£ : [ntr. nom. sg. of ya (that, which, who)]= that, which, who.
nÈnutappati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. anutappati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along,
to’)+%tap (to burn)]= feels remorse, regrets. na+anutappati= nÈnutappati [euphonic sandhi]= does
not feel remorse, does not regret.
nagara£ yathÈ paccanta£ gutta£ santarabÈhira£

eva£ gopetha attÈna£, kha‡o vo mÈ upaccagÈ,
kha‡ÈtÏtÈ hi socanti nirayamhi samappitÈ23152
uxja ;Fkk iPpUra xqÙka lUrjckfgja

,oa xksisFk vÙkkua] [k.kks oks ek miPpxk]
[k.kkrhrk fg lkspfUr fuj;fEg lefIirk2ýûÿ2
Translation
Just as a city on the border is protected within and without, likewise watch yourselves. Do not
let the moment escape you. Those who let the (right) moment go by indeed grieve, consigned to
hell.
Vocabulary
nagara£ : nagara [ntr.]= city. nagara£ [nom. sg.]= city.
yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like, just as.
paccanta£ : anta [ntr.]= end. pa—i [pfx. meaning ‘towards’]+anta= paccanta [adj.]= on the border.
paccanta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= on the border.
gutta£ : gutta [adj, pp of %gup (to protect)]= protected. gutta£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= protected.
santarabÈhira£ : santara [adj.]= internal. bÈhira [adj.]= external. santara+bÈhira= santarabÈhira
[adj.]= within and without. santarabÈhira£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= within and without.
gopetha [2. pl. pot. act. of %gup (to watch)]= (you) should watch.
k ha‡o: kha‡a [masc.]= moment. kha‡o [nom. sg.]= moment.
vo [acc. pl. of the 2. pron. tumha (you)]= you.
upaccagÈ [3. sg. aor. act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘up to’)+ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely, beyond.’)+%gam
(to go)]= escaped. But with mÈ it is used here to denote action of the present time. Thus, mÈ
upaccagÈ= do not let escape.
k ha‡ÈtÏtÈ: kha‡a [masc.]= moment. atÏta [adj. derived from +%i (to go)+ati (pfx. meaning ‘over’)]=
past. gone. kha‡a+atÏta= kha‡ÈtÏta [adj. euphonic sandhi]= one who let the moment go by.
kha‡ÈtÏtÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= those who let the moment go by.
socanti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %suc (to grieve)]= grieve.
nirayam hi: niraya [masc.]= hell. nirayamhi [sg. loc.]= in hell.
sam appitÈ [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %ap
(to approach)]= made over, consigned. samappitÈ [nom. pl.]= made over, consigned.
alajjitÈye lajjanti lajjitÈye na lajjare

micchÈdi——hisamÈdÈnÈ sattÈ gacchanti duggati£23162
vyfTtrk;s yTtfUr yfTtrk;s u yTtjs

fePNkfnfêòleknkuk lÙkk xPNfUr nqXxfra2ýûö2
Translation
They are ashamed of what is not shameful; not ashamed of what is shameful. Having wrong
views, living beings go to a miserable afterlife.
Vocabulary
alajjitÈye [inf. made of a (neg. pfx.)+%lajj (to feel shy)+Èye (inf. making sfx.]= what is not shameful.
lajjanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %lajj (to feel shy)]= are ashamed.
lajjitÈye: [inf. made of %lajj (to feel shy)+Èye (inf. making sfx.]= what is shameful.
lajjare [3. pl. pr. indic. med. of %lajj (to feel shy)]= are ashamed.
m icchÈdi——hisam ÈdÈnÈ: micchÈ [adv.]= in a wrong way, wrongly. di——hi [fem.]= view, belief.
michhÈ+di——hi= micchÈdi——hi [masc.]= wrong belief. samÈdÈna [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec.
pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]= taking
upon oneself, undertaking. micchÈdi——hi+samÈdÈna= micchÈdi——hisamÈdÈna [adj.]= having wrong
views. micchÈdi——hisamÈdÈnÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= having wrong views.
sattÈ: satta [masc.]= a living being. sattÈ [nom. pl.]= living beings.
gacchanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %gam (to go)]= go.
meaning ‘bad, insufficient, wrong’]+gati= duggati [fem.]= a miserable afterlife. duggati£ [acc.
sg.]= a miserable afterlife.
abhaye bhayadassino bhaye cÈbhayadassino

vHk;s Hk;nfLluks Hk;s pkHk;nfLluks

fePNkfnfêòleknkuk lÙkk xPNfUr nqXxfra2ýû÷2
Translation
And seeing fear in what is not fear and not seeing fear in what is fear, having wrong views,
living beings go to a miserable afterlife.
Vocabulary
abhaye: bhaya [ntr.]= fear. a [neg. pfx.]+bhaya= abhaya [ntr.]= no fear. abhaye [loc. sg.]= in what
is not fear.
bhayadassino: bhaya [ntr.]= fear. dassÏ [adj.]= seeing. bhaya+dassÏ= bhayadassÏ [adj.]= seeing fear.
bhayadassino [masc. nom. pl.]= seeing fear.
bhaye: bhaya [ntr.]= fear. bhaye [loc. sg.]= in what is fear.
cÈbhayadassino: ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. bhaya [ntr.]= fear. a [neg. pfx.]+bhaya= abhaya [ntr.]=
no fear. dassÏ [adj.]= seeing. abhaya+dassÏ= abhayadassÏ [adj.]= not seeing fear. abhayadassino
[masc. nom. pl.]= not seeing fear. ca+abhayadassino= cÈbhayadassino [euphonic sandhi]= and not
seeing fear.
sattÈ: satta [masc.]= living being. sattÈ [nom. pl.]= living beings.
avajje vajjamatino vajje cÈvajjadassino

voTts oTtefruks oTts pkoTtnfLluks

fePNkfnfêòleknkuk lÙkk xPNfUr nqXxfra2ýûø2
Translation
Imagining fault in what is not fault and not seeing fault in what is fault, having wrong views,
living beings go to a miserable afterlife.
Vocabulary
avajje: vajja [ntr.]= fault. a [neg. pfx.]+vajja= avajja [ntr.]= no fault. avajje [loc. sg.]= in what is not
fault.
vajjam atino: vajja [ntr.]= fault. mata [pp. of %man (to think)]= imagined, thought. mata+Ï [poss. sfx.]=
matÏ [masc.]= imagining. vajja+matÏ= vajjamatÏ [adj.]= imagining fault. vajjamatino [masc. nom.
pl.]= imagining fault.
vajje: vajja [ntr.]= fault. vajje [loc. sg.]= in what is fault.
cÈvajjadassino: ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. vajja [ntr.]= fault. a [neg. pfx.]+vajja= avajja [ntr.]=
no fault. dassÏ [adj.]= seeing. avajja+dassÏ= avajjadassÏ [adj.]= not seeing fault. avajjadassino
[masc. nom. pl.]= not seeing fault. ca+avajjadassino= cÈvajjadassino [euphonic sandhi]= and not
seeing fault.
vajja¤ ca vajjato ¤ÈtvÈ avajja¤ca avajjato
sammÈdi——hisamÈdÈnÈ sattÈ gacchanti suggati£23192
oTt×k~ p oTtrks ×kkRok voTt×p voTtrks

lEekfnfêòleknkuk lÙkk xPNfUr lqXxfra2ýûù2
Translation
But having known fault as fault and faultless as faultless, having right views, living beings go
to a good afterlife.
Vocabulary
vajja¤ ca: vajja [ntr.]= fault. vajja£ [acc. sg.]= fault. ca [encl. part. Here used in the disjunctive
sense]= but. vajja£+ca= vajja¤ ca.
vajjato: vajja [ntr.]= fault. vajja+to [sfx. normally used to make an abl. but here used to make an adv.]=
vajjato [adv.]= as a fault.
avajja¤ ca: vajja [ntr.]= fault. a [neg. pfx.]+vajja= avajja [adj.]= faultless. avajja£ [acc. sg.]=
faultless. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. avajja£+ca= avajja¤ ca.
avajjato: vajja [ntr.]= fault. a [neg. pfx.]+vajja= avajja [ntr.]= faultless, blameless. avajja+to [sfx.
normally used to make an abl. but here used to make an adv.]= avajjato [adv.]= as faultless.
sam m Èdi——hisam ÈdÈnÈ: sammÈ [adv.]= in a right way, rightly. di——hi [fem.]= view, belief.
sammÈ+di——hi= sammÈdi——hi [masc.]= right belief. samÈdÈna [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec.
upon oneself, undertaking. sammÈdi——hi+samÈdÈna= sammÈdi——hisamÈdÈna [adj.]= having right
views. sammÈdi——hisamÈdÈnÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= having right views.
suggati£ : gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= existence (after death), afterlife. su [indec. part. used
as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’)+gati= sugati [fem.]= good afterlife. dugati£ [acc.
sg.]= good afterlife. suggati£ is m.c. for sugati£.
23. NÈgavaggo ukxoXxks (The Elephant)
aha£ nÈgo va sa£gÈme cÈpÈto patita£ sara£

ativÈkya£ titikkhissa£ dussÏlo hi bahujjano23202
vga ukxks o laxkes pkikrks ifrra lja

vfrokD;a frfrfD[kLla nqLlhyks fg cgqTtuks2ýüú2
Translation
I shall endure abuse as an elephant in battle (endures) an arrow shot from the bow. Immoral
indeed are majority of the people.
Vocabulary
aha£ [nom. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]= I.
nÈgo: nÈga [masc.]= elephant. nÈgo [nom. sg.]= elephant.
sa£ gÈm e: sa£gÈma [masc.]= battle. sa£gÈme [loc. sg.]= in battle.
cÈpÈto: cÈpa [masc.]= bow. cÈpato [abl. sg.]= from the bow. cÈpÈto is m.c. for cÈpato.
patita£ : patita [adj. pp. of %pat (to fall)]= fallen, shot, released. patita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= fallen, shot,
released.
sara£ : sara [masc.]= arrow. sara£ [acc. sg.]= arrow.
ativÈk ya£ : ativÈkya [ntr. derived from ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely, beyond.’)+%vac (to speak)]= abuse,
reproach. ativÈkya£ [acc. sg.]= abuse, reproach.
titik k hissa£ [1. sg. fut. med. of %tij (to sharpen)]= (I) will endure.
dussÏlo: sÏla [ntr.]= morality. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient, wrong’]+sÏla= dussÏla [adj.
euphonic sandhi]= of bad morality, immoral. dussÏlo [masc. nom. sg.]= immoral.
bahujjano: bahu [adj.]= much, many. jana [masc.]= person, human being (usually collectively: public).
bahu+jana= bahujjana [masc. euphonic sandhi]= majority of the people.
danta£ nayanti samiti£ danta£ rÈjÈbhirÊhati

danto se——ho manussesu yo’tivÈkya£ titikkhati23212
nUra u;fUr lfefra nUra jktkfHk:gfr

nUrks lsêòks euqLlslq ;ks*frokD;a frfrD[kfr2ýüû2
Translation
(They) lead the tamed (elephant into) an assembly, the king mounts a tamed one. Best among
men is the tamed one who endures abuse.
Vocabulary
danta£ : danta [adj, pp of %dam (to control, to tame)]= tamed, controlled. danta£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
tamed, controlled.
sam iti£ : samiti [fem.]= assembly. samiti£ [acc. sg.]= assembly.
danta£ : danta [adj. pp. of %dam (to control, to tame)]= tamed, controlled. danta£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
tamed, controlled.
rÈjÈbhirÊhati: rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. rÈjÈ [nom. sg.]= king. abhirÊhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of abhi
(intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%ruh (to grow)]= ascends, mounts, climbs.
rÈjÈ+abhirÊhati= rÈjÈbhirÊhati [euphonic sandhi]= king mounts.
danto: danta [adj, pp of %dam (to control, to tame)]= tamed, controlled. danto [masc. nom. sg.]= tamed,
controlled.
yo’tivÈk ya£ : yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who. ativÈkya [ntr. derived from
ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely, beyond.’)+%vac (to speak)]= abuse, reproach. ativÈkya£ [acc. sg.]=
abuse, reproach. yo+ativÈkya£= yo’tivÈkya£.
titik k hati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. desid. of %tij (to sharpen)]= endures.
varÈ assatarÈ dantÈ ÈjÈnÏyÈ ca sindhavÈ

ku¤jarÈ ca mahÈnÈgÈ, attadantÈ tato vara£23222
ojk vLlrjk nUrk vktkuh;k p flU/ok

dq×tjk p egkukxk] vÙknUrk rrks oja2ýüü2
Translation
Excellent are tamed mules and thoroughbred Sindh horses and great elephants, but the self-tamed
is the best of all.
Vocabulary
varÈ: vara [adj.]= best. varÈ [ntr. nom. pl.]= best.
assatarÈ: assa [masc.]= horse. assa+tara [sfx. meaning ‘sort of.]= assatara [masc.]= mule. assatarÈ
[nom. pl.]= mules.
dantÈ: danta [adj, pp of %dam (to control, to tame)]= tamed, controlled. dantÈ [masc. acc. pl.]= tamed,
controlled.
ÈjÈnÏyÈ: ajÈnÏya [adj. derived from È (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%jan (to be born)]= of good race or breed
(almost exclusively used to denote a thoroughbred horse). ÈjÈnÏyÈ [nom. pl.]= thoroughbred.
sindhavÈ: sindhava [masc.]= belonging to Sindh, a Sindh horse. sindhavÈ [nom. pl.]= Sindh horses.
k u¤jarÈ: ku¤jara [masc.]= elephant. ku¤jarÈ [nom. pl.]= elephants.
m ahÈnÈgÈ: mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes mahÈ/maha. nÈga [masc.]=
elephant. mahanta+nÈga= mahÈnÈga [masc. euphonic sandhi]= a great elephant. mahÈnÈgÈ [nom.
pl.]= great elephants.
attadantÈ: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. In cpd attÈ becomes atta. danta [adj., pp. of %dam (to control, to
tame)]= tamed, controlled. attÈ+danta= attadanta [adj. euphonic sandhi]= self-tamed. attadanto
[masc. nom. sg.]= self-tamed.
tato [abl. sg. of pron. base ta (it) but used here as an indec. adv.]= thereupon, thereafter, hence, then,
but.
vara£ : vara [adj.]= best. vara£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= best.
na hi etehi yÈnehi gaccheyya agata£ disa£

yath’attanÈ sudantena danto dantena gacchati23232
u fg ,rsfg ;kusfg xPNsÕ; vxra fnla

;Fk~~*vÙkuk lqnUrsu nUrks nUrsu xPNfr2ýüý2
Translation
Surely not by these vehicles would one go to the region not gone to, as goes the tamed one who
is tamed by oneself and well-tamed.
Vocabulary
etehi [ntr. ins. pl. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= by these.
yÈnehi: yÈna [ntr.]= vehicle. yÈnehi [ins. pl.]= by vehicles.
gaccheyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %gam (to go)]= would go.
agata£ : gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. a [neg. pfx.]+gata= agata [adj.]= not gone. agata£
[fem. acc. sg.]= not gone.
disa£ : disÈ [fem.]= region, quarter, direction. disa£ [acc. sg.]= region, quarter, direction.
yath’attanÈ: yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like, just as. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attanÈ [ins. sg.]=
by oneself, on one’s own account. yathÈ+attanÈ= yath’attanÈ.
sudantena: danta [adj. pp. of %dam (to control, to tame)]= tamed. su [indec. part. used as a strengthening
pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’)+ danta= sudanta [adj.]= well-tamed. sudantena [masc. ins. sg.]=
by the well-tamed.
danto: danta [adj, pp of %dam (to control, to tame)]= tamed, controlled. danto [masc. nom. sg.]= tamed,
controlled.
dantena: danta [adj., pp. of %dam (to control, to tame)]= tamed, controlled. dantena [masc. ins. sg.]=
by tamed, by controlled.
gacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %gam (to go)]= goes.
dhanapÈlako nÈma ku¤jaro

ka—ukappabhedano dunnivÈrayo
baddho kabaÄa£ na bhu¤jati,
sumarati nÈgavanassa ku¤jaro23242
/uikydks uke dq×tjks

dVqdIiHksnuks nqfÂokj;ks
c¼ks dcGa u Hkq×tfr]
lqejfr ukxouLl dq×tjks2ýüþ2
Translation
The elephant named DhanapÈlaka, in rut, is hard to restrain. Bound, the elephant does not eat
a morsel (and) thinks of the elephant-grove.
Vocabulary
dhanapÈlak o nÈm a: dhana [ntr.]= wealth. pÈlaka [masc.]= guardian. dhana+pÈla= dhanapÈlaka
[masc.]= guardian of wealth, name of an elephant. dhanapÈlako [nom. sg.]= DhanapÈlaka. nÈma
[ntr.]= name. nÈma [acc. sg.]= name. dhanapÈlako nÈma= of the name DhanapÈlaka, named
DhanapÈlaka.
k u¤jaro: ku¤jara [masc.]= elephant. ku¤jaro [nom. sg.]= elephant.
k a—uk appabhedano: ka—uka [ntr.]= pungency, bitterness. bhedana [adj. derived from pa (indec.
strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%bhid (to break)]= breaking
up into. ka—uka+pabhedana= ka—ukappabhedana [adj.]= rutting, in rut. ka—ukappabhedano [masc.
nom. sg.]= rutting, in rut.
dunnivÈrayo: nivÈraya [adj, ger. of nivÈreti (restrains]= to be restrained. du [antithetic pfx. meaning
‘bad, insufficient, wrong’]+nivÈraya= dunnivÈraya [adj. euphonic sandhi]= hard to restrain.
dunnivÈrayo [masc. nom. sg.]= hard to restrain.
baddho: baddha [adj. pp. of %bandh (to bind)]= tied up, bound. baddho [masc. nom. sg.]= tied up,
bound. baddho [masc. nom. sg.]= tied up, bound.
k abaÄa£ : kabaÄa [masc.]= a small piece, morsel, mouthful (of food). kabaÄa£ [acc. sg.]= a morsel.
bhu¤jati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %bhuj (to eat)]= eats.
sum arati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %sar (to remember)]= remembers, thinks of.
nÈgavanassa: nÈga [masc.]= elephant. vana [ntr.]= forest. nÈga+vana= nÈgavana [ntr.]= elephant-
grove. nÈgavanassa [gen. sg.]= of elephant-grove.
middhÏ yadÈ hoti mahagghaso ca

niddÈyitÈ samparivattasÈyÏ
mahÈvarÈho va nivÈpapu——ho
punappuna£ gabbha£ upeti mando23252
fe¼h ;nk gksfr egX?klks p

fuíkf;rk lEifjoÙklk;h
egkojkgks o fuokiiqêòks
iquIiqua xCHka misfr eUnks2ýüÿ2
Translation
When one becomes sluggish and a big eater, is sleepy and rolls about in sleep, like a big boar
fed on grains, the fool comes to the womb again and again.
Vocabulary
m iddhÏ: middha [adj. pp. of %medh (to be fat)]= torpor, stupidity, sluggishness. middha+Ï [poss. sfx.]=
middhÏ [adj.]= torpid, drowsy, sluggish. middhÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= sluggish.
m ahagghaso: mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes maha/mahÈ. ghasa [adj.]=
eater, eating. mahanta+ghasa= mahagghasa [adj. euphonic sandhi]= a big eater. mahagghaso
[masc. nom. sg.]= a big eater.
niddÈyitÈ: niddÈ [fem.]= sleep. niddÈyitar [masc. derived from niddÈ]= a sleepy person. niddÈyitÈ
[masc. nom. sg.]= a sleepy person.
sam parivattasÈyÏ: samparivatta [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%vat (to turn)]= rolling about. sÈyÏ [adj. derived
from %si (to lie)]= lying, sleeping. samaprivatta+sÈyÏ= samparivattasÈyÏ [adj.]= rolling about in
sleep. samparivattasÈyÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= rolling about in sleep.
m ahÈvarÈho: mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes maha/mahÈ. varÈha
[masc.]= a boar. mahanta+varÈha= mahÈvarÈha [masc. euphonic sandhi]= a big boar. mahÈvarÈho
[masc. nom. sg.]= a big boar.
nivÈpapu——ho: nivÈpa [masc. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%vap (to throw)]= food thrown (for
feeding), fodder, bait. pu——ha [adj. pp. of %pus (to nourish)]= nourished, fed, strengthened.
nivÈpa+pu——ha= nivÈpapu——ha [adj.]= fed on grains. nivÈpapu——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= fed on grains.
gabbha£ upeti: gabbha [masc.]= womb. gabbha£ [acc. sg.]= womb. upeti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived
from upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’]+%i (to go)]= comes to, approaches, undergoes. gabbha£
upeti= comes to womb i.e. is born.
m ando: manda [adj.]= lazy, slow, indolent; mostly with reference to the intellectual faculties, therefore:
stupid, foolish, a fool. mando [masc. nom. sg.]= a fool.
ida£ pure cittamacÈri cÈrika£

yenicchaka£ yatthakÈma£ yathÈsukha£
tad ajj’aha£ niggahessÈmi yoniso
hatthippabhinna£ viya ankusaggaho23262
bna iqjs fpÙkepkfj pkfjda

;sfuPNda ;RFkdkea ;Fkklq[ak
rn~ vTt~*vga fuXxgsLlkfe ;ksfulks
gfRFkIifHkÂa fo; vadqlXxgks2ýüö2
Translation
Earlier this mind wandered wherever wishing, wherever liking, as pleasing. Now I shall restrain
it methodically, as a mahout (restrains) an elephant in rut.
Vocabulary
ida£ [ntr. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this.
pure [indec. adv.]= formerly, before, earlier.
cittam acÈri: citta [ntr.]= mind. citta£ [acc. sg.]= mind. acÈri [3. sg. aor. act. of %car (to walk)]= went,
wandered. citta£+acÈri= cittamacÈri.
cÈrik a£ : cÈrikÈ [fem. derived from %car (to walk)]= wandering, journey. cÈrika£ [acc. sg.]=
wandering, journey.
yenicchak a£ : yena [ntr. ins. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which). Here as an adv.]= wherever. icchaka [adj.
derived from %icch (to wish)]= wishing, desirous. yena+icchaka= yenicchaka [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= wherever wishing. yenicchaka£ [ntr. acc. sg. Here as an adv.]= wherever wishing.
yatthak Èm a£ : yattha [rel. adv. of place]= where. kÈma [masc.]= desire, pleasure. yattha+kÈma=
yatthakÈma [adj.]= wherever desired. yatthakÈma£ [ntr. acc. sg. Here as an adv.]= wherever
desiring.
yathÈsuk ha£ : yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like, just as. sukha [ntr.]= happiness. yathÈ+sukha=
yathÈsukha [adj.]= as happiness. yathÈsukha£ [ntr. nom. sg. Here as an adv.]= at will, as pleasure.
tad [ntr. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= that. It appears to be archaic form of ta£.
ajj’aha£ : ajja [adv.]= today, now. amha [1.pron]= I. aha£ [nom. sg.]= I. ajja+aha£= ajj’aha£.
niggahessÈm i: niggahessÈmi [1. sg. fut. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%gah (to hold)]= (I) shall
restrain.
yoniso: yoni [fem.]= womb. yoniso [abl. sg. But here as an indec. adv.]= methodically, consequently.
hatthippabhinna£ : hatthÏ [masc.]= elephant. Its cpd. form is hatthi. pabinna [adv. derived from pa
(indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%bhid (to break)]=
broken, burst open. hatthÏ+pabinna= hatthippabhinna [masc.]= elephant in rut. hatthippabhinna£
[acc. sg.]= elephant in rut.
viya [indec. part.]= as, like.
ank usaggaho: ankusa [masc.]= a hook used by a mahout. gaha [masc. derived from %gah (to hold)]=
holding. ankusa+gaha= ankusaggaha [masc. Euphonic sandhi]= mahout. ankusaggaho [nom. sg.]=
mahout.
appamÈdaratÈ hotha, sacitta£ anurakkhatha,

duggÈ uddharath’attÈna£ pa£ke sanno va ku¤jaro23272
vIieknjrk gksFk] lfpÙka vuqjD[kFk]

nqXxk m¼jFk~*vÙkkua iads lUuks o dq×tjks2ýü÷2
Translation
Be devoted to conscientiousness; protect your own mind; lift yourself up from the difficult road,
like an elephant sunk in mud.
Vocabulary
apppam ÈdaratÈ: pamÈda [masc.]= negligence. a [neg. pfx.]+pamÈda= appamÈda [masc. euphonic
sandhi]= non-negligence, conscientiousness. rata [adj., pp. of %ram (devoted to)]= devoted.
appamÈda+rata= appamÈdarata [adj.]= devoted to conscientiousness. appamÈdaratÈ [masc. nom.
pl.]= devoted to conscientiousness.
hotha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= (you) be.
sacitta£ anurak k hatha: citta [ntr.]= mind. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ used a first part of cpd. in the
sense of ‘with, possessed of, having, same, own.’]+citta= sacitta [ntr.]= one’s own mind. sacitta£
[acc. sg.]= one’s own mind. anurakkhatha [2. pl. imperat. act. of anu (pfx. meaning ‘along,
to’)+%rakkh (to protect)]= (you) protect. sacitta£ anurakkhatha= protect your own mind.
duggÈ: dugga [masc. derived from du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’]+ga (adj. sfx. derived
from %gam (to go)]= difficult road. duggÈ [abl. sg.]= from difficult road.
uddharath’attÈna£ : uddharatha [2. pl. imperat. act. of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%dhar (to hold)]= (you)
lift up. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= oneself. uddharatha+attÈna£=
uddharath’attÈna£= lift yourself up.
pa£ k e: pa£ka [masc.]= mud, mire. pa£ke [loc. sg.]= in mud.
sanno: sanna [adj. pp. of %sad (to sit)]= sunk. sanno [masc. nom. sg.]= sunk.
sace labhetha nipaka£ sahÈya£

saddhi£cara£ sÈdhuvihÈridhÏra£
abhibhuyya sabbÈni parissayÈni
careyya ten’attamano satÏmÈ23282
lps yHksFk fuida lgk;a

lf¼apja lk/qfogkfj/hja
vfHkHkqÕ; lCckfu ifjLl;kfu
pjsÕ; rsu~*vÙkeuks lrhek2ýüø2
Translation
If you find an intelligent companion, a fellow-traveller, who leads a virtuous life and is wise,
having overcome all dangers, travel with him, delighted (and) mindful.
Vocabulary
sace [conj.]= if.
labhetha [2. pl. pot. act. of %labh (to obtain, to get)]= (you) should find.
nipak a£ : nipaka [adj.]= intelligent, clever, prudent, wise. nipaka£ [masc. nom. sg.]= intelligent.
sahÈya£ : sahÈya [masc.]= companion, friend. sahÈya£ [nom. sg.]= companion.
saddhi£ cara£ : saddhi£ [adv.]= together. cara [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= the act of going
about, walking, one who walks or lives. saddhi£+cara= saddhi£cara [masc.]= fellow-traveller.
saddhi£cara£ [acc. sg.]= fellow-traveller.
sÈdhuvihÈridhÏra£ : sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. vihÈra [masc. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used
to intensify)+%har (to carry)]= a dwelling, abode. vihÈra+Ï [poss. sfx.]= vihÈrÏ [adj.]= dwelling,
living, being in such and such a state or condition. dhÏra [adj.]= wise. sÈdhu+vihÈrÏ+dhÏra=
sÈdhuvihÈridhÏra [adj.]= one who leads a virtuous life and is wise. sÈdhuvihÈridhÏra£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= one who leads a virtuous life and is wise.
abhibhuyya [ger. of abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%bhÊ (to be)]= having overcome.
sabbÈni: sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabbÈni [ntr. acc. pl.]= all.
parissayÈni: parissaya [ntr.]= danger, risk, trouble. parissayÈni [acc. pl.]= dangers, risk, troubles.
careyya [3. sg. pot. act. of %car (to walk)]= should walk.
ten’attam ano: tena [demonstr. pron. masc. ins. sg. of ta (that)]= with him. atta [adj. made of È (pfx.
meaning ‘towards’)+pp. of %dÈ (to give)]= that which has been taken up, assumed. mana [ntr.]=
mind. At the end of cpd. it becomes mana. atta+mana= attamana [adj.]= delighted. attamano
[masc. nom. sg.]= delighted. tena+attamano= ten’attamano [euphonic sandhi]= with him...
delighted.
satÏm È: sati [fem. derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindfulness. sati+mantu [poss. sfx.]=
satimantu[adj.]= mindful. satimÈ [masc. nom. sg.]= mindful. satÏmÈ is m.c. for satimÈ.
no ce labhetha nipaka£ sahÈya£

saddhi£cara£ sÈdhuvihÈridhÏra£
rÈjÈ va ra——ha£ vijita£ pahÈya
eko care mÈta×ga’ra¤¤eva nÈgo23292
uks ps yHksFk fuida lgk;a

lf¼apja lk/qfogkfj/hja
jktk o jêòa foftra igk;
,dks pjs ekrax*j××kso ukxks2ýüù2
Translation
If one does not find an intelligent companion, a fellow-traveler who leads a virtuous life and is
wise, like a king having given up a conquered kingdom, one should wander alone, like an
elephant in the elephant-grove.
Vocabulary
no [neg. and adversative indec. part na made by adding the sfx u to make it stronger]= no, not.
ce [encl.]= if.
labhetha [2. pl. pot. act. of %labh (to obtain, to get)]= (you) should find.
nipak a£ : nipaka [adj.]= intelligent, clever, prudent, wise. nipaka£ [masc. nom. sg.]= intelligent.
sahÈya£ : sahÈya [masc.]= companion, friend. sahÈya£ [nom. sg.]= companion.
saddhi£ cara£ : saddhi£ [adv.]= together. cara [adj. derived from %car (to walk)]= the act of going
about, walking, one who walks or lives, saddhi£+cara= saddhi£cara [masc.]= fellow-traveller.
saddhi£cara£ [acc. sg.]= fellow-traveller.
sÈdhuvihÈridhÏra£ : sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. vihÈra [masc. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used
to intensify)+%har (to carry)]= a dwelling, abode. vihÈra+Ï [poss. sfx.]= vihÈrÏ [adj.]= dwelling,
living, being in such and such a state or condition. dhÏra [adj.]= wise. sÈdhu+vihÈrÏ+dhÏra=
sÈdhuvihÈridhÏra [adj.]= one who leads a virtuous life and is wise. sÈdhuvihÈridhÏra£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= one who leads a virtuous life and is wise.
rÈjÈ: rÈjÈ [masc.]= king. rÈjÈ [nom. sg.]= king.
vijita£ : vijita [adj. pp. of %ji (to conquer)]= conquered. vijita£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= conquered.
pahÈya: [ger. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%hÈ (to
give up)]= having given up, having abandoned.
ek o: eka [num. Here as an adj.]= alone. eko [masc. nom. sg.]= alone.
care [3. sg. pot. act. of %car (to walk, to act, to practice)]= should wander, should practice.
m Èta×ga’ra¤¤eva: mÈta×ga [masc.]= elephant. ara¤¤a [ntr.]= forest. mÈta×ga+ara¤¤a=
mÈta×ga’ra¤¤a [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= elephant-grove. mÈta×ga’ra¤¤e [loc. sg.]= in the elephant-
grove. va [indec. part. of comparison]= like, as. mÈta×ga’ra¤¤e+va= mÈta×ga’ra¤¤eva [euphonic
sandhi]= like... in the elephant-grove.
ekassa carita£ seyyo,

n’atthi bÈle sahÈyatÈ,
eko care na ca pÈpÈni kayirÈ
appossukko mÈta×ga’ra¤¤e va nÈgo23302
,dLl pfjra lsÕ;ks]

u~*vfRFk ckys lgk;rk]
,dks pjs u p ikikfu df;jk
vIiksLlqDdks ekrÄõ*j××ks o ukxks2ýýú2
Translation
Wandering of a solitary person is better, there is no companionship in a fool. One should wander
alone, and do no evils, unconcerned, like an elephant in the elephant-grove.
Vocabulary
ek assa: eka [num. Here as an adj.]= alone, solitary. ekassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of... solitary.
carita£ : carita [adj. pp. of %car (to walk, to act). But here as a n. ntr.]= life. living, wandering. carita£
[masc. acc. sg.]= life, living.
bÈle: bÈla [adj.]= fool. bÈle [loc. sg.]= in a fool.
sahÈyatÈ: sahÈyatÈ [fem. abstract from sahÈya (companion)]= companionship. sahÈyatÈ [nom. sg.]=
companionship.
appossuk k o: appa [adj.]= hardly any, very few, very little. ussukka [ntr.]= eagerness. appa+ussukka=
appossukka [adj. euphonic sandhi]= unconcerned, not bothered, eager for little. appossukko [masc.
nom. sg.]= unconcerned, not bothered, eager for little.
m Èta×ga’ra¤¤e: mÈta×ga [masc.]= elephant. ara¤¤a [ntr.]= forest. mÈta×ga+ara¤¤a= mÈta×ga’ra¤¤a
[ntr. euphonic sandhi]= elephant-grove. mÈta×ga’ra¤¤e [loc. sg.]= in the elephant-grove.
atthamhi jÈtamhi sukhÈ sahÈyÈ

tu——hÏ sukhÈ yÈ itarÏtarena,
pu¤¤a£ sukha£ jÏvitasa£khayamhi,
sabbaso dukkhassa sukha£ pahÈna£23312
vRFkfEg tkrfEg lq[kk lgk;k

rqêòh lq[kk ;k brjhrjsu]
iq××ka lq[ka thforla[k;fEg]
lCclks nqD[kLl lq[ka igkua2ýýû2
Translation
Pleasing are companions in need arisen. Pleasing is satisfaction with this or that. Pleasing is
merit at the end of life. Pleasing is abandonment of all suffering completely.
Vocabulary
attham hi: attha [ntr.]= need. atthamhi [loc. pl.]= in need.
jÈtam hi: jÈta [adj. pp. of %jan (to be born)]= born, arisen. jÈtamhi [loc. sg.]= in arisen.
suk hÈ: sukha [adj.]= pleasant, good, pleasing. sukhÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= pleasant, good, pleasing.
sahÈyÈ: sahÈya [masc.]= companion, friend. sahÈyÈ [nom. pl.]= companions.
tu——hÏ: tu——hi [fem.]= satisfaction. tu——hi [nom. sg.]= satisfaction. tu——hÏ is the m.c. for tu——hÏ.
itarÏtarena: itara [adj.]= other. itaro [masc. nom. sg.]= other. itara+itara= itarÏtara [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= one or the other, whatsoever. itarÏtarena [masc. ins. sg. Here as an adv.]= of one kind or
another, in every way, this or that.
suk ha£ : sukha [adj.]= pleasant, good, pleasing. sukha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= pleasant, good, pleasing.
jÏvitasa£ k hayam hi: jÏvita [ntr. pp. of %jÏv (to live)]= life.khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. sa£
(adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and completeness)+khaya= sa£khaya [masc.]= loss,
destruction. jÏvita+sa£khaya= jÏvitasa£khaya [masc.]= end of life, death. jÏvitasa£khayamhi [loc.
sg.]= at the end of life.
sabbaso [adv. derived from sabba£ (n. ntr.= all.)]= altogether, thoroughly.
suk ha£ : sukha [adj.]= pleasant, good. sukha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= pleasant, good, pleasing.
pahÈna£ : pahÈna [ntr. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+%hÈ (to give up)]= rejection, abandonment. pahÈna£ [acc. sg.]= rejection,
abandonment.
sukhÈ matteyyatÈ loke atho petteyyatÈ sukhÈ,

sukhÈ sÈma¤¤atÈ loke atho brahma¤¤atÈ sukhÈ23322
lq[kk eÙksÕ;rk yksds vFkks isÙksÕ;rk lq[kk]

lq[kk lke××krk yksds vFkks c ã××krk lq[kk2ýýü2
Translation
Filial love towards one’s mother is pleasing in the world and filial love towards one’s father is
pleasing. Asceticism is pleasing in the world and piety is pleasing.
Vocabulary
m atteyyatÈ: matteyya [adj., derived from the fem. mÈtÈ (mother)]= mother-loving. matteyyatÈ [fem.
abstract from matteyya]= filial love towards one’s mother. matteyyatÈ [nom. sg.]= filial love towards
one’s mother.
atho: atho [indec. copulative & adversative part.]= and, and also, or, and then, now.
petteyyatÈ: petteyya [adj., derived from the masc. pitÈ (father)]= mother-loving. petteyyatÈ [masc.
abstract from petteyya]= filial love towards one’s father. petteyyatÈ [nom. sg.]= filial love towards
one’s father.
sÈm a¤¤atÈ: sama‡a [masc.]= an ascetic, a recluse. sÈma¤¤atÈ [fem. abstract from sama‡a]= asceticism.
sÈma¤¤atÈ [nom. sg.]= asceticism.
brahm a¤¤atÈ: brahma [adj.]= pious, holy. brahma¤¤atÈ [fem. abstract from brahma]= piety.
brahma¤¤atÈ [nom. sg.]= piety.
sukha£ yÈvajarÈ sÏla£

sukhÈ saddhÈ pati——hitÈ
sukho pa¤¤Èya pa—ilÈbho
pÈpÈna£ akara‡a£ sukha£23332
lq[ka ;kotjk lhya

lq[kk l¼k ifrfêòrk
lq[kks i××kk; ifVykHkks
ikikua vdj.ka lq[ka2ýýý2
Translation
Virtue until old age is pleasing, firm faith is pleasing, attainment of wisdom is pleasing,
avoidance of evils is pleasing.
Vocabulary
yÈvajarÈ: yÈva [rel. adv.]= as far as, as long as, until. jarÈ [fem.]= old age. jarÈ [nom. sg.]= old age.
yÈva+jarÈ= yÈvajarÈ.
sÏla£ : sÏla [ntr.]= virtue. sÏla£ [nom. sg.]= virtue.
saddhÈ: saddhÈ [fem.]= faith, trust. saddhÈ [nom. sg.]= faith, trust.
pati——hitÈ: pati——hita [adj. derived from pa—i/pati (directional pfx. meaning ‘back (to), against, towards,
opposite.’)+%—hÈ (to stand)]= firm, established. pati——hitÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= firm, established.
suk ho: sukha [adj.]= pleasant, good, pleasing. sukho [masc. nom. sg.]= pleasant, good, pleasing.
pa¤¤Èya: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. pa¤¤Èya [gen. sg.]= of wisdom.
pa—ilÈbho: pa—ilÈbha [masc. derived from pa—i [directional pfx. meaning ‘on, at’)+%labh (to obtain, to
get)]= attainment. pa—ilÈbho [nom. sg.]= attainment.
pÈpÈna£ : pÈpa [adj. but here as a ntr. n.]= evil. pÈpÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of evils.
ak ara‡a£ : kara‡a [n. ntr. derived from %kar (to do, to make)]= doing. a [neg. pfx.]+kara‡a= akara‡a
[ntr.]= not doing, avoiding, avoidance. akara‡a£ [nom. sg.]= avoidance.
24. T a‡hÈvaggo r.gkoXxks (Craving)
manujassa pamattacÈrino
ta‡hÈ vaÇÇhati mÈluvÈ viya,
so palavatÏ hurÈhura£
phala£ iccha£ va vanasmi vÈnaro23342
euqtLl ieÙkpkfjuks
r.gk oM~<fr ekyqok fo;]
lks Ikyorh gqjkgqja
iQya bPNa o oufLe okujks2ýýþ2
Translation
The craving of a person of negligent living grows like a creeper. He jumps from life to life like
a monkey desiring fruit in the forest.
Vocabulary
m anujassa: manuja [masc.]= man, person. manujassa [gen. sg.]= of man, of person.
pam attacÈrino: pamatta [adj. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+pp. of %mad (to be intoxicated)]= negligent. cÈrin [masc. derived from %car (to walk)=
living, acting. pamatta+cÈrin= pamattacÈrin [adj.]= one who is of negligent living. pamattacÈrino
[masc. gen. sg.]= of one who is of negligent living.
vaÇÇhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %vaÇÇh (to increase)]= increases, grows.
m ÈluvÈ: mÈluvÈ [fem.]= mÈluvÈ, a (long) creeper. mÈluvÈ [nom. sg.]= mÈluvÈ creeper.
.p alavatÏ: palavati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %plu (to float)]= floats, swims. palavatÏ is m.c. for palavati.
hurÈhura£ : hura£ [adv. of uncertain origin]= there (in the other world). hurÈhura£ [adv.]= existence
to existence.
phala£ : phala [ntr.]= fruit. phala£ [acc. sg.]= fruit.
iccha£ : icchanta [adj., act. ppr of %icch (to wish)]= wishing, desiring iccha£ [masc. nom. sg.]=
wishing, desiring.
vanasm i: vana [ntr.]= forest. vanasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in the forest. vanasmi is m.c. for vanasmi£.
vÈnaro: vÈnara [masc.]= a monkey. vÈnaro [nom. sg.]= a monkey.
ya£ esÈ sahatÏ jammÏ ta‡hÈ loke visattikÈ

sokÈ tassa pavaÇÇhanti abhiva——ha£ va bÏra‡a£23352
;a ,lk lgrh tEeh r.gk yksds folfÙkdk

lksdk rLl ioM~<fUr vfHkoêòa o chj.ak2ýýÿ2
Translation
Whom this wretched craving, lust, overcomes in the world, his sorrows grow like the bÏra‡a
grass rained upon.
Vocabulary
esÈ [fem. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this)]= this.
sahatÏ: sahati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. %sah (to prevail)]= overcomes. sahatÏ is m.c. for sahati.
jam m Ï: jamma [adj.]= miserable, wretched. jammÏ [fem. nom. sg.]= miserable, wretched, contemptible.
visattik È: visatta [masc. made of vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%sa¤j/saj (to hang on, cling)]= sticking or
clinging to. visattikÈ [fem. abstract formation]= craving, lust. visattikÈ [nom. sg.]= craving, lust.
sok È: soka [masc.]= grief, sorrow. sokÈ (nom. pl.]= griefs, sorrows.
pavaÇÇhanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%vaÇÇh (to increase)]= increase, grow.
abhiva——ha£ : abhiva——ha [adj. of abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+pp. of %vas (to rain)]=
rained upon, watered. abhiva——ha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= reigned upon, watered.
bÏra‡a£ : bÏra‡a [ntr.]= bÏra‡a, a fragrant grass, bÏra‡a£ [nom. sg.]= bÏra‡a grass.
yo c’eta£ sahatÏ jammi£ ta‡ha£ loke duraccaya£

sokÈ tamhÈ papatanti udabindÊ va pokkharÈ23362
;ks p~*,ra lgrh tfEea r.ga yksds nqjPp;a

lksdk rEgk iirfUr mnfcUnw o iksD[kjk2ýýö2
Translation
But whoever overcomes this wretched craving, difficult to overcome in the world, sorrows fall
down from him like a drop of water from a lotus.
Vocabulary
c’eta£ : ca [encl. part. Here used in the disjunctive sense]= but. eta£ [demonstr. pron. ntr. nom. sg. of
eta (it, this)]= it, this. ca+eta£= c’eta£.
sahatÏ: sahati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. %sah (to prevail)]= overcomes. sahatÏ is m.c. for sahati.
jam m i£ : jamma [adj.]= miserable, wretched. jammi [fem. acc. sg.]= miserable, wretched, contemptible.
ta‡ha£ : ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. ta‡ha£ [acc. sg.]= thirst, craving.
duraccaya£ : accaya [masc. derived from ati (pfx. meaning ‘over’)+%i (to go)]= overcoming,
conquering. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient, wrong. du becomes dur before
vowels]+accaya= duraccaya [adj.]= difficult to overcome. duraccaya£ [fem. acc. sg.]= difficult
to overcome.
sok È: soka [masc.]= grief, sorrow. sokÈ (nom. pl.]= griefs, sorrows.
tam hÈ [masc. abl. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= from that, him.
papatanti [3. pl. pr. indic. pr. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%pat (to fall)]= fall down.
udabindÊ: uda [ntr.]= water. bindu [masc.]= drop. uda+bindu= udabindu [masc.]= a drop of water.
udabindu [nom. sg.]= a drop of water. udabindÊ is m.c. for udabindu.
pok k harÈ: pokkhara [ntr.]= lotus. pokkhrÈ [abl. sg.]= from a lotus.
ta£ vo vadÈmi bhadda£ vo yÈvant’ettha samÈgatÈ

ta‡hÈya mÊla£ khanatha usÏrattho va bÏra‡a£
mÈ vo naÄa£ va soto va mÈro bha¤ji punappuna£23372
ra oks onkfe Hkía oks ;koUr~*,RFk lekxrk

r.gk; ewya [kuFk mlhjRFkks o chj.ka
ek oks uGa o lksrks o ekjks Hkf×t iquIiUka2ýý÷2
Translation
This I say to you, sirs, as many as are assembled here: dig out the root of craving like one
desiring an usÏra root (digs out) the bÏra‡a grass. Let not MÈra break you again and again as a
stream (breaks) a reed.
Vocabulary
ta£ [ntr. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, this, that)]= it, this, that.
vo [acc. pl. of the 2.pron. tumha (you)]= you.
vadÈm i [1. sg. pr. indic. act. of %vad (to say)]= (I) say.
bhadda£ vo: bhadda [ntr.]= luck, welfare. bhadda£ [acc. sg.]= luck, welfare. vo [dat. pl. of the 2.pron.
tumha (you)]= to you. bhaddha£ vo [as a form of address]= ‘hail to thee!,’ sirs.
yÈvant’ettha: yÈvanta [rel. pron. used here as an adj.]= as many as. ettha [adv.]= here, in this place.
yÈvanta+ettha= yÈvant’ettha.
sam ÈgatÈ: samÈgata [adj. of sa£ (pfx. meaning ‘together, completely’)+È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from, to,
towards’)+pp. of %gam (to go)]= gathered. assembled. samÈgatÈ [nom. pl.]= gathered, assembled.
ta‡hÈya: ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. ta‡hÈya [gen. sg.]= of craving.
k hanatha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %khan/kha‡ (to dig)]= (you) dig out.
usÏrattho: usÏra [masc.]= the fragrant root of Andropogon Muricatum. attha [masc.]= gain, profit,
interest. attho [nom. sg.]= gain, profit, interest. usÏra+attha [euphonic sandhi]= usÏrattha [adj.]=
desiring UsÏra root. usÏrattha [masc. nom. sg.]= desiring an usÏra root.
bÏra‡a£ : bÏra‡a [ntr.]= bÏra‡a, a fragrant grass. bÏra‡a£ [nom. sg.]= bÏra‡a grass.
vo [acc. pl. of the 2.pron. tumha (you)]= you.
naÄa£ : naÄa [masc.]= reed. naÄa£ [acc. sg.]= reed.
va [indec. part, contracted form of eva used after long vowels]= even, only, just (so), for sure, certainly.
soto: sota [ntr.]= stream. soto [nom. sg.]= stream.
bha¤ji [3. sg. aor. act. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= broke. But with mÈ it is used here to in the imperat.
mood. Thus, mÈ mÈro bha¤ji= let MÈra not break.
yathÈpi mÊle anupaddave daÄhe

chinno pi rukkho punareva rÊhati
evam pi ta‡hÈnusaye anÊhate
nibbattatÏ dukkham ida£ punappuna£23382
;Fkkfi ewys vuqiíos nG~gs

fNÂks fi #D[kks iqujso :gfr
,oe~ fi r.gkuql;s vuwgrs
fuCcÙkrh nqD[ke~ bna iquIiqua2ýýø2
Translation
Just as a tree strong and uninjured at the root grows again if cut down, even so this suffering
comes into being again and again if the dormant craving is not destroyed.
Vocabulary
yathÈpi: yathÈ [indec. adv.]= as, how, like. api/pi [indec. part.]= even, also, just so. yathÈ+pi= yathÈpi
[euphonic sandhi]= just as, just like.
m Êle: mÊla [ntr.]= root. mÊle [loc. sg.]= at the root.
anupaddave: dava [masc.]= running, course, flight. upa (pfx. meaning ‘up to, on’)+dava= upaddava
[masc.]= ‘rushing on,’ accident, misfortune. an [neg. pfx.]+upaddava= anupaddava [adj.]=
uninjured, free from danger, safe. anupaddave [ntr. loc. sg.]= at... uninjured.
daÄhe: daÄha [adj.]= strong, firm, resolute. daÄhe [ntr. loc. sg.]= at... strong.
chinno: chinna [pp. of %chid (to cut off)]= cut. chinno [masc. nom. sg.]= cut.
ruk k ho: rukkha [masc.]= tree. rukkho [nom. sg.]= tree.
punareva: puna [indec.]= again. eva [adv. emphatic part.]= so, even, just as, only.
puna+eva=punareva= just again.
rÊhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %ruh (to grow)]= grows.
evam pi: eva£ [adv.]= ‘thus, so, in this way, likewise’ either referring to what follows or what precedes.
pi [indec. encl. form of api]= even, also, just so. eva£+pi= evam pi= even so.
ta‡hÈnusaye: ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. anusaya [masc. derived from anu (pfx. meaning ‘along,
to’)+%si (to lay)]= dormant disposition. ta‡hÈ+anusaya= ta‡hÈnusaya [masc.]= dormant craving.
ta‡hÈnusaye [loc. sg.]= in dormant craving.
anÊhate: Êhata [adj. made of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+pp. of %han (to strike)]= destroyed. an [neg.
pfx.]+Êhata= anÊhata [adj. euphonic sandhi]= not destroyed. anÊhate [masc. loc. sg.]= into... not
destroyed.
nibbattatÏ: nibbattati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘back’)+%vat (to exist)]= is born, comes
in being. nibbattatÏ is m.c. for nibbattati.
duk k ham ida£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkha£ [nom. sg.]= suffering. ida£ [ntr. nom. sg. of ima
(this)]= this. dukkha£+ida£= dhukkham ida£= this suffering.
yassa chatti£satÏ sotÈ manÈpasavanÈ bhusÈ,

vÈhÈ vahanti duddi——hi£ sa£kappÈ rÈganissitÈ23392
;Ll NfÙaklrh lksrk eukilouk Hkqlk]

okgk ogfUr nqfífêòa ladIik jkxfufLlrk2ýýù2
Translation
(One) whose thirty six streams flowing towards pleasurable things are strong, the currents, the
thoughts attached to passion, carry that man of bad views away.
Vocabulary
chatti£ satÏ: chatti£sati [num.]= thirty six. chatti£sati [nom. pl.]= thirty six. chatti£satÏ is m.c. for
chatti£sati.
sotÈ: sota [ntr.]= stream, flood, torrent. sotÈ [nom. pl.= streams, floods, torrents.
m anÈpasavanÈ: manÈpa [adj.]= pleasing, pleasant, pleasurable. savana [n. ntr. derived from %su (to
flow)]= flowing. manÈpa+savana= manÈpasavana [adj.]= flowing towards the pleasurable things.
manÈpasavanÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= flowing towards the pleasurable things.
bhusÈ: bhusa [adj.]= strong. bhusÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= strong.
vÈhÈ: vÈha [adj. derived from %vah (to carry, lead, bring)]= current. vÈhÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= currents.
vahanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %vah (to carry, lead, bring)]= lead, carry.
duddi——hi£ : di——hi [fem. derived from %dis (to see)]= view, belief, dogma, theory, speculation. du
[antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient, wrong]+di——hi= duddi——hi [fem. euphonic sandhi]= wrong
view. duddi——hi£ [acc. sg.]= bad view.
sa£ k appÈ: sa£kappa [masc.]= thought. sa£kappÈ [nom. pl.]= thoughts.
rÈganissitÈ: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. nissita [adj., pp. of ni (pfx. meaning
‘down,’ ‘out,’ ‘from’)+%si (to lean on)]= attached to, hanging on. rÈga+nissita= rÈganissita
[adj.]= attached to passion. rÈganissitÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= attached to passion.
savanti sabbadhi sotÈ, latÈ ubbhijja ti——hati

ta¤ ca disvÈ lata£ jÈta£ mÊla£ pa¤¤Èya chindatha23402
lofUr lCcf/ lksrk] yrk mfCHkTt frêòfr

r×k~ p fnLok yra tkra ewya i××kk; fNUnFk2ýþú2
Translation
The streams flow everywhere, the creeper having sprung up stands. And having seen that creeper
grown, cut off its root with wisdom.
Vocabulary
savanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %su (to flow)]= flow.
sabbadhi [adv.]= in every respect, everywhere
sotÈ: sota [ntr.]= stream, flood, torrent. sotÈ [nom. pl.]= streams, floods, torrents.
latÈ: latÈ [fem.]= creeper. latÈ [nom. sg.]= creeper.
ubbhijja: ubbhijja [ger. of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%bhid (to break)]= having sprung up.
ti——hati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %—hÈ (to stand)]= stands.
ta¤ ca: ta£ [fem. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= it, that. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
ta£+ca= ta¤ ca= and that.
lata£ : latÈ [fem.]= creeper. lata£ [acc. sg.]= creeper.
jÈta£ : jÈta [adj. made from pp. of %jan (to be born)]= arisen, born, grown. jÈta£ [acc. sg.]= arisen,
born, grown.
chindatha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %chid (to cut off)]= cut off.
saritÈni sinehitÈni ca
somanassÈni bhavanti jantuno
te sÈtasitÈ sukhesino
te ve jÈtijarÊpagÈ narÈ23412
lfjrkfu flusfgrkfu p
lkseuLlkfu HkofUr tUrquks
rs lkrflrk lq[ksfluks
rs os tkfrt:ixk ujk2ýþû2
Translation
To a person flowing and covetous joys occur. Attached to pleasure and desiring happiness, those
men indeed undergo birth and old age.
Vocabulary
saritÈni: sarita [adj. pp. %sar (to flow)]= flowing, set in motion.
sinehitÈni: sinehita [adj. pp. of %snih (to desire)]= covetous, lustful, full of desire. sinehitÈni [nom. pl.]=
covetous.
som anassÈni: manassa [abstr. derived from mana (mind). It is only used in cpd.]= of a mind. su [indec.
part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’]+manassa= somanassa [ntr. euphonic
sandhi]= mental ease, happiness, joy. somanassÈni [nom. pl.]= joys.
bhavanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %bhÊ (to become)]= are, become.
jantuno: jantu [masc.]= being, person. jantuno [dat.sg.]= to a person.
sÈtasitÈ: sÈta [ntr.]= pleasure, joy. sita [adj., pp. of %si (cling to)]= attached to, clinging to.
suk hesino: sukha [ntr.]= happiness. esÏ [adj.]= wishing, desiring. sukha+esÏ= sukhesÏ [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= desiring happiness. sukhesino [masc. nom. pl.]= desiring happiness.
jÈtijarÊpagÈ: jÈti [fem.]= birth. jarÈ (fem.)= old age. jÈti+jarÈ= jÈtijarÈ [fem.]= birth and old age.
upaga [adj. derived from upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’]+%gam (to go)]= undergoing,
experiencing. jÈtijarÈ+upaga= jÈtijarÊpaga [adj. euphonic sandhi]= undergoing birth and old age.
jÈtijarÊpagÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= undergoing birth and old age.
narÈ: nara [masc.]= man. narÈ [nom. pl.]= men.
tasi‡Èya purakkhatÈ pajÈ

parisappanti saso va bÈdhito,
sa£yojanasa×gasattakÈ
dukkham upenti punappuna£ cirÈya23422
rfl.kk; iqjD[krk itk

ifjlIifUr llks o ckf/rks]
la;kstulÄ~xlÙkdk
nqD[ke~ misfUr iquIiqua fpjk;2ýþü2
Translation
People followed by craving crawl around like a snared hare. Bound by attachments they undergo
suffering again and again for a long time.
Vocabulary
tasi‡Èya: tasi‡È [fem.]= craving. tasi‡Èya [ins. sg.]= by craving.
purak k hatÈ: purakkhata [adj. derived from pure (indec. meaning ‘before, in front’)+pp. of %kar (to do,
to make)]= honoured, preferred, followed. purakkhatÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= honoured, preferred,
followed.
parisappanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%sap (to crawl)]= crawl
around.
saso: sasa [masc.]= hare. saso [nom. sg.]= hare.
bÈdhito: bÈdhita [adj. pp. of %bÈdh (to hinder)]= hindered, snared. bÈdhito [masc. nom. sg.]= hindered,
snared.
sa£ yojanasa×gasattak È: yojana [ntr. derived from %yuj (to yoke)]=the yoke of a carriage. sa£ [adj.
indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+yojana=sa£yojana [ntr.]= fetter. sa×ga
[masc.]= clinging, attachment, bond. satta [adj. pp. of %sa¤j (to be attached)]= clinging or attached
to. satta+ka [poss. sfx.]= sattaka [masc.]= attachment, bond. sa£yojana+sa×ga+sattaka=
sa£yojanasa×gasattaka [adj.]= bound by attachment. sa£yojanasa×gasattakÈ [masc. nom. pl.]=
bound by attachments.
duk k ham upenti: dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkha£ [acc. sg.]= suffering. upenti [3. pl. pr. indic. act.
derived from upa [pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’]+%i (to go)]= come to, approach, undergo.
dukkha£+upeti= dukkham upenti= undergo suffering.
cirÈya: cira [adj.]= long (time). cirÈya [dat. sg.]= for a long time.
tasi‡Èya purakkhatÈ pajÈ

parisappanti saso va bÈdhito,
tasmÈ tasi‡a£ vinodaye
bhikkhu Èka×kha virÈgam attano23432
rfl.kk; iqjD[krk itk

ifjlIifUr llks o ckf/rks]
rLek rfl.ka fouksn;s
fHkD[kq vkdÄ~[k fojkxe~ vÙkuks2ýþý2
Translation
People followed by craving crawl around like a snared hare. Therefore a monk wishing to free
himself of passion should put away craving.
Vocabulary
tasi‡Èya: tasi‡È [fem.]= craving. tasi‡Èya [ins. sg.]= by craving.
purak k hatÈ: purakkhata [adj. derived from pure (indec. meaning ‘before, in front’)+pp. of %kar (to do,
to make)]= honoured, esteemed, preferred, followed. purakkhatÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= honoured,
esteemed, preferred, followed.
parisappanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%sap (to crawl)]= crawl
around.
saso: sasa [masc.]= hare. saso [nom. sg.]= hare.
bÈdhito: bÈdhita [adj. pp. of %bÈdh (to hinder)]= hindered, snared. bÈdhito [masc. nom. sg.]= hindered,
snared.
tasi‡a£ : tasi‡È [fem.]= craving. tasi‡a£ [acc. sg.]= craving.
vinodaye [3. sg. caus. pot. act. of vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%nud (to reject)]= should put away, remove.
Èk a×k ha: Èka×kha [adj. derived from È (indec. pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%ka×kh (to desire, to
wish)]= wishing, desiring. Èka×kha£ [masc. nom. sg.]= wishing, desiring. Èka×kha is m.c. for
Èka×kha£.
virÈgam attano: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. virÈga [masc. derived from vi
(indec. pfx. meaning ‘without’)+rÈga= absence of passion. virÈga£ [acc. sg.]= absence of passion.
attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano [gen. sg.]= of oneself. virÈga£+attano= virÈgam attano= free
oneself of passion.
yo nibbanatho vanÈdhimutto
vanamutto vana£ eva dhÈvati
ta£ puggala£ eva passatha
mutto bandhana£ eva dhÈvati23442
;ks fuCcuFkks oukf/eqÙkks

oueqÙkks oua ,o /kofr
ra iqXxya ,o iLlFk
eqÙkks cU/ua ,o /kofr2ýþþ2
Translation
Whoever free from the undergrowth (i.e. desire), intent upon the forest (desire), (when) freed
from the forest runs only to the forest. Just look at that person. Freed, he runs only to the fetter.
Vocabulary
yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who, whoever.
nibbanatho: vanatha [masc.]= undergrowth, underbrush. forest. ni (pfx. meaning ‘without’)+vanatha=
nibbanatha [adj. euphonic sandhi]= free from the undergrowth. nibbanatho [masc. nom. sg.]= free
from the undergrowth.
vanÈdhim utto: vana [ntr.]= forest. mutta [adj. derived from %muc (to release)]= released. adhi [pfx.
meaning ‘towards’]+mutta= adhimutta [adj.]= intent upon. vana+adhimutta= vanÈdhimutta [adj.
euphonic sandhi]= intent upon the forest. vanÈdhimutto [masc. nom. sg.]= intent upon the forest.
vanam utto: vana [ntr.]= forest. mutta [adj. derived from %muc (to release, to free)]= released, freed.
vana+mutta= vanamutta [adj.]= freed from the forest.
dhÈvati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %dhÈv (to run)]=runs.
puggala£ : puggala [masc.]= person. puggala£ [acc. sg.]= person.
passatha [2. pl. imperat. act. of %dis (to see)]= (you) see, look at.
bandhana£ : bandhana [n. ntr. derived from %bandh (to bind)]= fetter, bond. bandhana£ [acc. sg.]=
fetter, bond.
dhÈvati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %dhÈv (o run)]=runs.
na ta£ daÄha£ bandhana£ Èhu dhÏrÈ

yadÈyasa£ dÈruja£ babbaja¤ ca
sÈrattarattÈ ma‡iku‡Çalesu
puttesu dÈresu ca yÈ apekkhÈ23452
u ra nG~ga cU/ua vkgq /hjk

;nk;la nk#ta cCct×k~ p
lkjÙkjÙkk ef.kdq.Myslq
iqÙkslq nkjslq p ;k visD[kk2ýþÿ2
Translation
That fetter is not strong, say the wise, which is made of iron, wood, or grass. Strong infatuation
with earrings of gems, whatever desire there is for sons and wives,
Vocabulary
daÄha£ : daÄha [adj.]= resolute, strong. daÄha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= resolute, strong.
fetter, bond.
Èhu [3. pl. perf. act. of %ah (to say) in meaning of pr. and preterite]= say, said.
yadÈyasa£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who. It appears to be archaic form of
ya£. Èyasa [adj. derived from the ntr. n. aya/ayo (iron)= made of iron. Èyasa£ [ntr. nom. sg.]=
made of iron. yad+Èyasa£= yadÈyasa£= which is made of iron.
dÈruja£ : dÈru [ntr.]= wood. dÈru+ja [sfx. meaning ‘born, proceeding’ derived from %jan (to produce,
give birth)= dÈruja [adj.]= made of wood. dÈruja£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= made of wood.
babbaja¤ ca: babbaja [masc.]= a sort of coarse grass or reed used to made slippers. babbaja [adj.]=
made of babbaja grass. babbaja£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= made of babbaja grass. ca [indef. encl. part.]=
and. babbaja£+ca= babbaja¤ ca= and made of babbaja grass.
sÈrattarattÈ: sÈratta/sa£ratta [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %raj (to colour)]=impassioned, enamoured, passionately devoted. ratta [adj.
pp. of %raj (to colour)]= dyed, coloured; (fig.) excited, infatuated. sÈratta+ratta= sÈrattarattÈ
[fem.]= strong infatuation. sÈrattarattÈ [nom. sg.]= strong infatuation.
m a‡ik u‡Çalesu: ma‡i [masc.]= gem. ku‡Çala [masc.]= earring. ma‡i+ku‡Çala= ma‡iku‡Çala
[masc.]= earring of gems. ma‡iku‡Çalesu [loc. pl.]= in earrings of gems.
puttesu: putta [masc.]= son. puttesu [loc. pl.]= in sons.
dÈresu: dÈra (fem.]= wife. dÈresu [loc. pl.]= in wives.
apek k hÈ: apekkhÈ [fem. derived from apa (pfx. meaning ‘on’)+%Ïkh (to look)]= attention, regard, desire.
apekkhÈ [nom. sg.]= desire.
eta£ daÄha£ bandhanam Èhu dhÏrÈ

ohÈrina£ sithila£ duppamu¤ca£
eta£ pi chetvÈna paribbajanti
anapekkhino kÈmasukha£ pahÈya23462
,ra nG~ga cU/ue~ vkgq /hjk

vksgkfjua flfFkya nqIieq×pa
,ra fi NsRoku ifjCctfUr
vuisfD[kuks dkelq[ka igk;2ýþö2
Translation
This fetter is strong, say the wise. Even this drags down the inattentive, is difficult to be released
from. Having cut off this fetter, those without desire wander about, having abandoned sensual
pleasure.
Vocabulary
daÄha£ : daÄha [adj.]= resolute, strong. daÄha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= resolute, strong.
bandhanam Èhu: bandhana [ntr. derived from %bandh (to bind)]= fetter, bond. bandhana£ [acc. sg.]=
fetter, bond. Èhu [3. pl. perf. act. of %ah (to say) in meaning of pr. and preterite]= say, said.
bandhana£+Èhu= bandhanam Èhu.
ohÈrina£ : ohÈrÏ [adj. derived from ava (pfx. meaning ‘down, away from, out, over’ and o is its older
form)+%har (to carry)]= dragging down, weighty, heavy. ohÈrina£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= dragging
down, weighty, heavy.
sithila£ : sithila [adj.]= inattentive. sithila£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= inattentive.
duppam u¤ca£ : duppamu¤ca [adj. derived from du (antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient,
difficult’)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%muc (to release)]= difficult to be released from.
duppamu¤ca£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= difficult to be released from.
eta£ pi: eta£ [ntr. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= it, this. pi [indec. encl. form of api]=
even, also, just so. eta£+pi= even this.
paribbajanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%vaj (to go)]= wander
about.
anapek k hino: anapekkhÏ [adj. derived from a (neg. pfx.)+apa (pfx. meaning ‘on’)+%Ïkh (to look)]=
without desire. anapekkhino [sg. masc. nom.]= without desire.
k Èm asuk ha£ : kÈma [masc.]= desire, pleasure. sukha [ntr.]= happiness. kÈma+sukha= kÈmasukha
[ntr.]= sensual pleasure. kÈmasukha£ [acc. sg.]= sensual pleasure.
pahÈya [ger. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%hÈ (to
give up)]= having given up, having abandoned.
ye rÈgarattÈnupatanti sota£
saya£kata£ makka—ako va jÈla£
eta£ pi chetvÈna vajanti dhÏrÈ
anapekkhino sabbadukha£ pahÈya23472
;s jkxjÙkkuqirfUr lksra
l;adra eDdVdks o tkya
,ra fi NsRoku otfUr /hjk
vuisfD[kuks lCcnq[ka igk;2ýþ÷2
Translation
Those who are excited by passion fall into the stream like a spider the web he has made himself.
Having cut even this the wise wander without desire, having abandoned all suffering.
Vocabulary
rÈgarattÈnupatanti: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. ratta [adj. pp. of %raj (to
colour)]= dyed, coloured; (fig.) excited, infatuated. rÈga+ratta= rÈgaratta [adj.]= excited by
passion. rÈgarattÈ [masc. nom. pl.]= excited by passion. anupatanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of
anu+%pat (to fall down)]= fall into. rÈgarattÈ+anupatanti= rÈgarattÈnupatanti [euphonic sandhi]=
excited by passion... fall into.
sota£ : sota [ntr.]= stream, flood, torrent. sota£ [acc. sg.]= stream, flood, torrent.
saya£ k ata£ : saya£ [adv.]= self, by oneself. kata [adj, pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done, created.
saya£+kata= saya£kata [adj.] created by itself, spontaneous. saya£kata£ [masc. acc. sg.]= created
by itself, spontaneous.
m ak k a—ak o: makka—aka [masc.]= spider. makka—ako [nom. sg.]= spider.
jÈla£ : jÈla [ntr.]= net, snare, web. jÈla£ [acc. sg.]= snare, net, web.
eta£ pi: eta£ [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (this, that)]= it, this. pi [indec. encl. form of api]=
even, also, just so. eta£ pi= even this.
vajanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %vaj (to go, to wander)]= go, wander, proceed.
anapek k hino: anapekkhÏ [adj. derived from a (neg. pfx.)+apa (pfx. meaning ‘on’)+%Ïkh (to look)]=
without desire. anapekkhino [masc. nom. sg.]= without desire.
sabbaduk ha£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. sabba+dukkha= sabbadukkha [ntr.]=
all suffering. sabbadukkha£ [acc. sg.]= all suffering. sabbadukha£ is m.c. for sabbadukkha£.
pahÈya: [ger. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%hÈ
(to give up)]= having given up, having abandoned.
mu¤ca pure mu¤ca pacchato

majjhe mu¤ca bhavassa pÈragÊ,
sabbattha vimuttamÈnaso
na puna£ jÈtijara£ upehisi23482
eq×p iqjs eq×p iPNrks

eT>s eq×p HkoLl ikjxw]
lCcRFk foeqÙkekulks
u iqua tkfrtja misfgfl2ýþø2
Translation
Give up before, give up after, give up in the middle. Having gone to the other side, with mind
freed in every way you will not again reach birth and old age.
Vocabulary
m u¤ca [2. sg. imperat. act. of %muc (to release, to free)]=(you) let go, abandon, give up.
pacchato [adv. abl. formation from pacchÈ (adv.)]= behind, after.
m ajjhe: majjha [adj.]= middle. majjhe [loc. sg.]= in the middle.
bhavassa: bhava [masc. derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= becoming, existence. bhavassa [gen. sg.]=
becoming, existence.
pÈragÊ: pÈra [ntr. Here as an adv.]= the other side, across. gÊ [sfx. derived from %gam (to go)]=going,
having gone, being skilled in. pÈra+gÊ= pÈragÊ [masc.]= having gone to the other side, gone
across. paragÊ [nom. sg.]= having gone to the other side, gone across.
vim uttam Ènaso: vimutta [adj. pp. of vi ([indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%muc (to release)]= released,
freed. mÈnasa [ntr. a secondary formation from mana=mano]= intention, purpose, mind (as active
force), mental action. vimutta+mÈnasa= vimuttamÈnasa [adj.]= with a freed mind. vimuttamÈnaso
[masc. nom. sg.]= with a freed mind.
puna£ [indec. adv.]= again.
jÈtijara£ : jÈti [fem.]= birth. jarÈ (fem.)= old age. jÈti+jarÈ= jÈtijarÈ [fem.]= birth and old age.
jÈtijara£ [acc. sg.]= birth and old age.
upehisi [2. sg. fut. act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near.’)+%i (to go)]= (you) will approach, will
reach.
vitakkapamathitassa jantuno
tibbarÈgassa subhÈnupassino
bhiyyo ta‡hÈ pavaÇÇhati,
esa kho daÄha£ karoti bandhana£23492
forDdiefFkrLl tUrquks
frCcjkxLl lqHkkuqifLluks
fHkÕ;ks r.gk ioM~<fr]
,l [kks nG~ga djksfr cU/ua2ýþù2
Translation
Of a person with confused thoughts, of sharp passion, contemplating pleasant things, craving
increases further. This (person) really makes his fetter stronger.
Vocabulary
vitak k apam athitassa: vitakka [masc.]= thought, thinking. pamathita [adj. derived from pa (indec.
strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+ pp. of %math (to churn,
shake)]= churned, shaken, disturbed. vitakka+pamathita= vitakkapamathita [adj.]= with confused
thoughts. vitakkapamathitassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of (one) with confused thoughts.
tibbarÈgassa: tibba [adj.]= sharp, keen, eager. rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion.
tibba+rÈga= tibbarÈga [adj.]= of sharp passion. tibbarÈgassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of (one) of sharp
passion.
subhÈnupassino: subha [adj.]= pleasant. anupassÏ [adj. of anu [indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to,
combined with’]+%pass (to see)]= contemplating. subha+anupassÏ= subhÈnupassÏ [adj.]=
contemplating pleasant (things). subhÈnupassino [masc. gen. sg.]= of contemplating pleasant (things).
bhiyyo [adv. comp. form derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= in a higher degree, more, repeatedly, further.
pavaÇÇhati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%vaÇÇh (to increase)]= increases,
grows.
esa [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron eta (this.)]= this.
daÄha£ : daÄha [adj.]= resolute, strong. daÄha£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= resolute, strong.
fetter, bond.
vitakkÊpasame ca yo rato
asubha£ bhÈvayatÏ sadÈ sato
esa kho vyantikÈhiti
esa-cchecchati mÈrabandhana£23502
forDdwiles p ;ks jrks

vlqHka Hkko;fr lnk lrks
,l [kks O;fUrdkfgfr
,l&PNsPNfr ekjcU/ua2ýÿú2
Translation
But whoever delighting in calming of thoughts, develops the unpleasant, is always mindful, he
surely will put an end, he will cut off MÈra’s fetter.
Vocabulary
vitak k Êpasam e: vitakka [masc.]= thought, thinking. upasama [masc. derived from upa (pfx. meaning
‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased)]= tranquility, appeasement. vitakka+upasama=
vitakkÊpasama [adj.]= calming of thoughts. vitakkÊpasame [loc. sg.]= in calming of thoughts.
yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who)]= which, who. whoever.
rato: rata [adj. pp. of %ram (to delight in)]= delighting in. rato [masc. nom. sg.]= delighting in.
asubha£ : subha [adj.]= pleasant. a [neg. pfx.]+subha= asubha [adj.]= unpleasant. asubha£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= unpleasant.
bhÈvayatÏ [3. sg. pr. med. caus. of %bhÊ (to be)]=cultivates, develops. bhÈvayatÏ is m.c. for bhÈvayati.
sato: sata [adj. pp. of %sar (to remember)]= remembering, mindful, conscious. sato [masc. nom. sg.]=
remembering, mindful, conscious.
esa [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron eta (this.)]= this.
vyantik Èhiti: anta [ntr.]= end. vi [indec. pfx. meaning ‘away, separation’]+anta= vyanta [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= ended, removed, finished. kÈhiti [3. sg. fut. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= will do, will
make. vyanta+kÈhiti= vyantikÈhiti= will make an end.
esa-cchecchati: esa [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron eta (this.)]= this. checchati [3. sg. fut. act. of
%ched (to cut)]= will cut off. esa+checchati= esa-cchecchati.
m Èrabandhana£ : mÈra [masc.]= MÈra, the Evil One. bandhana [n. ntr. derived from %bandh (to
bind)]= fetter, bond. mÈra+bandhana= mÈrabandhana [ntr.]= MÈra’s bond. mÈrabandhana£ [acc.
sg.]= MÈra’s bond.
ni——ha×gato asantÈsÏ vÏtata‡ho ana×ga‡o

acchidda bhavasallÈni antimo’ya£ samussayo23512
fuêòÄõrks vlUrklh ohrr.gks vuÄõ.kks

vfPNí HkolYykfu vfUreks*;a leqLl;ks2ýÿû2
Translation
Reached perfection, without fear, without craving, without blemish, he has cut off the arrows
of existence. This is his last body.
Vocabulary
ni——ha×gato: ni——hÈ [fem.]= end, conclusion, perfection. ni——ha£ [acc. sg. It is also cpd. form]= end,
conclusion, perfection. gata [adj., pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. ni——ha£+gata= ni——ha×gata
[euphonic sandhi]= gone to an end; fig. reached perfection. ni——ha×gato [masc. nom. sg.]= reached
perfection.
asantÈsÏ: tÈsa [masc.]= terror, trembling, fear. sa£ [adj. indec.pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness]+tasa= santÈsa [masc. euphonic sandhi]= trembling, fear, shock. santÈsa+Ï [poss.
sfx.]= santÈsÏ [adj.]= trembling, frightened, fearful. a [neg. pfx.]+santÈsÏ= asantÈsÏ [adj.]=
fearless, without fear. asantÈsÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= fearless, without fear.
vÏtata‡ho: vÏta [adj. pp. derived from vi (indec.pfx. used to intensify)+%i (to go)]= gone. ta‡hÈ [fem.]=
thirst, craving. vÏta+ta‡hÈ= vÏtata‡hÈ [adj.]= without craving. vÏtata‡ho [masc. nom. sg.]= without
craving.
ana×ga‡o: a×ga‡a [masc. probably a variant of a¤jana (ointment)]= a speck or freckle (on face). an [neg.
pfx.]+a×ga‡a= ana×ga‡a [adj.]= free from blemish, without blemish. ana×ga‡o [masc. nom. sg.]=
without blemish.
acchidda [3. sg. aor. act. of %chid (to cut]= has cut off.
bhavasallÈni: bhava [masc. derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= existence, becoming. salla [ntr.]= arrow.
bhava+salla= bhavasalla [ntr.]= arrow of existence. bhavasallÈni [acc. pl.]= arrows of existence.
antim o’ya£ : antima [adj.]= last, final. aya£ [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this.
antimo+aya£= antimo’ya£.
sam ussayo: ussaya [masc.]= accumulation. sa£ [adj. indec.pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness]+ussaya= samussaya [masc.]= complex form, the body. samussayo [nom. sg.]=
complex form, the body.
vÏtata‡ho anÈdÈno niruttipadakovido

akkharÈna£ sannipÈta£ ja¤¤È pubbÈparÈni ca
sa ve antimasÈrÏro mahÈpa¤¤o mahÈpuriso ti vuccati23522
ohrr.gks vuknkuks fu#fÙkindksfonks

vD[kjkua lfÂikra t××kk iqCckijkfu p
l os vfUrelkjhjks egki××kks egkiqfjlks fr oqPpfr2ýÿü2
Translation
Without craving, without attachment, skilled in the original language of the scriptures, would
know the collocation of the texts in the right sequence, he indeed is called ša great person,›
having great wisdom, living last life.
Vocabulary
vÏtata‡ho: vÏta [adj. pp. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%i (to go)]= gone. ta‡hÈ [fem.]=
thirst, craving. vÏta+ta‡hÈ= vÏtata‡hÈ [adj.]= without craving. vÏtata‡ho [masc. nom. sg.]= without
craving.
anÈdÈno: ÈdÈna [ntr. derived from È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]=
attachment. an [neg. pfx.]+ÈdÈna= anÈdÈna [adj.]= without attachment. anÈdÈno [masc. nom.
sg.]= without attachment.
niruttipadak ovido: nirutti [fem. derived from nis (base pfx denoting the finishing, completion, or
vanishing of an action)+%vac (to speak)]= explanation of words, grammatical analysis, etymological
interpretation. pada [masc.]= word, saying. kovida [adj. derived from ku [adv. meaning ‘how’]+%vid
(to know)]= one who is in possession of right wisdom. nirutti+pada+kovida= niruttipadakovida
[adj.]= skilled in the original language of the scriptures. niruttipadakovido [masc. nom. sg.]= skilled
in the original language of the scriptures.
ak k harÈna£ : akkhara [ntr.]= sound, tone, word. akkharÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of sounds, tones, words, texts.
sannipÈta£ : sannipÈta [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec.pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%pat (to fall down]= collocation. sannipÈta£ [acc. sg.]=
collocation.
ja¤¤È [3. sg. pot. act. of %¤È (to know)]= would know.
pubbÈparÈni: pubba [adj.]= previous, former, before. apara [adj.]= another, following, next.
pubba+apara= pubbÈpara [adj. euphonic sandhi]= what precedes and what follows, what comes
first and what last. pubbÈparÈni [ntr. acc. pl.]= what come first and what last.
antim asÈrÏro: antima [adj.]= last, final. sarÏra [ntr.]= body. antima+sarÏra= antimasarÏra [adj.]= last
body, last life. antimasarÏro [masc. nom. sg.]= last body, last life. antimasÈrÏro is m.c. for
antimasarÏro.
m ahÈpa¤¤o: mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes maha/mahÈ. pa¤¤È [fem.]=
wisdom. mahanta+pa¤¤È= mahÈpa¤¤È [adj. euphonic sandhi]= great wisdom. mahÈpa¤¤o [masc.
nom. sg.]= having great wisdom.
m ahÈpuriso: mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes maha/mahÈ. purisa
[masc.]= person. mahanta+purisa= mahÈpurisa [masc. euphonic sandhi]= a great person.
mahÈpuriso [masc. nom. sg.]= a great person.
sabbÈbhibhÊ sabbavidÊ’ham asmi

sabbesu dhammesu anÊpalitto
sabba¤jaho ta‡hakkhaye vimutto
saya£ abhi¤¤Èya ka£ uddiseyya£23532
lCckfHkHkw lCcfonw*ge~ vfLe

lCcslq /Eeslq vuwifyÙkks
lCc×tgks r.gD[k;s foeqÙkks
l;a vfHk××kk; da mfílsÕ;a2ýÿý2
Translation
I have conquered all, I know all, I am unstained by all phenomena. Abandoning everything, freed
through destruction of craving, having fully understood myself, to whom should I point out (as
a teacher)?
Vocabulary
sabbÈbhibhÊ: sabba [adj.]= all, every. abhibhÊ [adj. derived from abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over,
fully’)+%bhÊ (to be)]= overcoming, conquering. sabba+abhibhÊ= sabbÈbhibhÊ [adj.]= overcoming
all, conquering all. sabbÈbhibhÊ [masc. nom. sg.]= overcoming all, conquering all.
sabbavidÊ’ham asm i: sabba [adj.]= all, every. vidÊ [adj. derived from %vid (to know)]= knowing.
sabba+vidÊ= sabbavidÊ [adj.]= all-knowing. sabbavidÊ [masc. nom. sg.]= all-knowing. aha£
[nom. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]= I. asmi [1. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= am.
sabbavidÊ+aha£+asmi= sabbavidÊ’ham asmi [euphonic sandhi]= I am all-knowing.
sabbesu: sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabbesu [masc. loc. pl.]= on all.
dham m esu: dhamma [masc.]= phenomenon. The word dhamma has many meanings and here it is used
in the sense of ‘phenomenon.’ dhammesu [loc. pl.]= phenomena.
anÊpalitto: upalitta [adj. derived from upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+%lip (to smear)]= smeared,
tainted. an [neg. pfx.]+upalitta= anupalitta [adj.]= not smeared, untainted. anupalitto [masc. nom.
sg.]= not smeared, untainted. anÊpalitto is m.c. for anupalitto.
sabba¤jaho: sabba£ [ntr.]= all, every. jaha [adj. derived from %hÈ (to reject)]= rejecting, abandoning.
sabba+jaha= sabba+jaha= sabba¤jaha [adj. euphonic sandhi]= abandoning everything.
sabba¤jaho [masc. nom. sg.]= abandoning everything.
ta‡hak k haye: ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. ta‡hÈ+khaya=
ta‡hakkhaya [adj.]= destruction of craving. ta‡hakkhaye [loc. sg.]= through the destruction of
craving.
vim utto: vimutta [adj. pp. of vi ([indec.pfx. used to intensify)+%muc (to release)]= released, freed.
vimutto [masc. nom. sg.]= released, freed.
saya£ [adv.]= self, by oneself.
abhi¤¤Èya [ger. of abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%¤a (to know)]= having fully
understood.
k a£ uddiseyya£ : ka£ [masc. acc. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which)]= whom, which. uddiseyya£
[1. sg. pot. act. of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%dis (to see)]= (I) should point out. ka£ uddiseyya£=
whom should I point?
sabbadÈna£ dhammadÈna£ jinÈti,

sabba£ rasa£ dhammaraso jinÈti,
sabba£ rati£ dhammaratÏ jinÈti,
ta‡hakkhayo sabbadukkha£ jinÈti23542
lCcnkua /Eenkua ftukfr]

lCca jla /Eejlks ftukfr]
lCca jfRak /Eejrh ftukfr]
r.gD[k;ks lCcnqD[ka ftukfr2ýÿþ2
Translation
The gift of Dhamma surpasses all gifts. The taste of Dhamma surpasses all tastes. The joy of the
Dhamma surpasses all joys. The destruction of craving conquers all suffering.
Vocabulary
sabbadÈna£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. dÈna [ntr.]= giving (charity). sabba+dÈna= sabbadÈna [ntr.]=
all gifts. sabbadÈno [acc. sg.]= all gifts.
dham m adÈna£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dÈna [ntr.]= giving (charity).
dhamma+dÈna= dhammadÈna [ntr.]= gift of the Dhamma. dhammadÈna£ [nom. sg.]= gift of the
Dhamma.
jinÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. %jÏ (to conquer)]= conquers, surpasses.
sabba£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabba£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= all.
rasa£ : rasa [masc.]= nectar. rasa£ [acc. sg.]= nectar.
dham m araso: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. rasa [masc.]= juice, taste.
dhamma+rasa= dhammarasa [ntr.]= taste of the Dhamma. dhammaraso [nom. sg.]= taste of the
Dhamma.
sabba£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabba£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= all.
rati£ : rati [fem.]= pleasure, attachment, love. rati£ [acc. sg.]= pleasure, attachment, love.
dham m aratÏ: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. rati [fem.]= pleasure, attachment,
love. dhamma+rati= dhammarati [fem.]= joy of the Dhamma. dhammarati [nom. sg.]= joy of the
Dhamma. dhammaratÏ is m.c. for dhammarati.
ta‡hak k hayo: ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. ta‡hÈ+khaya=
ta‡hakkhaya [adj.]= destruction of craving. ta‡hakkhayo [nom. sg.]= destruction of craving.
sabbaduk k ha£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. sabba+dukkha= sabbadukkha
[ntr.]= all suffering. sabbadukkha£ [acc. sg.]= all suffering.
hananti bhogÈ dummedha£ no ve pÈragavesino

bhogata‡hÈya dummedho hanti a¤¤e va attana£23552
gufUr Hkksxk nqEes/a uks os ikjxosfluks

Hkksxr.gk; nqEes/ks gfUr v××ks o vÙkuaa2ýÿÿ2
Translation
Possessions hurt the ignoramus, but not those who are seeking the other side. With craving for
wealth the ignoramus hurts himself just as the others.
Vocabulary
hananti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %han/ghan (to smite)]= strike, kill.
bhogÈ: bhoga [masc.]= wealth, possession. bhogÈ [nom. pl.]= possessions.
dum m edha£ : medha [ntr. only in cpds. like dummedha]= wisdom. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad,
insufficient’)+medha= dummedha [adj.]= ignoramus. dummedha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= ignoramus.
no [neg. and adversative indec. part na made by adding the sfx u to make it stronger]= no, not.
pÈragavesino: pÈra [ntr. Here as an adv.]= the other side, across. gavesÏ [adj.]= seeking, looking for.
pÈra+gavesÏ= pÈragavesÏ [adj.]=one seeking the other side. pÈragavesino [masc. acc. pl.]= those
seeking the other side.
bhogata‡hÈya: bhoga [masc.]= wealth, possession. ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. bhoga+taÌnÈ=
bhogata‡hÈ [fem.]= craving for wealth. bhogata‡hÈya [ins. sg.]= with craving for wealth.
dum m edho: medha [ntr. only in cpds. like dummedha]= wisdom. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad,
insufficient’)+medha= dummedha [adj.]= ignoramus. dummedho [masc. nom. sg.]= ignoramus.
a¤¤e: a¤¤a [adj.]= other. a¤¤e [masc. acc. pl.]= others.
attana£ : attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= self, oneself. attana£ is m.c. for attÈna£.
ti‡adosÈni khettÈni, rÈgadosÈ aya£ pajÈ,

tasmÈ hi vÏtarÈgesu dinna£ hoti mahapphala£23562
fr.knkslkfu [ksÙkkfu] jkxnkslk v;a itk]

rLek fg ohrjkxslq fnUua gksfr egIiQya2ýÿö2
Translation
Fields are ruined by weeds. This humankind is ruined by passion. Therefore, (something)
bestowed on those devoid of passions indeed brings abundant fruit.
Vocabulary
ti‡adosÈni: ti‡a [ntr.]= grass, weed. dosa [masc.]= fault, corruption. ti‡a+dosa= ti‡adosa [adj.]=
ruined by weeds. ti‡adosÈni [ntr. nom. pl.]= ruined by weeds.
k hettÈni: khetta [ntr.]= field. khettÈni [nom. pl.]= fields.
rÈgadosÈ: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. dosa [masc.]= fault, corruption.
rÈga+dosa= rÈgadosa [adj.]= ruined by passion. rÈgadosÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= ruined by passion.
aya£ [fem. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this.
vÏtarÈgesu: vÏta [adj. pp. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%i (to go)]= gone. rÈga [masc.
derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. vÏta+rÈga= vÏtarÈga [adj.]= devoid of passion. vÏtarÈgesu
[masc. loc. pl.]= to those devoid of passions.
dinna£ : dinna [adj. pp. of %dÈ (to give)]= given. dinna£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= given, bestowed.
m ahapphala£ : mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes maha/mahÈ. phala
[ntr.]= fruit. mahanta+phala= mahapphala [adj. euphonic sandhi]= bearing abundant fruit.
mahapphala£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= bearing abundant fruit.
ti‡adosÈni khettÈni, dosadosÈ aya£ pajÈ,

tasmÈ hi vÏtadosesu dinna£ hoti mahapphala£23572
fr.knkslkfu [ksÙkkfu] nkslnkslk v;a itk]

rLek fg ohrnkslslq fnÂa gksfr egIiQya2ýÿ÷2
Translation
Fields are ruined by weeds. This humankind is ruined by hatred. Therefore, (something)
bestowed on those devoid of hatred indeed bears abundant fruit.
Vocabulary
dosadosÈ: dosa [masc.]= corruption, blemish, fault, defect. dosa [masc.]= anger, ill-will, wickedness,
malice, hatred. dosa+dosa= dosadosa [adj.]= ruined by hatred. dosadosÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= ruined
by hatred.
vÏtadosesu:vÏta [adj. pp. derived from vi (indec.pfx. used to intensify)+%i (to go)]= gone. dosa [masc.]=
anger, ill-will, wickedness, malice, hatred. vÏta+dosa= vÏtadosa [adj.]= devoid of hatred. vÏtadosesu
[masc. loc. pl.]= on those devoid of hatred.
[ntr.]= fruit. mahanta+phala= mahapphala [adj. euphonic sandhi]= bearing abundant fruit.
mahapphala£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= bearing abundant fruit.
ti‡adosÈni khettÈni, mohadosÈ aya£ pajÈ,

tasmÈ hi vÏtamohesu dinna£ hoti mahapphala£23582
fr.knkslkfu [ksÙkkfu] eksgnkslk v;a itk]

rLek fg ohreksgslq fnÂa gksfr egIiQya2ýÿø2
Translation
Fields are ruined by weeds. This humankind is ruined by delusion. Therefore, (something)
bestowed on those devoid of delusion indeed becomes abundant fruit.
Vocabulary
m ohadosÈ: moha [masc. derived from %muh (to be stupefied)]= stupidity, dullness of mind and soul,
delusion. dosa [masc.]= anger, ill-will, wickedness, malice, hatred. moha+dosa= mohadosa [adj.]=
ruined by delusion. mohadosÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= ruined by delusion.
vÏtam ohesu: vÏta [adj. pp. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used to intensify)+%i (to go)]= gone. moha [masc.
derived from %muh (to be stupefied)]= stupidity, dullness of mind and soul, delusion. vÏta+moha=
vÏtamoha [adj.]= devoid of delusion. vÏtamohesu [masc. loc. pl.]= on those devoid of delusion.
[ntr.]= fruit. mahanta+phala= mahapphala [adj. euphonic sandhi]= abundant fruit. mahapphala£
[ntr. nom. sg.]= abundant fruit.
ti‡adosÈni khettÈni, icchÈdosÈ aya£ pajÈ,

tasmÈ hi vigaticchesu dinna£ hoti mahapphala£23592
fr.knkslkfu [ksÙkkfu] bPNknkslk v;a itk]

rLek fg foxfrPNslq fnÂa gksfr egIiQya2ýÿù2
Translation
Fields are ruined by weeds. This humankind is ruined by desire. Therefore, (something)
bestowed on those devoid of desire indeed becomes abundant fruit.
Vocabulary
icchÈdosÈ: icchÈ [fem. derived from %icch (to want)]= desire. dosa [masc.]= anger, ill-will, wickedness,
malice, hatred. icchÈ+dosa= icchÈdosa [adj.]= ruined by desire. icchÈdosÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= ruined
by desire.
vigaticchesu:vigata [adj. derived from vi (indec. pfx. meaning ‘away’)+%gam (to go)]= gone. icchÈ [fem.
derived from %icch (to want)]= desire. vigata+icchÈ= vigaticchÈ [adj. euphonic sandhi]= devoid
of desire. vigaticchesu [masc. loc. pl.]= on those devoid of desire.
[ntr.]= fruit. mahanta+phala= mahapphala [adj. euphonic sandhi]= abundant fruit. mahapphala£
[ntr. nom. sg.]= abundant fruit.
25. Bhik k huvaggofHkD[kqoXxks (The Monk)
cakkhunÈ sa£varo sÈdhu, sÈdhu sotena sa£varo,

ghÈ‡ena sa£varo sÈdhu, sÈdhu jivhÈya sa£varo23602
pD[kquk laojks lk/q] lk/q lksrsu laojks]

?kk.ksu laojks lk/q] lk/q ftOgk; laojks2ýöú2
Translation
Restraint with the eye is good; restraint with the ear is good; restraint with the nose is good,
restraint with the tongue is good.
Vocabulary
cak k hunÈ: cakkhu [ntr.]= eye. cakkhunÈ [ins. sg.]= with the eye.
sa£ varo: sa£vara [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%var (to obstruct, to restrain)]= restraint. sa£varo [nom. sg.]= restraint.
sotena: sota [ntr.]= ear. sotena [ins. sg.]= with the ear.
ghÈ‡ena: ghÈ‡a [ntr.]= nose. ghÈ‡ena [ins. sg.]= with the nose.
sÈdhu:sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. sÈdhu [masc. nom. sg.]= good, virtuous.
jivhÈya: jivhÈ [fem.]= tongue. jivhÈya [ins. sg.]= with the tongue.
kÈyena sa£varo sÈdhu, sÈdhu vÈcÈya sa£varo,
manasÈ sa£varo sÈdhu sÈdhu sabbattha sa£varo
sabbattha sa£vuto bhikkhu sabbadukkhÈ pamuccati23612
dk;su laojks lk/q] lk/q okpk; laojks]

eulk laojks lk/q lk/q lCcRFk laojks
lCcRFk laoqrks fHkD[kq lCcnqD[kk ieqPpfr2ýöû2
Translation
Restraint in the body is good, restraint in the speech is good; restraint in the mind is good;
restraint everywhere is good. The monk (who is) restrained everywhere is released from all
suffering.
Vocabulary
k Èyena: kÈya [masc.]= body. kÈyena [ins. sg.]= in the body.
vÈcÈya: vÈcÈ [fem.]= speech. vÈcÈya [ins. sg.]= in the speech.
m anasÈ: mana [ntr.]= mind. manasÈ [ins. sg.]= in the mind.
sÈdhu:sÈdhu [adj.]= good, virtuous, pious. sÈdhu [masc. nom. sg.]= good, virtuous.
all suffering. sabbadukkhÈ [abl. sg.]= from all suffering.
pam uccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+muc (to release)]= is
released, is freed.
hatthasa¤¤ato pÈdasa¤¤ato
vÈcÈya sa¤¤ato sa¤¤atuttamo,
ajjhattarato samÈhito
eko santusito tam Èhu bhikkhu£23622
gRFkl××krks iknl××krks
okpk; l××krks l××krqÙkeks]
vT>Ùkjrks lekfgrks
,dks lUrqflrks re~ vkgq fHkD[kaq2ýöü2
Translation
(One who is) restrained in hand, restrained in foot, restrained in speech, fully restrained,
inwardly joyous, firm, alone, and contented, him (they) call a monk.
Vocabulary
hatthasa¤¤ato: hattha [masc.]= hand. sa¤¤ata/sa£yata [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying
conjunction and completeness)+%yam (to restrain)]= restrained. hattha+sa¤¤ata= hatthasa¤¤ata
[adj.]= restrained in hand. hatthasa¤¤ato [nom. sg.]= restrained in hand.
pÈdasa¤¤ato: pada [masc.]= foot. sa¤¤ata/sa£yata [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying
conjunction and completeness)+%yam (to restrain)]= restrained. pada+sa¤¤ata= padasa¤¤ata
[adj.]= restrained in foot. padasa¤¤ato [nom. sg.]= restrained in foot.
vÈcÈya: vÈcÈ [fem.]= speech. vÈcÈya [ins. sg.]= in speech.
sa¤¤ato: sa¤¤ata [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%yam
(to restrain)]= restrained. sa¤¤ato [nom. sg.]= restrained.
sa¤¤atuttam o: sa¤¤ata [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%yam (to restrain)]= restrained. uttama [adj.]= best, highest. sa¤¤ata+uttama=
sa¤¤atuttama [euphonic sandhi, adj.]= fully restrained. sa¤¤atuttamo [masc. nom. sg.]= fully
restrained.
ajjhattarato: ajjhatta [adj.]= that which is personal, inward, from within. rata [adj. pp. of %ram (to
delight in)]= delighting in. rato [masc. nom. sg.]= delighting in. ajjhatta+rata= ajjhattarata
[adj.]= inwardly joyous. ajjhattarato [masc. nom. sg.]= inwardly joyous.
sam Èhito: samÈhita [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+È
verb)+pp. of %dhÈ (to put)]= collected (of mind), settled. samÈhito [masc. nom. sg.]= collected (of
mind), settled.
santusito: santusita [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%tus
(to be contented)]= contented, pleased. santusito [masc. nom. sg.]= contented, pleased.
tam Èhu: ta£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (that)]= him. Èhu [3.pl. perf. act. of %ah (to say) in
meaning of pr. and preterite]= call, say, said. ta£+Èhu= tam Èhu.
bhik k hu£ : bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhu£ [acc. sg.]= a Buddhist monk.
yo mukhasa¤¤ato bhikkhu mantabhÈ‡Ï anuddhato

attha£ dhamma¤ ca dÏpeti madhura£ tassa bhÈsita£23632
;ks eq[kl××krks fHkD[kq eUrHkk.kh vuq¼rks

vRFka /Ee×k~ p nhisfr e/qja rLl Hkkflra2ýöý2
Translation
The monk who is restrained in mouth, reciter of the sacred texts, not conceited, and illustrates
the Dhamma and its meaning, his utterance is sweet.
Vocabulary
m uk hasa¤¤ato: mukha [ntr.]= mouth. sa¤¤ata/sa£yata [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying
conjunction and completeness)+%yam (to restrain)]= restrained. mukha+sa¤¤ata= mukhasa¤¤ata
[adj.]= restrained in mouth. mukhasa¤¤ato [nom. sg.]= restrained in mouth.
m antabhÈ‡Ï: manta [masc.]= sacred text. bhÈ‡Ï [adj. derived from %bha‡ (to speak)+Ï (poss.
sfx.)]=speaking, reciting. manta+bhÈ‡Ï= mantabhÈ‡Ï [adj.]= reciter of the sacred texts. mantabhÈ‡Ï
[masc. nom. sg.]= reciter of the sacred texts.
anuddhato: uddhata [adj. derived from ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%dhar (to hold)]= conceited. an [neg.
pfx.]+uddhata= anuddhata [adj.]= not conceited. anuddhato [masc. nom. sg.]= not conceited.
attha£ : attha [ntr.]= meaning. attha£ [acc. sg.]= meaning.
dham m a¤ ca:dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma£ [acc. sg.]= the
Dhamma. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. dhamma£+ca= dhamma¤ ca.
dÏpeti [3. sg. pr. caus. act. of %dÏp (to shine)]= makes shine, illustrates.
m adhura£ : madhura [adj.]= sweet. madhura£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= sweet.
tassa [demonstr. pron. masc. gen. sg. of ta (that)]= of that, his.
bhÈsita£ : bhÈsita [adj., pp. of %bhÈ (to say)]= spoken, said, uttered. bhÈsita£ [nom. sg.]= spoken,
said, uttered.
dhammÈrÈmo dhammarato
dhammam anuvicintaya£
dhamma£ anussara£ bhikkhu
saddhammÈ na parihÈyati23642
/Eekjkeks /Eejrks
/Eee~ vuqfofpUr;a
/Eea vuqLlja fHkD[kq
l¼Eek u ifjgk;fr2ýöþ2
Translation
The monk (with) the Dhamma as the pleasure garden, delighting in the Dhamma, pondering the
Dhamma, remembering the Dhamma, never falls away from the true Dhamma.
Vocabulary
dham m ÈrÈm o: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. ÈrÈma [masc. derived from È
(indec.pfx. meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%ram (to delight in)]= pleasure garden.
dhamma+ÈrÈma= dhammÈrÈma [adj.]= the Dhamma as a pleasure garden. dhammÈrÈmo [masc.
nom. sg.]= the Dhamma as a pleasure garden.
dham m arato: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. rata [adj. pp. of %ram (to delight
in)]= delighting in. dhamma+rata= dhammarata [adj.]= delighting in the Dhamma. dhammarato
[masc. nom. sg.]= delighting in the Dhamma.
dham m am anuvicintaya£ : dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, teaching of the Buddha. dhamma£ [acc.
sg.]= the Dhamma. anuvicintayanta [adj. derived from anu [indec.pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to,
combined with’]+vi (indec.pfx. used to intensify)+%cint (to think)]= pondering. anuvicintaya£
[masc. nom. sg.]= pondering. dhamma£+anuvicintaya£= dhammam anuvicintaya£= pondering
the Dhamma.
anussara£ : anussaranta [adj. derived from anu [indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to, combined
with’]+%sar (to remember)]= remembering. anussara£ [masc. nom. sg.]= remembering.
saddham m È: sata [adj. pp. of %as (to be)]= good, true. dhamma [masc.]= Dhamma. sata+dhamma=
saddhamma [masc.]= the True Dhamma. saddhammÈ [abl. sg.]= from the True Dhamma.
parihÈyati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%hÈ (to reject)]= rejects,
falls away.
salÈbha£ nÈtima¤¤eyya nÈ¤¤esa£ pihaya£ care

a¤¤esa£ pihaya£ bhikkhu samÈdhi£ nÈdhigacchati23652
lykHka ukfre××ksÕ; uk××ksla fig;a pjs

v××ksla fig;a fHkD[kq lekfèak ukf/xPNfr2ýöÿ2
Translation
One should not disregard one’s own (spiritual) gain. One should not wander envying (spiritual
gain of) others. A monk envying (spiritual gain of) others does not attain concentration.
Vocabulary
salÈbha£ : sa [adj.]= own. lÈbha [masc.]= gain, accumulation, possession. sa+lÈbha= salÈbha
[masc.]= one’s own gain. salÈbha£ [acc. sg.]= one’s own gain.
nÈtim a¤¤eyya: na [indec. part.]= no, not. atima¤¤eyya [3. sg. pot. act. of ati (pfx. meaning
‘beyond’)+%man (to think)]= (one) should disregard. na+atima¤¤eyya= nÈtima¤¤eyya [euphonic
sandhi]= (one) should not disregard.
nÈ¤¤esa£ : na [indec. part.]= no, not. a¤¤a [adj.]= other. a¤¤esa£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of others.
na+a¤¤esa£= nÈ¤¤esa£ [euphonic sandhi]= not... of others.
pihaya£ : pihayanta [adj., act. ppr. of %pih (to envy)]= envying. pihaya£ [masc. nom. sg.]= envying.
a¤¤esa£ : a¤¤a [adj.]= other. a¤¤esa£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of others.
pihaya£ : pihayanta [adj., act. ppr. of %pih (to envy)]= envying. pihaya£[masc. nom. sg.]= envying.
completeness)+È (indec. pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= concentration.
samÈdhi£ [acc. sg.]= concentration.
nÈdhigacchati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. adhigacchati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from adhi (pfx.
meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= gets, attains. na+adhigacchati= nÈdhigacchati [euphonic
sandhi]= does not... attain.
appalÈbho pi ce bhikkhu salÈbha£ nÈtima¤¤ati

ta£ ve devÈ pasa£santi suddhÈjÏvi£ atandita£23662
vIiykHkks fi ps fHkD[kq lykHka ukfre××kfr

ra os nsok ilalfUr lq¼kthfoa vrfUnra2ýöö2
Translation
Even if a monk has very few possessions, does not neglect his own (spiritual) gain, him indeed
the gods praise, who is living a pure life and is active.
Vocabulary
appalÈbho pi: appa [adj.]= hardly any, very few, very little. lÈbha [masc.]= gain, accumulation,
possession. appa+lÈbha= appalÈbha [adj.]= very few possessions. appalÈbho [masc. nom. sg.]=
very few possessions. pi [indec. encl. form of api]= even, also, just so. appalÈbho+pi= appalÈbho
pi= even very few possessions.
ce [encl.]= if.
salÈbha£ : sa [adj.]= own. lÈbha [masc.]= gain, accumulation, possession. sa+lÈbha= salÈbha
[masc.]= one’s own gain. salÈbha£ [acc. sg.]= one’s own gain.
nÈtim a¤¤ati: na [indec. part.]= no, not. atima¤¤ati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from ati (pfx. meaning
‘beyond’)+%man (to think)]= neglects, disregards. na+atima¤¤ati= nÈtima¤¤ati [euphonic sandhi]=
does not neglect.
ve: [indec. aff. part. emphasizing the preceding word]= truly, indeed.
pasa£ santi [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%sa£s (to proclaim)]= praise.
suddhÈjÏvi£ : suddha [adj. pp. of %sudh (to clean)]= pure. ÈjÏvÏ [masc. derived from È (indec.pfx.
meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%jÏv (to live)+Ï (poss. sfx.)]= leading a life. suddha+ÈjÏvÏ=
suddhÈjÏvÏ [adj. euphonic sandhi]= leading a pure life. suddhÈjÏvi£ [masc. acc. sg.]= leading a pure
life.
atandita£ : tandita [adj.]= lazy. a [neg. pfx.]+tandita= atandita [adj.]= industrious, active, keen.
atandita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= industrious, active, keen.
sabbaso nÈmarÊpasmi£ yassa n’atthi mamÈyita£

asatÈ ca na socati sa ve bhikkhÊ ti vuccati23672
lCclks uke:ifLea ;Ll u~*vfRFk eekf;ra

vlrk p u lkspfr l os fHkD[kw fr oqPpfr2ýö÷2
Translation
For whom (there) is no attachment altogether in name-and-form, and (who) does not grieve by
the nonexistent, he indeed is called ša monk.›
Vocabulary
sabbaso [adv. derived from sabba£ (ntr. n.= all.)]= altogether, thoroughly.
nÈm arÊpasm i£ : nÈma [ntr.]= name, mind, immaterial factors of an individual. rÊpa [ntr.]= form,
appearance, body, material factors of an individual. nÈma+rÊpa= nÈmarÊpa [ntr.]= name-and-form,
mind-and-body. nÈmarÊpasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in name-and-form, in mind-and-body.
m am Èyita£ : mama (dat./gen. of pron. amha (I))= mine, my. mamÈyati [denom. derived from mama]=
cherishes, loves. mamÈyita [adj. pp. of mamÈyati. But here used as a n. ntr.]= attachment, fondness
of. mamÈyita£ [nom. sg.]= attachment, fondness of.
asatÈ: sant [adj, ppr. of %as (to be, exist)]= existent, true, good. a [neg. pfx.]+sant= asant [adj.]= non-
existent, true. asatÈ [ntr. ins. sg.]= by the non-existent.
mettÈvihÈrÏ yo bhikkhu
pasanno buddhasÈsane
adhigacche pada£ santa£
sa£khÈrÊpasama£ sukha£23682
esÙkkfogkjh ;ks fHkD[kq

ilÂks cq¼lklus
vf/xPNs ina lUra
la[kk:ilea lq[ka2ýöø2
Translation
The monk, who, living in loving kindness, (is) virtuous in the Buddha’s teaching, would acquire
the peaceful state, the pleasant tranquility of conditioned things.
Vocabulary
m ettÈvihÈrÏ: mettÈ [fem.]= loving-kindness. vihÈra [masc. derived from vi (indec. pfx. used to
intensify)+%har (to carry)]= a dwelling, abode. vihÈra+Ï [poss. sfx.]= vihÈrÏ [adj.]= dwelling,
living, being in such and such a state or condition. mettÈ+vihÈrÏ= mettÈvihÈrÏ [adj.]= one living in
loving-kindness. mettÈvihÈrÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= one living in loving-kindness.
pasanno: pasanna [adj. derived from pa ( indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+%sad (to sit)]= virtuous. pasanno [masc. nom. sg.]= virtuous.
buddhasÈsane: buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. sÈsana
[ntr.]= teaching. buddha+sÈsana= buddhasÈsana [ntr.]= the Buddha’s teaching. buddhasÈsane [loc.
sg.]= in the Buddha’s teaching.
adhigacche [3. sg. pot. act. of adhi (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= would acquire.
santa£ : santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm, appeased, peaceful. santa£ [ntr.
nom. sg.]= calm, appeased, peaceful.
sa£ k hÈrÊpasam a£ : sa£khÈra [masc.]= conditioned things. upasama [masc. derived from upa (pfx.
meaning ‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased)]= tranquility, appeasement. sa£khÈra+upasama=
sa£khÈrÊpasama [adj.]= tranquility of conditioned things. sa£khÈrÊpasama£ [acc. sg.]= tranquility
of conditioned things.
suk ha£ : sukha [adj.]= pleasant, good, pleasing. sukha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= pleasant, good, pleasing.
si¤ca bhikkhu ima£ nÈva£, sittÈ te lahumessati,

chetvÈ rÈga¤ ca dosa¤ ca tato nibbÈnam ehisi23692
fl×p fHkD[kq bea ukoa] flÙkk rs ygqesLlfr]

NsRok jkx×k~ p nksl×k~ p rrks fuCckue~ ,fgfl2ýöù2
Translation
Empty this boat, o monk! When emptied it will go quickly for you. Having cut off passion and
ill-will, thereupon you will go to the nibbÈna.
Vocabulary
si¤ca [2. sg. imperat. act. of %sic (to pour)]= (you) empty.
bhik k hu: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhu£ [voc. sg.]= o monk!
nÈva£ : nÈvÈ [fem.]= boat. nÈva£ [acc. sg.]= boat.
sittÈ: sitta [adj. pp. of %si (to pour)]= emptied. sittÈ [fem. nom. sg.]= emptied.
te [gen. sg. of the 2.pron. tumha (you)]= of you, your.
lahum essati: lahu [adj.]= quick. lahu£ [ntr. acc. sg. Here as an adv.]= quickly. essati [3. sg. fut. act.
of %i (to go)]= will go. lahu£+essati= lahumessati= will go quickly.
encl. part.]= and. rÈga+ca= rÈga¤ ca= and passion.
dosa¤ ca: dosa [masc.]= ill-will. dosa£ [acc. sg.]= ill-will. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. dosa£+ca=
dosa¤ ca= and ill-will.
nibbÈnam ehisi: nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. nibbÈna£ [acc. sg.]= nibbÈna.
ehisi [2. sg. fut. act. of %i (to go)]= (you) will go. nibbÈnan+ehisi= nibbÈnam ehisi= (you) will go
to nibbÈna.
pa¤ca chinde pa¤ca jahe pa¤ca c’uttaribhÈvaye,

pa¤ca sa×gÈtigo bhikkhu oghati‡‡o’ti vuccati23702
iap fNUns i×p tgs i×p p~*mRrfjHkko;s]

i×p lÄ~xkfrxks fHkD[kq vks?kfr..kks*fr oqPpfr2ý÷ú2
Translation
(One) should cut off five, abandon five, (and) further cultivate five. A monk who has overcome
the five attachments is called ša flood-crosser.›
Vocabulary
pa¤ca: pa¤ca [num.]= five. pa¤ca [acc. pl.]= five.
chinde [3. sg. pot. act. of %chid (to cut off)]= (one) should cut off.
jahe [3. sg. pot. act. of %hÈ (to abandon)]= (one) should abandon.
c’uttaribhÈvaye: ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. uttari [adv. derived from the adj. uttara (further)]= further.
bhÈvaye [3. sg. pot. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= (one) should make to be, (one) should cultivate.
ca+uttari+bhÈvaye= c’uttaribhÈvaye [euphonic sandhi]= and (one) should further cultivate.
sa×gÈtigo: sa×ga [masc.]= clinging, attachment, bond. sa×gÈ [nom. pl.]= attachments. atiga [adj.
derived from ati (pfx. meaning ‘beyond’)+%gam (to go)]= one who has overcome. sa×gÈ+atiga=
sa×gÈtiga [adj. euphonic sandhi]= one who has overcome attachments. sa×gÈtigo [masc. nom. sg.]=
one who has overcome attachments.
oghati‡‡o’ti: ogha [masc.]= flood. ti‡‡a [adj. pp. of %tar (to cross)]= crossed. ogha+ti‡‡a= oghati‡‡a
[adj.]= flood-crosser. oghati‡‡o [masc. nom. sg.]= flood-crosser. iti, which is also written as ti, is
a part., used to signal the end of direct speech and is the equivalent of quotation marks in English.
oghati‡‡o+iti= oghati‡‡o’ti [euphonic sandhi]= ša flood-crosser.›
jhÈya bhikkhu mÈ ca pamÈdo

mÈte kÈmagu‡e bhamassu citta£
mÈ lohaguÄa£ gilÏ pamatto
mÈ kandÏ‘dukkhamidan’ti ÇayhamÈno23712
>k; fHkD[kq ek p ieknks

ekrs dkexq.ks HkeLlq fpÙka
ek yksgxqGa fxyh ieÙkks
ek dUnh ^nqD[kfenu~*fr MÕgekuks2ý÷û2
Translation
Meditate, o monk and don’t (have) negligence. Don’t let your mind wander in the constituent of
sensual pleasures. Don’t negligently swallow the metal ball. When burning, don’t cry šthis is
suffering.›
Vocabulary
jhÈya [2. sg. imperat. act. of %jhe (to meditate)]= meditate.
bhik k hu: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhu [voc. sg.]= o monk.
pam Èdo: pamÈda [n. masc.]= negligence. pamÈdo [nom. sg.]= negligence. But with mÈ it is used here
to denote action of the present time. Thus, mÈ pamÈdo= do not (have) negligence.
m Ète: mÈ [indec. It is a prohibition part. which is used in the sense of prohibition, generally with the
imperat. mood, but sometimes with the aor. tense also, to denote an action of the present time]= not,
do not. te [gen. sg. of pron. tumha (you)]= of you, your. mÈ+te= mÈte [euphonic sandhi]= do not...
your.
k Èm agu‡e: kÈma [masc.]= desire, pleasure. gu‡a [ntr.]= quality, characteristic. kÈma+gu‡a=
kÈmagu‡a [masc.]= a constituent of sensual pleasures. kÈmagu‡e [loc. sg.]= in the constituent of
sensual pleasures.
bham assu [2. sg. imperat. med. of %bham]= spin, whirl about, roam.
lohaguÄa£ : loha [ntr.]= metal. guÄa [masc.]= ball. loha+guÄa= lohaguÄa [masc.]= metal ball.
lohaguÄa£ [acc. sg.]= metal ball.
gilÏ [2. sg. aor. act. of %gil (to swallow)]= (you) swallowed. But with mÈ it is used here to denote action
of the present time. Thus, mÈ gilÏ= do not swallow.
k andÏ [2. sg. aor. act. of %kand (to cry)]= (you) cried. But with mÈ it is used here to denote action of the
present time. Thus, mÈ kandÏ= do not cry.
‘duk k ham idan’ti: dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkha£ [nom. sg.]= suffering. ida£ [ntr. nom. sg. of ima
(this)]= this. dukkha£+ida£= dhukkhamida£ [euphonic sandhi]= this suffering. iti, which is also
written as ti, is a part., used to signal the end of direct speech and is the equivalent of quotation marks
in English. dukkhamida£+ti= dukkhamidan’ti= šthis is suffering.›
Çayham Èno: ÇayhamÈna [adj., pas. ppr. of %Çah (to burn)]= burning. ÇayhamÈno [masc. nom. sg.]=
burning.
n’atthi jhÈna£ apa¤¤assa pa¤¤È n’atthi ajhÈyato,

yamhi jhÈna¤ ca pa¤¤È ca sa ve nibbÈnasantike23722
u~*vfRFk >kua vi××kLl i××kk u~*vfRFk v>k;rks]

;fEg >ku×k~ p i××kk p l os fuCckulfUrds2ý÷ü2
Translation
There is no meditation for the ignorant, no wisdom for one not meditating. In whom there are
wisdom and meditation, he indeed is in the vicinity of nibbÈna.
Vocabulary
jhÈna£ : jhÈna [ntr.]= meditation. jhÈna£ [nom. sg.]= meditation.
apa¤¤assa: pa¤¤È [fem.]= wisdom. a [neg. pfx.]+pa¤¤È= apa¤¤È [fem.]= ignorant, without wisdom.
apa¤¤assa [masc. gen. sg.]= of the ignorant.
ajhÈyato: ajhÈyanta [adj. derived from a (neg. pfx.)+%dhÏ (to meditate)]= not meditating. ajhÈyato
[masc. gen. sg.]= of one not meditating.
yam hi [masc. loc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ya (which, whichever, what, whatever)]= in whom.
jhÈna¤ ca: jhÈna [ntr.]= meditation. jhÈna£ [nom. sg.]= meditation. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
jhÈna£+ca= jhÈna¤ ca.
nibbÈnasantik e: nibbÈna [ntr.]= nibbÈna, the Buddhist goal of salvation. santika [ntr.]= vicinity.
nibbÈna+santika= nibbÈnasantika [ntr.]= vicinity of nibbÈna. nibbÈnasantike [loc. sg.]= in the
vicinity of nibbÈna.
su¤¤ÈgÈra£ pavi——hassa santacittassa bhikkhuno

amÈnusÏ ratÏ hoti sammÈ dhamma£ vipassato23732
lq××kkxkja ifoêòLl lUrfpÙkLl fHkD[kquks

vekuqlh jrh gksfr lEek /Eea foiLlrks2ý÷ý2
Translation
Of a monk, who has entered solitude, has a tranquil mind, has discerned the Dhamma rightly,
(his) is the divine joy.
Vocabulary
su¤¤ÈgÈra£ : su¤¤a [adj.]= empty, void. ÈgÈra [ntr.]= house, place. su¤¤a+ÈgÈra= su¤¤ÈgÈra [ntr.]=
empty place, solitude. su¤¤ÈgÈra£ [acc. sg.]= empty place, solitude.
pavi——hassa: pavi——ha [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+pp. of %vis (to enter)]= entered, gone into. pavi——hassa [masc. gen. sg.]= of... entered.
santacittassa: santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm, appeased, peaceful. citta
[ntr.]= mind. santa+citta= santacitta [adj.]= one who has a tranquil mind. santacittassa [masc.
gen. sg.]= of... one who has a tranquil mind.
bhik k huno: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhuno [gen. sg.]= of a monk.
am ÈnusÏ: mÈnusÏ [fem.]= a (human) woman. a (neg. pfx.)+mÈnusÏ= amÈnusÏ [adj.]= nonhuman,
superhuman, unhuman, divine. amÈnusÏ [fem. nom. sg.]= divine.
ratÏ: rati [fem.]= pleasure, attachment, love. rati [nom. sg.]= pleasure, attachment, love, joy. ratÏ is m.c.
for rati.
sam m È: [adv.]= rightly.
vipassato: vipassata [adj. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%pass (to see)]= one who has seen clearly
or discerned. vipassato [masc. gen. sg.]= of one who has discerned.
yato yato sammasati khandhÈna£ udayavyaya£

labhatÏ pÏtipÈmojja£ amata£ ta£ vijÈnata£23742
;rks ;rks lEelfr [kU/kua mn;O;;a

yHkrh ihfrikeksTta vera ra fotkura2ý÷þ2
Translation
Whenever one knows thoroughly the rise and fall of the aggregates, one obtains joy and
happiness. Of the one who know that is deathlessness.
Vocabulary
yato yato: yato [indec. adv. abl. case of rel. pron. base ya meaning ‘which, whichever, what, whatever’]=
from where, whence, since, when, from which time, from which, out of what cause, because, in as
far as. When doubled= from whichever source, whenever.
sam m asati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply conjunction and
completeness)+%mas (to touch)]= touches, grasps, seizes, knows thoroughly.
k handhÈna£ : khandha [masc.]= aggregate or constituent of existence. khandhÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of the
aggregates.
fall.
labhatÏ [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %labh (to obtain, to get)]= receives, obtains, acquires, gets. labhatÏ is
m.c. for labhati.
pÏtipÈm ojja£ : pÏti [fem.]= joy. pÈmojja/pÈmujja [ntr. n. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often
used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%mud (to be happy)]= happiness. pÏti+pÈmojja=
pÏtipÈmojja [ntr.]= joy and happiness. pÏtipÈmojja£ [acc. sg.]= joy and happiness.
am ata£ : mata [adj. pp. of %mar (to die)]= dead. a [neg. pfx.]+mata=amata [ntr.]= deathlessness.
amata£ [nom. sg.]= deathlessness.
vijÈnata£ : vijÈnanta [adj. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+act. ppr. of %¤È (to know)]= one who
knows. vijÈnata£ [masc. gen. pl.]= of.. one who knows.
tatrÈyam Èdi bhavati idha pa¤¤assa bhikkhuno

indriyagutti santu——hÏ pÈtimokkhe ca sa£varo,
mitte bhajassu kalyÈ‡e suddhÈjÏve atandite23752
r=kk;e~ vkfn Hkofr b/ i××kLl fHkD[kquks

bfUæ;xqfÙk lUrqêòh ikfreksD[ks p laojks]
feÙks HktLlq dY;k.ks lq¼kthos vrfUnrs2ý÷ÿ2
Translation
There is this beginning of a wise monk here: watchfulness over the senses, contentment, and
restraint under the PÈtimokkha. Associate with virtuous friends who have pure livelihood (and
are) industrious.
Vocabulary
tatrÈyam Èdi: tatra [adv.]= there. aya£ [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this. Èdi
[masc.]= beginning. Èdi [nom. sg.]= beginning. tatra+aya£+Èdi= tatrÈyam Èdi [euphonic
sandhi]= there (is) this beginning.
bhavati [3. pl. pr. indic. act. of %bhÊ (to be)]= is.
pa¤¤assa: pa¤¤a [adj.]= wise. pa¤¤assa [masc. gen. sg.]= of the wise.
bhik k huno: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhuno [gen. sg.]= of a monk.
indriyagutti: indriya [ntr.]= sense, faculty. gutti [fem. derived from %gup (to protect)]= protection,
watchfulness. indriya+gutti= indriyagutti [masc.]= watchfulness over senses. indriyagutti [nom.
sg.]= watchfulness over senses.
santu——hÏ: santu——hi [fem.]= contentment. santu——hÏ [nom. sg.]= contentment.
pÈtim ok k he: pÈtimokkha [ntr.]=PÈtimokkha, a moral code consisting of 227 basic rules to be followed
by a monk. pÈtimokkhe [loc. sg.]= according to the PÈtimokkha.
m itte: mitta [masc.]= friend. mitte [acc. pl.]= friends.
bhajassu [2. sg. imperat. med. of %bhaj (to divide, partake)]= associated with.
k alyÈ‡e: kalyÈ‡a [adj.]= good. kalyÈ‡e [masc. acc. pl.]= good.
suddhÈjÏve: suddha [adj. pp. of %sudh (to clean)]= pure. ÈjÏva [masc. derived from È (indec. pfx. meaning
‘from, to, towards’)+%jÏv (to live)]= livelihood. suddha+ÈjÏva= suddhÈjÏva [adj. euphonic sandhi]=
one who has pure livelihood. suddhÈjÏve [masc. acc. pl.]= those who have pure livelihood.
atandite: tandita [adj.]= lazy. a [neg. pfx.]+tandita= atandita [adj.]= industrious, active, keen. atandite
[masc. acc. pl.]= industrious, active, keen.
pa—isanthÈravutt’assa ÈcÈrakusalo siyÈ,

tato pÈmojjabahulo dukkhass’anta£ karissasi23762
ifVlUFkkjoqÙk~*vLl vkpkjdqlyks fl;k]

rrks ikeksTtcgqyks nqD[kLl~*vUra dfjLlfl2ý÷ö2
Translation
(One) should behave well. (One) should be of refined conduct. Then full of joy (thou) shall make
an end of suffering.
Vocabulary
pa—isanthÈravutt’assa: pa—isanthÈra [masc. derived from pa—i [directional pfx. meaning ‘on, at’)+sa£
(adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+%thar (to spread)]= ‘spreading before’ i.e.
good-will. vutti [fem.]= conduct. pa—isanthÈra+vutti= pa—isanthÈravutti [adj.]= behaving well,
acting friendly. assa [3. sg. pot. act. of %as (to be)]= should be. pa—isanthÈravutti+assa=
pa—isanthÈravutt’assa= should behave well.
ÈcÈrak usalo: ÈcÈra [masc. derived from È (pfx meaning ‘at, in’)+%car (to walk, to act, to practice)]=
behaviour, conduct. kusala [adj.]= good, refined, meritorious. ÈcÈra+kusala= ÈcÈrakusala [adj.]=
of refined conduct. ÈcÈrakusalo [masc. nom. sg.]= of refined conduct.
pÈm ojjabahulo: pÈmojja/pÈmujja [ntr. n. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to
emphasize the intensity of an action)+%mud (to be happy)]= happiness. bahula [adj.]= much, full
of. pÈmojja+bahula= pÈmujjabahula [adj.]= full of joy. pÈmojjabahulo [masc. nom. sg.]= full of
joy.
duk k hass’anta£ : dukkha [ntr.]= suffering. dukkhassa [gen. sg.]= of suffering. anta [ntr.]= end. anta£
[acc. sg.]= end. dukkhassa+anta£= dukkhass’anta£= end of suffering.
k arissasi [2. sg. fut. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= (thou) shall make.
vassikÈ viya pupphÈni maddavÈni pamu¤cati

eva£ rÈga¤ca dosa¤ca vippamu¤cetha bhikkhavo23772
ofLldk fo; iqIIkQkfu eíokfu ieqPpfr

,oa jkx×Pk~ nksl×p foIieq×psFk fHkD[koks2ý÷÷2
Translation
As the jasmine sheds its withered flowers, so you should shed passion and hatred, o monks.
Vocabulary
vassik È: vassikÈ [fem.]= jasmine. vassikÈ [nom. sg.]= jasmine.
pupphÈni: puppha [ntr.]= flower. pupphÈni [acc. pl.]= flowers.
m addavÈni: maddava [adj.]= soft, withered. maddavÈni [pl.ntr. acc.]= soft, withered.
pam u¤cati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%muc (to release)]=
releases, frees.
encl. part.]= and. rÈga¤ ca= and passion.
dosa¤ ca: dosa [masc.]= ill-will. dosa£ [acc. sg.]= ill-will. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. dosa¤ ca= and
ill-will.
vippam u¤cetha [2. pl. pot. act. of vi (indec.pfx. meaning ‘away’)+pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%muc
(to release)]= (you) release, shed.
bhik k havo: bhikkhu [masc.]= a Buddhist monk. bhikkhavo [voc. pl.]= o monks!
santakÈyo santavÈco santavÈ susamÈhito

vantalokÈmiso bhikkhu upasanto ti vuccati23782
lUrdk;ks lUrokpks lUrok lqlekfgrks

oUryksdkfelks fHkD[kq milUrksfr oqPpfr2ý÷ø2
Translation
The monk, calmed in body, calmed in speech, calmed (in mind), well-composed, who has
discarded all worldly gains, is called šcalmed.›
Vocabulary
santak Èyo: santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calmed, appeased, peaceful. kÈya
[masc.]= body. santa+kÈya= santakÈya [adj.]= calmed in body. santakÈyo [masc. nom. sg.]=
calmed in body.
santavÈco: santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calmed, appeased, peaceful. vÈcÈ
[fem.]= speech. santa+vÈcÈ= santavÈca [adj.]= calmed in speech. santavÈco [masc. nom. sg.]=
calmed in speech.
santavÈ: santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calmed, appeased, peaceful.
santa+vantu [poss sfx.]= santavantu [adj.]= calmed. santavÈ [masc. nom. sg.]= calmed.
susam Èhito: samÈhita [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+È
verb)+pp. of %dhÈ (to put)]= collected (of mind), settled, composed. su [indec. pfx. meaning ‘well,
thorough’]+samÈhita= susamÈhita [adj.]= well-composed. susamÈhito [masc. nom. sg.]= well-
composed.
vantalok Èm iso: vanta [adj. pp. of %vam (to vomit)]= vomited, (but fig.) given up, renounced. loka
[masc.]= world. Èmisa [ntr.]= gain, reward. vanta+loka+Èmisa= vantalokÈmisa [adj.]= one who
has given up worldly gains. vantalokÈmiso [masc. nom. sg.]= one who has given up worldly gains.
upasanto: upa [pfx]= close by, near. santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm,
appeased. upa+santa= upasanta [adj.]= calmed. upasanto [masc. nom. sg.]= calmed.
attanÈ coday’attÈna£ pa—imÈse attam attanÈ,

so attagutto satimÈ sukha£ bhikkhu vihÈhisi23792
vÙkuk pksn;~*vÙkkua ifVekls vÙke~ vÙkuk]
lks vÙkxqÙkks lfrek lq[ka fHkD[kq fogkfgfl2ý÷ù2
Translation
Exhort yourself by the self; control the self by the self. The monk who is self-guarded and
mindful will live happily.
Vocabulary
coday’attÈna£ : codaye [2. sg. pot. act. of %cud (to exhort)]= (you) exhort, incite. attÈ [masc.]= self,
oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= self, oneself. codaye+attÈna£= coday’attÈna£= (you) exhort yourself.
pa—im Èse [2. pl. pot. act. of pa—i (pfx. meaning ‘back (to), against, towards, opposite.’)+%ma£s (to
touch)]= (you) restrain, control.
attam attanÈ: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= self, oneself. atta£ is m.c. for attÈna£.
attanÈ [ins. sg.]= by oneself, on one’s own account. atta£+attanÈ= attam attanÈ= oneself by
oneself.
.attagutto: attÈ [masc.]= soul, self. atta is the cpd. form of attÈ. gutta [adj, pp of %gup (to protect)]=
protected, guarded. atta+gutta= attagutta [adj.]= self-guarded. attagutto [masc. nom. sg.]= self-
guarded.
satim È: sati [fem. derived from %sar (to remember)]= mindfulness. sati+mantu [poss. sfx.]= satimantu
[adj.]= mindful. satimÈ [masc. nom. sg.]= mindful.
suk ha£ : sukha [ntr.]= happiness. sukha£ [acc. sg. but here used as an adv.]= happily.
vihÈhisi [3. sg. fut. act. of vi (indec. pfx. meaning ‘away’)+%har (to carry)]= will live.
attÈ hi attano nÈtho attÈ hi attano gati,

tasmÈ sa¤¤amay’attÈna£ assa£ bhadra£ va vÈ‡ijo23802
vÙkk fg vÙkuks ukFkks vÙkk fg vÙkuks xfr]

rLek l××ke;~’vÙkkua vLla Hkæa o okf.ktks2ýøú2
Translation
The self is indeed the self’s own lord, the self is indeed the self’s own destiny; therefore restrain
yourself as a merchant (restrains) a good horse.
Vocabulary
attÈ: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈ [nom. sg.]= self, oneself.
attano: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano [gen. sg.]= self’s, oneself’s.
attÈ: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attÈ [nom. sg.]= self, oneself.
attano: attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano [gen. sg.]= self’s, oneself’s.
gati: gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= direction, course, state or condition of life, destiny. gati
[nom. sg.]= direction, course, state or condition of life, destiny.
sa¤¤am ay’attÈna£ : sa¤¤amaya [2. sg. imperat. act. caus. of sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. used to imply
conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %yam (to restrain)]= (you) restrain. attÈ [masc.]= self,
oneself. attÈna£ [acc. sg.]= self, oneself. sa¤¤amaya+attÈna£= sa¤¤amay’attÈna£ [euphonic
sandhi]= (you) restrain yourself.
assa£ : assa [masc.]= horse. assa£ [acc. sg.]= horse.
bhadra£ : bhadra [adj.]= good. bhadra£ [masc. acc. sg.]= good.
vÈ‡ijo: vÈ‡ija [masc.]= merchant. vÈ‡ijo [nom. sg.]= merchant.
pÈmojjabahulo bhikkhu
pasanno buddhasÈsane
adhigacche pada£ santa£
sa£khÈrÊpasama£ sukha£23812
ikeksTtcgqyks fHkD[kq
ilÂks cq¼lklus
vf/xPNs ina lUra
la[kk:ilea lq[ka2ýøû2
Translation
The monk who is full of joy, virtuous in the Buddha’ teaching, would acquire the peaceful state,
the pleasant tranquility of conditioned things.
Vocabulary
pÈm ojjabahulo: pÈmojja/pÈmujja [n. ntr. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to
emphasize the intensity of an action)+%mud (to be happy)]= happiness. bahula [adj.]= much, full
of. pÈmojja+bahula= pÈmujjabahula [adj.]= full of joy. pÈmojjabahulo [masc. nom. sg.]= full of
joy.
pasanno: pasanna [adj. derived from pa ( indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity
of an action)+%sad (to sit)]= virtuous. pasanno [masc. nom. sg.]= virtuous.
adhigacche [3. sg. pot. act. of adhi (pfx. meaning ‘towards’)+%gam (to go)]= would acquire.
santa£ : santa [adj. pp. of %sam (to be appeased, to be calmed)= calm, appeased, peaceful. santa£ [ntr.
acc. sg.]= calm, appeased, peaceful.
sa£ k hÈrÊpasam a£ : sa£khÈra [masc.]= conditioned things. upasama [masc. derived from upa (pfx.
meaning ‘close by, near’)+%sam (to be appeased)]= tranquility, appeasement. sa£khÈra+upasama=
sa£khÈrÊpasama [adj.]= tranquility of conditioned things. sa£khÈrÊpasama£ [acc. sg.]= tranquility
of conditioned things.
suk ha£ : sukha [adj.]= pleasant, good, pleasing. sukha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= pleasant, good, pleasing.
yo have daharo bhikkhu yu¤jati buddhasÈsane

so ’ma£ loka£ pabhÈseti abbhÈ mutto va candimÈ23822
;ks gos ngjks fHkD[kq ;q×tfr cq¼lklus

lks’ea yksda iHkklsfr vCHkk eqÙkks o pfUnek2ýøü2
Translation
The young monk who indeed engages in the teaching of the Buddha, illuminates this world like
the moon freed from a cloud.
Vocabulary
daharo: dahara [adj.]= small, little, delicate, young. daharo [masc. nom. sg.]= small, little, delicate,
young.
yu¤jati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %yuj (to yoke)]= engages in, endeavours.
so’m a£ : so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. ta (it, that)]= he. ima [demonstr. pron.]= this. ima£
[masc. acc. sg.]= this. so+ima£= so’ma£.
pabhÈseti [3. sg. pr. caus. act. of pa (pfx. meaning ‘dis-, up’)+%bhÈs (to shine)]= illuminates.
26. BrÈhm a‡avaggo czkã.koXxks (The BrÈhma‡a)
chinda sota£ parakkamma, kÈme panuda brÈhma‡a,

sa£khÈrÈna£ khaya£ ¤ÈtvÈ akata¤¤Êsi brÈhma‡a23832
fNUn lksra ijDdEe] dkes iuqn c kã.k]

la[kkjkua [k;a ×kkRok vdr××kwfl c kã.k2ýøý2
Translation
Having undertaken, cut off the stream; dispel the sensual desires, o brÈhma‡a. Having known
the destruction of conditioned things, you are knower of the uncreated, o brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
chinda [2. pl. imperat. act. of %chid (to cut off)]= (you) cut off.
sota£ : sota [ntr.]= stream, flood, torrent. sota£ [acc. sg.]= stream, flood, torrent.
parak k am m a [ger. of para (adv. pfx. meaning ‘over, beyond’)+%kam (to walk, to travel)]= having gone
forward, having undertaken.
k Èm e: kÈma [n, masc]= sensual desire, pleasure. kÈme [acc. pl.]= sensual desires.
panuda [2. sg. imperat. act. of pa ( indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an
action)+%nud (to reject)]= (you) dispel.
brÈhm a‡a: brÈhma‡a [masc.]= a member of the brÈhma‡a caste, a holy man. brÈhma‡a [voc. sg.]= o
brÈhma‡a!
sa£ k hÈrÈna£ : sa£khÈra [masc.]= conditioned things. sa£khÈrÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of conditioned things.
k haya£ : khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. khaya£ [acc. sg.]= destruction, dissolution.
ak ata¤¤Êsi: kata [adj., pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done, created. a [neg. pfx.]+kata= akata [adj.]=
uncreated. ¤¤Ê [adj. sfx. derived from %¤È (to know)]= knowing, knower. akata+¤¤Ê= akata¤¤Ê
[adj.]= knower of the uncreated i.e. nibbÈna. akata¤¤Ê [masc. nom. sg.]= knower of the uncreated.
asi [2. sg. pr. indic. act. of %as (to be)]= (you) are. akata¤¤Ê+asi= akata¤¤Êsi [euphonic sandhi]=
(you) are knower of the uncreated.
brÈhm a‡a: brÈhma‡a [masc.]= a member of the brÈhma‡a caste, a holy man. brÈhma‡a [voc. sg.]= o
brÈhma‡a!
yadÈ dvayesu dhammesu pÈragÊ hoti brÈhma‡o

ath’assa sabbe sa£yogÈ attha£ gacchanti jÈnato23842
;nk };slq /Eeslq ikjxw gksfr c kã.kks

vFk~*vLl lCcs la;ksxk vRFka xPNfUr tkurks2ýøþ2
Translation
When a brÈhma‡a has gone to the other side in the twofold phenomena, then all the bonds of
(such) a knowing one disappear.
Vocabulary
dvayesu: dvaya [adj.]= twofold. dvayesu [masc. loc. pl.]= in the twofold.
dham m esu: dhamma [masc.]= phenomenon. The word dhamma has many meanings and here it is used
in the sense of ‘phenomenon.’ dhammesu [loc. pl.]= phenomena.
pÈragÊ: pÈra [n. ntr. Here as an adv.]= the other side, across. gÊ [sfx. derived from %gam (to
go)]=going, having gone, being skilled in. pÈra+gÊ= pÈragÊ [masc.]= having gone to the other
side, gone across. paragÊ [nom. sg.]= having gone to the other side, gone across.
brÈhma‡a.
ath’assa: atha [indec. part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then, then. assa [masc. dat. sg. of aya£ (it)]=
his. attha+assa= ath’assa [euphonic sandhi]= then his.
sa£ yogÈ: sa£yoga [masc. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%yuj (to yoke)]= fetter. sa£yogÈ [nom. pl.]= fetters.
extinction [See PÈli-English Dictionary, p.24). attha£ [acc. sg.]= extinction. gacchanti [3. pl. pr.
indic. act. derived from %gam (to go)]= go. attha£ gacchanti= disappear.
jÈnato: jÈnanta [adj. act. ppr. of ¤È (to know)]= knowing, understanding. jÈnato [masc. gen. sg.]= of
a knowing one.
yassa pÈra£ apÈra£ vÈ

pÈrÈpÈra£ na vijjati
vÏtaddara£ visa£yutta£
ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£23852
;Ll ikj vikja ok

ikjkikja u foTtfr
ohríja fola;qÙka
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2ýøÿ2
Translation
Whose other shore does not exist, neither this shore nor both, who is fearless and detached, him
I call a brÈhmÈ‡a.
Vocabulary
pÈra£ : pÈra [ntr.]= the other shore, across. pÈra£ [nom. sg.]= the other shore, across.
apÈra£ : pÈra [ntr.]= the other shore, across. a [neg. pfx.]+pÈra= apÈra [ntr.]= this shore. apÈra£
[nom. sg.]= this shore.
pÈrÈpÈra£ : pÈra [ntr.]= the other shore. a [neg. pfx.]+pÈra=apÈra [ntr.]= this shore. pÈra+apÈra=
pÈrÈpÈra [ntr.]= this and the other shore, both shores. pÈrÈpÈra£ [s. nom.]= both shores.
vÏtaddara£ : vÏta [adj. pp. derived from vi (indec.pfx. used to intensify)+%i (to go)]= gone. dara
[masc.]= fear. vÏta+dara= vÏtaddara [adj. euphonic sandhi]= fearless. vÏtaddara£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= fearless.
visa£ yutta£ : sa£yutta [adj. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+pp. of %yuj (to yoke)]= attached. vi (indec.pfx. meaning ‘away’)+sa£yutta=
visa£yutta [adj.]= detached. visa£yutta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= detached.
brÊm i [1. sg. pr. indic. act. of %brÊ (to proclaim)]= proclaim, call.
brÈhm a‡a£ : brÈhma‡a [masc.]= a member of the brÈhma‡a caste, a holy man. brÈhma‡a£ [acc. sg.]=
brÈhma‡a.
jhÈyi£ virajam Èsina£

katakicca£ anÈsava£
uttamattha£ anuppatta£
>kf;a fojte~ vklhua

drfdPpa vukloa
mÙkeRFka vuqIiÙka
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2ýøö2
Translation
(Whoever is) meditating, free from defilements and seated, has done his duty, is without cankers,
has reached the highest attainment, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
jhÈyi£ : jhÈyÏ [adj. of %jhÈ (to meditate)]= meditating. jhÈyi£ [masc. acc. sg.]= meditating.
virajam Èsina£ : viraja [adj. derived from vi [indec.pfx. meaning ‘without’]+%raj/ra¤j (to shine, to be
coloured)]= free from defilement or passion, stainless, faultless. viraja£ [masc. acc. sg.]= free from
defilement or passion, stainless, faultless. ÈsÏna [adj. pp. of %Ès (to sit)]= sitting, seated. ÈsÏna£
[masc. acc. sg.]= sitting, seated. viraja£+ÈsÏna£= virajam ÈsÏna£= free from defilements and
seated.
k atak icca£ : kata [adj, pp of %kar (to do, to make)]= done, created. kicca [adj. ger. of %kar (to do, to
make)]= what should be done. kata+kicca= katakicca [adj.]=who has done what should be done
i.e. done his duty. katakicca£ [masc. acc. sg.]= who has done his duty.
anÈsava£ : Èsava [masc.]= canker. an [neg. pfx.]+Èsava= anÈsava [adj.]= without cankers. anÈsava£
[masc. acc. sg.]= without cankers.
uttam attha£ : uttama [adj.]= best, highest. attha [ntr.]= (spiritual) good, gain, profit. uttama+attha=
uttamattha [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= highest (spiritual) goal. uttamattha£ [acc. sg.]= highest (spiritual)
goal.
anuppatta£ : anuppatta [adj. anu (indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to, combined with’)+pa (indec.
strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+pp. of %Èp (to get)]=attained.
anuppatta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= attained.
brÈhma‡a.
dÏvÈ tapati Èdicco, ratti£ ÈbhÈti candimÈ,

sannaddho khattiyo tapati, jhÈyÏ tapati brÈhma‡o,
atha sabbam ahoratta£ buddho tapati tejasÈ23872
fnok rifr vkfnPpks] jfÙak vkHkkfr pfUnek]
lÂ¼ks [kfÙk;ks rifr] >k;h rifr c kã.kks]
vFk lCce~ vgksjÙka cq¼ks rifr rstlk2ýø÷2
Translation
The sun radiates by day and the moon shines by night. The khattiya radiates when armed, the
brÈhma‡a radiates when meditating. But the Buddha radiates with splendor all day and night.
Vocabulary
dÏvÈ [adv. derived from ntr. n. diva (day)]= by day.
tapati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %tap (to be hot, to burn)]= radiates.
Èdicco: Èdicca [masc.]= sun. Èdicco [nom. sg.]= sun.
ÈbhÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of È (pfx meaning ‘at, in’)+%bhÈ (to shine)]= shines.
sannaddho: sannaddha [adj. derived sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+pp.
of %nandh (to bind)]= armed. sannaddho [masc. nom. sg.]= armed.
k hattiyo: khattiya [masc.]= warrior, khattiya, name of a caste. khattiyo [nom. sg.]= khattiya.
tapati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %tap (to be hot, to burn)]= radiates, shines.
jhÈyÏ: jhÈyÏ [adj. of %jhÈ (to meditate)]= meditating. jhÈyÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= meditating.
brÈhma‡a.
atha [indec, part.]= but, moreover, and also, and then, then.
sabbam ahoratta£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. sabba£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= all. aho [ntr.]= day. ratta [ntr.]=
night. aho+ratta= ahoratti [ntr.]= day and night. ahoratti£ [acc. sg.]= day and night.
sabba£+ahoratta£= sabbam ahoratta£ [euphonic sandhi]= all day and night.
buddho: buddha [adj. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= the Awakened One, the Buddha. buddho [masc. nom.
sg.]= the Buddha.
tejasÈ: teja [ntr.]= energy, splendour. tejasÈ [ins. sg.]= with splendour.
bÈhitapÈpo ti brÈhma‡o
samacariyÈ sama‡o ti vuccati.
pabbÈjayamattano mala£
tasmÈ pabbajito ti vuccati23882
Ckkfgrikiks fr c kã.kks
lepfj;k le.kksfr oqPpfrA
iCckt;eÙkuks eya
rLek iCcftrks fr oqPpfr2ýøø2
Translation
Keeping away from evil he is ša brÈhma‡a.› Living in tranquility he is called šan ascetic.›
Renouncing his own impurity therefore he is called ša monk.›
Vocabulary
bÈhitapÈpo: bÈhita [adj. ppr. of bÈheti (keeps away from)]= kept away. pÈpa [adj. but here as a ntr. n.]=
evil. bÈhita+pÈpa= bÈhitapÈpa [adj.]= who has kept away from evil. bÈhitapÈpo [masc. nom. sg.]=
who has kept away from evil.
brÈhma‡a.
sam acariyÈ: sama [masc.]= tranquility. cariyÈ [fem.]= living, following. sama+cariyÈ= samacariyÈ
[fem.]= living in tranquility. samacariyÈ [nom. sg.]= living in tranquility.
pabbÈjayam attano: pabbÈjayanta [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+act. ppr. of %vajj (to avoid)]= renouncing. pabbÈjaya£ [masc. nom. sg.]=
renouncing. attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano [gen. sg.]= of oneself. pabbÈjaya£+attano=
pabbÈjayamattano= renouncing of oneself.
pabbajito: pabbajita [adj. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. used to emphasize the intensity of
an action)+pp. of %vajj (to avoid)]= a monk. pabbajito [masc. nom. sg.]= a monk.
vuccati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from %vac (to say, to speak)]= is called .
na brÈhma‡assa pahareyya
nÈssa mu¤cetha brÈhma‡o,
dhÏ brÈhma‡assa hantÈra£,
tato dhÏ yassa mu¤cati23892
u c kã.kLl igjsÕ;
ukLl eq×psFk c kã.kks]
/h c kã.kLl gUrkja]
rrks /h ;Ll eq×pfr2ýøù2
Translation
One should not attack a brÈhma‡a nor should a brÈhma‡a release (anger) against the one who hit
him. Shame to the killer of a brÈhma‡a, hence shame to him who releases (anger) against him.
Vocabulary
brÈhm a‡assa: brÈhma‡a [masc.]= a member of the brÈhma‡a caste, a holy man. brÈhma‡assa [gen.
sg.]= of a brÈhma‡a.
pahareyya [3. sg. pot. act. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%har (to seize, take)]= should attack.
nÈssa: na [indec. part.]= no, not, never. assa [masc. dat. sg. of aya£ (it)]= him. na+assa= nÈssa
[euphonic sandhi]= not him.
m u¤cetha [3. sg. pot. med. of %muc (to release, to free)]= should release, should let loose.
brÈhma‡a.
dhÏ [indec.]= an explanation of reproach and disgust: fie! shame!
brÈhm a‡assa: brÈhma‡a [masc.]= a member of the brÈhma‡a caste, a holy man. brÈhma‡assa [gen.
sg.]= of a brÈhma‡a.
hantÈra£ : hantÈra [adj. of %han (to strike, to kill)]= striker, killer. hantÈra£ [masc. acc. sg.]= striker,
killer.
dhÏ [indec.]= an explanation of reproach and disgust: fie! shame!
m u¤cati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %muc (to release, to free)]= releases, lets loose.
na brÈhma‡ass’etad aki¤ci seyyo

yadÈ nisedho manaso piyehi,
yato yato hi£samano nivattati
tato tato sammati-m-eva dukkha£23902
u c kã.kLl~*,rn~ vfdf×p lsÕ;ks

;nk fuls/ks eulks fi;sfg]
;rks ;rks fgaleuks fuoÙkfr
rrks rrks lEefr&e~&,o nqD[ka2ýùú2
Translation
When holding the mind back from pleasant things, nothing is better for a brÈhma‡a (than) this.
Whenever (he) turns away from a wish to hurt, just more and more suffering is appeased.
Vocabulary
brÈhm a‡ass’etad: brÈhma‡a [masc.]= a member of the brÈhma‡a caste, a holy man. brÈhma‡assa [dat.
sg.]= for a brÈhma‡a. etad [ntr. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. eta (it/this)]= it/this.
brÈhma‡assa+etad= brÈhma‡ass’etad= for a brÈhma‡... this.
ak i¤ci: ki£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ka (what/which/who)]= what. ki£+ci [indef. intrg. part. sfx.]=
ki¤ci [euphonic sandhi]= whatever, something. a [neg. pfx.]+ki¤ci= aki¤ci= nothing.
nisedho: nisedha [adj.]= holding back. nisedho [masc. nom. sg.]= holding back.
m anaso: mana [ntr.]= mind. manaso [gen. sg.]= of the mind.
piyehi: piya [adj.]= pleasing, pleasant, dear, beloved. piyehi [masc. ins. pl.]= from the pleasant.
yato [indec. adv. abl. case of rel. pron. base ya meaning ‘which, whichever, what, whatever’]= from
where, whence, since, when, from which time, from which, out of what cause, because, in as far as.
When doubled= from whichever source, whenever.
hi£ sam ano: hi£sÈ [fem. derived from %hi£s (to hurt)]= injury, killing, violence. mana [ntr. its cpd.
form is mano]= mind. hi£sÈ+mana= hi£samano [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= wish to hurt. hi£samano
[masc. gen. sg.]= wish to hurt.
nivattati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘out, away’)+%vat (to turn)]= turns away
from.
When doubled= further and further, more and more.
sam m ati-m -eva: sammati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %sam (to be appeased, calmed)]= is appeased, calmed.
eva [adv. emphatic part.]= so, even, just, just as, only. sammati+eva= sammati-m-eva [euphonic
sandhi]= just is appeased.
yassa kÈyena vÈcÈya manasÈ n’atthi dukkata£

sa£vuta£ tÏhi —hÈnehi tam aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£23912
;Ll dk;su okpk; eulk u~*vfRFk nqDdra

laoqra rhfg Bkusfg re~ vga c wfe c kã.ka2ýùû2
Translation
By whose body, speech, (or) mind no bad deed is done, restrained by the three means, him I call
a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
k Èyena: kÈya [masc.]= body. kÈyena [ins. sg.]= by body.
vÈcÈya: vÈcÈ [fem.]= speech. vÈcÈya [ins. sg.]= by speech.
duk k ata£ : kata [adj, pp. of %kar (to do, to make)]= done. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient,
sa£ vuta£ : vuta [pp. of %vu (to restrain)]= restrained. sa£ [adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness]+vuta= sa£vuta [adj.]=restrained. sa£vuta£ (masc. acc. sg.]= restrained.
tÏhi: ti [num.]= three. tÏhi [ins. pl.]= by three.
—hÈnehi: —hÈna [ntr.]= state, condition, behaviour. —hÈnehi [ins. pl.]= by means.
brÈhma‡a.
yamhÈ dhamma£ vijÈneyya

sammÈsambuddhadesita£
sakkacca£ ta£ namasseyya
aggihutta£ va brÈhma‡o23922
;Egk /Eea fotkusÕ;

lEeklEcq¼nsflra
lDdPpa ra ueLlsÕ;
vfXxgqÙka o c kã.kks2ýùü2
Translation
From whom one would learn the Dhamma preached by the truly and fully awakened one, him
one should duly honour like a brÈhma‡a at the fire-sacrifice.
Vocabulary
yam hÈ [masc. abl. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= from whom.
vijÈneyya [3. sg. pot. act. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%¤È (to know)]= would learn, know.
sam m Èsam buddhadesita£ : sammÈ [indec. adv.]= in a right way. buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to
awaken)]= the awakened one, enlightened. sammÈ+sa£ [adj, indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness]+buddha= sammÈsambuddha [masc.]= truly and fully awakened one. desita [adj. pp.
of %dis (to preach)]= preached. sammÈsambuddha+desita= sammÈsambuddhadesita [adj.]=
preached by the truly and fully awakened one. sammÈsambuddhadesita£ [masc. acc. sg.]= preached
by the truly and fully awakened one.
sak k acca£ : santa [adj, ppr. of %bhÊ (to be, exist). Its cpd. form is sat]= real, good, existent. karoti [3.
sg. pr. indic. act. of %kar (to do, to make)]= does. santa+karoti= sakkaroti [euphonic sandhi]=
honours, treats with respect. sakkacca£ [adv. originally ger. of sakkaroti]= respectfully, carefully,
duly, thoroughly.
nam asseyya: namo [n. ntr. derived from %nam (to bend)]= homage, veneration. namassati [denom.
derived from namo]= pays honour to, venerates, honours. namasseyya [3. sg. pot. act. of
namassati]= should honour, pay homage to.
aggihutta£ : aggi [masc.]= fire. hutta [adj. pp. of %hu (to sacrifice)]= sacrificed. aggi+hutta= aggihutta
[ntr.]= fire-sacrifice. aggihutta£ [acc. sg.]= fire-sacrifice.
brÈhma‡a.
na ja—Èhi na gottena
na jaccÈ hoti brÈhma‡o,
yamhi sacca¤ ca dhammo ca
so sucÏ so ca brÈhma‡o23932
u tVkfg u xksÙksu
u tPpk gksfr c kã.kks]
;fEg lPp×k~ p /Eeks p
lks lqph lks p c kã.kks2ýùý2
Translation
One becomes a brÈhma‡a not by matted hair, not by lineage, not by birth. In whom (exists) truth
and righteousness, he is pure and he is a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
ja—Èhi: ja—È [fem.]= matter-hair. ja—Èhi [ins. pl.]= by matted-hair.
gottena: gotta [ntr.]= lineage. gottena [ins. sg.]= by lineage.
jaccÈ: jÈti [fem.]= birth. jaccÈ [ins. sg.]= by birth.
brÈhma‡a.
yam hi [masc. loc. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= in whom.
sacca¤ ca: sacca [ntr.]= truth. sacca£ [acc. sg.]= truth. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and. sacca£+ca=
sacca¤ ca.
dham m o: dhamma [masc.]= the Dhamma, the teaching of the Buddha, righteousness. dhammo [nom.
sg.]= righteousness.
sucÏ: suci [adj.]= pure, clean. suci [masc. nom. sg.]= pure, clean. sucÏ is m.c. for suci.
so [masc. nom. sg. of demonstr. pron. of ta (it, that)]= this, he. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
brÈhma‡a.
ki£ te ja—Èhi dummedha, ki£ te ajinasÈ—iyÈ,

abbhantara£ te gahana£, bÈhira£ parimajjasi23942
foaQ rs tVkfg nqEes/] foaQ rs vftulkfV;k]

vCHkUrja rs xgua] ckfgja ifjeTtfl2ýùþ2
Translation
What (are you getting) from your matted-hair, o ignoramus, what from your garment made of
antelope skin? Inside of you is a thicket, you touch the outside.
Vocabulary
k i£ [ntr. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ka (what/which/who)]= who, what, which?
te [gen. sg. of 2.pron. tumha (you)]= of you, your.
ja—Èhi: ja—È [fem.]= matter-hair. ja—Èhi [ins. sg.]= from matted-hair.
dum m edha: medha [ntr. only in cpds. like dummedha]= wisdom. du [antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad,
insufficient’)+medha= dummedha [adj.]= ignoramus. dummedha [masc. voc. sg.]= o ignoramus.
k i£ [ntr. nom. sg. of interjec. pron. ka (who, which)]= who, what, which?
ajinasÈ—iyÈ: ajina [ntr.]= the hide of the black antelope, worn as a garment by ascetics. sÈ—Ï [fem.]=
cloth, garment. ajina+sÈ—i= ajinasÈ—Ï [fem.]= garment made of the hide of black antelope.
ajinasÈ—iyÈ [ins. sg.]= from the garment made of the hide of black antelope.
abbhantara£ : antara [adj.]= inside, in between. abhi (pfx. meaning ‘towards the inside, in there,
within’)+antara= abbhantara [adj. but here as an n. ntr.]= interior, inner part. abbhantara£ [nom.
sg.]= interior, inner part.
gahana£ : gaha‡a [ntr.]= an impenetrable place, a thicket. jungle. gahana£ [nom. sg.]= an impenetrable
place, a thicket. jungle.
bÈhira£ : bÈhira [adj.]= external, outside. bÈhira£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= external, outside.
parim ajjasi [2. sg. pr. indic. act. of pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%majj (to submerge)]= (you) touch,
stroke.
pa£sukÊladhara£ jantu£
kisa£ dhamanisanthata£
eka£ vanasmi£ jhÈyanta£
ialqdwy/ja tUrqa
fdla /efulUFkra
,da oufLea >k;Ura
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2ýùÿ2
Translation
A person wearing rags from a dust heap, lean, with veins showing, meditating alone in the forest,
him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
pa£ suk Êladhara£ : pa£su [masc.]= dust, soil. kÊla [ntr.]= bank, heap. pa£su+kÊla= pa£sukÊla
[ntr.]= rags from a dust heap. dhara [adj. derived from %dha (to hold)]=bearing, keeping, holding,
knowing. pa£sukÊladhara [adj.]= wearing rags from a dust heap. pa£sukÊladhara£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= wearing rags from a dust heap.
jantu£ : jantu [masc.]= being, person. jantu£ [acc. sg.]= being, person.
k isa£ : kisa [adj.]= lean. kisa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= lean.
dham anisanthata£ : dhamani [fem.]= vein. santhata [adj. derived from sa£ (adj, indec.pfx implying
conjunction and completeness)+%thar (to spread)]= spread, strewn. dhamani+santhata=
dhamanisanthata [adj.]= with veins strewn i.e. with veins showing. dhamanisanthata£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= with veins showing.
ek a£ : eka [num. Here as an adj.]= alone. eka£ [masc. acc. sg.]= alone.
vanasm i£ : vana [ntr.]= forest. vanasmi£ [loc. sg.]= in the forest.
jhÈyanta£ : jhÈyanta [adj. act. ppr. of %jhÈ (to meditate)]= meditating, meditator. jhÈyanta£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= meditating, meditator.
brÈhma‡a.
na cÈha£ brÈhma‡a£ brÊmi

yonija£ mattisa£bhava£
bhovÈdÏ nÈma so hoti
sace hoti saki¤cano,
aki¤cana£ anÈdÈna£
u pkga c kã.ka c wfe

;ksfuta efÙklaHkoa
Hkksoknh uke lks gksfr
lps gksfr lfd×puks]
vfd×pua vuknkua
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2ýùö2
Translation
But I do not call one a brÈhma‡a on account of birth alone, being born from a (brÈhma‡a)
mother. If he has attachments, he is to be called šself-important.› One without possessions and
without attachment, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
cÈha£ : ca [encl. part. Here used in the disjunctive sense]= but. aha£ [nom. sg. of 1.pron. amha (I)]=
I. ca+aha£= cÈha£ [euphonic sandhi]= but I.
brÈhma‡a.
yonija£ : yoni [fem.]= womb. ja [adj. sfx. derived from %jan (to give birth)]= born. yoni+ja= yonija
[adj.]= born from the womb i.e., on account of birth. yonija£ [masc. acc. sg.]= on account of birth.
m attisa£ bhava£ : mÈtar [fem.]= mother. sa£bhava [masc. derived from sa£ (adj, indec. pfx implying
conjunction and completeness)+%bhÊ (to be)]= origin. mÈtar+sa£bhava mattisa£bhava [adj.
euphonic sandhi]= born from a mother. mattisa£bhava£ [masc. acc. sg.]= born from a mother.
bhovÈdÏ: bho [indec.]= sir, friend, a familiar term of address. vÈdÏ [adj. derived from %vad (to say)]=
speaking, speaker. bho+vÈdÏ= bhovÈdÏ [adj.]= who addresses another with the word bho implying
superiority of the speaker, self-important. bhovÈdÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= self-important.
nÈm a: nÈma [ntr.]= name, immaterial factors of an individual. nÈma [acc. sg.]= named, called.
sace [conj.]= if.
sak i¤cano: ki¤cana [adj.]= possessing something. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ used a first part of cpd. in
the sense of ‘with, possessed of, having, same, own.’]+ki¤cana= saki¤cana [adj.]= possessing
something. saki¤cano [masc. nom. sg. ]= possessing something.
anÈdÈna£ : ÈdÈna [n. ntr. derived from È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]=
attachment. an [neg. pfx.]+ÈdÈna= anÈdÈna [adj.]= without attachment. anÈdÈna£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= without attachment.
brÈhma‡a.
sabbasa£yojana£ chetvÈ
yo ve na paritassati
sa×gÈtiga£ visa£yutta£
lCcla;kstua NsRok
;ks os u ifjrLlfr
lÄõkfrxa fola;qÙka
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2ýù÷2
Translation
Whoever indeed having cut off every fetter is not excited, has overcome attachments, is
detached, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
sabbasa£ yojana£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. yojana [n. ntr. derived from %yuj (to yoke)]=the yoke of
a carriage. sa£yojana [ntr. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+yojana]= fetter. sabba+sa£yojana= sabbasa£yojana [ntr.]= every fetter.
sabbasa£yojana£ [acc. sg.]= every fetter.
yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who, whoever)]= which, who, whoever.
paritassati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%tas (to be thirsty)]= is excited, is
worried, craves for, shows a longing for.
sa×gÈtiga£ : sa×ga [masc.]= clinging, attachment, bond. sa×gÈ [nom. pl.]= attachments. atiga [adj.
derived from ati (pfx. meaning ‘beyond’)+%gam (to go)]= one who has overcome. sa×gÈ+atiga=
sa×gÈtiga [adj. euphonic sandhi]= one who has overcome attachments. sa×gÈtiga£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
one who has overcome attachments.
completeness)+pp. of %yuj (to yoke)]= attached. vi (indec.pfx. meaning ‘away’)+ sa£yutta=
visa£yutta [adj.]= detached. visa£yutta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= detached.
brÈhma‡a.
chetvÈ naddhi£ varatta¤ ca

sandÈna£ sahanukkama£
ukkhittapaligha£ buddha£
NsRok uf¼a ojÙk×k~ p

lUnkua lguqDdea
mfD[kÙkify?ka cq¼a
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2ýùø2
Translation
(Whoever) having cut off the strap and the harness, fetter together with a bridle, having the
obstacles removed, is awakened, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
naddhi£ : nandhi/nandi [fem. derived from %nah (to bind)]= strap, thong. naddhi£ [acc. sg.]= strap,
thong.
varatta¤ ca: varatta [ntr.]= a leather thong, strap. varatta£ [acc. sg.]= a thong, strap. ca [indef. encl.
part.]= and. varatta£+ca= varatta¤ ca.
sandÈna£ : sandÈna [n. ntr. derived from sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and
completeness)+%dÈ (to bind)]= a cord, tether, fetter. sandÈna£ [acc. sg.]= trapping, fetter, cord.
sahanuk k am a£ : saha [conj.]= with. anukkama [masc. derived from anu (indec.pfx. meaning ‘along, at,
to, combined with’)+%kam (to go)]= that which keeps an animal in (regular) step i.e., a bridle.
saha+anukkama= sahanukkama [adj. euphonic sandhi]= together with a bridle. sahanukkama£
[masc. acc. sg.]= together with a bridle.
uk k hittapaligha£ : ukkhitta [adj. derived from ut [pfx. meaning ‘up’]+%khip (to throw)]= taken up, lifted
up. paligha [masc.]= obstacle, hindrance. ukkhitta+paligha= ukkhittapaligha [adj.]= having the
obstacles removed. ukkhittapaligha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= having the obstacles removed.
buddha£ : buddha [masc. pp. of %budh (to awaken)]= awakened. buddha£ [acc. sg.]= awakened.
aha£ [nom. sg. of 1. pron. amha (I)]= I.
brÈhma‡a.
akkosa£ vadhabandha¤ ca adu——ho yo titikkhati

khantÏbala£ balÈnÏka£ ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£23992
vDdksla o/cU/×k~ p vnqêòks ;ks frfrD[kfr

[kUrhcya cykuhda ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2ýùù2
Translation
Whoever endures abuse, beating, and binding, whose power is forbearance with strong force,
Vocabulary
ak k osa£ : akkosa [masc. derived from È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%kus (to abuse,
insult)]= abuse, insult. akkosa£ [acc. sg.]= abuse, insult.
vadhabandha¤ ca: vadha [masc. derived from %vadh (to strike, beat)]= striking, beating. bandha [n. ntr.
derived from %badh (to bind)]= binding, imprisonment. vadha+bandha= vadhabandha [ntr.]=
beating and binding. vadhabandha£ [acc. sg.]= beating-binding. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
vadhabandha£+ca= vadhabandha¤ ca.
adu——ho: du——ha [adj. pp. of %dus (to become bad)]= spoilt, wicked, corrupt. a [neg. pfx.]= adu——ha
[adj.]= not spoilt, not wicked, benevolent. adu——ho [masc. nom. sg.]= not spoilt, not wicked.
titik k hati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. desid. of %tij (to sharpen)]= endures.
k hantÏbala£ : khanti [fem.]= patience, forbearance, forgiveness. bala [ntr.]= strength, power.
khanti+bala= khantibala [adj.]= one whose strength is forbearance. khantibala£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
one whose strength is forbearance. khantÏbala£ is m.c. for khantibala£.
balÈnÏk a£ : bala [ntr.]= strength, power. anÏka [ntr.]= force, army. bala+ÈnÏka= balÈnÏka [adj.]= with
strong force. balÈnÏka£ [masc. acc. sg.]= with strong force.
brÈhma‡a.
akkodhana£ vatavanta£ sÏlavanta£ anussada£

danta£ antimasÈrÏra£ ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24002
vDdks/ua oroUra lhyoUra vuqLlna

nUra vfUrelkjhja ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þúú2
Translation
(Whoever is) without anger, devout, virtuous, not haughty, restrained, with last life, him I call
a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
ak k odhana£ : kodhana [adj.]= angry, uncontrolled. a [neg. pfx.]+kodhana= akkodhana [adj. euphonic
sandhi]= freedom from anger, friendly, loving. akkodhana£ [masc. acc. sg.]= friendly, loving.
vatavanta£ : vatavantu [adj.]= observant of religious duties, devout. vatavanta£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
devout.
sÏlavanta£ : sÏla [ntr.]= morality. sÏla+vantu [poss. sfx.]= sÏlavantu [adj.]= virtuous one. sÏlavanta£
[masc. acc. sg.]= the virtuous one.
anussada£ : ussada [masc.]= arrogance. an [neg. pfx.]+ussada= anussada [adj. euphonic sandhi]= not
haughty. anussada£ [masc. acc. sg.]= not haughty.
danta£ : danta [adj. pp. of %dam (to control, to tame)]= tamed, restrained. danta£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
tamed, restrained.
antim asÈrÏra£ : antima [adj.]= last, final. sarÏra [ntr.]= body. antima+sarÏra= antimasarÏra [adj.]=
with last body, last life. antimasarÏra£ [masc. acc. sg.]= with last body, with last life. antimasÈrÏra£
is m.c. for antimasarÏra£.
brÈhma‡a.
vÈri pokkharapatteva Èragge-r-iva sÈsapo

yo na limpati kÈmesu ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24012
okfj iksD[kjiÙkso vkjXxs&j~&bo lkliks

;ks u fyEifr dkeslq ra vgaa c wfe c kã.ka2þúû2
Translation
Like water on a lotus leaf, like a mustard seed on the point of an arrow, who does not cling to
sensual desires, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
vÈri: vÈri [ntr.]= water. vÈri [nom. sg.]= water.
pok k harapatteva: pokkhara [ntr.]= lotus. patta [ntr.]= leaf. pokkhara+patta= pokkharapatta [ntr.]=
lotus-leaf. pokkharapatte [loc. sg.]= on a lotus-leaf. va [indec. part of comparison]= like, as.
pokkharapatte+va= pokkharapatteva= like... on a lotus leaf.
Èragge-r-iva: Èragga [ntr.]= arrow-head. Èragge [loc. sg.]= on an arrow-head. iva [indec. part of
comparison]= like, as. Èragge+iva= Èragge-r-iva [euphonic sandhi]= like... on the arrow-head.
sÈsapo: sÈsapa [masc.]= mustard seed. sÈsapo [nom. sg.]= mustard seed.
lim pati [3. sg. pr. indic. act. of %lip (to anoint)]= smears, plasters, clings to, stains.
brÈhma‡a.
yo dukkhassa pajÈnÈti
idh’eva khayam attano
pannabhÈra£ visa£yutta£
;ks nqD[kLl itkukfr

b/~*,o [k;e~ vÙkuks
iÂHkkja fola;qÙka
ra vgaa c wfe c kã.ka2þúü2
Translation
Whoever knows just here (in this world) the destruction of his own suffering, who has put down
his burden, is detached, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
pajÈnÈti [3. sg. pr. indic. act. derived from pa ( indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%¤È (to know)]= knows, understands.
idh’eva: idha [indec. adv.]= here (in this world). eva [emphatic part.]= even, just, only. idha+eva=
idh’eva [euphonic sandhi]= just here (in this world).
k hayam attano: khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution. khaya£ [acc. sg.]= destruction, dissolution.
attÈ [masc.]= self, oneself. attano [gen. sg.]= of oneself. khaya£+attano= khayam attano
[euphonic sandhi]= destruction... of oneself.
pannabhÈra£ : panna [adj. pp. of %pad (to go)]= gone, fallen, laid down. bhÈra [ntr.]= weight. burden,
load. panna+bhÈra= pannabhÈra [adj.]= one who has put down the burden. pannabhÈra£ [masc.
acc. sg.]= one who has put down the weight.
completeness)+pp. of %yuj (to yoke)]= attached. vi [indec.pfx. meaning ‘away’)+sa£yutta=
visa£yutta [adj.]= unattached, detached. visa£yutta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= unattached, detached.
brÈhma‡a.
gambhÏrapa¤¤a£ medhÈvi£
maggÈmaggassa kovida£
uttamattha£ anuppatta£
xEHkhji××ka es/kfoa
eXxkeXxLl dksfona
mÙkeRFka vuqIiÙka
ra vgaa c wfe c kã.ka2þúý2
Translation
(Whoever is) endowed with deep knowledge, wise, knowing what is the path and what is not, has
attained the highest goal, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
gam bhÏrapa¤¤a£ : gambhÏra [adj.]= deep. pa¤¤a [adj.]= wise. gambhÏra+pa¤¤a= gambhÏrapa¤¤a
[adj.]= one endowed with deep knowledge. gambhÏrapa¤¤a£ [masc. acc. sg.]= one endowed with
deep knowledge.
m edhÈvi£ : medhÈ [fem.]=wisdom. medhÈ+vÏ [poss. sfx.]= medhÈvÏ [adj.]= having wisdom, wise.
medhÈvi£ [masc. acc. sg.]= wise.
m aggÈm aggassa: magga [masc.]= path, road. a [neg. pfx.]+magga= amagga [masc.]= what is not a
path. magga+amagga= maggÈmagga [masc.]= what is the path and what is not. maggÈmaggassa
[gen. sg.]= of what is the path and what is not.
k ovida£ : kovida [adj. derived from ku [adv. meaning ‘how’]+%vid (to know)]= knowing. kovida£ [masc.
acc. sg.]= knowing.
uttam attha£ : uttama [adj.]= best, highest. attha [ntr.]= (spiritual) good, gain, profit. uttama+attha=
uttamattha [ntr. euphonic sandhi]= highest (spiritual) goal. uttamattha£ [acc. sg.]= highest (spiritual)
goal.
anuppatta£ : anuppatta [adj. anu (indec. pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to, combined with’)+pa (indec.
brÈhma‡a.
asa£sa——ha£ gaha——hehi anÈgÈrehi c’Êbhaya£

anokasÈri£ appiccha£ ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24042
vlalêòa xgêòsfg vukxkjsfg p~’ÅHk;a

vuksdlkfja vfIiPNa ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þúþ2
Translation
(One) not associating with householders or the homeless, following both homelessness and
wanting little, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
asa£ sa——ha£ : asa£sa——ha [adj. derived from a [neg. pfx.)+sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction
and completeness)+pp. of %saj (to join)]= not associating with. asa£sa——ha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= not
associating with.
gaha——hehi: gaha [masc.]= house. gaha+——ha [sfx, adj. of %—hÈ (to stand)]= gaha——ha [masc.]=
householder. gaha——hehi [ins. pl.]= with the householders.
anÈgÈrehi: agÈra [ntr.]= home. an [neg. pfx.]+agÈra= anÈgÈra [masc.]= homeless, wanderer.
anÈgÈrehi [ins. pl.]= with the homeless.
c’Êbhaya£ : ubhaya [adj.]= both, twofold. ubhaya£ [masc. acc. sg. But here as an adv.]= both. ca
[indef. encl. part.]= and. ca+ubhaya£= c’Êbhaya£ [euphonic sandhi]= and both.
anok asÈri£ : oka [ntr.]= home. an (negating pfx]+oka= anoka [ntr.]= homelessness. anoka£ [acc.
sg.]= homelessness. sÈrÏ [adj. derived from %sar (go)]= wandering, following. anoka+sÈrÏ=
anokasÈri [adj.]= following homelessness. anokasÈri£ [masc. acc. sg.]= following homelessness.
appiccha£ : appa [adj.]= hardly any, very few, very little. iccha [adj. derived from %icch (to wish)]=
wishing, wanting. appa+iccha= appiccha [adj. euphonic sandhi]= wanting little. appiccha£ [masc.
acc. sg.]= wanting little.
brÈhma‡a.
nidhÈya da‡Ça£ bhÊtesu tasesu thÈvaresu ca

yo na hanti na ghÈteti ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24052
fu/k; n.Ma Hkwrslq rlslq Fkkojslq p

;ks u gfUr u ?kkrsfr ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þúÿ2
Translation
Whoever, having laid aside punishment on living beings moving and still, neither kills nor causes
to kill, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
nidhÈya [ger. of ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%dhÈ (to put)]= having laid aside, having given up.
da‡Ça£ : da‡Ça [masc.]= punishment, stick. da‡Ça£ [masc. acc. sg.]= punishment, stick.
bhÊtesu: bhÊta [masc.]= living being. bhÊtesu [loc. pl.]= on living beings.
tasesu: tasa [adj. derived from %tas (to tremble)]= trembling, moving. tasesu [masc. loc. pl.]= on the
trembling, on the moving.
thÈvaresu: thÈvara [adj. derived from %—hÈ (to stand)]= still, firm. thÈvaresu [masc. loc. pl.]= on the
firm, on the still.
ghÈteti [3.sg. act. caus. of %ghan (to kill)]= causes to kill.
brÈhma‡a.
aviruddha£ viruddhesu attada‡Çesu nibbuta£

sÈdÈnesu anÈdÈna£ ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24062
vfo#¼a fo#¼slq vÙkn.Mslq fuCcqra

lknkuslq vuknkua ra vgaa c wfe c kã.ka2þúö2
Translation
(Whoever is) unobstructed amongst the obstructed, liberated amongst the violent, unattached
amongst the attached (to the world), him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
aviruddha£ : viruddha [adj. vi (indec.pfx. meaning ‘away’)+ pp. of %rudh/rundh (to obstruct)]=
obstructed, hindered. a [neg. pfx.]+viruddha= aviruddha [adj.]= not contrary, without difficulties,
unobstructed, unhindered, free. aviruddha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= not contrary, without difficulties,
unobstructed, unhindered, free.
viruddhesu: viruddha [adj. vi (indec. pfx. meaning ‘away’)+ pp. of %rudha/rundha (to obstruct)]=
hindered, obstructed, disturbed. viruddhesu [masc. loc. pl.]= amongst the obstructed.
attada‡Çesu: atta [adj. derived from È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from, to, towards’)+%dÈ (to take)]= that
which has been taken up, assumed. da‡Ça [masc.]= punishment, stick. atta+da‡Ça attada‡Ça
[adj.]= he who has taken a stick in hand, a violent person. attada‡Çesu [masc. loc. pl.]= amongst
the violent persons.
nibbuta£ : nibbuta [adj. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘off, out’)+%vÈ (to blow)]= emancipated,
liberated. nibbuta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= emancipated, liberated.
sÈdÈnesu: ÈdÈna [n. ntr. derived from È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]=
attachment, clinging. sa [pfx. identical with sa£ used a first part of cpd. in the sense of ‘with,
possessed of, having, same, own’]+ÈdÈna= sÈdÈna [adj.]= attached (to the world), passionate.
sÈdÈnesu [masc. loc. pl.]= amongst those who are attached to the world.
anÈdÈna£ : ÈdÈna [n. ntr. derived from È (indec.pfx. meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]=
attachment. an [neg. pfx.]+ÈdÈna= anÈdÈna [adj.]= unattached (to the world). anÈdÈna£ [masc.
acc. sg.]= unattached (to the world).
brÈhma‡a.
yassa rÈgo ca doso ca mÈno makkho ca pÈtito

sÈsapo-r-iva ÈraggÈ ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24072
;Ll jkxks p nkslks p ekuks eD[kks p ikfrrks

lkliks&j~&bo vkjXxk ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þú÷2
Translation
(Whose) passion, hatred, conceit, and hypocrisy have been made to fall down, like mustard seed
from an arrow-head, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
rÈgo: rÈga [masc. derived from %raj (to colour)]= passion. rÈgo [nom. sg.]= passion.
doso: dosa [masc.]= ill-will. doso [nom. sg.]= ill-will.
m Èno: mÈna [masc.]= pride. mÈno [nom. sg.]= pride.
m ak k ho: makkha [ntr.]= hypocrisy. makkho [nom. sg.]= hypocrisy.
pÈtito: pÈtita [adj. pp. of the caus. of %pat (to fall)]= made to fall down, killed, destroyed. pÈtito [masc.
nom. sg.]= made to fall down, killed, destroyed.
sÈsapo-r-iva: sÈsapa [masc.]= mustard seed. sÈsapo [nom. sg.]= mustard seed. iva [indec. part of
comparison]= like, as. sÈsapo+iva= sÈsapo-r-iva [euphonic sandhi]= like... a mustard seed.
ÈraggÈ: Èragga [ntr.]= arrow-head. ÈraggÈ [abl. sg.]= from an arrow-head.
brÈhma‡a.
akakkasa£ vi¤¤Èpani£ gira£ sacca£ udÏraye

yÈya nÈbhisaje ka¤ci ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24082
vdDdla fo××kkifua fxja lPpa mnhj;s

;k; ukfHklts df×p ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þúø2
Translation
(Whoever) would utter gentle, informative, and truthful speech, by which he would not curse
anyone, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
ak ak k asa£ : kakkasa [adj.]= rough, hard, harsh (esp. of speech). a [neg. pfx.]+kakkasa= akakkasa
[adj.]= smooth. akakkasa£ [masc. acc. sg.]= not harsh, smooth, gentle.
vi¤¤Èpani£ : vi¤¤Èpana [adj. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%¤È (to know)]= instructive,
informative. vi¤¤Èpani£ [fem. acc. sg.]= instructive, informative.
gira£ : girÈ [fem.]= speech, gira£ [acc. sg.]= speech.
sacca£ : sacca [ntr.]= truth. sacca£ [acc. sg.]= truth.
udÏraye [3. sg. caus. pot. act. of ud (pfx. meaning ‘up’)+%Ïr (to move)]= should speak, utter.
yÈya [fem. ins. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= by which.
nÈbhisaje: na [indec. part.]= no, not. abhisaje [3. sg. pot. act. of abhi (pfx. meaning ‘towards the inside,
in there, within’)+%saj (to hang)]= should curse. na+abhisaje=nÈbhisaje [euphonic sandhi]=
should not curse.
k a¤ci: ka£ [masc. acc. sg. of rel. pron. ka (what/which/who)]= who. ka£+ci [indef. intrg. part. sfx.]=
ka¤ci [euphonic sandhi]= whatever, whoever, anyone.
brÈhma‡a.
yo’dha dÏgha£ va rassa£ vÈ

a‡u£thÊla£ subhÈsubha£
loke adinna£ nÈdiyate
;ks’/ nh?ka o jLla ok

v.kqaFkwya lqHkklqHka
yksds vfnÂa ukfn;rs
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þúù2
Translation
Whoever does not take here (in this world) what is not given, be it long or short, small or big,
pleasant or unpleasant, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
yo’dha: yo [masc. nom. sg. of rel. pron. ya (which, who, whoever)]= which, who, whoever. idha [indec.
adv.]= here (in this world). yo+idha= yo’dha [euphonic sandhi]= whoever... here (in this world).
dÏgha£ : dÏgha [adj.]= long. dÏgha£ [ntr. nom. sg.]= long.
va [indec. encl.]= or. va is m.c. for vÈ.
rassa£ : rassa [adj.]= short. rassa£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= short.
a‡u£ thÊla£ : a‡u [adj.]= atomic, small. a‡u£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= small. thÊla [adj.]= massive, big. thÊla£
[ntr. acc. sg.]= big. a‡u£+thÊla£= a‡u£thÊla£ [euphonic sandhi]= small and big.
subhÈsubha£ : subha [adj.]= pleasant. a [neg. pfx.]+subha= asubha [adj.]= unpleasant.
subha+asubha= subhÈsubha [adj.]= pleasant and unpleasant. subhÈsubha£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= pleasant
and unpleasant.
adinna£ : dinna [adj. pp. of %dÈ (to give)]= given. a (neg. pfx.)+dinna= adinna [adj.]= what is not
given. adinna£ [ntr. acc. sg.]= what is not given.
nÈdiyate: na [indec. part.]= no, not. Èdiyati [3. sg. pr. med. indic. derived from È (indec.pfx. meaning
‘from, to, towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]= takes, seizes. na+Èdiyate=nÈdiyate [euphonic sandhi]= does
not take, does not seize.
brÈhma‡a.
ÈsÈ yassa na vijjanti

asmi£ loke paramhi ca
nirÈsaya£ visa£yutta£
vklk ;Ll u foTtfUr

vfLea yksds ijfEg p
fujkl;a fola;qÙak
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þûú2
Translation
Whose longings do not exist in this world or the other, is homeless and unattached, him I call
a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
ÈsÈ: ÈsÈ [fem.]= wish, hope, expectation, longing. ÈsÈ [nom. pl.]= wishes, hopes, expectations, longings.
yassa [masc. gen. sg. of demonstr. pron. ya (that, which, who)]= whose.
vijjanti [3. pl. pr. pas. indic. of %vid (to find, to know)]= are found, exist.
nirÈsaya£ : Èsaya [masc.]= living place, shelter. ni [pfx., here meaning ‘down.’ It becomes nir when a
vowel follows]+Èsaya= nirÈsaya [adj.]= homeless. nirÈsaya£ [masc. acc. sg.]= homeless.
completeness)+pp. of %yuj (to yoke)]= attached. vi [indec. pfx. meaning ‘away’)+sa£yutta=
visa£yutta [adj.]= unattached, detached. visa£yutta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= unattached, detached.
brÈhma‡a.
yassÈlayÈ na vijjanti
a¤¤Èya akatha£kathÏ
amatogadha£ anuppatta£
;Llky;k u foTtfUr
v××kk; vdFkadFkh
verksx/a vuqIiÙka
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þûû2
Translation
Whose attachments do not exist, having known (the truth) is without doubt, has attained
immersion in deathlessness, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
yassÈlayÈ: yassa [masc. gen. sg. of rel. pron. ya (who, which)]= whose. Èlaya [masc.]= attachment,
clinging. ÈlayÈ [nom. pl.]= attachments. yassa+ÈlayÈ= yassÈlayÈ [euphonic sandhi]= whose
attachments.
vijjanti [3.pl. pr. pas. indic. of %vid (to find, to know)]= are found, exist.
a¤¤Èya [ger. derived from È (pfx meaning ‘towards’)+%¤È (to know)]= having known, having found.
ak atha£ k athÏ: katha£ [adv.]= how? in what way? kathÈ [adv.]= how? katha£+kathÈ= katha£kathÈ
[euphonic sandhi]= ‘saying how? how?’ i.e. doubt, uncertainty. katha£kathÈ+Ï [poss. sfx.]=
katha£kathÏ [adj. euphonic sandhi]= full of doubt. a [neg. pfx.]+katha£kathÏ [adj.]= without doubt.
akatha£kathÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= without doubt.
am atogadha£ : mata [adj. pp. of %mar (to die)]= dead. a [neg. pfx.]+mata=amata [ntr.]= deathlessness.
ogadha [adj. derived from ava (pfx meaning ‘down, away from, out, over’ and o is its older
form)+pp. of %gÈh (to plunge)]= immersed. amata+ogadha= amatogadha [adj. euphonic sandhi]=
immersed in deathlessness. amatogadha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= immersed into deathlessness.
anuppatta£ : anuppatta [adj. anu (indec.pfx. meaning ‘along, at, to, combined with’)+pa (indec.
brÈhma‡a.
yo’dha pu¤¤a¤ ca pÈpa¤ ca

ubho sa×ga£ upaccagÈ
asoka£ viraja£ suddha£
;ks*/ iq××k×k~ p iki×k~ p

mHkks lÄõa miPpxk
vlksda fojta lq¼a
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þûü2
Translation
Whoever here (in this world) has gone beyond both attachments of good and evil, who is free
from sorrow, stainless and pure, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
pu¤¤a¤ ca: pu¤¤a [ntr.]= meritorious deed, good. pu¤¤a£ [nom. sg.]= meritorious deed, good. ca
[indef. encl. part.]= and. pu¤¤a£+ca= pu¤¤a¤ ca [euphonic sandhi]= and good.
pÈpa¤ ca: pÈpa [adj. but here as ntr. n.]= evil, wickedness. pÈpa£ [nom. sg.]= evil, wickedness. ca
[indef. encl. part.]= and. pÈpa£+ca= pÈpa¤ ca [euphonic sandhi]= and evil.
sa×ga£ : sa×ga [masc. derived from %sa¤j (to cling)]= attachment, clinging. sa×ga£ [acc. sg.]=
attachment, clinging.
upaccagÈ [3. sg. aor. act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘up to’)+ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely, beyond.’)+%gÈ
(to go)]= escaped, gone beyond.
asok a£ : soka [masc.]= sorrow. a [neg. pfx.]+soka= asoka [adj.]= without sorrow. asoka£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= without sorrow.
viraja£ : viraja [adj. derived from vi [indec.pfx. meaning ‘without’]+%raj/ra¤j (to shine, to be
coloured)]= free from defilement or passion, stainless, faultless. viraja£ [masc. acc. sg.]= free from
defilement or passion, stainless, faultless.
suddha£ : suddha [adj. pp. of %sudh (to clean)]= pure. suddha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= pure.
brÈhma‡a.
canda£ va vimala£ suddha£

vippasannam anÈvila£
nandÏbhavaparikkhÏ‡a£
pUna o foeya lq¼a

foIilÂe~ vukfoya
uUnhHkoifjD[kh.ka
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þûý2
Translation
(Whoever) like the moon is spotless, pure, bright, undisturbed, in whom joy is extinct, him I call
a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
canda£ : canda [masc.]= moon. canda£ [acc. sg.]= moon.
vim ala£ : mala [ntr.]= impurity. vi [indec.pfx. meaning ‘without’]+mala= vimala [adj.]= without
impurity, spotless, unstained. vimala£ [masc. acc. sg.]= without impurity, spotless, unstained.
suddha£ : suddha [adj. pp. of %sudh (to clean)]= pure. suddha£ [masc. acc. sg.]= pure.
vippasanna£ : pasanna [adj. derived from pa ( indec. strengthening pfx. often used to emphasize the
intensity of an action)+%sad (to sit)]= clear, bright. vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+pasanna= vippasanna
[adj.]= clear, bright. vippasanna£ [masc. acc. sg.]= clear, bright. Èvila [adj.]= stirred up. an [neg.
pfx.]+Èvila= anÈvila [adj.]= undisturbed. anÈvila£ [masc. acc. sg.]= undisturbed.
vippasanna£+anÈvila£= vippasannam anÈvila£= bright, undisturbed.
nandÏbhavaparik k hÏ‡a£ : nandÏ [fem. derived from %nand (to rejoice)]= pleasure, delight. bhava [masc.
derived from %bhÊ (to be)]= becoming, existence. parikkhÏ‡a [adj. derived from pari (pfx. meaning
‘all around’)+%khÏ (to destroy)]= completely destroyed. nandÏ+bhava+parikkhÏ‡a=
nandÏbhavaparikkhÏ‡a [adj.]= one in whom joy is extinct (i.e. an arahant), explained however by the
Dhammapada Commentary as one who has rid himself of the craving for rebirth.
nandÏbhavaparikkhÏ‡a£ [masc. acc. sg.]= one in whom joy is extinct.
brÈhma‡a.
yo ima£ palipatha£ dugga£

sa£sÈra£ moham accagÈ
ti‡‡o pÈragato jhÈyÏ
anejo akatha£kathÏ
anupÈdÈya nibbuto
;ks bea ifyiFka nqXxa

lalkja eksge~ vPpxk
fr..kks ikjxrks >k;h
vustks vdFkadFkh
vuqiknk; fuCcqrks
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þûþ2
Translation
Whoever has overcome this danger, difficult road, endless transmigration, delusion, crossed
over, gone over to the opposite shore, meditative, free from craving, without doubt, not clung,
emancipated, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
im a£ [masc. acc. sg. of demonstr. pron. ima (this)]= this.
palipatha£ : patha [masc.]= path. pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+patha= paripatha/palipatha
[masc.]= šway round› i.e., ambush, danger, obstacle. palipatha£ [acc. sg.]= danger, obstacle.
dugga£ : dugga [masc. derived from du (antithetic pfx. meaning ‘bad, insufficient’)+ga (adj.sfx. derived
from %gam (to go)]= difficult road. dugga£ [acc. sg.]= difficult road.
sa£ sÈra£ : sa£sÈra [masc.]= Sa£sÈra, endless transmigration. sa£sÈra£ [acc. sg.]= Sa£sÈra, endless
transmigration.
m oham accagÈ: moha [masc. derived from %muh (to be stupefied)]= delusion, stupidity, dullness of mind
and soul, delusion. moha£ [acc. sg.]= delusion, stupidity, dullness of mind and soul. accagÈ [3. sg.
aor. act. of ati (pfx. meaning ‘beyond’)+%gÈ (to go)]= escaped, passed. moha£+accagÈ= moham
accagÈ= escaped delusion.
ti‡‡o: ti‡‡a [adj. pp. of %tar (to cross)]= crossed. ti‡‡o [masc. nom. sg.]= crossed.
pÈragato: pÈra [ntr.]= the other shore. gata [adj. pp. of %gam (to go)]= gone. pÈra+gata= pÈragata
[adj.]= gone to the other shore. pÈragato [masc. nom. sg.]= gone to the other shore.
jhÈyÏ: jhÈyÏ [adj. of %jhÈ (to meditate)]= meditating, meditative. jhÈyÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= meditating,
meditative.
anejo: ejÈ [fem.]= craving. an [neg. pfx.]+ejÈ= aneja [adj.]= free from craving. anejo [masc. nom.
sg.]= free from craving.
ak atha£ k athÏ: katha£ [adv.]= how? in what way? kathÈ [adv.]= how? katha£+kathÈ= katha£kathÈ
[euphonic sandhi]= ‘saying how? how?’ i.e. doubt, uncertainty. katha£kathÈ+Ï [poss. sfx.]=
katha£kathÏ [adj. euphonic sandhi]= full of doubt. a [neg. pfx.]+katha£kathÏ= akatha£kathÏ
[adj.]= without doubt. akatha£kathÏ [masc. nom. sg.]= without doubt.
anupÈdÈya [ger. of an (neg. pfx.)+upa (pfx. meaning ‘close by, near’)+È (indec. pfx meaning ‘from,’
‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]= not clung.
nibbuto: nibbuta [adj. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘off, out’)+%vÈ (to blow)]= emancipated, liberated.
nibbuto [masc. nom. sg.]= emancipated, liberated.
brÈhma‡a.
yo’dha kÈme pahatvÈna

anÈgÈro paribbaje
kÈmÈbhavaparikkhÏ‡a£
;ks*/ dkes igRoku

vukxkjks ifjCcts
dkekHkoifjD[kh.ka
ra vga c wfe c kã.k2þûÿ2
Translation
Whoever, here (in this world), having abandoned sensual desires, would wander about homeless,
has destroyed the existence of sensual pleasure, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
k Èm e: kÈma [masc.]= sensual desire, pleasure. kÈme [acc. pl.]= sensual desires.
pahatvÈna [ger. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+ %hÈ (to leave, to abandon)]= having
abandoned.
anÈgÈro: agÈra [ntr.]= home. an [neg. pfx.]+agÈra= anÈgÈra [masc.]= homeless, wanderer. anÈgÈro
[nom. sg.]= homeless.
paribbaje [3. sg. pot. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%vaj (to go)]= should/would
wander about.
k Èm Èbhavaparik k hÏ‡a£ : kÈma [masc.]= sensual pleasure, sensual desire. bhava [masc. derived from
%bhÊ (to be)]= becoming, existence. parikkhÏ‡a [adj. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all
around’) +%khÏ (to destroy)]= completely destroyed. kÈma+bhava+parikkhÏ‡a=
kÈmabhavaparikkhÏ‡a [adj. euphonic sandhi]= who has destroyed the existence of sensual pleasure.
kÈmabhavaparikkhÏ‡a£ [masc. acc. sg.]= who has destroyed the existence of sensual pleasure.
kÈmÈbhavaparikkhÏ‡a£ is m.c. for kÈmabhavaparikkhÏ‡a£.
brÈhma‡a.
yo’dha ta‡ha£ pahatvÈna

anÈgÈro paribbaje
ta‡hÈbhavaparikkhÏ‡a£
;ks*/ r.ga igRoku

vukxkjks ifjCcts
r.gkHkoifjD[kh.ka
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þûö2
Translation
Whoever here (in this world) having abandoned craving, would wander about homeless, in whom
craving for existence is extinct, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
ta‡ha£ : ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. ta‡ha£ [acc. sg.]= thirst, craving.
pahatvÈna [ger. derived from pa (indec. strengthening pfx.)+%hÈ (to leave, to abandon)]= having
abandoned.
anÈgÈro: agÈra [ntr.]= home. an [neg. pfx.]+agÈra= anÈgÈra [masc.]= homeless, wanderer. anÈgÈro
[nom. sg.]= homeless.
paribbaje [3. sg. pot. act. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%vaj (to go)]= should wander
about.
ta‡hÈbhavaparik k hÏ‡a£ : ta‡hÈ [fem.]= thirst, craving. bhava [masc. derived from %bhÊ (to be)]=
becoming, existence. parikkhÏ‡a [adj. derived from pari (pfx. meaning ‘all around’)+%khÏ (to
destroy)]= completely destroyed. ta‡hÈ+bhava+parikkhÏ‡a= ta‡hÈbhavaparikkhÏ‡a [adj.]= one in
whom craving for existence is extinct (i.e. an arahant), explained however by the Dhammapada
Commentary as one who has rid himself of the craving for rebirth. ta‡hÈbhavaparikkhÏ‡a£ [masc.
acc. sg.]= one in whom craving for existence is extinct.
brÈhma‡a.
hitvÈ mÈnusaka£ yoga£

dibba£ yoga£ upaccagÈ
sabbayogavisa£yutta£
fgRok ekuqlda ;ksxa

fnCca ;ksxa miPpxk
lCc;ksxfola;qÙka
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þû÷2
Translation
(Whoever) having abandoned human connection, escaped divine connection, (is) detached from
all connections, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
m Ènusak a£ : mÈnusaka= mÈnusa [adj.]= human. mÈnusaka£ [masc. acc. sg.]= human.
yoga£ : yoga [masc.]= connection. yoga£ [nom. sg.]= connection.
dibba£ : dibba [adj.]= divine. dibba£ [fem. acc. sg.]= divine.
yoga£ : yoga [masc.]= connection. yoga£ [nom. sg.]= connection.
upaccagÈ [3. sg. aor. act. of upa (pfx. meaning ‘up to’)+ati (pfx. meaning ‘extremely, beyond.’)+%gÈ
(to go)]= escaped.
sabbayogavisa£ yutta£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. yoga [masc.]= connection. sa£yutta [adj. derived from
sa£ (adj. indec. pfx. implying conjunction and completeness)+pp. of %yuj (to yoke)]= attached. vi
[indec.pfx. meaning ‘away’)+sa£yutta= visa£yutta [adj.]= unattached, detached.
sabba+yoga+visa£yutta= sabbayogavisa£yutta [adj.]= detached from all connections.
sabbayogavisa£yutta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= detached from all connections.
brÈhma‡a.
hitvÈ rati¤ ca arati¤ ca

sÏtibhÊta£ nirÊpadhi£
sabbalokÈbhibhu£ vÏra£
fgRok jfr×k~ p vjfr×k~ p
lhfrHkwra fu:ifèak
lCcyksdkfHkHkqa ohja
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þûø2
Translation
(Whoever) having abandoned pleasure and non-pleasure, being tranquil, without attachments, (is)
the whole world conquering hero, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
rati¤ ca: rati [fem.]= pleasure, attachment, love. rati£ [acc. sg.]= pleasure, attachment, love. ca [indef.
encl. part.]= and. rati£+ca= rati¤ ca.
arati¤ ca: rati [fem.]= pleasure, attachment, love. a [neg. pfx.]+rati= arati [fem.]= non-pleasure,
dislike, aversion. arati£ [acc. sg.]= non-pleasure, dislike, aversion. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
arati£+ca= arati¤ ca [euphonic sandhi]= and non-pleasure.
sÏtibhÊta£ : sÏta [adj.]= cool, cold. Its cpd. form with bhÊta is sÏti. bhÊta [adj. pp. of %bhÊ (to be)]=
being, having become. sÏta+bhÊta= sÏtibhÊta [adj.]= tranquil, calm. sÏtibhÊta£ [masc. acc. sg.]=
tranquil, calm.
nirÊpadhi£ : upadhi [masc.]= attachment. ni [pfx., here meaning ‘down.’ The form nir is seen when a
vowel follows]+upadhi= nirupadhi [adj. euphonic sandhi]= without attachments. nirupadhi£ [masc.
acc. sg.]= without attachments. nirÊpadhi£ is m.c. for nirupadhi£.
sabbalok Èbhibhu£ vÏra£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. loka [masc.]= world. sabba+loka= sabbaloka
[masc.]= the whole world. abhibhÊ [adj. derived from abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over,
fully’)+%bhÊ (to be)]= overcoming, conquering. sabbaloka+abhibhÊ= sabbalokÈbhibhÊ [adj.]=
who has conquered the whole world. sabbalokÈbhibhu£ [masc. acc. sg.]= who has conquered the
whole world. vÏra [masc.]= hero. vÏra£ [acc. sg.]= hero. sabbalokÈbhibhu£ vÏra£= the whole
world conquering hero.
brÈhma‡a.
cuti£ yo vedi sattÈna£

upapatti¤ ca sabbaso
asatta£ sugata£ buddha£
pqfra ;ks osfn lÙkkua

miifRr×k~ p lCclks
vlÙka lqxra cq¼a
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þûù2
Translation
Whoever has thoroughly understood the birth and passing away of living beings, is unattached,
well-gone, awakened, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
cuti£ : cuti [fem.]= vanishing, passing away. cuti£ [acc. sg.]= vanishing, passing away.
vedi [3. sg. aor. act. of %vid (to know)]= understood.
sattÈna£ : satta [masc.]= living being. sattÈna£ [gen. pl.]= of living beings.
upapatti¤ ca: upapatti [masc. derived from upa (pfx. meaning ‘up to’)+%pat (to fly)]= birth, coming into
existence. upapatti£ [acc. sg.]= birth, coming into existence. ca [indef. encl. part.]= and.
upapatti£+ca= upapatti¤ ca.
sabbaso [adv. derived from ntr. n. sabba£ (all)]= altogether, thoroughly.
asatta£ : satta [adj. pp. of %sa¤j (to be attached)]= clinging or attached to. a (neg. pfx.)+satta= asatta
[adj.]= unattached, not clinging. asatta£ [masc. acc. sg.]= unattached, not clinging.
sugata£ : sugata [adj. made of su indec. part. used as a strengthening pfx. meaning ‘thorough, well’)+pp.
of %gam (to go)]= well gone. an epithet of the Buddha. sugata£ [acc. sg.]= well-gone.
brÈhma‡a.
yassa gati£ na jÈnanti devÈ gandhabbamÈnusÈ

khÏ‡Èsava£ arahanta£ ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24202
;Ll xfra u tkufUr nsok xU/Ccekuqlk

[kh.kkloa vjgUra ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þüú2
Translation
Whose destiny gods, gandhabbas, and humans do not know, with destroyed cankers, an arahant,
Vocabulary
gati£ : gati [fem. derived from %gam (to go)]= direction, course, state or condition of life, destiny. gati£
[acc. sg.]= direction, course, state or condition of life, destiny.
jÈnanti [3. pl. pr. indic. act. derived from %jÈ/¤È (to know)]= know.
gandhabbam ÈnusÈ: gandhabba [masc.]= gandhabba, a heavenly musician. mÈnusa [masc.]= man,
human. gandhabba+mÈnusa= gandhabbamÈnusa [masc.]= gandhabba and human.
gandhabbamÈnusÈ [nom. pl.]= gandhabbas and humans.
k hÏ‡Èsava£ : khÏ‡a [adj.]= destroyed. Èsava [masc.]= canker. khÏ‡a+Èsava= khÏ‡Èsava [adj.]=
destroyed cankers. khÏ‡Èsava£ [masc. acc. sg.]= destroyed cankers.
arahanta£ : arahanta [adj., act. ppr. of %arah (to deserve)]= lit. ‘deserving’ but applied by the Buddhists
as a title for one who has attained the summum bonum of religious aspiration (nibbÈna). arahanta£
[acc. sg.]= arahant.
brÈhma‡a.
yassa pure ca pacchÈ ca majjhe ca n’atthi ki¤cana£

aki¤cana£ anÈdÈna£ ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24212
;Ll iqjs p iPNk p eT>s p u~*vfRFk fd×pua

vfd×pua vuknkua ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þüû2
Translation
Whose nothing is before and after and in the middle, possessing nothing, unattached, him I call
a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
m ajjhe: majjha [adj.]= middle. majjhe [loc. sg.]= in the middle.
k i¤cana£ : ki¤cana [ntr.]= something. ki¤cana£ [nom. sg.]= something.
anÈdÈna£ : ÈdÈna [n. ntr. derived from È (indec. pfx. meaning ‘from,’ ‘to,’ ‘towards’)+%dÈ (to give)]=
attachment. an [neg. pfx.]+ÈdÈna= anÈdÈna [adj.]= unattached (to the world). anÈdÈna£ [masc.
acc. sg.]= unattached (to the world).
brÈhma‡a.
usabha£ pavara£ vÏra£

mahesi£ vijitÈvina£
aneja£ nhÈtaka£ buddha£
mlHka ioja ohja

egsfla foftrkfoua
vusta Ugkrda cq¼a
ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þüü2
Translation
(Whoever is) strong (like a bull), noble, a hero, a great seer, victorious, free from craving, has
attained perfection in the Dhamma, is awakened, him I call a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
usabha£ : usabha [masc.]= bull, often fig. as symbol of manliness and strength. usabha£ [acc. sg.]=
bull.
pavara£ : pavara [adj.]= excellent, noble. pavara£ [masc. acc. sg.]= excellent, noble.
vÏra£ : vÏra [masc.]= hero. vÏra£ [acc. sg.]= hero.
m ahesi£ : mahanta [adj.]= great, extensive, big. In cpd. mahanta becomes maha/mahÈ. isi [masc.]=
seer. mahanta+isi= mahesi [masc. euphonic sandhi]= great seer. mahesi£ [acc. sg.]= great seer.
vijitÈvina£ : vijitÈvÏ [adj. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+%ji (to conquer)]= victorious. vijitÈvina£
[masc. acc. sg.]= victorious.
aneja£ : ejÈ [fem.]= craving. an [neg. pfx.]+ejÈ= anejÈ [adj.]= free from craving. aneja£ [masc. acc.
sg.]= free from craving.
nhÈtak a£ : nahÈtaka [masc.]= ‘one who has bathed,’ i.e. one who has washed away all sin or who has
attained perfection in the Dhamma. nahÈtaka£ [acc. sg.]= one who has attained perfection in the
Dhamma. nhÈtaka£ is m.c. for nahÈtaka£.
brÈhma‡a.
pubbenivÈsa£ yo vedi saggÈpÈya¤ ca passati

atho jÈtikkhaya£ patto abhi¤¤Èvosito muni
sabbavositavosÈna£ ta£ aha£ brÊmi brÈhma‡a£24232
iqCcsfuokla ;ks osfn lXxkik;×k~ p iLlfr

vFkks tkfrD[k;a iÙkks vfHk××kkoksflrks eqfu
lCcoksflrokslkua ra vga c wfe c kã.ka2þüý2
Translation
Whoever has known his previous abodes and sees the heaven and hell, has reached the cessation
of births, the sage who has attained higher wisdom, has attained all accomplishments, him I call
a brÈhma‡a.
Vocabulary
pubbenivÈsa£ : pubba [adj.]= previous, former, before. pubbe [loc. sg. Here used as a prep.]= in
previous. nivÈsa [masc. derived from ni (pfx. meaning ‘down’)+%vas (to dwell)]= abode.
pubbe+nivÈsa= pubbenivÈsa [masc.]= previous abodes. pubbenivÈsa£ [acc. sg.]= previous abodes.
vedi [3. sg. aor. act. of %vid (to know)]= understood, has known.
saggÈpÈya¤ ca: sagga [masc.]= heaven. apÈya [masc. derived from apa (pfx. meaning ‘away from’,
‘off.’)+%i (to go)]= ‘going away’ i.e., a state of woe after death, hell. sagga+apÈya= saggÈpÈya
[masc. euphonic sandhi]= heaven and hell. saggÈpÈya£ [acc. sg.]= heaven and hell. ca [indef. encl.
part.]= and. saggÈpÈya£+ca= saggÈpÈya¤ ca= heaven and hell.
atho [indec. copulative and adversative part.]= and, and also, or, and then, now.
jÈtik k haya£ : jÈti [fem.]= birth. khaya [masc.]= destruction, dissolution, cessation. jÈti+khaya=
jÈtikkhaya [masc. euphonic sandhi]= cessation of births. jÈtikkhaya£ [acc. sg.]= cessation of births.
patto: patta [adj. pp. pa (indec. strengthening pfx often used to emphasize the intensity of an action)+%Èp
(to get)]= obtained, attained. patto [masc. nom. sg.]= obtained, attained.
abhi¤¤Èvosito: abhi¤¤È [fem. derived from abhi (intens. pfx. meaning ‘all over, fully’)+%¤a (to
know)]= higher wisdom. vosita [adj. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+ava (pfx. meaning ‘down,
away from, out, over’ and o is its older form)+%sÈ (to bind)]= attained, accomplished.
abhi¤¤È+vosita= abhi¤¤Èvosita [adj.]= who has attained higher wisdom. abhi¤¤Èvosito [masc. nom.
sg.]= who has attained higher wisdom.
m uni: muni [masc.]= sage. munÏ/ muni [nom. sg.]= sage.
sabbavositavosÈna£ : sabba [adj.]= all, every. vosita [adj. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+ava
(pfx. meaning ‘down, away from, out, over’ and o is its older form)+%sÈ (to bind)]= attained,
accomplished. vosÈna [ntr. n. derived from vi (indec. intens. pfx.)+ava (pfx. meaning ‘down, away
from, out, over’ and o is its older form)+%sÈ (to bind)]= attainment, accomplishment.
sabba+vosita+vosÈna= sabbavositavosÈna [adj.]= who has attained all accomplishments.
sabbavositavosÈna£ [masc. acc. sg.]= who has attained all accomplishments.
brÈhma‡a.

Dhammapada

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dhammapada

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dhammapada

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Dhammapada: A Translator=s Guide

Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi

K.T.S. Sarao 15 June 2008

1. 1st person pl. plural

Nominative (kattari): used for the subject of a sentence.

manopubba×gamÈ dhammÈ manose——hÈ manomayÈ,

euksiqCcÄõek /Eek eukslsêòk eukse;k]

manopubba×gamÈ dhammÈ manose——hÈ manomayÈ,

euksiqCcÄõek /Eek eukslsêòk eukse;k]

šakkocchi ma£, avadhi ma£, ajini ma£, ahÈsi me,›

švDdksfPN ea vof/ ea vftfu ea vgkfl es]›

šakkocchi ma£ avadhi ma£ ajini ma£ ahÈsi me,›

švDdksfPN ea vof/ ea vftfu ea vgkfl es]›

na hi verena verÈni sammant’idha kudÈcana£

u fg osjsu osjkfu lEeUr~*b/ dqnkpua

pare ca na vijÈnanti šmayamettha yamÈmase,›

ijs p u fotkufUr še;esRFk ;ekels]›

subhÈnupassi£ viharanta£ indriyesu asa£vuta£

lqHkkuqifLla fogjUra bfUæ;slq vlaoqra

asubhÈnupassi£ viharanta£ indriyesu susa£vuta£

vlqHkkuqifLla fogjUra bfUæ;slq lqlaoqra

anikkasÈvo kÈsÈva£ yo vattha£ paridahessati

vfuDdlkoks dklkoa ;ks oRFka ifjngsLlfr

yo ca vantakasÈvassa sÏlesu susamÈhito

;ks p oUrdlkoLl lhyslq lqlekfgrks

asÈre sÈramatino sÈre cÈsÈradassino

vlkjs lkjefruks lkjs pklkjnfLluks

sÈra¤ ca sÈrato ¤atvÈ asÈra¤ ca asÈrato

lkj×k~ p lkjrks ×kRok vlkj×k~ p vlkjrks

yathÈ agÈra£ ducchanna£ vu——hi samativijjhati

;Fkk vxkja nqPNÂa oqfêò lefrfoT>fr

yathÈ agÈra£ succhanna£ vu——hi na samativijjhati

;Fkk vxkja lqPNÂa oqfêò u lefrfoT>fr

b/ lkspfr isPp lkspfr

idha modati, pecca modati,

b/ eksnfr isPp eksnfr

idha tappati pecca tappati

b/ rIifr isPp rIifr

idha nandati pecca nandati,

b/ uUnfr isPp uUnfr]

bahu£ pi ce sahita£ bhÈsamÈno

cgqa fi ps lfgra Hkklekuks

appampi ce sahita£ bhÈsamÈno

vIifEi ps lfgra Hkklekuks

appamÈdo amatapada£ pamÈdo maccuno pada£,

vIieknks verina ieknks ePpquks ina]

eva£ visesato ¤atvÈ appamÈdamhi pa‡ÇitÈ

,oa folslrks ×kRok vIieknfEg if.Mrk

te jhÈyino sÈtatikÈ nicca£ daÄhaparakkamÈ

rs >kf;uks lkrfrdk fuPpa nG~gijDdek

u——hÈnena’ppamÈdena sa¤¤amena damena ca

mêòkusu’Iieknsu l××kesu nesu p

ek iekne~ vuq;q×tsFk ek dkejfrlUFkoa]

pamÈda£ appamÈdena yadÈ nudati pa‡Çito

iekna vIieknsu ;nk uqnfr if.Mrks

appamatto pamattesu suttesu bahujÈgaro

vIieÙkks ieÙkslq lqÙkslq cgqtkxjks

appamÈdena maghavÈ devÈna£ se——hata£ gato,

vIieknsu e?kok nsokua lsêòra xrks]